PVA DU Liebe at helio ” ; eee j ih i oy ie V4 and de Baa Siti ant a} sonra ly HY Peay rPoday Wha) sewih trlay wh fitahebahdae, ’] Hirt’ aye Mich +" Had tes Mi da } Mhourals COVERT te MH akye GH IIE MH APs Era Mantas if male) dasha tidehepct ite be Bobet wish ms ittt PURE OST ayer \ r \ ” ob PERC Hey He baP baa) fi reat idindatayh } 9 vibe nial Ht Hos ats Prt Hebb yy i: i Viede ae it oi i ; Ae hai e Rose ee oe wee TERETE Sates pes He HART TCH TUN ot en AM a aa ; Ce nara se aL a ih AMULET idate alee Rtg ibe PONIES A einalitat He ns enh et i He RA 4 Wi ? Haeaagy his } in Aub bat Marta } jntay n) MW absatieatgt th vee bite cham tat i uy ry Basta maint ibe Hi, Titiebiinichs , Hid eid ! hy) RSME pe i Han i eatin leh Noles shiaey | Hh rae be WAI RE it f : Hi iH Y Be bh] mi} ii yada risiide i Hf UAPLHHAT OREO CHROMA babe HT anita Pee Tha Rana CS eat | Nts aan iit RE singspebealsdslgeKi abated san tbesn eohepeatacatat itt dntUM StRbabS ha an utet am aL at Ta a ee avec nS ae Lab Mein RAT UNG REE LN HE eTibra PL seen adel iat a Rea fatale aie ian TOC TEN iting fy sara i digital TURNS A AE Ee panes ie a ean saan ae geen PUNAOLTA SLEEP Spree ANT Pa Pon U MESES bas brett ttt Ati oe RMA Me i Wag a Pe eiy Tosi oa ag sy) it Hi Hah i! RAH MEP ALLE ‘ ee ie aun Smartt ay Heath Red Saal 9 Wests iene) “ia LAE Hi ial ie ata Hat AeMee HM stdealapapicesgefeaayiaant at Ai aa ie iia seit Pat Lata citer glee shee wis yt ay MRE OUI coor ur ay Ute as Sa Se pare eo ett Ame dy = == eS aee = wo Eg ae bt zeus SpeeesssSses - = SETS SSS ea - ——— PS easy tee oe BS ee & ‘< “ry — 3 +S mi = ae aes z = aie een sa matte < Se det ba ek =o - ogee kos pias ves Sa ee _ Sees ae. ag ieee = re 2S Fama palitinatiy aveuny whey yt ‘Hall mu sree Miehnincn i oan hiaa: Reet ely ely i ty Aisle day > hn #: Soe se a 2 em ey, = Sem o. van sb FA regets ie: us =o = 90030: ACES LIBRARY 3 . ILLINOIS STATE pe - LABORATORY $ QENATURAL HISTORY $ LIBRARY é SOS OLOLOLOTOL OL OTOL OTS ame Be aa NAS ZN fo = Bee aN rey eo ‘se cS owe) SURGE wa ae ----— ee es ee a VV. [Wirth TWENTY-SEVEN PLATES AND ONE FIGURE IN THE TEXT.] EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, FE.G.8 PRICE, TEN SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, is: | Adelaide : RIGBY, LIMITED, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET. DECEMBER, 191). Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- tralia from Europe and America should be addressed “per Rigby, Ltd., care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 34, Milk Street, Cheapside, London,” Aopal Socrety of South Australia (INCORPORATED). Patron: HIS EXCELLENCY SIR DAY HORT BOSANQUET, G.CW7OsekG BE: ——p— — OFFICERS FOR. 1411-12 Prestdent : JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S. Vice=Presidents: PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S. WALTER RUTT, C.E. fbon. Treasurer: W. B. POOLE. fbon. Secretary: R. H. PULLEINE, M.-B. Members of Council: G. G. MAYO, C.E. REV. CANON BLACKBURN, B.A. R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D. SAMUEL DIXON. W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor), EK. ASHBY. Auditors : J. S. LLOYD, F.1.A.S.A. W. L. WARE, J.P, mew laBNTS. —- Maipmn, J. H., and Buacx, J. M.: New Species ot Boronia, Plate 1. (in part) ae er ae ne oe cbs Buack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia. Plate i. (Gin part) ae ot dee a ees stirting, Dr. K. C.: Preliminary Report on the Discovery ot Native Remains at Swanport, River Murray; with an Inquiry into the Alleged Occurrence of a Pandemic among the Australian Aboriginals. Plates ii. to ix. Howcuin, W.: Description of a Distrubed Area of Cainozoic Rocks in South Australia, with Remarks on its Geo- logical Significance. Plates x. to xix. ' Buack, J. M.: Additions to the Alien Flora of Sonth hice tralia eae - ie ~ re ‘ae tr, Lua, A. M.: Descriptions of Australian Curculionide, with Notes on Previously Described Species. Part ix. Baker, W. H.: Notes on some Species of the Isopod Family Spheromide trom Southern Australian Seas. Part 111. Plates xxii. and xxiii. a sae Be a un Torr, Dr. W. G.: Western Australian Polyplacophora. Plates xxiv. and xxv. a i a A Lenson, W. N.: Note Des EeRipuive of a Stereogram of- the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia. Plates xx. and oa : Lower, O. B.: Rieeaion a ‘ene Re ticaliap Mia paniada Buicenven, Rev. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleop- tera, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. No. xh. Hes ee = bs. ‘i Be ay a Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mollusca, with Descriptions of New i aciag Part xiv. Plates xxvi. (in part) and xxvii. Notes on the Marine Shells a Ww caters ee tralia, with Descriptions of New Species. Parti. Plate movi. (in part) ABSTRACT oF PROCEEDINGS ANNUAL Report, 1910-11 BsLANcE-sHEETS, 1910-11 Donations ro THE LIBRARY List or FELLOWS, ETC. APPENDICES. Annual Report, etc., of Field Naturalists’ Section art Twenty-third Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section eh Drxon, S.. Farewell wade ess aes ie Field 2 Makivaliste Sec- tion by the Chairman of the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee Index Page. 89 94 108 112 173 216 220 224 227 229 240 2433 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/transactionsproc3536phil , NEW SPECIES OF BORONIA. By J. H. Maven, F.L.8., and J. M. Brack. [Read August 2, 1910.] Pure I. (upper half). Boronia palustris, sp. nov. Suffrutex humilis glaber 10-25 cm. altus, circum paludes cres- cens, ramis erectis dichotomis, foliis lanceolatis integris l-nerviis planis 8-15 mm. longis, floribus solitariis vel geminatis terminalibus et axillaribus, pedunculis brevi- bus obconicis, bracteis lanceolatis pedunculo longioribus, sepalis ovato-lanceolatis 3-nerviis rubescentibus intus puberulis reduplicato-valvatis 5 mm. longis, petalis obo- vatis albis imbricatis calyce brevioribus, staminibus 4, filamentis ciliatis apice glandulosis, ovulis collateralibus. Found in flower by H. H. D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near Cape Borda and Starvation Creek, Kangarou Island, October, 1908. This is a very distinct species, standing nearly midway between Boroma and Zier. It has the thick, entire disk of the former genus, but only the 4 stamens of the latter. It has been decided to place it in Boronia, on account of the undivided disk, the collateral ovules, and the filaments ciliate for three-fourths of their length, and glandular at the apex. The two firstnamed characters are never found in Zierza, and ciliate filaments are rare in that genus. In habit the new species closely resembles 4. parviflora, Sm., but is dis- tinguished from that and all other Boronias by the 4 stamens, and from most of them by the sepals being longer than the petals. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. (upper half). Boronia palustris, sp. nov. Plant with flowers and carpel. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By J. M. Brack. [Read August 2, 1910.] PuaTE I. (lower half). The following list contains the names of plants recently found growing spontaneously in South Australia, with notes on two species already recorded for this State. The aliens (distinguished by an asterisk) are additions to those described in the “Naturalized Flora of South Australia,’ and the Aus- tralian species are supplementary to those given in Tate’s “Flora of Extra-tropical South Australia,” or subsequently recorded in the Proceedings of the Royal Society : — FuMARIACEZ.—*Fumaria densiflora, DC. (considered by some botanists as a variety of F. ribet ek L.). Adelaide plains.—A native of Europe. PoLyGaLacE®.—-*Muraltia Heisteria, DC. Roadside be- tween Morialta Gully and Norton’s Summit.—South Africa. CARYOPHYLLACEHZ.—*Alsine tenuifolia, Crantz. Port Lincoln (H. H. D. Griffith).—Europe. Linacez.—*Linum gallicum, L. Roadsides, Balhannah. —Mediterranean region. LeGuminosa#.—Pultenwa adunca, Turcz. Warrunda, Port Lincoln railway (H. H. D. Griffith).—Western Aus- tralia. Determination confirmed by Professor Ewart on com- parison with specimens in the National Herbarium, Mel- bourne. The leaves of all our specimens are scabrous and hairy, without any hooked point. *Vicia sativa, var. angus- tifolua, Ser. (V. angustifolia, Roth). Roadsides near Crafers. —-Europe. Compositm.—*Hrigeron canadensis, L. Roadsides, Ren- mark (KE. C. Black).—North America. Note on Olearia gicridifolia, Benth. (Plate i.).—This handsome shrub, reported in F/. Aust., i1., 487, from the neighbourhood of Lake Torrens, and not mentioned in Tate’s work, has been found in the remaining scrub at Halbury and Strathalbyn. The heads of the Halbury plants are larger than those from Strathalbyn and contain more rays —about 30 as against 15. Professor Ewart found that the specimens agreed with the types from Lake Torrens. This species differs from O. rudis, F. v. M., in the narrow, entire leaves, slender branches, and short outer row of pappus- hairs. Vol. XXXV., Plate | yy 8) 5 4 Ak campelopened — stamen 5 THQ, Qe / 4 Boronia palustris, sp.nov. Zz Mi akene Olearia prertdifol i@ , Benth. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. } / af aes a \ % “ My Ad — * i yey Aer 5 , B ‘ vt 1, & na ation wr, ae | an A! « —~4 j ! ea 3 pe - 3 CoNVOLVULACEEZ.——*Convolvulus arvensis, L. Becoming very common near Adelaide and along the railways north- wards into the agricultural areas.—Cosmopolitan. BoraGiInacE&.—*Pchium italicum, L. Near Mannum (H. H. D. Griffith).—Mediterranean region. SoLanacEz.—* Datura Stramomum, L., var. T'atula, DC. (D. Tatula, L.). Fulham.—Most warm countries. Note on Solanum coactiliferum, Black. Kew remarks that this species “is very closely allied to the South American S. eleagnifolium, Cav., which differs in having pentamerous flowers.”’ ScROPHULARIACEZ.—*Bartsia Trixago, L. Greenhill Road.—Mediterranean region. Glossostigma spathulatum, Arn. Port Lincoln and Kangaroo Island (H. H. D. Griffith). —New South Wales and Queensland. CHENOPODIACEH.-—*Beta vulgaris, L. Reed beds.— Europe and Western Asia. EupHORBIACEE.—*Huphorbia helioscoma, L. Port Lin- coln (H. H. D. Griffith).— Europe. Liniacez.—* Allium triquetrum, L. Roadsides, Black- wood.—Mediterranean region. RestiacE®.—Lozocarya fasciculata, Benth. Warrunda, near Port Lincoln (H. H. D. Griffith).—Western Australia. GRAMINEZ.—Cenchrus tribuloides, L. Swamps _ near River Murray (H. H. D. Griffith).—United States and Canada. JLsachne australis, R. Br. Myponga (H. H. D. Griffith).—Eastern Australia. *Cynosurus echinatus, UL. Mount Lofty and Stirling (H. H. D. Griffith).—Mediter- ranean region. *Poa pratensis, L. Rare near Adelaide and in hills.—Temperate countries. *Poa bulbosa, L. Rare along River Torrens, near Adelaide, and numerous along the Henley Beach Road, where it usually assumes the viviparous form.—Europe. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. (lower half). Olearia picridifolia, Beuth. Plant with flowers and akene. Az 4 ¢ PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE DISCOVERY OF NATIVE REMAINS AT SWANPORT, RIVER MURRAY; WITH AN INQUIRY INTO THE ALLEGED OCCURRENCE OF A PANDEMIC AMONG THE AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINALS. By E. C. Sriruine, M.D., :Sca.D., F.R.S., Hon. Fellow of the Royal Anthropological Institute. [Read July 13, 1911.] PLATES, 11.00 EXS A recent discovery (April, 1911) of an aboriginal burial- ground at Swanport, on the River Murray—a small settlement about 34 miles below. Murray Bridge—is of more than usual interest, not only on account of the large number of inter- ments that have taken place within a very limited area, but also, and more particularly, from the fact that they all occurred. before the arrival of the first colonists in South Australia. Thus there can be no question that these remains represent the pure strain of aboriginals, whose methods of interment, moreover, have been uninfluenced by the prac- tices of civilization. Whether the cause of what, at first sight, appears to be an unusual mortality is attributable in any way to such influence, direct or remote, will be part of the object of the present inquiry. The Crown Lands Department of South Australia, having of recent years initiated a policy of reclaiming, for. agricul- tural purposes, various swamp lands bordering on, and at times overflowed by, the River Murray, began a work of this kind in April, 1911, on a submerged area lying immediately to the north of Swanport, on the right bank of the river. As an essential part of this project it became necessary to remove soil from the adjacent dry ground to provide material for an embankment designed to exclude the river waters from the swamp. | This soil was, in part, taken from a small Government reserve abutting both on the river and on the southern end of the swamp itself (plate ix.). Opposite to the water frontage of the reserve, at a dis- tance of 60 or 70 yards from the bank of the river, which here takes a trend in an east-south-east direction, an isolated granite mass shows above the surface of the water at ordinary levels. This for many years was a bare, exposed rock, but a willow truncheon planted some years ago in a crevice has 5 now grown into a tree which effectually conceals it from view. The navigation channel lies in the wider portion of the stream between this rock and the left bank. Within the area of the reserve, close to the water’s edge and right opposite to the rock in the river, a group of several other large masses of the same material emerges from the ground and, I understand, that a ridge of granite connects the lat- ter with the former, rendering the intervening channel too ‘shallow for navigation except for small boats. Along the adjacent river margin, and for some distance lower down, willows have been planted at the water’s edge and have grown ‘luxuriantly. About 200 yards below the reserve is a ‘small island between which and the right bank is a narrow ‘channel. This island, like the adjacent bank, is thickly overgrown with closely-planted willows. Both the isolated rock in the river and the neighbour- ing group on the bank are portions of a long line of granite outcrop running, approximately, from west-north-west to east- south-east. Other portions of the same outcrop can be seen ‘on the farther side of the river and in the opposite direction -on the solid ground beyond the swamp that is being reclaimed. The line of outcrop extends much farther in either direction. Within a few feet of the river the natural surface of the ground rises, with a gentle incline of about 1 in 10, away from, and in a direction at right angles to, the river bank, and, as one stands with the back to the latter looking up this incline, the ground surface shows a similar gentle slope to, the right and left. Thus the section parallel to ‘the river and across the incline, which was that actually made ‘in the removal of the soil, shows a gentle and even convexity (plates ii., i1i1., and iv.). In former days a group of the indigenous Cypress Pine (Callitris Sp.) grew upon the slope, but they have now all disappeared from that immediate locality, though a few trees ‘still remain in the neighbourhood. Recourse was had to this bank to provide material for the embankment, and the removal began at its lowest part within a few feet of the stream, and, of course, as the cut- ting advanced away from the river the deeper became the face of the exposed section. - The geological characters of this section will be described directly. Early in April, 1911, and soon after this work had begun, there appeared in the daily Press notices that skeletons, ‘presumably those of aboriginals, were being exposed in the ‘course of the removal of the earth, and, on the 5th of the ‘menth, intimation was received at the Museum from Mr. A. 6 White, Assistant Superintendent of the Works, to the effect that bones were then being met with in considerable num- bers. He advised also that as some of them were being thoughtlessly or wilfully damaged it would be desirable that steps should be taken to secure them. Accordingly Mr. F. R. Zietz was instructed to go to the locality on the following morning to act on behalf of the Museum. On reaching Swanport he found that a large number of bones had already been exposed, most of them having been promiscuously thrown into a hole, while others had been shovelled with the soil into the trucks and tipped on to the embankment. Mr. Zietz, who was present on the spot during a part of April 6 and during the whole of April 7 and 8, with the assistance of Mr. White and of Messrs. Bott, sen. and jun., rescued as many as possible of these bones, but owing to the indiscriminate way in which they had been treated the individual identity of all the skeletons so handled was unfortunately lost. During Mr. Zietz’s stay, however, other skeletons were exposed as the cutting advanced, but never in such numbers as before his arrival; but these, however, he was able to secure ‘more or less completely. I visited the locality myself for the first time on April 14, when the cutting had advanced about 25 yards from its begin- ning. The length of the exposed section was then about 50 yards and its height, at the centre where it was highest, about 6 ft., and, from what has been said of the contour of ground, it will be understood that the height of the section gradually diminished to vanishing point towards either end. The face of the section showed the following features : — The top layer was the undisturbed, rather sandy, surface soil, about 8 in. to 1 ft. thick where it was intact, though most of this had been previously scraped off by the scoop. Below this was a dark, in parts almost black, layer about 18 in. thick. Its basis was sand, with which were inter- mixed immense quantities of mussel (Unio) shells, broken into small fragments, with some unbroken yalves, ashes, and fragments of limestone blackened by fire. A few hammer- stones were also found in this layer (plate v.). This extensive, dark layer covering the whole section evidently formed a great accumulation of kitchen - midden material, indicating long usage as a camping-ground. Underlying the above was a layer of reddish sand from 2 to 3 ft. thick (plate v.), descending into which were occa- sionally seen extensions of the material of the kitchen- midden layer. At the bottom of such leads bones were usually found, thus showing that such had been buried after the accumulation of some, at least, of the kitchen-midden =~) material, or, in other words, that the site was used as a camping-ground subsequent to these burials. In fact, those who were engaged in the work told me that the presence of such a _ lead might always be ‘taken as evidence that bones would be found beneath. In other parts, generally speaking, the line of separation be- tween the kitchen-midden layer and the subjacent red sand was fairly distinct. in. i se 2 = : 6 , represented by both thickness, 2 ft. 6 in. Calcareous sandstone oS te ae ae 6. Bed-rock consisting of massive granite. ae thickness, The skeletons the horizontal line of elongated black marks, were found near the base of this bed: 4. Travertine limestone above (Murray Bridge freestone) of Below the red sand was a horizontal band of travertine limestone (plate iv.) vary- ing in thickness from 6 in. both fi4, which was) of moderately hard consistency towards the northern end of the section, but much softer towards the opposite ex- tremity. Underlying the travertine was a layer of sand and rubbly limestone, the full depth of which was not exposed by the section. ~S + t PES + Pris +t \- cel rs Al “af ul le A te wl tel sf vu “tl Ay. Fi] On the occasion of my second visit to the locality on May 4, during which [ had the advantage of the company of Mr. Howchin, the cutting had advanced a few yards farther into the rising ground, and its ver- tical face had consequently increased in height, the in- crease being due to the exposure of a greater thick- ness of the layer of sand and limestone rubble beneath the travertine. The super- jacent layers were unaltered in their depth or relations. Bones were still being met. 2. Dark sand with remains of kitchen-midden material; , with calcareous rubble below; thickness, about 2 ft. Section oF Breps at SwAnroRT WHERE THE REMAINS OF ABORIGINES WERE Founp. Lower Cainozoic age; thickness, 2-3 ft. Surface soil (sandy). 3. Reddish sand containing small pockets and thin lines of broken Unio shells. de 8 with but sparsely, and most of them were in friable condition. GroLocy (Figure, p. 7). For the following description of the site from the geo- logical point of view and for the sketch of the section, here given, I am indebted to Mr. Howchin, F.G.S. The ground in which the remains were found forms a river terrace on the right bank, having an average height of 10 ft. above high-water mark. The bed-rock of the locality consists of the well-known: Swanport granite, which is quarried near by for building purposes. There are large irregular outcrops of this granite fronting the river, at the base of the bank which has yielded’ the aboriginal skeletons. Resting on the granite is a layer of calciferous sandstone of Eocene Age (Murray Bridge freestone), having a thickness. of 2 or 3 ft. This calcareous bed has given rise to a layer of imper- fectly consolidated travertine limestone about 2 ft. in thick- ness, which at one time formed the surface of the ground. The ‘upper portion of the bed forms an irregular crust, and’ the lower portion a marly and sandy rubble. At a later stage, and before the site was utilized as an aboriginal burying-ground, the limestone became covered with: blown sand, forming a capping about 4 ft. in thickness on the limestone. This deposit of sand is divided into two very distinct portions—the lower 2 ft. 6 in. consists of clean red’ sand with small pockets and thin layers of broken Unio shells, while the upper 1 ft. 6 in. is a dark-coloured sand mixed with black pellets of travertine hmestone and a large quantity of Unio shells broken into by small fragments. The red colour, present in the lower portions of the sand- bed, is a characteristic feature of deposits of this nature, in all arid climates, when left for a long time undisturbed. The colour is caused by the presence of iron oxide carried down by the rain-water from the surface, as a mineral residue from the decomposition of vegetable organisms. When exposed to the weather and blown by the wind the sand loses this colour by friction and bleaching. The upper part of the sand-bed has taken its dark colour from the fires made by the aboriginals on the spot. * The charcoal and ashes from the fires, as well as a certain amount of animal refuse, became mixed with the superficial sand, imparting a dark colour to it. The considerable thickness of this deposit, besides the large quantities of broken Unio shells in the kitchen-midden, gives evidence of a prolonged occupation of the site. 9 The presence of man is indicated conteinporaneously with the building up of the lower portions of the sandhill by the pockets and thin layers of Unio shells referred to above, but only as an occasional visitor. It seems probable that the utilization of this ground as a burying-place was long anterior to its becoming a regular camping-ground, as it is not likely that the aboriginals would bury their dead where they lighted their camp fires. There seems to be three successive periods indicated by the section: —(a) An early evidence of man’s presence before the period of many burials, when he occa- sionally visited the spot and ate his meals; ()) a period of crowded burials in which the sandhill became disturbed by digging graves; (c) a comparatively late period, when pro- bably the remembrance of the burials had passed from the mind of the local tribe, as shown by the selection of this site for a camp, which must have been frequently visited. PosITION AND ATTITUDE OF THE SKELETONS. Unfortunately that part of the ground in which the ‘skeletons occurred most numerously and in closest juxta- position had been disturbed by the workmen before the arrival of Mr. Zietz on the field. Bones and earth had been picked down together in a confused mass, and in consequence, so far as these skeletons were concerned, both the identity of individuals and the opportunity of noting their positions and attitude were lost. As already stated, Mr. Zietz rescued as many as possible of the bones that had been previously removed under such unfavourable circumstances, and he was -able, also, to take care that those subsequently exposed were removed with proper precaution. The skeletons, however, never again occurred in such remarkable profusion as before his arrival. Fortunately Mr. J. T. S. Bott, a resident in the locality for many years, was present from the time of the first ex- posure of the bones, and for what I have to say under the present heading I am chiefly indebted either to his informa- tion or to the observations of Mr. Zietz, who, though coming later on the scene, made the best use of his opportunities. ‘The great bulk of the bones were found at the level of the bottom of red sand, lying just above the travertine band, and the majority were concentrated within an area of about 50 x 30 ft., situated a little to the south of the centre of the rise. In the case, however, of one skeleton that was removed ‘during my first visit—and there were a few others of which ‘the same may be said—-the hole made for their reception had penetrated the travertine, and the bones lay at this level or even partly below the latter. At this place the travertine 10 was very soft and presented little obstacle to penetration, while a little farther to the north it was of harder consistence. Such a position, however, was quite exceptional, and the great bulk of the bones lay, as stated, just above, or on, the band of travertine, which was about 4 ft. below the surface of the ground. Mr. Zietz further noted that the bones found at the lower part of the slope were in a much better state of preservation than those found farther away from the river, which might indicate a later date of interment in the former position, but he also remarked that bones found resting on the travertine were liable to be decomposed, owing probably to the continued action of water, to the drainage of which this more impervious stratum presented an obstacle. As regards attitude, the majority of the skeletons were found in the trussed position in which many Australian tribes bury their dead—that is to say, the body was in a sitting position with the knees drawn up to the chest, the elbows bent sc that the hands are brought up to the face, and the head bent forwards over the flexed knees. Sometimes in this trussed position the body lay on one side. In some instances, as was the case with the skeleton exposed during my first visit, the body had apparently been thrown into the grave anyhow ; none were seen lying stretched out straight in the supine position. In only a few instances two, but not more than two, skeletons lay in one hole, and in some of these cases they were those of an adult and child. Even where the bodies lay in closest juxtaposition they had still apparently been buried separately. Not infrequently the skull and other bones were found covered with a tenaciously adherent black encrustation, as if from prolonged exposure to smoke, and in some cases the surface of the bones had been charred, or, even, the whole thickness destroyed. In several instances, as indeed in the skeleton I saw removed, the cranium—usually so conspicuous an object in an exhumation—could not be found after the most careful search, though in this particular case a lower jaw of remarkable size was present. Once, the cranium being absent, two lower jaws were found accompanying the rest of the skeleton. Very frequently the small bones of the foot and hand were absent, and the remaining bones did not occupy their proper relative positions, and occasionally the long bones of the extremities were found broken. Many of the conditions and deficiencies just recorded can be accounted for by the burial custom of the Narrin- yeri tribe, to which the natives of this locality belonged. It was their practice, among other elaborate procedures, to place the bodies of their dead upon a platform and subject them 11 to a prolonged process of smoking over a slow fire. This will explain the blackening and occasional charring of the bones. Mr. Taplin, in his account of the Narrinyeri in “Native Tribes of South Australia” (1, 20),@ describes this smoking process, but says nothing as to subsequent burial. In his “Folklore,” etc. (2, 37), he mentions that at the conclusion of the long smoking and drying process the body “was put on a stage in a tree and after a time buried.” How long it was left on this tree platform before burial Mr. Taplin does not say, but I know that it was sometimes left in this posi- tion for years—so long, in fact, that it would seem as if no further disposal of it had been intended. This, however, may have been because of the discontinuance of their proper native customs due to the influence of the whites. In the course of this long exposure, as J have repeatedly seen, the small and easily detached bones, such as those of the feet and hands and, even, the lower jaw, were apt to fall to the ground or be removed by carrion-eating birds, and, if afterwards the bones were buried, it can be easily understood how some of them should be missing and others relatively displaced. The not infrequent absence of the cranium, which, from its size, is not likely to have disappeared in this fashion, may not unreasonably be accounted for by the practice among the Narrinyeri, ‘as indeed among some other Aus- tralian tribes, of utilizing skulls as vessels for carrying water. (2) Of the bones found broken it is possible that the more fragile ones might have been fractured by rough usage such as dropping them, or the body, into a deep hole; but this would scarcely account for the fracture of such strong bones as those of the thigh, which, also, were not unfrequently found broken into two or more pieces. Some of these frac- (1) The figures, within brackets, occurring in the text refer to the bibliography at the end. The first figure in heavy type cor- responds to the number of the work referred to and that in lighter type to the page. Where it is necessary to indicate a particular volume its number will be expressed by a Roman numeral interpolated between the former two. (2) Unfortunately this interesting form of utensil is repre- sented in the National Museum only by a cast, for which it is indebted to the Australian Museum, Sydney; the original, in the possession of that institution, having been obtained on the Coorong, South Australia. This is an example, of which many others might be given, of how interesting and sometimes unique relics have, from want of proper foresight, been allowed to leave the country of their origin. 12 tures may have occurred during life and have formed the injury, or a part of the injuries, causing death, for it is. evident, as shown by a considerable number of the bones, that broken limbs were not uncommon. Some of these: fractures had become united so satisfactorily that the result- ing union would have done credit to a skilled surgeon. In other cases the union, though very strong, had taken place. in bad position. There was nothing in the character of the- fractures of the exhumed bones to suggest that they had. been broken for the purpose of obtaining the marrow. Associated with the human remains that were collected,. after the promiscuous removal of those first met with, were bones of the dingo, including a perfect skull, and odd bones of the kangaroo, opossum, bustard, pelican, turtle, and fish,() and a closer examination of the remains may possibly reveal the presence of bones of other animals. Whether these had been actually buried with the human remains or, belonging properly to the kitchen-midden layer, had accident- ally become mixed with the latter cannot be stated with certainty. A few articles of human manufacture were also: found in lke association with the skeletons, viz., some hammer and anvil stones, one small quartzite implement which may have been used as an engraving or boring tool, two awls made from kangaroos’ fibule, a few stone chips and a few blackened stones that had been used for cooking. No emu remains have been so far identified, and not a single fragment of iron, glass, pottery, or other white man’s material was seen. Resting immediately over a few—but only a very few— of the skeletons were large oval slabs of a composite material of the consistency of soft and friable mortar, and composed of sand, white earth, small fragments of limestone, burnt clay, broken Unio valves, and, occasionally, pieces of charcoal. The largest of these slabs was 1 ft. 9 in. x 1 ft. 3 in., and 5 in. thick at the thickest part; another was 1 ft. 3 in. x 12 in. x 3 in. Fragments of others were also found. From their composition they are evidently of artificial origin, but as to their significance in relation to the interments I am unable to speak. They may, however, come into the same category as the ‘“‘widows’ caps,’ actual or conventional, that were placed in the graves by the natives higher up the river, or the “Kopai’ stones similarly used in the Darling River: district. (3) It is curious that so few remains of fish were found when we remember that it is a favourite food of the natives and that. the adjacent river abounds with them. 13 THe NARRINYERI TRIBE.“ As this tribe has been mentioned in connection with the remains found at Swanport and will be further noticed it may be convenient to give some particulars as to its geographical distribution. According to Mr. Taplin (1; 1 and 2, 34) this tribe in- habited a large, triangular tract of country bounded on two sides by lines drawn from a point 20 miles above Wellington to Cape Jervis and Kingston respectively, and on the third side by the sea. Having thus an immense frontage to the fresh waters of the river and lakes and to the salt waters of the ocean and Coorong, they were exceptionally well favoured in the matter of food supplies. As Swanport is, in a direct line, about 15 miles above Wellington it stands nearly at the northern apex of the Narrinyeri territory. The tribe was divided into eighteen local divisions or clans, each having its own geographical distribution, and, collectively, they formed a powerful body whose numbers, in 1840, Mr. Taplin reckoned at 3,000 individuals, though he gives no grounds on which his estimate is based. The many camping- and _burial- grounds that are found all along the shores of the lakes and river are, however, quite indicative of a numerous population. On the north, east, and south their neighbours were the Moorundie, Adelaide, and Tatiara tribes respectively. The Narrinyeri have some historical interest, as it was members of this tribe who were concerned with the death of Captain Barker at the Murray Mouth in 1831, and with the murder of the shipwrecked passengers and crew of the “Maria’ at Lacepede Bay in 1840. It is the remnants of this once numerous tribe, now chiefly half-castes, that form the population of the Point Macleay Mission Station, or that lead a nomadic existence along the lake and river shores. A few have a more or less permanent camp at Brinkley below Wellington, on the left bank of the Murray just before it enters the lake. (4) Though the word Narrinyeri is, according to general cus- tom used here as a tribal designation it really has not this significance, as Mr. Taplin has explained (1, 1). According to this writer the term properly signifies ‘‘belonging to men,’’ mean- ing that this people considered themselves par excellence as men in contradistinction to other natives whom the Narrinyeri con- sidered as inferior beings. An old blackwoman, to whom further reference will be made, implied that the term signified the native race generally, and she spoke of the subdivisions of the Narrinyeri as separate tribes, but she could hardly be considered as an authority on ethnological terminology. 14 Previous History or SwANPoORT. Mr. Bot& whose name has been mentioned in connection with these remains, has been a resident at Swanport for the last thirty years. His predecessor lived there one year, and before him, again, was a resident of twenty years’ standing. This takes us back for a period of fifty-one years or to 1860. During the whole of that time the fact that the place had been used as a native burial-ground was completely unknown to any of the residents, and, certainly, no interment had taken place during those years, though, since the memory of the white man, it has been constantly used as a favourite camping-ground. (9) If, therefore, some of the interments took place after the great accumulation of the kitchen-midden material—and that this happened in some cases at least is shown by the leads of this layer into the subjacent sand-—it betokens a very ancient occupancy of the site. MonvTEITH. Before passing on to the consideration of the question whether the presence of so many skeletons in one limited area is due to any special cause, I may mention that, on the occasion of my second visit to Swanport, I was able to examine a spot about 14 miles lower down the river, on the left bank, where I was informed that many skeletons had been exposed by the drifting of sand some years ago. The site was at the top of a high sandy bluff which, pushing itself right up to the river bank, separates the reclaimed flat, formerly known as Monteith’s Swamp, from an unnamed and unreclaimed swamp to the north of it. From the facts of its exposed situation, the sandy nature of the ground, and the thriftless way in which it has been denuded of vegetation 5 or 6 ft. of the superficial soil has been blown away to accumulate elsewhere as drifts over a considerable area, leaving exposed the underlying surface of indurated sand. On this floor, and over a considerable area, occur very numerous and, sometimes, very large heaps of broken Unio shells and many blackened cooking-stones, indicating long occupancy by the natives. The age of these cooking- stones was indicated by the fact that their surface had become (5)For some years a ferry- boat service was maintained at Swanport (formerly known as Thompson’s Crossing), and in the course of the removal of the bank it was found that the lower end of a buried portion of one of the wooden slabs used in the construction of the ferryman’s house had come into close contact with a skeleton. The house was, in fact, built right upon the burial site, and some of its chimney-stones still remain upon the spot (see plate iv.). The native name of the locality was Kon- gverong (31, 123). 15 almost polished by the long action of driven sand. No human bones, however, were visible, though a hammer- and an anvil- stone and a few quartzite flakes and chips were found. Mr. Bott told me that when, some years ago, he saw the recently exposed skeletons they were lying in a row side by side. THE ALLEGED PANDEMIC. From what has been said the actual manner of disposal of the bodies at Swanport affords no conclusive evidence of the incidence of some sudden and great mortality among the natives, of such a catastrophic character as would cause them to substitute a more hurried method of burial for their ordinary mode of interment, and although the facts that two bodies were sometimes found buried together, and that others seemed to have been thrown in without care, may be taken to show that sometimes all may not have been quite in order, there was, at least, no sign of such promiscuous and collective burial as occurred in the “plague pits’ of the medieval epidemics of Kurope. The number of bodies represented by the remains, apart from the fact that it does not constitute a record (3, I., 217), is not of itself conclusive, for the accu- mulation in this one place may be explained equally well! on the assumption that it may have been, and probably was, used as a burying-ground for a very long period of years: and, moreover, if some sudden and great mortality did actually occur in the district there is no evidence to show that Swan- port, more than any other of the numerous burying-grounds along the river, was a special place of sepulture for the victims of the supposed malady. In any case Swanport was, no doubt, only one of many which would have been put to a similar use in a great emergency. Nevertheless there is such an accumulation of evidence that not only the Narrinyeri, but many other of the native tribes were at some time, and possibly on more than one occasion, smitten with an epidemic disease of great virulence and destructiveness that it may be of some interest to pre- sent the available information bearing on the subject. In the inquiry it will be necessary to investigate the origin and nature of the disease and the course taken by it in its spread throughout, as we shall see, a large part of Australia. Unfortunately for such an inquiry, the living persons who are old enough to have spoken with natives who were themselves alive at the time of the occurrence of the sup- posed epidemic are few in number. Most of the old pioneers are dead, and so are most of the aboriginals who, though they might not be old enough to have lived at the time of its supposed occurrence, might yet have heard of it from eye- witnesses. 16 Still, as I shall show, some evidence of this kind is fortunately yet available. Mr. Bott, whose long residence of thirty years at Swanport has been mentioned, informs me that in his early days three old blacks were living in the district, viz., Billy Poole, Jimmy Giles, and Jimmy Duck. Their names are still well remembered by old colonists. Billy Poole was the eldest of the three and was, at the time of which Mr. Bott speaks—that is, about 1880 or 1881—pro- bably seventy years of age. Assuming this estimate of age to be correct Billy Poole’s personal recollections might have gone back to about the year 1815. These old blacks, Mr. Bott told me, often spoke to him about a great sickness which, when they were quite young, fell upon the natives along the river, causing their deaths in such numbers and with such rapidity that the lving were at their wits’ end to know how to dispose of the dead quickly enough; and they also described how in the sickness they came out all over spots and quickly died, the rapid onset of decomposition after death, and their unavailing efforts to find an effective remedy among the plants of the scrub.‘ This evidence does not enable us to fix the time of the occurrence, except to the extent that it was certainly before the coming of the white man as a permanent settler. There is still alive and in full possession of all her faculties an unusually intelligent old woman of the Narrin- . yeri tribe, well known to all the inhabitants of the Lake Districts, who has often told me an unvarying story of her first sight of the white people. It occurred to me that she might have some recollection of the great sickness, and accordingly I sought an interview with her at Wellington West on May 21. She had been camping on Poltalloch Sta- tion, on the south side of Lake Alexandrina, but she readily came to the place mentioned when told that I wished to see her. ; This old black’s married name, under which she is gener- ally known, is Mrs. Karpeny,” or Louisa Karpeny (plates vi., vil., vill.), but her own proper name is Kontinyeri (the exact vowel sound of the first syllable being represented by the German modified 0). She has, or has had, two sons and six daughters and twenty-eight grandchildren. She spends her life wandering from place to place along the shores (6) Or, as Billy expressed it, ‘‘Long time ago big one sick; big one tumble down all about ’long river; die very quick; can’t bury quick enough; big one very quick stink, blackfellow big one frightened; all run away.” (7)In the pronunciation of this name the accent is upon the first syllable and the second is short. 17 of the Lower Murray and lakes from Wood’s Point to Point Macleay, sometimes camping for varying periods on the sta- tions and sometimes staying at a native camp at Brinkley. In her younger days she was often employed on the stations at shearing-time, and she told us how much better than the white men she and other natives did their work in the wool- sheds. Mrs. Karpeny related her reminiscences with much dramatic vividness, and as they are interesting in themselves I will make no apology for giving them at some length, even when they refer to other matters than the immediate object of my inquiry. On the occasion of our interview she told how, when she was quite a little gir] and encamped with others of the tribe on what is now Poltalloch Station, she and her young brothers and sisters were much alarmed at the sight of twe soldiers in red coats, and another man, on horseback, one of the soldiers having a “feather sticking out of his hat.’’ In their fear the children went into the water and stood, hidden, among the reeds until the soldiers had passed out of sight. This could not have been before December, 1836 (the date of the proclamation of the colony), but it was probably not long afterwards, for, according to her story, this episode occurred some time—she thought two or three years—before the wreck of a ship (the “Maria”) which occurred in 1840. Though living at Poltalloch at the time, which place, however, is not a great distance from the Coorong, when the episode took place, she seemed to know all about the affair, the natives concerned in it, and the punishment inflicted upon some of the supposed participators in the murder of the crew and passengers, for she related, with much circumstantial detail, that two of the natives were hanged and two shot, a state- ment which agrees with that given by Mr. Taplin (1, 5). At that time she said, indicating her height, she was “quite a big girl,”’ about ten or twelve years of age, as she thought. Then, on being questioned, she spoke of the coming of the great sickness which she called small-pox. She said it occurred some time before the episode of the white soldiers, and that she was a very little child at the time. Now, assuming that Mrs. Karpeny was of the age she stated at the time of the “Maria’’ incident, she would have been about seven when she saw the white soldiers—which, as we have said, could not have been before 1837: and if she were actually alive at the time (a point on which she in- sisted) it would fix the date of the epidemic at not earlier than 1830—a date which it is important to remember—and 18 her own age at not less than eighty, which J think is not at all improbable. If this be approximately the date of the epidemic of which Mrs. Karpeny was a witness as a child it was, as we shall see, some years later than that which we must assign to the one of which Mr. Taplin speaks in his account of the Narrinyeri, to which [ shall refer directly. But Mrs. Kar- peny was quite certain that the sickness of which she spoke was the only one that occurred during her lifetime, nor before that occurrence had she ever seen any blacks marked with the disease, though afterwards there were many such. This old black spoke of the coming of a strong west wind which made the reeds all tremble, and this, she said, was taken as a sure sign that the sickness was coming—which it did very quickly. In making this statement, which she repeated two or three times with great earnestness, she held out her two hands and made them quiver. With much gesture she described how the faces of those affected with the disease came out all over spots, and how that many died of it, including many children. She herself escaped, but her aunt, who is still living,‘®) and who, she says, is considerably older than herself, caught the disease and has her face marked. She told of the remedies they sought, one being young reed shoots pounded and administered from a mussel ((/n20) shell used as a spoon; another was the boiled leaves of mallee eucalypts gathered in the scrub. She also mentioned the use of other plants which I could not identify, but which she said she could point out. Nothing, however, did any good. Several of these statements were repeated two or three times, and always with adherence to the same version. When asked whether they buried those who had died of the sickness she said, ‘““No; we smoked ’em,” and that led me to ask her about the ante-burial rites of the Narrinyer1. Her replies conformed to the account given by Mr. Taplin, but she gave more explicit information about the subsequent and final interment, stating that the bones were put into the ground two or three years after they had been finally placed on the platforms. She had never been as far up the river as Swanport, and knew nothing of the burials there. Bearing in mind the frequent absence at that locality of the cranium from the other parts of the skeleton, I asked Mrs. Karpeny whether, in her young days, it was a common custom to convert the skulls into drinking vessels. She said it was, and that she herself had often carried two of them. (8) eines these ines were oT then ine alt woman has abcd. She will be again referred to. 19 She described, without any hesitation, how they took the skull from a platform (‘knocked off the head” were her actual words) and put it to soak in the water until freed from the soft parts; and when cleaned they carried it about by means of a handle made of string. “Lots of ’em,’’ she said, were used in this way. This statement affords a satis- factory explanation of the missing crania at Swanport. Mrs. Karpeny knew the three old blacks mentioned by Mr. Bott, and reminded me of a forgotten episode in which one of them had taken charge of my brother and me as boys. She also named several other natives who were well known round the lakes in the early days. From Mr. Paul Martin, now of Appila-Yarrowie, I have also some information on the same subject. He writes me, under date May 17, 1911, to the effect that he went to live in Strathalbyn about 1845, being then about eight or nine years of age. He remained there until 1852, when he went to the Victorian gold diggings. Returning afterwards to South Australia he went to live on the lower Finniss. There he saw many pock-marked blacks, and one of these--an in- telligent man of about thirty or thirty-five—told him that when he was a little boy “big one wind” came from the east (cf. Mrs. Karpeny’s account ante); then, pointing to his marked face, ‘“‘this one come.” He also said that many blacks in the district were affected and that many died. It is striking that. in the accounts given by both Mrs. Karpeny and Mr. Martin’s informant the coming of the sickness is associated with a strong wind, though the direction given in the two statements is diametrically opposite. In this respect Mrs. Karpeny’s statement is an exception, for most of the statements speak of the disease as coming from the east. Turning now from the oral to the written evidence bear- ing on the subject, and, first, as it relates to the Narrinyeri, the Rev. George Taplin, writing in 1874 (which is the date of the first edition of his account of this tribe), says (1, 44): — “They have a tradition that some sixty years ago a terrible disease came down the River Murray, and carried off the natives by hundreds. This must have been small-pox, as many of the old people now have their faces pitted who suffered from the disease in childhood. The destruction of life was so great as to seriously diminish the tribes. The natives always represent that before this scourge arrived they were much more numerous. They say that so many died that they could not perform the usual funeral rites for the dead, but were compelled to bury them at once out of the way. I think there must have been more than one visitation of this kind, judging from the age of those who are pock- marked.”’ 20 In this writer’s “Aboriginal Folklore’ (2, 45) he makes the same reference, with the omission of the period at which the disease 1s supposed to have occurred. Assuming, how- ever, the epidemic of which he speaks to have occurred at about the time referred to in the first-mentioned account the approximate date of its occurrence would be 1814 or there- abouts, or more than twenty years before the foundation of the colony. Mr. Howitt, also (4, 195), speaks of certain propitiatory rites as having been proposed by certain riverine tribes to avert the consequences of a great sickness that they heard was coming down the Murray, and there are other statements to the same effect to which reference will be made later. What has already been said, however, is sufficient to establish, as a starting-point for my inquiry, the fact that at some time prior to the arrival of the white man the natives of the Lower Murray were afflicted with a pestilence of great fatality, and that the Murray riverine system formed a principal channel for its transmission. What the pestilence was and how it originated we shall have also to inquire. ORIGIN OF THE DISEASE. Had there existed any evidence of the existence of dis- ease, a widely-spread disease such as small-pox, among the Australian aborigines before the first colonization settlement in New South Wales in 1788 its presence, or its past effects, would probably not have escaped the notice of the earliest voyagers such as Dampier and Cook. The former came inti- mately in contact with a particular tribe on the north-west coast of what is now Western Australia and gave many details of them, for the most part of an uncomplimentary nature (24, I., 464); while Captain Cook, at different times, saw a good many natives and wrote concerning them, but neither of these travellers make any mention of any char- acteristic affection such as that of which we are speaking ; indeed, the latter traveller expressly states that he saw no marks of disease or sores upon their bodies (25, III., 684). There is also no evidence to show that any disease was communicated to the natives by the white sailors of either expedition. The circumstances and possible influence of two subse- quent expeditions to Australia will require a closer scrutiny. The first of these was that of the English fleet which brought the first convicts to the then newly-founded settlement of New South Wales. This was under the command of Captain Arthur Phillip (who subsequently became the first Governor of the colony), with Captain John Hunter as second in com- 21 mand. The expedition arrived in Botany Bay in January, 1788, and shortly afterwards moved to Port Jackson. Of the circumstances attending the start of this expedition it will be necessary to speak further. | Five days after these English ships had reached Botany Bay two French frigates, the ‘““Boussole” and the “Astrolabe,”’ under the command of La Pérouse, arrived at the same har- bourage, and in the March following sailed away, to be lost with all hands, as was subsequently discovered, on one of the islands of the Santa Cruz group. There are good grounds for excluding from suspicion the crews of the French ships as the source of any communicated disease. A perusal of the account of the voyage (5, I.) will show that the expedition was fitted out with great care and foresight, and that in the instructions to the commander a whole chapter is especially devoted to the precautions which are to be taken in order to preserve the health of the crews (5, I., 55). That these were effectually carried out may be gathered from the statement, several times repeated, that there was no sickness on board, and in a letter written by La Pérouse on February 4, 1788 (5, IV., 201), after his arrival] at Botany Bay, he says: —“‘Nous sommes arrivés a la nouvelle Hollande sans qu’il y ait eu un seul malade dans les deux bAati- ments.”’ These facts will sufficiently establish the freedom from disease of the sailors of the great French navigator, and we may dismiss them from suspicion as propagators of disease of any kind. In April, 1789, fifteen months after the departure of the English ships and thirteen after that of the French, no other ships having visited the locality meanwhile, a virulent and fatal epidemic was found to be raging among the natives living round the shores of Port Jackson. The event is thus described by Colonel David Collins, Judge-Advocate and Secretary of the colony (6, 65) ;:— “April.—Early in the month (1789), and throughout its continuance, the people whose business called them down the harbour daily reported, that they found, either in excavations of the rock, or lying upon the beaches and points of the different coves which they had been in, the bodies of many of the wretched natives of this country. The cause of the mortality remained unknown until a family was brought up, and the disorder pronounced to have been the small-pox. It was not a desirable circumstance to introduce a disorder into the colony which was raging with such fatal violence among the natives of the country; but the saving the lives of any of these people was an object of no small importance, as the knowledge of our humanity, and the benefits which we 22 might render them, would, it was hoped, do away the evil impressions they had received of us. Two elderly men, a boy, and a girl were brought up, and placed in a separate hut at the hospital. The men were too far overcome by the dis- ease to get the better of 1t; but the children did well from the moment of their coming among us. “From the native who resided with us we understood that many families had been swept off by this scourge, and that others, to avoid it, had fled into the interior parts of the country. Whether it had ever appeared among them before could not be discovered, either from him or the children; but it was certain that they gave it a name (gal-gal-la) ; a circum- stance which seemed to indicate a previous acquaintance with TEA tebe.) “May.—Of the native boy and girl who had been brought up in the last month, on their recovery from the small-pox the latter was taken to live with a clergyman’s wife, and the boy with Mr. White, the surgeon, to whom, for his attention during the cure, he seemed to be much attached. “While the eruptions of this disorder continued upon the children, a seaman belonging to the ‘Supply,’ a native of North America, having been to see them, was seized with it, and soon died; but its baneful effects were not experienced by any white person of the settlement, although there were several very young children in it at the time. “From the first hour of the introduction of the boy and girl into the settlement it was feared that the native who had been so instrumental in bringing them in, and whose attention to them during their illness excited the admiration of everyone that witnessed it, would be attacked by the same disorder; as on his person were found none of these traces of its ravages which are frequently left behind. It happened as the fears of everyone predicted; he fell a victim to the disease in eight days after he was seized with it, to the great regret of everyone who had witnessed how little of the savage was found in his manner, and how quickly he was substituting in its place a docile, affable, and truly amiable deportment.”’ The same writer again refers, with a few additional but not essential details, to the outbreak in a chapter dealing with the disease of the natives (p. 596). In the foregoing account the following points are of importance and will be further noticed : — 1. The long period—fifteen months—elapsing between the departure of the English ships and the outbreak of the dis- ease, or, in the case of the French, thirteen months. 23 2. The pronouncement presumably either made or acquiesced in by the chief medical officer to the settlement (Surgeon-General White) that the disease was small-pox. 3. That neither the whites, generally, nor the white chil- dren were affected, and that while the two native adults died of the disease the two affected children recovered. Captain Hunter (7, 182) also gives an account of the outbreak which is assumed to be small-pox, and it is again alluded to by Barrington (8, 31) “as a disorder in appearance like the small-pox,” and similarly by Tench (9, 18 and 27). These are the earliest references to this outbreak, made by those who were living in the settlement at the time of its occurrence, and they leave no doubt of the main fact, viz., that in 1789 the natives of the locality became smitten with a virulent malady that was either small-pox or so lke it as to be readily taken for it. At this stage, and before tracing the further progress of the disease, we must return more particularly to the ques- tion of its mode of origin. We have seen that there are no grounds for attributing its source to the French sailors, whose ships show an exceptionally clean bill of health right up to the shores of Australia. There remains, then, for further consideration the English ships, and it becomes neces- sary to examine their health record more minutely from the commencement of their voyage. The facts in this connection are recorded by John White, Surgeon-General to Captain Phillip’s expedition and, afterwards, of the settlement (10, 2 et seq.), and as their cor- rect interpretation is of such importance I must at some length quote the author’s words (the italics are his) : — While the main part of the fleet destined for the new settlement was lying at Spithead previous to sailing it was joined by two additional transports, on one of which was the Surgeon-General, and immediately afterwards “I visited all the other transports, and was really surprised to find the convicts on board them so very healthy. When I got on board the ‘Alexander,’ I found there a medical gentleman from Portsmouth, among whose acquaintance I had not the honour to be numbered. He scarcely gave me time to get upon the quarter-deck, before he thus addressed me—‘I am very glad you are arrived, Sir; for your people have got a malignant disease among them of a most dangerous kind; and it will be necessary, for their preservation, to get them imme- diately released.’ Surprised at such a salutation, and alarmed at the purport of it, I requested of my assistant, Mr. Balmain, an intelligent young man, whom I had ap- pointed to the ship for the voyage, to let me see the people 24 who were ill. ‘Sir,’ returned Mr. Balmain, taking me aside, ‘you will not find things by any means so bad as this gentleman represents them to be: they are made much worse by him than they really are. Unlike a person wishing to administer comfort to those who are afflicted, either in body or in mind, he has publicly declared before the poor creatures who are ill, that they must inevitably fall a sacrifice to the malignant disorder with which they are afflicted ; the malignity of which appears to me to exist only in his own imagination. I did not, however,’ continued Mr. Balmain, ‘think proper to con- tradict the gentleman; supposing from the consequence he assumed, and the ease with which he had given his opinion, or more properly his directions, that he was some person appointed by the Secretary of State to officiate for you till your arrival. When you go among the people you will be better able to judge of the propriety of what I have said.’ Mr. Balmain had no sooner concluded than I went between decks, and found everything just as he had represented it to be. There were several in bed with slight inflammatory complaints; some there were who kept their bed to avoid the inconvenience of the cold, which was at this time very piercing, and whose wretched clothing was but a poor defence against the rigour of it; others were confined to their bed through the effects of long imprisonment, a weakened habit, and low- ness of spirits; which was not a little added to by the declara- tion of the medical gentleman above mentioned, whom they concluded to be the principal surgeon to the expedition. However, on my undeceiving them in that point, and at the same time confirming what Mr. Balmain had from the first told them, viz., that their complaints were neither malignant nor dangerous, their fears abated.” The Surgeon-General then goes on to say that he in- formed the patients that he would give orders for the supply of clothing te those who were in want of it, and that as they had been nearly four months on board on a diet of salt provisions he would endeavour to get some fresh for them while in port. “This short conversation had so sudden an effect on those I addressed, and was of so opposite a tendency to that of the gentleman alluded to, that before we got from between decks, I had the pleasure to see several of them put on such clothes as they had, and look a little cheerful. “On returning to the quarter-deck, I found my new medical acquaintance still there; and before I could give some directions to Mr. Balmain, as I was about to do, he thus once more addressed me—‘I suppose you are now con- vinced of the dangerous disease that prevails among these people, and of the necessity of having them landed, in order 25 to get rid of it.’ Not a little hurt at the absurd part the gentleman had acted, and at his repeated importunity, I replied, with some warmth, that I was very sorry to differ so essentially in opinion from him, as to be obliged to tell him that there was not the least appearance of malignity in the disease under which the convicts laboured, but that it wholly proceeded from the cold; and was nearly similar to a complaint then prevalent, even among the better sort of people, in and about Portsmouth. Notwithstanding this, he still persisted so much in the propriety of their being landed, and the necessity there was for an application to the Secretary of State upon the occasion, that [ could no longer keep my temper: and I freely told him, that the idea of landing them was as improper as it was absurd. And, in order to make him perfectly easy on that head, I assured him, that when any disease rendered it necessary to call in medical aid, he might rest satisfied I would not trouble him, but would apply to Dr. Lind, Physician to the Royal Hospital at Hasler, a gentleman as eminently distinguished for his professional abilities as his other amiable qualities; or else to some of the surgeons of His Majesty’s ships at Portsmouth Harbour, or at Spithead, most of whom [I had the pleasure of knowing, and on whose medical knowledge I was certain I could depend.” _ The Surgeon-General subsequently adds that notwith- standing the salutary effect on the patients of a change of diet to fresh beef and vegetables, with the addition of some wine and other necessaries, “the report of a most malignant disease still prevailed; and so industriously was the report promul]- gated and kept alive by some evil-minded people, who either wished to throw an odium on the humane promoters of the plan, or to give uneasiness to the friends and relations ot those engaged in the expedition, that letters from all quarters were pouring in upon us, commiserating our state. The newspapers were daily filled with alarming accounts of the fatality that prevailed among us; and the rumour became general, notwithstanding every step was taken to remove these fears, by assurances (which were strictly true) that the whole fleet was in as good a state of health, and as few in it would be found to be ill, at that cold season of the year, as even in the most healthy situation on shore. The clearest testimony that there was more malignity in the report than in the disease, may be deduced from the very inconsiderable number that have died since we left England; which I may safely venture to say is much less than ever was known in so long a voyage (the numbers being proportionate), even though not labouring under the disadvantages we were sub- ject to, and the crowded state we were in.’’ 26 It is to be noticed that, in addition to overcrowding, the conditions under which the convicts made their voyage were evidently very insanitary, for we are told that the Surgeon- General proposed white-washing, with quicklime, those parts of the ships where the convicts were confined, as a means for correcting and preventing the “unwholesome ‘dampness which usually appeared on the beams and sides of the ships, and was occasioned by the breath of the people.” Here are, at all events, favourable conditions for the development and spread of disease. Whatever may have been the exact nature of the ‘“malig- nant disease’ of the unnamed Portsmouth doctor there is other evidence to show that all was not quite right at the start from a health point of view, for Tench (11, 1), in speak- ing of the long stay of the ships ‘at the Motherbank, says : — “In this period, except a slight appearance of contagion 1 one of the transports, the ships were universally healthy and the prisoners in good spirits.”’ Note here, again, the dom- inant idea of contagion. Now, while a certain amount of difference of opinion between doctors is unfortunately not unusual, at the present time of improved medical know- ledge, one is scarcely prepared to find, even in those days, so great a divergence as appears to have existed in this case. Between a disease, thought to be characterized by malignity, and the effects of cold, aggravated by malnutrition, close confinement, and insanitary conditions generally is a wide gulf, and it is impossible to avoid suspicion that the Ports- mouth doctor, whose reiterated opinion the official medical officer treated with so much contumely, may have been right after all. Such a suspicion is strengthened by a significant remark made by Tench (9, 18), who sailed with the expedition as captain of marines. He is endeavouring to discover the origin of the Sydney outbreak, which he assumes to be small- pox, and, in a footnote, he mentions that ‘‘no person among us had been afflicted with the disorder since we had quitted the Cape of Good Hope, seventeen months before.”’ Surely this may be read as equivalent to an admission that the dis- ease had existed in the previous part of the voyage.(9 If this was so it is curious that the principal medical officer (Surgeon- General White) makes no mention of such an occurrence in his account of the voyage, though he alludes to an outbreak of mumps soon after sailing and, later, of dysentery, from which one man died. It must thus be admitted that strong suspicion attaches to the English expedition as a potential source of some disorder (9)The fleet arrived at Table Bay on October 13, 1787, aad am on November 18. It arrived at Botany Bay on January 20, 27 of a contagious kind, but if that be so the question must be asked why did not the outbreak in Sydney take place until the lapse of so long a period after the arrival of the ships which, under this view, must have contained the germs ol the disorder? For, as mentioned, it did not appear until fifteen months after the ships had actually left Sydney or seventeen months after they had left the Cape, since which time there had been, according to Tench’s statement, no dis- ease on board. Mr. Curr (3, |., 226) attempts to account for these facts by supposing that the disease emanated from clothes that had become infected on board and had been distributed to the natives. It is well known that disease may be, and is, distributed in this way, even after a long interval has elapsed since the articles were exposed to contagion, and that may possibly be the explanation in this case. Still, under the particular circumstances of the case, one would like to know what was done with the infected clothes during all this long period, which included the time occupied by the voyage from the Cape when the clothes must have been on board and pos- sibly worn. To make the circumstances fit the case one must suppose that these clothes had been put aside, and kept away from human contact, for nearly a year and a half before they were distributed. Otherwise why did not they com. municate infection to the white folk who handled, or wore, them in the interval? Or if they were given to the natives soon after the arrival of the ships why did the disease not break out earlier among them? These are questions that cannot be answered and it would seem impossible to pursue the inquiry further in this direction. We may conclude, therefore, that the Sydney out- break may have originated from the English ships, but that it is not absolutely proved. A little later we shall consider another possible origin, also of an extrinsic nature, but before doing so it will be desirable to trace, as far as may be possible, the march of events subsequent to the Sydney outbreak in relation to this or to some similar disease affecting the natives in other parts of Australia. SUBSEQUENT EPIDEMICS. In this part of my inquiry I am much indebted to an interesting chapter of Curr’s “Australian Race” (vol. i., chap. vill.), on the diseases and decline of the aboriginal race, in which the author summarizes all the information he could gain either from published books or from correspondents in various parts of the country. Some details on this subject are also given by Brough Smyth (28, I., 253). 28 The Sydney epidemic occurred, it will be remembered, in 1789; that outbreak appears to have run its course and died out, for, so far as the records are concerned, we hear no more of any similar occurrence until 1830 or 1831, or more than forty years later. About that date an outbreak is reported to have occurred at Bathurst, New South Wales, and at King’s Plains, 27 miles west of this place. Under the native word Nguya (pustule) Teichelmann and Schiirmann (12, 34) add a note to the effect that, about the same date, 1830, a disease (small-pox) was universal among the natives of the Adelaide tribe and diminished their numbers consider- ably. It is also, there, stated that it came from the east or the Murray tribes. The disease is again reported from Scone, New South Wales, 200 miles north of Sydney, about 1833-5, and from various other places in Victoria or New South Wales between the years 1840 and 1845. Besides these reports, referring to definite outbreaks, the dates of which are ap- proximately fixed, there will be found in the chapter of Curr’s work referred to many other statements from people who, writing some years after the actual outbreaks, had seen the blacks bearing pock-marks. One such reference may be particularly noticed here. It appears that at a date which, according to the context of the letter reporting it (3, I., 218), may be put about 1807 smallpox has committed “awful ravages” at Swan Hill, on the Murray. Farther north Mitchell (22, I., 26) records in 1831 an outbreak of which he himself was a witness at Curringai, in the Liverpool Range; and later, in 1835 (22, 1., 218), he speaks of having seen pock-marked blacks at Fort Bourke and at several other places lower down the Darling, and he alludes to the native population of this river as having been reduced by small-pox. Sturt also (21, I., 105) in speaking of the natives of this river, says “that their tribe did not bear any proportion to the number of their habitations. It was evi- dent that their population had been thinned.” It will thus be seen that all the outbreaks, so far men- tioned, occurred in eastern and south-eastern Australia; that nearly all of them were among the blacks of the Murray riverine system; and that while most of those of which the dates are definitely stated occurred between 1830 and 1845, one outbreak (Swan Hill) may have occurred as early as 1807. After 1845 the disease seems, if not to have once more disappeared from these regions, to have, at least, sub- sided in extent and virulence. In Western Australia Curr records outbreaks of, ap- parently, the same disease occurring at various localities on ot eee 29 the north-west coast, of which most took place between 1865 and 1870, and he states that as early as 1829 pock-marked blacks were seen in the neighbourhood of Perth (3, 21%). According to Foelsche (13, 7) small-pox broke out among the natives around Ports Darwin and Essington about 1862, and he makes mention of a plant the juice of which is used as a remedy. Wilson also in his account of a voyage made in 1828 (14, 319) gives in his vocabulary of the Raffles Bay tribe a word, Oie or Boie, for small-pox which shows that they had had, even then, experience of it. Other references to the existence of small-pox in the Northern Territory about 1865 will be found in Curr’s chapter. That small-pox had existed as far into the interior as Lake Eyre appears from Gason’s account of the Dieyerie tribe (1, 283), and Foelsche, who knew the natives wel, states (13, 8) that “no doubt it spread a long distance inland, as pock-marked natives are found among all the inland tribes.” There is evidence also of its presence still farther north, for Mr. Gillen, whose work in conjunction with Professor Spencer on the Central and Northern Australian tribes is so well known, writes me (May 24, 1911) that thirty years ago when he lived at Alice Springs it was a common thingy to see old natives pitted with small-pox all along the tele- graph, line from Charlotte Waters to Barrow Creek: but he saw no young natives similarly marked. Old blacks of the Arunta tribe, which occupies a large part of the tract of country just mentioned—that is the heart of Australia—- had a tradition that a terrible disease traversed their countr and destroyed great numbers of their people. When Mr. Gillen went to live at Moonta ten or twelve years ago he found that a similar tradition obtained among the Yorke -Peninsula (Narrunga or Narrang-ga) tribe, and an old man told him of a place—an old camping-ground—where many of the victims had been buried, but he was never able to find it. The disease is also recorded from Central Australia by Tietkins (13, 112), who mentions that out of fifteen or twenty blacks who visited his camp at the Rawlinson Ranges (24° 30’ southern latitude, 127° 42’ E. longitude) in 1873 eight were unmistakably marked with small-pox. According to Curr it never made its appearance in Gipps- land, nor, according to the same writer, is there any record of it among the natives of the Australian Bight, though he appears to have overlooked a reference to its former presence 30 at Streaky and Fowler Bays (13, 112), where it was believed to have come from the north. As regards Queensland, the only mention of the occur- rence of the disease in this State by an early writer that I have so far discovered is made by Lang (23, 340), who speaks of it as a “‘variolous disease, somewhat similar to the small- pox,” and as affecting a tribe of natives on the Upper Bris- bane River. He further mentioned that vaccination was a specific. Later, in 1904, Miss Petrie states (26, 65) that when her father first came to North Pine (16 miles from Brisbane) pock-marks “were strong on some of the old men” (this was not long after 1837), who told him that the sickness had come among them long before the advent of the white people, killing off numbers of their comrades. ‘“Pock-marks they called nuram-nuram—the same name as that given to any wart. From this Neurum-Neurum Creek gets its name.” References to outbreaks in other localities might be given, but enough has been said to show that a disease, which is always described either as small-pox or as one very closely resembling it, has been spread so widely, and perhaps more than once, among the Australian natives as to to deserve the term pandemic. THE QUESTION OF A POSSIBLE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE SyDNEY EpipEMIc or 1789 aND THE SUBSEQUENT OUTBREAKS. We must now return to the inquiry whether any con- nection can be traced between the Sydney epidemic in 1789 and that, or those, occurring subsequently in many places. Dealing first with the manifestations in eastern and south-eastern Australia—where such a connection might most reasonably be expected to be traceable—if such a connection had existed it is remarkable that for more than forty years we find no sign of a recrudescence of any. epidemic similar to that in Sydney. Where was the infection during all these years? Did the next observed outbreaks, of which several seem to have occurred in 1830 or a few years afterwards, originate inde- pendently, or did the embers of the Sydney disease remain smouldering, somehow and somewhere, during this long period, to burst into flame again forty years afterwards ? These are not easy questions to answer, and either supposition involves difficulties. If the later outbreaks of 1830-5 were the aftermath of the epidemic of 1789 then we are quite unable to trace the connection between the two. For, apart from the length of the interval, it is difficult to see how, in the case of 3] natives who wear no clothes and have few personal and per- manent belongings, the seeds of the disease could be kept alive for so long, and if it were actually kept alive why did they not germinate in human bodies? If, on the other hand, the 1830 epidemics arose de novo and without any connection with the outbreak that had preceded it forty years earlier, then, for their cause, we are without even the uncertain facts that we possess concerning the possible origin of the Sydney epidemic from the English ships. If, however, we could explain the origin of the out- breaks of 1830 it would not be difficult to trace to them those others which, in New South Wales and Victoria, seem to have occurred, between that date and 1845 or there- abouts, at intervals of, at most, a few years, and at places between which the geographical features would have afforded a ready means of transmission. There is, of course, a third alternative, viz., that these later epidemics of which we are speaking may have been transmitted from the north—a question which will be dis- cussed directly—for it has been mentioned that Wilson” found evidence indicative of its presence among the Raffles Bay tribe prior to 1826, and, in face of the difficulties attend- ing other explanations, this is perhaps the most reasonable, as it is the simplest, view to take concerning the manifesta- tions in New South Wales in 1830 and the years following. As regards the later outbreaks in Western Australia—- that is to say, those occurring for the most part between 1865 and 1870-—most of them seem to have taken place at points along the north-western coast, and a continuation of this to the north and east brings us, after no very great distance, to that of the Northern Territory, where we have seen that the disease made its appearance about the same period. It is generally supposed, and indeed it is more than pro- bable, that to the latter coasts the disease was brought by the Malay trepang fishers who have paid annual visits to these localities for many years. Flinders, whose voyage to the northern coasts of Aus- tralia was made in 1803, was at some pains to ascertain the facts concerning the visits of the Malays to these shores. According to the information given him by the captains of a detachment of one of these fishing fleets 0) that he encoun- tered at the English Company’s Islands, and subsequently ‘10) Loc. cit. (11) Flinders’ statement (27, IJ., 230) that the whole of this fleet comprised sixty prahus and 1,000 men will indicate how numerous were these visitors. 32 by Dutch officers at Koepang, in Timor, these annual visits had begun only about twenty years previously, 7.e., about 1783 (27, II., 231 and 257). This date is suggestive, for it permits of the possibility that the disease might have existed in Australia even before the 1789 outbreak in Sydney, and it is therefore also quite possible that the latter might have originated in this way, and not from the English ships. We have already alluded to the difficulty, under the latter hypothesis, raised by the long delay of fifteen months before the disease manifested itself. Moreover, the very long interval of forty years which elapsed between the first out- break and those occurring on the east and south-east in 1830: and subsequently, without any apparent connection, also sug- gests a fresh introduction, and for this the only source we know of is the northern coast. And, if contact with the Malays was, as Mr. Foelsche and others believe, the origin of the epidemics occurring in the Northern Territory about 1862-5, it would have been a natural process for the disease to have spread down the Western Australian coast—indeed, as we have said, most of the outbreaks in that State occurred between 1865-70. To account for its presence in Perth before 1829 (the date of its first settlement) we should have to look to an earlier invasion, which might, however, have had, as we have suggested, a similar northern origin and have been trans- mitted along a similar route. In this instance, however, we have not, as in the case of the later epidemics of north- western Australia, the history of a whole series of outbreaks. the occurrence of which at about the same time, and in localities more or less adjacent both to one another and to. the districts visited by the Malays, is strongly suggestive not only of the place of origin of the disease, but of a pro- gressive onward march. Still, even in the absence of similar evidence of continuous progress in the former case, it is easier to suppose that in this, also, it had the same origin and travelled by the same route than to believe that the disease, having originated in the east, passed to the west throughout the whole length of the continent, which hypc- thesis would, moreover, have involved its transit through very sparsely - populated and desert regions. It is therefore to be regarded as more probable that ene various epidemics of Western Australia resulted from the transmission, down the coast, of the disease originating: from the Malays than that it, or they, should have spread from .the east across the whole width of Australia. To account for its presence in Central Australia we must suppose that it reached this region from the east or 33 from the north, or even from the south, where we have evi- dence of its presence at an early date. As Mitchell reports it to have been prevalent all along the Darling it might well have reached the centre from this direction, though a northern derivation is, perhaps, equally probable, as there is a succession of contiguous tribes all the way from Port Darwin to the MacDonnell Ranges, and no physical obstacles stand in the way of its transmission. 2) THe NATURE oF THE DISEASE. So far we have, without argument, assumed that the disease the origin and spread of which we have endeavoured to trace was small-pox, and though the inquiry into its true nature is essentially a medical question, it is necessary to give it some consideration here. It will have been noticed in what has preceded that the disease was considered to be small-pox by all those wit- nesses of the first outbreak in Sydney who have mentioned it, though I can find no direct medical pronouncements to that effect, save such as have been stated. In nearly all of the later epidemics occurring in New South Wales, Victoria, or South Australia it was either definitely called small-pox or spoken of as a disease exactly like it; and the various eruptive and other symptoms that were described, sometimes by medical men, when associated with its severity, contagiousness, and mortality certainly correspond with those of small-pox and to no other known disease. The outbreak at Bathurst and in its neighbourhood which has been mentioned as occurring in 1830-1 excited so much attention that Dr. Mair, Assistant Surgeon of the 39th Regiment, was sent from Sydney to investigate it. Unfortunately he arrived too late to be an actual witness of the disease in progress, but he made inquiries on the spot and embodied his results in a report to his Govern- ment. I have not been able to refer directly, to the full text of this report, as no copy of it exists either in the Public or Parliamentary Libraries of this State; but Ben- nett, when discussing this part of the subject at some length (15, 1., 148) gives Dr. Mair’s own synopsis, which ‘may be advantageousiy quoted here as summarizing his con- clusions : -— (12) Spencer and Gillen have pointed out (29, 20) that the line of transmission, as represented by the handing on of corroborees from tribe to tribe and of certain other changes in tribal practices, has always been from north to south and never vice versa. B 34 1. The eruptive febrile disease, which lately prevailed among the aborigines, was contagious, or communicable from one person to another, and capable of being propagated by inoculation. 2. It approached more nearly in its symptoms to the character of small-pox than any other disease with which we are acquainted, particularly to that species of small-pox described by Staff-Surgeon Marshall as occurring in the Kandyan Provinces in 1819 (quoted in Good’s “Study of Medicine,”’ vol. ili., p. 82). 3. The mortality attending the disease varied from one in three to one in five or six, but might have been less if the persons labouring under it had been sheltered from the weather, and attended by physicians. 4. Vaccination (15) seemed to possess a controlling power over it, as three blacks who had been successfully vaccin- ated, although equally exposed to the disease, escaped infection. 5. It was not confined to the aborigines, but in one in- stance attacked a European in the form of secondary small- pox, and proved fatal to a child with symptoms resembling confluent small-pox. 6. In several cases it occasioned bindness, and left many of the poor blacks in a very debilitated and helpless condi- tion, with marks which could not be distinguished from the pits of small-pox on different parts of their bodies. 7. It was never observed to attack any of the aborigines a second time, and it spread alarm and consternation among ghem. Bennett (15, I., 148), himself a qualified medical man, besides quoting the foregoing summary, comments at some length on Dr. Mair’s report, and the perusal of the chapter with the other available evidence will, I think, leave little doubt in the mind of any doctor familiar with the subject that the disease could have been no other than true small-pox. Yet there are circumstances frequently mentioned in connec- tion with the various outbreaks which are not quite con- sistent with the known behaviour of this disease when epidemic among unvaccinated white people. | 1. If Mair’s estimate of its mortality during the Bathurst outbreak is correct—for it is not stated how it was arrived at, nor to what number of cases it referred, and, in any case, it could scarcely have been very accurately (13) The discovery of the protective effect of vaccination was announced by Jenner in 1798. 35. estimated —it falls below that of English epidemics, 4) whereas one would have expected that the mortality rate of a people affected for the first time by a severe zymotic disease, and in whom there could have been no acquired immunity, would be very high.) 2. In Collins’ account of the Sydney epidemic it was stated that “its baneful effects were not experienced by any white person of the settlement, though there were several very young children in it at the time.” And again in the same work (chap. viil., p. 597) he says “notwithstanding the town of Sydney was at this time filled with children, many of whom visited the natives that were ill of this disorder, not one of them caught it.” Curr (3) and Bennett (15), in their notices of various outbreaks, also frequently allude to the fact that children either did not take the disease or were affected by it less severely than adults. Now, among the European races, young children are more liable to small-pox than older persons, and, moreover, the mortality from small- pox is greatest in the first years of life (see footnote (4)). In fact, in prevaccination days small-pox was regarded as a “disease of childhood, just as whooping-cough and measles were and are.” (16) 3. White adults seem to have enjoyed a similar immunity, as will appear from special mention of this circumstance by those writers quoted in the case of the exemption of children, and this notwithstanding the fact that no special precautions seem to have been taken to avoid communciation with the affected blacks. In spite, however, of these abnormalities in the inci- dence and effects of the disease we shall, I think, still come (14) Mair’s rates of mortality, reduced to percentages, le between 33 and 17 per cent. inclusive. In ‘‘The System of Medicine,’ by Allbutt and Rolleston [vol. II., pt. 1 (1906), p. 783], a table of mortality of unvaccinated persons of all ages is given as ranging from 66 per cent. in children up to two years old, down to 23 ver cent. for the ages ten to fifteen, and rising again to rates varying from 40 to 50 ver cent. for inter- vening ages. (15) Catlin (16, II., 24), in speaking of the ravages of small- pox among the North American Indians in 183%—about the same date as the Bathurst outbreak, it will be noticed—states that the Pawnees lost 50 per cent., or more, of their number and that many other tribes were also greatly reduced. In the great epidemic ot measles, a much less fatal disease among whites than small-pox, in Fiji in 1875 it is estimated that one- third of the native povulation of the islands perished (17, I., 56). __ (16) Although the exact proportion cannot yet be given it is evident that the Swanport remains contain a considerable number of young children. B2 36 to the same conclusion as that so often expressed by those who were actual witnesses of its symptoms and: behaviour, viz., that it was true small-pox. If it was not small-pox, then medical science has no name for it. ADVANCE OF THE DISEASE TO THE LOWER MuRRAY. Having so far attempted to discover the origin of. the introduction of this epidemic disease, to trace its course throughout the land, and to discuss, very briefly, its nature, it is time to consider the evidence on which it may be con- sidered to have reached Swanport and other localities on the Lower Murray. Speaking from the standpoint of South Australia there seems to have been a very general belief, which finds frequent expression both in the statements of the blacks and in written accounts, that the disease came from the east and eventually travelled down the Murray. Published notices directly making, or implying, this state- ment are to be found in Teichelmann and Schiirmann (12, 34), Curr (3, I., 2, 16), Kyre (18, li., 3879), and Howitt (4, 195), and the separate tacts, some of which have been mentioned, con- firm the tradition. Many of the places and tribes which are specifically mentioned by Bennett, Curr, Mrs. Langloh Parker (19, 39), and other writers as having been subject to outbreaks are situated on, or close to, tributary streams of the River Murray system—-some on their upper waters, some lower down. Thus from Curr we hear of it from an eye-witness of a case near Echuca in 1841 or 1842; at Towanniney (Towanninie), which is near the Murray; and at Swan Hill, on the Murray, at a date estimated to have been about 1807. Its presence at Swan Hill is also alluded to by Mr. Joseph Hawdon in his “MS. Journal’’ (20, 40),@7) a copy of which is in the pos- session of the Public Library of South Australia. There is thus ample evidence of the existence of the disease at many places situated on, or near, the banks of the two great tributary rivers that, by their junction at Went- worth, form the main stream of the Murray, and this soon afterwards enters South Australian territory. From the Darling River and Victorian Murray districts, southwards, I have not been able to trace its successive stages (17) As this Journal has never been published, and therefore not generally accessible; I will quote the writer’s words:—‘‘In the evening some of the blacks came to Swan Hill, where we were encamped. After holding a little conversation with us across the river they swam over to us. They were fine, well- made men, about 5 ft. 11 in. in height; their faces were nearly all marked with small-pox, but otherwise their features were pleasing.”’ 37 ‘im specified localities until we come to Moorundie.@ At this- place, which is 3 miles below Blanchetown, Eyre was stationed as Resident Magistrate from 1841-4, and he alludes to the existence at some previous period of a disease very similar to small-pox, and leaving similar marks upon the face (18, II., 379), though he himself had never seen a case. He states further that it is reported to have come from the eastward. The Moorundie natives are, as have been mentioned, the northern neighbours of the Narrinyeri, and we can see, there- fore, the facilities that would have been afforded for the transmission of the disease along the broad highway of the river, whose banks were frequented by a numerous native population. We know, indeed, that they navigated the river in their mungos, or bark canoes, the last remaining example -of which is now in the National Museum. That it did, however, reach and decimate not only the Narrinyeri, but the adjacent Adelaide tribe, there can be no doubt ; to this the written testimony of early writers such as Mr. Taplin, Messrs. Teichelmann and Schiirmann, and others, -as well as the traditions of the natives and oral state- ments,9) bear witness; and although, as we have seen, the -actual circumstances of the interments at Swanport do not -afford any conclusive evidence that this place, more than any -other, had any special association with the incidence of the disease, we shall, I think, in our minds regard its numerous remains as a silent testimony otf the event. When, however, we endeavour to fix a date for this -calamity, possibly the one great event of their lives, we are on more uncertain ground. Still, there is a certain amount -of evidence bearing on the question which we will examine. We have some reason to believe (3, I., 218) that an out- break occurred at Swan Hill, on the Murray, about 1807, ‘though it must be admitted that this date, based as it is upon q8)G. F. Angas states (30, I., 128; and II., 226) that he had himself ‘‘seen two aged men from high uv the Murray, ‘beyond the great. North-West Bend, who were deevly marked ‘with the effects of smallpox.” He also states that the natives of South Australia spoke of the disease as having come down ‘the Murray from the country far to the eastward, and almost depopulated the banks of that river for more than 1,000 miles. For these references 1 am indebted to Mr. T. Gill, I.S.O. (19) Since the above was written I have a letter (May 17, 1911) from Mr. Paul Martin, now of Appila-Yarrowie, in which he ‘Informs me that when, as a boy, he lived at Strathalbyn from 1845-52 and subseauently on the Lower Finniss, he saw numbers “of pock-marked blacks, and one of them, an intelligent man then about 30-35 years of age, told him that it came from the east ‘(ef. the statements of Eyre and Angas ante). 38 a mere estimate of an elapsed period of seventy years, rests on a: very uncertain foundation. Hawdon °°) reports it from the- same place at some period antecedent to 1838, the year in which he visited the locality. As Swan Hill is the nearest place to the South Aus- tralian boundary at which a date can be approximately fixed for the alleged occurrence of an epidemic the event is of some importance to the present part of our inquiry. If Mr. Taplin’s similar estimate of a long period of past years, the actual duration of which, cannot either in his own case or in that of Swan Hull quoted by Mr. Curr, be- accurately determined, is to be regarded as approximately correct: the date of the Narrinyeri outbreak would be fixed at about 1814 (1, 44). If, then, we might assume that there is no great error in the estimates on which these two dates, 1807 and 1814, are- fixed they might be considered as coming near enough together for us to consider that the Swan Hill outbreak was the fore- runner of that occurring among the Narrinyeri. Moreover, the view that there may have been am epidemic among the natives of the lakes about this time, or, at least, at a period anterior to 1830, receives some support from information recently received from Mr. G. G. Hacket, J.P., of Narrung, Lake Albert, a resident of this district of very long standing. He writes, under dates. May 17 and June 1, to the effect that in 1864, when a young lad, he saw pock-marked blacks in these districts. To the best of his. recollections these natives were at the time between fifty and sixty years of age, and it would seem, as Mr. Hacket observes, that they must have had the disease in infancy, for they had no recollection of their own particular illness and referred it to a legendary sense.‘2) Now, a native fifty years’ old in 1864 would have been an infant in 1814, which is the: date arrived at on Mr. Taplin’s estimate, while one sixty years of age would have been only four years of age, or little more than an infant, in 1807, which is the estimated date of the Swan Hill outbreak. (20) Loc. cit. (21) In the story the blacks told Mr. Hacket the idea that the disease came down the Murray is again prominent, and they also believed that it was brought by an evil spirit. The | natives further said that it affected old and young, that the: dead were buried where they died, and that in many cases the- sick were abandoned and left in their wurleys. Speaking of the skulls used as water vessels Mr. Hacket mentions that he saw them, and that their use was more general about Wellington than round the lakes. 39 But, according to Messrs. Teichelmann and Schiirmann, ‘the date of the disease among the Adelaide tribe was, by a -similarly uncertain method of computation, about 1830; or, as these writers put it, “about a decennium’ before they -wrote, which was in 1840. Now, obviously, a retrospective -estimate of ten years based only on the memory of the blacks is less likely to err than one of sixty or seventy years simi- larly computed, and, if this was the date at which the Adelaide “tribe was affected, it is almost certain that this would have been the time at which its neighbours—the Narrinyeri—also suffered. Further, this date of 1830, or thereabouts, is par- ticularly suggestive, for it falls into line with a period at ‘which, as we have seen, several outbreaks are accurately known to have occurred in New South Wales and Victoria. Moreover, if the statement of the old black, Mrs. Kar- ~peny (on whose very positive and unvarying tale I am dis- posed to rely), that she was alive at the time when the ecatastrophe occurred among her people is correct, its date, on that basis, might be fixed some time between 1830 and 1835— ‘that is to say, at the period which would correspond to that of the active manifestation of the disease at Bathurst, New South Wales, and at other places in eastern and_ south- -eastern Australia. This date would also, to some extent, harmonize with ‘the information given by Mr. Bott’s three old black men, for, if they were men of sixty when they told their story ‘in 1881, the personal memory of the oldest of them might ‘well have gone back to 1830, but not to 1807 or even to 1814. If, however, the eldest was seventy he might, as a child of four-—which would have been his age in 1807—- have retained the memory of a disaster of such magnitude occurring at that date. On the whole, therefore, and using the admittedly rather uncertain evidence that is available, the most probable view is that the date of the outbreak among the Narrinyeri and Adelaide tribes was during the quinquennium 1830-5. And if Mrs. Karpeny is correct in her assertion that she never ‘saw ‘pock-marked blacks until they had become thus affected, as the result of the epidemic she claims to have witnessed as a young child, then, so far as the Narrinyeri are concerned, there has been only one such epidemic since the beginning of Tast century, and the earlier date of 1814 computed by Mr. ‘Taplin must have been based on an overestimate of years that had elapsed. Whether a similar explanation applies to the ‘supposed outbreak at Swan Hill in 1807, or whether there really was an earlier manifestation of the disease in that locality, it seems impossible to say. There is, however, some 4Q evidence in favour of the view that there was more than one: period at which outbreaks occurred in South Australia. The conclusions stated in the foregoing paragraph have- been based upon facts and statements, often of a very in-. definite nature, that have been related in the preceding pages ; but since they were reached they have, so far at least as they relate to the date at which the epidemic occurred among the Narrinyeri and their neighbours, received additional support of a more precise kind than has generally been found avail- able in this inquiry. In a paragraph in the South Aus-. trahan Register of July 5, 1911, the death is reported, at. Poltalloch, of the old black woman who was stated by Mrs. Karpeny to have been her aunt; whether this was the actual relationship according to our nomenclature I cannot say. The old woman, who was known to the whites as Jenny Pongie (native name Clul-lul-owrie), spoke English well and retained her faculties almost to the last. She was, according to her own statements, a grown woman when the epidemic descended on her people, and, according to her account, it came shortly after Captain Sturt’s voyage down the Murray. As this explorer reached the lakes on February 9, 1830, old’ Jenny’s evidence fixes the date with considerable definiteness. as occurring during the quinquennium mentioned, and pro- bably, it would seem, in the earlier part of this period. She, too, spoke of a peculiar noise, as of wind, just before the arrival of the disease, which she said came from: the east.(22). The writer of the paragraph referred to, Mr. A. Redman, superintendent of the Point Macleay Mission Sta- tion—as, indeed, does another correspondent, Mr. G. G. H acket—suggests that the noise might have been referable: to an earthquake, which is not improbable, for, writes the- latter, in the last event of that nature the earth tremors. (22) If, then, we may consider Jenny’s age as “a grown, woman’ to have been sixteen at the date of the occurrence, which, it might be claimed, represents female maturity in: ‘her race, this old black would have been ninety-seven years old at the time of her death; and if sixteen is. considered to be an unnecessarily early estimate of full growth it would only be reauired that she should have been three years older for her to have died a centenarian. And, indeed, she was considered by the old residents to have passed the century by three or four years. In any case she affords a remarkable: example of longevity in a race that has been assumed without justification, if the evil influences of civilization are excluded, not to be long- lived. Though at the time of my interview with: Mrs. Karpeny, recorded on a previous page, I did not attach: importance to the accuracy of her estimate of long periods of years I must, with this confirmation and in_ justification ot her statement, now say that on that occasion she told me her: aunt must be more than 100 years old. — 41 were accompanied by a rushing wind such as the natives described, and he has heard the natives themselves refer to @ similar occurrence. | SUMMARY. Epitomizing the principal points of the foregoing in- vestigation—. 1. There is clear evidence of the occurrence in 1789 of a virulent disease among the aborigines of Port Jackson which was at time considered to be small-pox; and 2. Doubtful evidence that this originated from the Eng- lish ships that brought the first convicts to Sydney more than a year previously, though there is a possibility that it- may have done so. 3. This outbreak having apparently subsided, nothing more is definitely recorded of a similar disease until about 1830 and the years following, when it reappeared at Bathurst, New South Wales, and similar outbreaks seem to have continued at. other places in New South Wales and Victoria up to about 1845. There is also some uncertain evidence that the disease may have reappeared still earlier, viz., at Swan Hill about 1807. 4. There is no evidence to show how this later series of ‘epidemics arose, but 5. There is good reason to believe that an outbreak took place in the coastal regions of the Northen Territory between 1862 and 1865, which was presumably brought by the Malay trepang fishers. 6. As the Malays seem to have visited the north coasts of Australia as early as 1783 and to have continued their visits, annually, until the present time they may have been’ the source both of the Sydney epidemic of 1789 and of those of 1830 and following years in eastern and south-eastern Australia; almost certainly of those occurring in north. western Australia between 1860-70, and possibly of those which, there 1s some evidence to show, took place still earlier im the nineteenth century both in the eastern and western parts of the continent. 7. However originating, there is abundant testimony to the fact that the disease at some time spread throughout almost the whole of Australia, reaching even the heart of the country. 8. In its symptoms, progress, and behaviour the disease corresponded to genuine small-pox, though in its incidence and effects it differed in some respects from this disease ag it occurs among unvaccinated white people. 9. As regard South Australia, there is considerable testimony to support the belief that the disease came from. 42 the east, probably by river routes, and was transmitted dowm the Murray, making its effects severely felt among the- Narrinyeri and Adelaide tribes, probably between 1830 and 1835—at any rate before. the advent of the white settlers in: 1836. If, however, Mr. Taplin and some others are correct in their estimates of the length of a long period of elapsed: years, without any facts to guide them as to its real dura- tion, there may have been outbreaks both in Victoria and South Australia earlier in the century. 10. To Central Australia the disease may have come from. either the north or the east or even from the south—none of these routes would have presented difficulties in transmission ;. but the invariable migration of certain practices from north to south is suggestive of the first-named direction. 11. In the actual circumstances of the Swanport burials: there is no very distinct evidence of the incidence of the disease in such a catastrophic form as to have caused the: natives to abandon their ordinary methods of interment for a promiscuous sepulture, though, according to their tradi- tion, the onset was sudden and the mortality great. CoNCLUSION. J had hoped in this account to have been able to give: some brief survey of the general characters of the Swanport remains. This, however, I am not yet in a position to do,. for, apart from the fact that the inquiry pursued in the pre- ceding pages has proved a longer task than I had anticipated,. the number of the remains is so considerable, and the bones so mixed, and, in many cases, so broken that the task of sorting and mending is still far from complete, though the whole: of our available staff has been engaged in the work ever since the arrival of the remains at the Museum. Besides, their number is still being increased by further additions from the same locality. All I can say now is that the total number of individuals represented by the remains actually received’ at the Museum, though in many cases only by odd bones or fragments of bones, will probably be found to be about 160. Probably the number actually met with was still greater, for some of the remains have, no doubt, found other destinations. In age they vary from extreme senility, as shown by the edentulous condition of the jaws, to that of children under six months. In some of the remains pathological conditions are present. - At a future date I hope to report further on these remains from a craniological, osteological, and pathological point of view, but as this work will necessitate many hun- dreds of measurements and calculations of indices it will require some time. It will also be necessary to make pro- 43 ‘vision for the requisite and now extensive literature bearing on the subject, and for an adequate osteometric outfit. Finally, I desire to express my thanks to the Commis- sioner of Crown Lands of South Australia, the Honourable Crawford Vaughan, M.P., who, by his sympathy and prompt action, has made it possible for the National Museum to acquire these interesting relics of a vanishing race. So, also, I must acknowledge the assistance of Mr. T. Duffield, Secre- tary to the Commissioner; of the Surveyor-General, Mr. E. M. Smith, for allowing his department to supply me with the accompanying map, and for other facilities in the pro- secution of this investigation; of the Government. photo- lithographic department for the reproductions which illus- trate this paper; and of Mr. Walter Howchin, F.G.S., Chairman of the Museum Committee, who drew for me the ‘sketch of section and has otherwise given his valuable assist- ance in regard to geological details. Mr. Kellett, Super- intendent of the Murray River reclamation works; Mr. A. White, who, as has been stated, first brought the discovery under the notice of the Museum; Mr. E. Baxter, ganger in charge at Swanport; and Messrs. Bott, sen. and jun., have also all given much assistance and, often, personal service in the work of recovery. To Mr. Bott, sen., Mr. G. G. Hacket, and Mr. Paul Martin I am indebted for valuable information that has been recorded in the preceding pages, and to Messrs. J. W. Bakewell and A. C. Minchin for the photographs from which the illustrations have been reproduced. I desire also to acknowledge the zeal and energy with which Mr. Robt. Zietz performed his task as the representative of the Museum. The assistance of all these gentlemen has greatly aided me in my task. Works REFERRED TO IN THE TEXT. 1. “The Narrinyeri,”’ by the Rev. G. Taplin (“Native Tribes of South Australia,” J. D. Woods, 1879). 2. “Folklore, Manners, Customs, and Languages of the South Australian Aborigines,” edited by the Rev. G. Taplin, 1879. . “The Australian Race,’ E. M. Curr, 1886. . “Native Tribes of South-East Australia,’ A. W. Howett, 1904. . “Voyage de la Pérouse autour du Monde,” redigé par M. L. A. Milet-Mureau, 1797. . “Account of the English Colony in New South Wales,” by David Collins, 1798. “Historical Journal of the Transactions at Port Jackson and Norfolk Island,’’ by Captain John Hunter, 1793. a4 A Oo wos 8. 9. 10. 44 “History of New South Wales,” by Geo. Barrington,. 1802. “Complete Account of the Settlement at Port Jackson,” by Captain Watkin Tench, 1793. “Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales,” by John White, Surgeon-General to the Settlement, 1790. . “Narrative of the Expedition to Botany Bay,” by Captain Watkin Tench, 1789. “Outlines of a Grammar of the Aboriginal Languages of | South Australia,” by C. G. Teichelmann and C. W. Schiirmann, 1840. . “Notes on the Aborigines of North Australia,” by Paul Foelsche, Transactions Royal Society of South Aus- tralia; -vol.ows 1882. . “Narrative of a Voyage Round the World,” by T. B. Wilson, 1835. . “Wanderings in New South Wales,” by George Bennett,. 1834. . “Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Con-. dition of the North American Indians,’ by Geo. Catlin, 1841. . “At Home in Fiji,’ by C. F. Gordon Cumming, 1881. “Journals of Expeditions of Discovery into Central Aus- tralia,” by E. J. Eyre, 1845. . “The Euahlayi Tribe,’ by K. Langloh Parker, 1905. . “Manuscript Journal of a Journey from New South Wales to Adelaide, the Capital of South Australia, performed in 1838,’ by Mr. Joseph Hawdon (in the possession of the Public Library of South Australia). “Two Expeditions into the Interior of Southern Aus- tralia during the years 1828, 1829, 1830, and 1831,” by Captain Charles Sturt, 1833. 2. “Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Aus- tralia,’ by Major T. L. Mitchell, Surveyor-General.,. 1839. . “Queensland,” by John Dunmore Lang, D.D., 1861. . “A New Voyage Round the World,” by Captain William Dampier, 1729 (‘Collection of Voyages,” vol. i.). “Account of a Voyage Round the World in the years. 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771,” by Lieutenant James Cook, 1773. “Hawkesworth’s Voyages,” 1873, vol. i.. . “Tom Petrie’s Reminiscences of Early Queensland,” recorded by his daughter, 1904. | “Voyage to Terra Australis . . . in 1801, 1802, and 1803,’’ by Matthew Flinders, 1814. . “Aborigines of Victoria,’ by R. Brough Smyth, 1878. 45 29. “Northern Tribes of Central Australia,’’? by Baldwin Spencer and F. J. Gillen, 1904. 30. “Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand,” by George French Angas, 1847. 31. “Nomenclature of South Australia,” by Rodney Cock- burn, Adelaide, 1908. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Prater IT. View of Swanport, looking south, from the southern end of the swamp, which is seen in the foreground. The cutting from which the bones were obtained is shown in the distance between two eucalyptus trees, and just to the right of Mr. Bott’s house. The surface ot the sandbank is seen rising to the right. The tramway in the foreground was used for the transportation of the soil to form the embankment. From a photograph by Mr. J. W. Bakewell. Pyuate IIT. The cutting in its condition on April 14, 1911, taken from a point nearer to it than in ae il From a photograph by Mr. J Ww. Bakewell. Prate IV. The exposed face of the cutting from a near point. The band of travertine mentioned in the description is plainly shown cross- ing the pick-handle standing against it a little below its top end. Patches of broken mussel shells are visible in the kitchen-midden layer. ‘The stones on the top of the bank formed part of the ferryman’s house which formerly stood here. From a photograph by Mr. J. W. Bakewell. Puate V. Another view of the face of the section which shows, towards the right, and just above the pick-handle, the line of demarcation, here ‘distinct, between the kitchen-midden deposit and the sub- jacent layer of red sand. A skeleton, without the cranium, was reniated from the circumscribed excavation of which the traver- tine forms the floor. The figure is Mr. Bott, sen. From a photograph by Mr. J. W. Bakewell. PLATE VI. Mrs. Karpeny. From a photograph taken in 1907 by Mr. J. W. Bakewell. Prats VIT. Mrs. Karpeny. It will be noticed by her grey beard that Mrs. Karpeny is a good example of the condition known as hypertrichosis, or exces- sive hairiness, which is not uncommon among the Australian aborigines ; but in her case it is confined to the face. Her beard 46 would be still longer did she not iabitueliy: trim it. Her head is unusually massive, her colour lighter than is usual among her tribe, and her height 5 5 ft. 2-1n. From a photograph by Mr. A. C. Minchin, 1911. Pruate VIII. Mrs. Karpeny. From a photograph by Mr. A. C. Minchin, 1911. Puate IX. Map of the Murray, from Murray Bridge to Swanport. The bones were taken from the small Government reserve abutting on the river marked Rzs. From a plan supplied by the Surveyor-General. Vol. AXXAV., Plate II. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. View of Swanport, looking South from the southern end of the Swamp, which is seen in the foreground. Vol. XXXAV., Plate III. We Plate in KY Y AN ee its condition on April 14, 1911, taken from a point nearer to it than ing in . The Cutt Hussev & Gillingham Limited. Printers, Adelaide. hb =o) ae VAN af 4 Vol. AXXAY., Plate: TV, . NAA y \ N . NS ‘ r f } ‘ x WN ‘ \ \ \\ \\ we: \N AAR p . S ‘ : é } Ms: * i \ \ A AW \\ . AOA me, er t. rom a near poin Exposed face of the Cutting f Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Wd WY QAR VOL: xk, Plate y. and subjacent Osit Iden dep -M1c chen it i between Ix 10n layer of red sand. f demarcat ing line o f face of Section, show er vVliew oO \ noth te Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Mrs. Vol. XXXV., Plate VI. KARPENY. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXV., Plate VII. KARPENY. Mrs. ted, Printers, Adelaide. imi Hussey & Gillingham L Vol. XAXVY, Plate VIIT. KARPENY. Mrs. ted, Printers, Adelaide. imi Hussey & Gillingham L chs! H2 or MOBILONG . [bourne () Me ee SS... ONS Lagoon — Vol XXXV Plated 9 O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 160 240 a ee A.VAUGHAN , GOVERNMENT PHOTOLITHOGRAPHER, ADELAIDE. pee as eee H? of BURDETT ‘ j ‘ ‘ \ ‘ ae te i t ’ 4 ‘ , \ f 7 i in, ‘ ‘ t ' — ‘ . - . Ps : a Pe a 4 oe H ~ * j a Tes roars LJ | P ced duel é 7 : be i (> ~ . 5 b = ; es % (ek - ae s 7 “hi es Ss. chai ALD AN ds) Oa 25 ASR, See batiaLy CAs : ee eat fe SD eee ’ ay ; hel akties are Ae) dial Ts SS | 47 DESCRIPTION OF A DISTURBED AREA OF CAINOZOIC ROCKS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA, WITH REMARKS ON ITS GEO- LOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE. By Water Howcarn, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology in the University of Adelaide. [Read April 4, 1911.] PLATES X. To XIX. CoNnTENTS. Page. Introduction ... hee Gi Description of Grinencis Bede in LDisitkbed ee 1. AS Tectonic Considerations... ne woe Geological Age of the Harth WMewenaute te Wea foto) 6 INTRODUCTION. Marine limestones of Lower Cainozoic age occupy nearly the whole of the maritime districts of this State, extending on the westward into Western Australia, and on the eastward into Victoria. The submerged regions at the time when these lime- stones were laid down included the sites of the three southern capitals of Australia, viz., Perth, Adelaide, and Melbourne. The two important gulfs of South Australia, at that time, were troughs in the open ocean; and Kangaroo Island, Yorke Peninsula, and much of Eyre Peninsula, were sunken reefs in the sea; a wide gulf occupied the Murray Plains, and extended northward into western New South Wales. Since this period of maximum depression of the southern coastline, there has been an elevation of the land and the sea has retired from its former bed to an extent that has left, at least, 200 ft., in vertical height, dry land. This elevated sea floor has been subjected to various vicissitudes. Active volcanoes have broken through its deposits and spread out sheets of lava and other volcanic material, thousands of square miles in the South-East of this State were again sub- merged, and the older Cainozoic rocks became covered bv newer marine deposits. Exposed to atmospheric waste through long ages these beds have been deeply eroded, lithologically transformed, and, in many instances, reduced to small and isolated fragments. The age of the beds in question, according to the late Professor Ralph Tate and Mr. J. Dennant, based on the percentage of living species which they contain, is Lower Cainozoic, or the equivalents of the Eocene beds of the 48 Northern Ilemisphere, and these are overlain by a newer marine series, which the gentlemen mentioned referred to the Miocene. !) Notwithstanding the considerable age of these deposits and tle oscillations of level to which they have heen sub- jected, they have, for the most part, preserved an almost horizontal position. The inclination is usually imappreciable, or where it occurs amounts to an angle of less than 5° giving evidence of a remarkable stability in the earth’s crust throughout wide areas in Australia, dating from remote times. There is, however, in this State, one very interestin exception to this rule, which is made the subject of the present paper In 1899, Mr. EB... V. Clark; B.Se:, a@ @radugteson the Adelaide University, in some “Notes on the Cliffs separating Aldinga and Myponga Bays,’’ published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia (vol. xxiv., p. 1). drew attention to the disturbed area now under description. He says, “Three hundred yards further on Eocene again appears overlying the Cambrian. It is here, however, much inclined, dipping to the north-north-west at an angle of 50° at first, increasing to 65°, and finally diminishing to 45°. It extends seawards for a short distance as a reef, but owing to the high dip it is of no great breadth. Due, however, also to the great inclination, it is extremely regular, and for 150 yards or so where the cliffs take a bend and run approxi- mately parallel to the direction of the strike (west-south-west) it consists of a series of ridges, parallel to each other and to the shore. One ridge in particular, though only 2 ft. wide, is so uniform that it was keeping the sea inside at a height of 15 im. to 18 in. higher than outside. In this the reef is very different from that at the small patch of Eocene rocks to the north, and to the reefs south of the Port Willunga Jetty and at Blanche Point. In these cases, where the dip of the rocks is low, the reef either presents a fairly level sur- face or, if the rock is not quite uniform, a labyrinthine out- crop, the projecting lines of greatest resistance to wear turn- ing and twisting about extremely irregularly, as is so well seen in the Miocene reef at Schnapper “Point, south of Port Willunga FES GyNinee. Fon inve ee in ee ‘f he Faun hving. in Australian waters have become better known by means of sea- dredging, have reduced the number of supposed extinct species, and it is possible that the question of the age of the Australian marine Cainozoic beds may have to be reconsidered, but for con- venience the terms adopted by the late Professor Tate and Mr. Dennant have been used in this paper. 49 This interesting locality can be most conveniently reached by diverging from the main road at Sellick’s Hill township, which is situated one and a half miles from the beach. On two former occasions, one of which was as far back as 1897, IT had visited the spot and noted the great throw in the Eocene limestones, but on both occasions circumstances pre- vented my making a detailed examination of the beds. With. the latter object in view | revisited the locality during the late vacation, and took photographs of some of the more interesting features. At Port Willunga, about 7 miles north of the disturbed area, there are excellent sections of the Cainozoic beds in the sea cliffs, showing a dip of about 5° to the south, by which they are lost to sight at about two miles south of the Port Willunga Jetty. Low banks of alluvium and sand-dunes take their place, and, at about four miles south from the jetty, the old mouth of the Onkaparinga River is indicated by a wide valley with a low shore only feebly protected from the sea. Immediately south of this point, the sea cliffs, consisting of alluvium, once more make their appearance and increase in height till, at the distance of a mile, they attain a height of 200 ft., with the Cainozoic limestones outcropping at their base. Whether this absence of the limestones from the inter- vening space of three miles arises from a synclinal fold in the rocks or from erosion effected by the old river drainage, is not quite clear. DESCRIPTION OF THE CAINOZOIC BEDS IN THE DISTURBED AREA. (See Map, plate x.) These beds come to the surface about midway between the outlet of the Sellick’s Hill Creek, which has cut a deep eanyon in the alluvial beds, and the so-called Mount Terrible Creek,'?) about a mile further south. The beds consist of white and yellowish limestones, of varying hardness, made up mainly of triturated fragments of polyzoa, echinodermata, and shelly material. The outcrop is in two sections, divided (2)This creek, for the distance of about a mile, forms the boundary between the Hundreds of Willunga and Myponga. It is locally known as the Mount Terrible Creek (or Gorge) under a misunderstanding as to the correct position of Mount Terrible. The latter, as marked on the official maps, is situated one and a half miles to the east of Sellick’s Hill township and about three miles from the Creek to which the name of the Mount has become locally attached. A more appropriate name would be Boundary ‘Creek, as it makes the dividing line between the two hundreds mentioned. 50 by a short space of Cambrian slates which take the place of the Cainozoic limestones in the cliffs and on the beach. The northern section forms low cliffs up to 15 ft. in height, or, where small washouts have cut back into the alluvial beds that overlie the limestone, the latter is exposed up to 20 ft. in height. The rock is easily operated upon by the waves, and as the cliffs come within the range of high tides, the limestone, throughout its entire length, exhibits a series of caves by the undermining of the sea. The beds are not quite horizontal but roll in long, low curves, with an extreme inclination not exceeding 15°, on the one side pitch- ing to the south-east, and on the other, to the north-west. In addition to its occurrence in the cliffs, the Eocene limestone occurs on the beach, between tides, and, apparently, below low water, in the form of an extended floor or tabular reef. The limestone cliffs disappear shortly before reaching the outlet of Boundary Creek, but the flat reef of the littoral zone continues to the southward until nearly opposite the Waterfall Creek (No. 1), situated at the north side of Section 278 (Hundred of Myponga), and about one-third of a mile south of the Boundary Creek. The position of this creek has been carefully defined for the reason, that, within its chan- nel, not far from its outlet, there occurs a limited outcrop: of the Eocene limestone which is of some interest. It is here that the first evidence of an unusual dip in the Cainozoic rocks is markedly evident, as the limestone has a dip north 20° west at 48°. The outcrop is in the form of a bar, which crosses the creek, but is obscured on either side by a cover of alluvial wash cf great thickness. Its position, with respect to the Cambrian slates, is peculiar, as it hes almost at the base of a great scarp of these rocks which show a vertical height of 150 ft. facing the sea. The waterfall (No. 1) occupies an acute niche in this scarp-face, and then there is a sheer drop: of 20 ft., as the water falls over the edge. The Eocene lime- stone in this peculiar position is probably a truncated frag- ment from what was once a considerable sheet of these rocks, resting at a high angle on the down-throw face of the Cam- brian beds, as 1s still the case with the limestones a little further south, but the encroachments of the sea have cut away the upper portions of the fold, leaving a floor of the limestone at sea-level in the fragment referred to. Immediately to the south of the creek, just described, the Eocene limestones have been completely removed by marine erosion for a distance of about a quarter of a mile, and in this interval the cliffs consist entirely of Cambrian slates, of buff and purple colours. Within this section of the cliffs there occurs another small waterfall (No. 2), fed by 51 ‘springs, with good water, and maintains a permanent flow. The water is precipitated from a hanging valley, 80 ft. in height, no doubt occasioned by the cutting back of the cliffs by the sea; the first 20 ft. of the fall is vertical and the lower 60 ft. is encumbered by large masses of rock that have accumulated at a sharp angle of its descent. A little to the south of Waterfall Creek (No. 2), the Eocene limestones reappear, both on the beach and in the -cliffs, the coastline at this spot having a more westerly exten- sion, which probably accounts for the reappearance of the beds. These exhibit a high angle of dip, ranging from 40° ‘to 90°, and in one instance, at least, to a distinct overfold. In the sea cliffs, the Eocene beds, to a height of 100 ft., form a thick veneer, resting on the Cambrian rocks, and dip at an angle of 80°. The dip, however, is not in the form of a ‘straight line, but a curve, in which the upper part dips at a lower angle than those portions of the fold that are at sea- level. This gives the beds the appearance of a monoclinal fold, of which only the western limb or septum has been pre- ‘served, for the Eocenes run out, easterly, where the ground rises at the back of the cliffs. The beach at this spot is composed of a number of ‘parallel ridges caused by the truncation of the beds at sea-level. Some of these ridges are very strong and look like masonry. Where the stone has been of superior hardness, sea-stacks, of about 8 ft. in height, have resisted the action of the waves and give evidence as to the dip of the © beds a short distance in advance of the cliffs. Some instruc- ‘tive sections are thereby obtained. Several of the stacks ‘show the Eocene limestones in a vertical position, and, in one case, the beds are reversed (plate xvii.). In another stack there are several sharp folds, which, in a zone of about a foot in thickness, exhibit herring-bone structure (plate xvii.). As a rule the beds are not greatly disturbed, other than by the main movement of downthrow, but in a few places, especi- ally near the base of the beds, there are evidences of shatter and some mixing up of the beds. In one case, seen in the sea cliffs towards the southern -end of the section, a very distinct shear plane with over- thrust has been developed. The shear plane forms a distinct zone, about 6 in. in thickness, having a dip north 10° west at an angle of 35°. The upper beds in the section have slid ‘over the lower ones, while the differential movement of the ‘mass has led to a discordant dip in the beds above as com- pared with those below the shear plane, giving an appearance cof stratigraphical unconformity (plate xix.). The zone of 52 thrust consists of ground-up calcareous material in which it is. difficult to recognize distinct organic forms. The junction between the Eocene limestones and Cam- brian slates is well shown at both the north and south ends. of the cliff section. At the north end (plate xi.) the base of the Kocene beds is marked by an irregular deposit, about 9 ft. in thickness, of earthy, calcareous, and carbonaceous material, which may represent an ancient soil, or weathered. capping, antedating the marine deposits; or, possibly, the crushed-up material produced by a slide of the newer beds over the old Cambrian floor on which they rest. The dis- turbed area continues for a distance of about three-quarters of a mile, and near its southern extremity a small creek has. exposed another cross-section of the uncontormity between the Cambrian and Eocene beds. Here the Cainozoic limestones. rest directly on the Cambrian slates. The latter are of a bright-pink colour and exhibit parallel jointing to the plane of unconformability which gives the misleading appearance of an identity of dip between the Cambrian and Cainozoic series. This effect 1s heightened by the bleaching that has taken place along the joints “of the Cambrian and thereby brought these divisional planes into prominence. The dips of the respective: series, are, however, very distinct and discordant, the Cam- brian beds dipping north 20° west at 85°, and the over- lying Cainozoic limestones north-west at from 30° to 45°. On the south side of this section the newer series forms a capping on the Cambrian slates and rises from sea-level to the top of the cliffs parallel with the coast, where they rum out and are not again met with in a southerly direction until Kangaroo Island is reached. The Cainozoic beds within the disturbed area have suffered a greater or less degree of induration and make a fairly hard and compact stone, but no other evidence of alter- ation could be detected when examined either macroscopically or microscopically. The general direction of dip varies from west, to north-west. Palwontoiogical Notes.—Reference has already been made to the polyzoanal composition of the limestones. In this respect, as well as in the relative scarcity of molluscan remains and the presence of echinoderms, the beds bear a close resemblance to the upper beds of the same age in the Aldinga cliffs. The large branching polyzoan, Cellepora, which is common at Aldinga, is also abundant at Sellick’s Hill. The Turritella aldinga beds which are at sea-level at Blanche Point, Aldinga, are not seen in the Sellick’s Hill cliffs, although a few isolated examples of this form were noticed in the polyzoanal rock. There can be no doubt that 53 the beds at Sellick’s Hill are on the same horizon as those at Aldinga, the slight paleontological contrasts between the two localities is not exceptional, as the nature of the Cainozoic sediments along the borders of Gulf St. Vincent frequently vary within short distances to a very extraordinary degree. The triturated condition and uniform grade of the material which make up these limestones are suggestive of a littoral deposit and the sorting action of the waves. On the southern side of the Sellick’s Hill section the limestones become less fragmental and whole forms may be seen, particularly the fronds of Retepora, which at some horizons is so abundant that the stone might be classed as a Hetepora limestone. Mr. Clark in his paper (loc. cit.) has supplied the follow- ing list of fossils from these beds, which, he informs me, were identified by the late Professor Ralph Tate :— CrinoipEAa—Antedon pertusa, Tate, M.S. EcHINOIDEA — Cvdaris, sp. Echinus woodsu, Laube. Lovenie forbesi, Ten.-Woods. Echinolampas posterocrassus, Gregory. Scutellina patella, Tate. Fibularia gregata, Tate. Bracuiopopa—lWaldheramia, sp. (indet.). LAMELLIBRANCHIATA—Vecten consobrinus, Tate. ‘To the above list I may add: — Potyzoa—Cellepora, sp. Retepora, sp. LamMeLiiprancutata—Ostrea hyotidoidea, Tate. GasTEROoPOoDA—Conus, sp. (Cast.). Turritella aldinge, Tate. TECTONIC: CONSIDERATIONS. The juxtaposition of two series of beds, of distinct ages and stratigraphically uncomformable (as occurs in the dis- trict under discussion), is a fortunate circumstance, as it sup- plies data on which certain great tectonic movements in the building up of South Australia may be recognized. Many questions are suggested by this unique example of diastrophism in the Cainozoic rocks of our State, as, for example, What was the nature of the earth movements that produced this great distortion of the crust? When did it take place? Was it an isolated movement or an incident connected with a much wider field of disturbance? Has the disturbed area reached the stage of a stable equilibrium, or, are further crustal adjustments likely to occur in the future ? H4 It is certain that the folding of the Cainozoic rocks was caused by earth movements on a large scale in which the Willunga Ranges, as a whole, participated. These ranges form the scarp-face (plate x1.) of an extensive upland plateau that takes in most of the country to the southward. The geological strike runs parallel with this scarp, in a north- -east and south-west direction, until it nears the coast, where it turns more to the south and follows the general trend of the coastline. This change in the strike can be seen even at a distance, where the serrated outcrops of Cambrian limestone pass over a round hill, known as Sugarloaf Hill, on the north side of Boundary Creek. At a later stage in our enquiries we shall find that this change of strike is an important consideration in interpreting the geological facts—the strike of the country instead of maintaining a straight course is along two distinct lines, which, in their intersection form an obtuse angle. Another point, which proves that the Willunga Range movement formed a distinct tectonic unit, can be gathered from the sudden change that takes place in the dip of the Eocene beds as they come into line with these ranges. At Port Willunga, and for some miles to the south, the Eocene limestones have a normal dip, and, even just in front of the great Willunga scarp, they only roll to an extreme inclination -of 15°, but immediately they form a junction with the Cam- brian of the Willunga Ranges they are thrown into a very high angle of dip, which is suggestive that this high dip has been occasioned by the elevation of the ranges, in which move- ment the Cainozoic beds participated. In a study of the Cambrian beds which abut upon the ‘coast we find a confirmation of this view. In the cliffs facing the sea, and for some distance back, the Cambrian slates are greatly disturbed. They are intimately fractured in all directions, rendering it most difficult to determine the true ‘dip. In the Boundary Creek, at about half a mile from its outlet, the beds dip westerly at 48°. A ridge of hard purple slates, between tides, situated near Waterfall Gully (No. 2), ‘shows a dip north-west at 70°. At the point of junction between the Cambrian and Cainozoic beds, each of these appear to have a dip of 80° westerly. This is probably a false dip, so far as the Cambrian beds are concerned, for there was certainly an initial unconformity of strata between the latter and the newer series, and the apparent dip undoubt- edly arises from master-joints, slides, and shear-cleavage that have. been induced by the earth-strains. These slides are parallel to the coast, they conform to the high dip of the Eocenes, and, as planes of weakness, give rise to frequent 7 ae 55 land-slips, exposing smooth faces of rock from which the material has slid. The evidences submitted seem to point to only one conclusion, that in the locality under review there was a common movement of the earth’s crust in which both the Cambrian and Cainozoic rocks were equally involved. We must now attempt to decipher the nature of these earth movements. It can be safely assumed that a great fault-fissure follows the base of the Willunga scarp, running in a north-easterly direction, and is marked by the valley in which the townships of Bellevue, McLaren Vale, and Kangarilla are situated. Although the exact line of fault is obscured by thick deposits of alluvium, its presence is clearly indicated by the dis- cordance of the strike in contiguous areas and other features. In the Mount Lofty Ranges the general strike is approxi- mately north and south, while the strike in the Willunga Ranges is east 40° north. The existence of such a fault has long been inferred and has now received confirmation by the collateral evidences obtained on the seacoast near Sellick’s Hill. The Sellick’s Hill coast section does not demonstrate the existence of a north-easterly fault in a direct way, but gives it a high probability, indirectly, in showing that there is a corresponding earth movement facing the sea with which it can be correlated. It is an example of block-faulting on a large scale. A segment of the earth’s crust has been frac- tured and tilted. The throw of the rocks has exposed two sides of the fractured biock in prominent scarps, which, as already explained, intersect to form an obtuse angle—the Willunga Ranges, forming one limb of the block, and the sea clifis and Myponga Ranges, the other. The Willunga scarp gives an average height above sea-level of 1,200 ft. We can take a step further in our investigations, and conclude that the earth movement, so far as the Willunga segment is concerned, was in the direction of an uplift amount- ing at least to 1,200 ft., bordered on its northern and western sides by downthrows. looking from Sellick’s Hill north- wards a great land-slope is seen, rising northerly, until it finds its culmination in the Mount Lofty ridge. On this slope, the highest bed, geologically, occupies the lowest posi- tion at the base of the Willunga Ranges; while the lowest bed, geologically, occupies approximately the highest position along the ridge of Mount Lofty. Here we have the rough outline of another great faulted block showing a down- throw to the Willunga scarp. Another item of evidence in proof of the uplift of the Willunga segment is gathered from the distribution of the Eocene beds within the area. The most distant, as well as the 56 most elevated, outlier of the Eocene beds in South Australha occurs as a small patch on the Hindmarsh Tiers, near the middle of this elevated plateau (see inset map, plate x.). It is exposed in the head waters of the Hindmarsh River, near Mr. Maslin’s, and ten miles distant, in a straight line. south-east from the outcrop on the coast. The beds are under alluvial cover and only seen in creek sections, so that their lateral extent is uncertain. The stone is highly fossiliferous, of a pinkish colour, and consists of a very pure limestone with secondary deposition of calcium carbonate in the interspaces. The old furnace, used for smelting the iron ore from Mount Cone, is in close proximity to the outcrop and the Eocene limestone was used as a flux in the process. The height which these beds occupy above sea-level is probably between 900 ft. and 1,000 it. The height of Mount Cone, not quite three miles distant, is given, officially, as 1,380 ft. The Eocene beds, in other places, rarely exceed the 200-ft. limit of alti- tude, so that this outher on the Hindmarsh plateau is several] hundreds of feet higher than any other outcrop of these rocks known in South Australia, and it therefore supplies an indirect proof that the Willunga segment has undergone an uplift relatively to the surrounding areas. This interesting outlier also clearly indicates a former extension of the lower Cainozoic marine series over the area of what, at present, forms the Hindmarsh Tiers plateau, and was, probably, originally conterminous with beds of the same age on the Murray Plains, as well as those on the west in the neigh- bourhood of the gulfs. Of this great upland sheet of marine limestones this little outher has alone survived to tell the tale. GEOLOGICAL AGE OF THE EARTH MOVEMENTS. The geological age of these earth movements can be defined within certain limits. They were certainly post. Eocene, as the beds of this age have been profoundly affected by the tectonic movements. The _ relationship — they bear to the Miocene is not so clear. The Mio- cene beds usually rest directly on the Kocene—sometimes with a slight stratigraphical unconformity. This is the case at Port Willunga. At Sellick’s Hill, however, only the basal beds of the EHocene occur in the ciiffs, while the higher strata, at a high dip, pass seawards and disappear below sea-level. If the Miocene beds occupied the same position in relation to the Eocene at Sellick’s Hull that they do on the coast further north, they have been placed beyond the range of observation. This is unfortunate, as it leaves the question of the relationship which these great crust movements bore tc Miocene times, undefined. It is possible that the movements 57 took place in the interval between the deposition of the Eocene and that of the Miocene, and if so the Miocene laid down at Sellick’s Hill must have shown a much stronger unconformity with the older Cainozoics as compared with the Port Willunga section. The next newer system represented in the Sellick’s Hall section is a thick accumulation of Pliocene (or Pleistocene) clays and gravels, which rest unconformably on the Hocene beds. These alluvial cliffs rise precipitously to a height of 200 ft., and are deeply scored by rain and surface drainage. They are, geologically, undisturbed, and, in places, occupy lines of erosion in the Eocene limestones. We can thus narrow down the limits of the period of tectonic activity as post-Eocene and pre-Pleistocene. This brings it somewhere within the Neogene period, but whether as an inauguration of the Miocene, or as characteristic of some inter-Miocene period, or, as marking its close, or even as Pliocene, we have not at present the data to decide. The process of disruption probably began in the form of a dome-shaped reyional uplift that included most of the southern portion of South Australia. In this upward move- ment a degree of strain was reached when the rising dome became intersected with fractures, and was split up into vast blocks of country, which, being unequally supported settled along some lines and left others strongly in relief. This process of block-faulting would result in major and minor effects. The great slopes of Mount Lofty to McLaren Vale, and the Willunga scarp and plateau, represent some of the major lines of disruption, and these, again, are split up into secondary blocks, scarps, and trenches which make the minor features of our landscapes. It is very unlikely that these diastrophic effects were produced by a sudden or cataclysmic occurrence, but resulted, no doubt, from a number of small movements, spread over a long period of time, and may even still be in progress. The downthrow to the gulf, seen in the Sellick’s Hill section, supports the view of the existence of a great trough- fault, or graben, in the line of Gulf St. Vincent—a view which has already been assumed by the writer as necessary for the explanation of other local geological phenomena. It is very probable that the earth tremors which occur in the ‘southern portions of the State are connected with these great lines of crust fracture. In the important earthquake of September 19, 1992, the foci of maximum intensity was in Gulf St. Vincent, opposite to the disturbed area described in this paper, and the tremors were particularly severe in a line facing the coast, and also in the valley along the base 58 of the Willunga scarp, as, for example, at Willunga ana Clarendon. It is therefore highly probable that the great 1902 earthquake was caused by a settlement along the north and south trough-fault accompanied by sympathetic move- ments along the tangential fissures. With the time data roughly diagnosed, it is instructive to note the amount of denudation that has taken place in the interval. The present coastline along the gulf is exceed- ingly modern. Since the great earth movements above described the sea has retreated from the gulfs and left them dry and returned again—probably, more than once. At the present time the coast, near Sellick’s Hill, is in rapid retreat before the advancing waves. There is a broad plain of marine denudation on the shore which tells of recent loss of land. All the exposed rocks in the clifis—Cambrian slates, Eocene limestones, and Pliocene clays—are easily operated upon by the waves and as easily removed by the under- tow. The encroachments on the land would be still more rapid were it not for the wide floor of truncated limestones, standing up on the beach in successive ridges, which break much of the force of the waves before they reach the base of the cliffs, but it cannot be long before this interesting section will be entirely wiped out. A better gauge of the time that has elapsed, since the uplift, may be found in a study of the amount of waste that has occurred along the line of scarp. The Willunga Ranges are deeply scored by running water, and, in their varied sculpture, present a picturesque view from the opposite sides of the valley; but all the streams that drain the northern face of the ranges are in a very juvenile stage of development; they are all consequent streams, none are sufficiently advanced to pirate their neighbours, and in no instance has a stream intersected its watershed. The same immature condition of stream development occurs on the plateau and in the glacial districts of Mount Compass and Nangkita, as noted in a paper that I have recently had the honour of reading before this Society.) The measure of denudation accomplished on the Wil- lunga uplift, within a recognized period, may be used as a ‘standard of comparison with other uplifts, in other parts of the State, by which we may infer their synchronism or rela- tive age with respect to the Willunga movements. It is not likely that these movements were strictly local, but rather one phase of a complex and regional disturbance, in which, (3) Description of a New and Extensive Area of Permo- Carboniferous Glacial Deposits in South Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc., §.A., vol. xxxiv., 1910, p. 234. pean) =), athe Ps: “ rt > bol GEOLOGICAL SKETCH MAP (Transactions Pleistocene and Recent- feocene Fossili Vol. XXXV., Plate X Reem |b he Sie 4 uae s a . = . |. “eon -[ F602. ‘ > 603. "604 || _608,", TO ILLUSTRATI § DISTURBED AREA Of THE NEIGHBOURHOOD CAINOZOIC ROCKS IN AUSTRALIA, Ot SELLICK S WILL, SOUTH BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.5 Royal Society, South Austraha, April 4, 1911.) REFERENCES CAINOZOIC. Clays, Sands, and Gravels ferous Marine Limestones PALAOZOIC. Upper Cambrian Purple Slates and " Quartzites = - - - - Upper Cambrian Archeocyathine Limestones SS oATater| * ? CES e] —- pe Ne = a | EO CE = TIT ON Var a 7 ag —\ a 1 a ee SKETCH -MAP TO SHOW THE POSITION Ob THE OUTLIER OF EOCENE LIMESTONE ON THE HINDMARSH TIERS PLATEAU. SURVEYOR CENERAL'S OFFICE ADELAIDE. AVanghan, Photolithograph . Co PANUARY 1697 JIussey & Gillinghé imi j ey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. AASV, Plate Xi. ee io Se TS Dai rah nen dt en i ee ‘QOURISIP OY} UL SOSUBY BVSUNTIIA, oy} Jo daivog-4yneq Jeois YIM ‘AoT[RA BVSUNTIIAA CU, “UNano rt ARES = 4 fiq °07074.] ted, Printers, Adelaide. imi deine 1, ing i] “J Iussey & C E Vol. XXXV., Plate XII. Photo. by W. Howchin. Tilted Lower Cainozoic Rocks resting unconformably on Cambrian Slates, Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol, XXXV., Plate XIII. ‘yqaou SuLyooy| ‘SBUO BOG SYOOYY d1OZOUTeY) JAMOTT Popo ted, Printers, Adelaide. imi gham Li xillin ies) 3 eon! — a ee ee BST aels Sane Ved J i. ey ran CF ‘yNOSs SUIYOo, ‘digg fo vjsuy Yor ev YIM YQ Pog SUTULLOF SOY ILOZOUIG) LOMOT JO MoTA ]etOUO*) ULYINOFT “AL &Q °020Ud ted, Printers, Adclaicde. ml Hussey & Gillingham L \ ’ ¥ r ‘ ar: ~ x ‘ 2 a 4 yi! Se ee ee ee a — ied Se Vol. XXXV., Plate AV. liffs shown in Plate XIV. | w of C ear vie N Photo. by W. Howchin. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. AAAV:., Plate XVI. ilted, occupying Spur of Cliffs, looking north. ‘ly t Oo Ss Rocks, stron inozoic Lower Ca Photo. by W. Howchin. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXV., Plate \\\ \\\\\ As 2 isolate “min ° ou nN ay 7 ie) jaa 1¢ ainoz C Contorted Lower Photo. by W. Howchin. ey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXV., Plate XVIII. Rocks on Beach. alnoZzoic Vertical and Reversed Folds of Lower C Photo. by W. Howchin. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. ynos POO yOoU JTOZOULB 9) LIM OTT ul our | q-3sn WL Uiyomnory “AL fq 0704 ted, Printers, Adelaide. imi gham Li xillin Hussey & G a ‘ a i, ne a wh A 7) 59 possibly, modern South Australia took its main features of relief. It is in this view of the subject that the importance of the Sellick’s Hill section must be judged. It forms the geological key for a much wider interpretation, the evidences it supplies is accumulative and consistent, and the conclu- sions to which it brings us is that within comparatively recent geological times the mountain systems of South Australia have been profoundly affected and have passed through recon- structive stages. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE X. Map of locality described. Shows the areas occupied by the: Cainozoic rocks (which have undergone distortion by earth move- ments), and also a geological plan of the Cambrian beds that form the Willunga Ranges. Note the juvenile drainage seen on the northern scarp-face of these ranges. The inset-map shows the. position of a small high-level outlier of Cainozoic limestones which occurs on the Hindmarsh Tiers. Prats XI, View of Willunga and Sellick’s Hill Valley, with the Willunga Ranges and Sellick’s Hill in the distance, as seen from Aldinga. The ranges form the north-west fault-scarp of the dislocated block. Pruate XIT. The basal beds of Cainozoic limestones, tilted, and resting unconformably on Cambrian slates in the sea cliffs. Puate XITI. Folded lower Cainozoic rocks, in sea cliffs, looking north. Pruate XIV. General view of Lower Cainozoic rocks, thrown down at high. angle, forming sea cliffs, looking south. PrATE XV. Nearer view of cliffs shown in plate xiv. Prate XVI. Lower Cainozoic rocks, at high angle, forming spur of cliffs, looking north. Pruate XVII. Contorted Lower Cainozoic rocks, forming an_ isolated’ pedestal on beach. : PrateE XVIII. Vertical and reversed folds of Lower Cainozoic rocks on beach.. | Puate XIX. . __ Thrust-plane developed in Lower Cainozoic rocks, caused by a slide, consequent on trough-faulting. Looking south. | 60 ADDITIONS TO THE ALIEN FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By J. M. Buacx. [Read July 13, 1911.] The following is a lst of plants which have been found growing wild, and more or less firmly established in South Australia during the past year, together with notes on a few other species. ‘Those marked with an asterisk are completely extra-Australian in their origin : — PAPAVERACER.—*Glaucium corniculatum, Curt. Par- ‘ naroo.—A native of the Mediterranean region. CRUCIFEREZ.—*Sinapis incana, L. (Brassica adpressa, Boiss.) Numerous on roadsides and in fields near Port Lin- coln.—Mediterranean region, extending northwards to the Channel Islands. *Alyssuwm maritemum, Lamarck. A gar- den escape (Sweet ey at Robe.—Mediterranean region. *Silene conica, L. (Conical Catch- fly.) Common at Robe.—Europe and Western Asia. *Spergularia diandra, Boiss. Oodla Wirra.—Mediterrane:n region. Lecuminos&.—*Trifoliwm suffocatum, L. (Suffocated Clover.) Keith.—Kurope. *Y7rifolium scabrum, L. (Rough Clover.) Adelaide Plains and South - East.—Europe. Kennedya nigricans, Lindl. Scrub below Mount Lofty (F. S. Salisbury).—Western Australia. CompositH.—*Senecio elegans, L. (Purple Ragwort.) A garden escape growing near the sea at Robe (C. D. Black). —South Africa. *Gazania rigens, R.Br. A garden escape along the Summit Road, Mount Lofty (F. S. Salisbury).— South Africa. BoraGINacE&. —* Lithospermum apulum, Vahl. Marino (H. H. D. Griffitth).—Mediterranean region. Note.—The shrub described as Lyciwm chinense, Mill, ; the “Naturalized Flora of South Australia,’’ is aa a campanulatum, E. Meyer, a native of South Africa. The true 1. chinense, which is a more slender and less spiny plant, is also found wild near Adelaide, but is not nearly so common as the other. LaBiatH#.—*Salvia Mthiopis, L. Ulooloo (North-East) ; Hundred of Butler (Eyre’s Peninsula).—Mediterranean region. CHENOPODIACEH.—*Chenopodium multifidum, L. Near Largs (F. 8. Salisbury).—South America. 61 AMARANTACEE,—*L marantus patulus, Bert. A weed in cultivated land, Blackwood; Mount) Gambier. Mediter- ranean region. PotyGonace®.—*Rumex obtusifolius, Lu. (Broad-leaved Dock.) East Parklands, Adelaide.—Europe. = Polygonum lanigerum, R.Br. Reedbeds (H. H. D. Griffith).—Kastern Australia; tropical Asia. ConrrER&.—-Note on localities for some species of Callitris.—C. propinqua, R.Br. Gawler; Franklin Harbour ; Mount Brown Forest Reserve (Maiden, For. F/., N.S.IW., xii., 54); Iiog Bay, K.I.; Murray Bridge; Port Lincoln (Maiden, TJ'rans. Roy. Soc., xxxi., 255-71); ranges near Adelaide ; East Wellington; ranges near Cleve, Eyre’s Penin- ssula (J. W. Mellor); Pinnaroo (J. Sincock). (. robusta, R.Br. Mount Brown Forest Reserve and Far North (Maiden, For. Fl., N.S.W., xii., 46); Pinnaroo (J. Sincock); Strath- albyn. ~T cannot help feeling some doubt as to whether it will be possible to keep (. robusta and C. propinqua permanently separated as distinct species, at least in this State. C’. ewpresst- formis, Vent. Adelaide District; Kangaroo Island (Tate) ; Hog Bay, K.I. (Maiden, Prahs. Hoy 2iS0C.) . 499 and p. ; (13) These have each interstice between the striz in two fine parallel coste. The rostrum of the male is also of enormous width, and is tipped with very strong mandibles. (14) Wollaston, loc. cit., p. 648; a photo-micrograph given by- Major Broun (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xli., plate Sit aes will? enable the species to be readily identified. 88 spinipes. He pointed out several slight differences between the two forms, and these, with a few others that are here noted, may be regarded as denoting the Queensland species as worthy of varietal rank. XENOCNEMA SPINIPES, Woll., var. AUSTRALIA, n. var. dg. Differs from male of spynipes in having the rostrum more convex, shinier, with distinctly smaller punctures, and the apical fovea more distinct. The prothoracic punctures are also rather smaller. Length, 34-5 mm. Q. Punctures of head, rostrum, and prothorax somewhat ‘smaller. Hab.—Queensland (C. French, jun.); Kuranda (H. Hacker). 89 NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF THE ISOPOD FAMILY SPHEROMID£ FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SEAS. PART III. By W. H. Baker, F.L.S. [Read October 12, 1911.] Prates XAT. ann XXII. The present paper deals with only two species, but these are of more than ordinary interest. The first, though here given as a distinct species, may, however, as a variety be useful in elucidating the very attractive genus A mphoroidea. The other, besides belonging to the division Platybranchiate, presents some unique features of its own. Family SPH AROMID&. Subfamily SPHHROMINA. Group EuBRANCHIATH. Genus Amphorordea. Amphoroidea elegans, n. sp. Pl. xxii. The body is broadly ovate with the epimera spread out laterally. The dorsal surface is very obscurely tuberculate medianly, glabrous, and covered with minute dots. The colour in nature is green, being found among green seaweed. The head is only a little broader than long, trilobed anteriorly. The eyes are lateral, situated in little angles just anterior to the postero-lateral angles of the head. The antero-lateral angles of the first thoracic segment reach to the level of the eyes, leaving the anterior portion of the head free. The remaining thoracic segments do not differ much from each other in length. The anterior portion of the abdomen has a well-marked first segment not showing lateral expansions; the following segment is marked by two sutural lines on each side and has large epimeral expansions a little produced backwards. The posterior portion of the abdomen is domelike, with slightly incurved sides and a shallow lunate posterior notch. The lamellar expansions of the first antennular joints are rather short and slightly excavate above. There is a very narrow lenticular hiatus between each contiguous margin. The flagellum has 13 joints. The antennal flagellum has 20 joints, gradually increasing in length, the whole reaching to near the posterior angle of the third thoracic segment. 90 The epistome is large, with a small median anterior projection. 7 The mandibles are rather slender with large palps, incisory processes strongly dentate, spine row and secondary plate of left mandible obscure, molar process small, but pro- jecting as far as the incisory process. Maxillipeds narrow, with lobes of palps small and the fringes of these scanty. First gnathopods the smallest of the legs, joints very sparingly spined; dactyli small. Second gnathopods the longest of the legs and not differ- ing much in robustness from those which follow, the second, third, fourth, and fifth joints not differing much in length and covered on their sides, presented inwards with dense, very fine hair; there is also a litle tuft of similar hairs near the distal end of the first joint; dactyli small, each with two very small claws; spines are absent. The third pair of legs are longer than those which follow and little less robust, also strongly ciliated. In the four following pairs the joints are flattened on their surfaces, pre- sented inwards, and are densely furred; the dactyli are short with large curved terminal claws, each showing a some- what subchelate arrangement with the subterminal claw. Sternal filaments short, stout, and partially cylindrical. The uropods are broadly lamellar extending considerably beyond the end of the abdomen, especially the outer rami, the shape of which is irregularly accuminate; the inner rami are truncate. One male specimen from Victor Harbour. I have specimens of an Amphoroidea from Tasmania which agree well with M. Edwards’ figure of A. typa, except that the posterior notch is lunate as in the present species. They, however, differ from it in having a narrower body, in having the basal antennular joints larger and more project- ing, their combined anterior margins being more arcuate, with the inner margins nearly parallel, in the legs being destitute of fur, in there being a greater distinction in size between the first three pairs of legs and the following ones, and in the uropods being somewhat slenderer. There are four females, none of which show signs of brood. Group PLATYBRANCHIAT#. Genus Paracassidina, n. gen. Paracassidina pectinata, ». sp. Pl. xxui. The body is ovate, smooth, moderately convex, with epimera spread outwards, bearing a margin fringe which is short, dense, and with a few longer hairs projecting. 91 The epistome projects anteriorly as an ovate plate strengthened above by a keel, whose base is in close contact with a short truncate rostral projection, bearing a small swelling on each side. The head is short, extended laterally to obtuse points ; the eyes are prominent and large. The first thoracic segment is medianly short with its epimeral regions reaching a little anterior to the eyes. The rest of the segments are short and differ little from one another. The anterior portion of the abdomen shows two segments with an anterior one almost completely covered by the last segment of thorax. The posterior portion is domeshaped, the end. being rounded without notch or channel. The basal antennular joint is trilobed, the anterior lobe is laminate, a little curved outwards, and reaches much beyond the epistomial projection, it has a superior thick- ening; the median lobe is not laminate, but shorter and narrow, also thickened above, and has near its end on the inner side an opaque swelling like a gland; the lobe is apparently hollow; the posterior lobe is small and laminate. The second joint is slightly expanded, with its antero-distal angle a little produced, the third joint is narrow, the flagellum short with 5 or 6 joints. The antennal peduncle is of ordinary kind; its flagellum carries 12 joints, which reach as far as the fourth thoracic segment. The mandibles are small and short with incisory plate, secondary plate, spine row, and molar not much projecting ; the palp is long and slender. The first and second pairs of maxille are short and of the usual type. In the maxillipeds the plate of the second joint is rather short with a distal crowd of short sete. The palp is large; the third joint is as long as the second, its lobe is proximal, so that a wide gap exists between it and that of the penulti- mate joint; this joint is short with a long lobe, which is longer and larger than the terminal joint and is situated close to it, so that the sete of both imtermingle. The first gnathopod is a peculiar prehensile apparatus. The basis, which is nearly as long as the succeeding joints taken together, is slender and a little curved outwards, the merus has. its “heel” prolonged, reaching as far asthe end of the propodus, where it carries about 10 long, curved, stiff sete ; the propodus also reaches beyond the insertion of the dactylus, this part being thickened and carrying about 6 similar sete; the dactylus is long and slender. 92 The second gnathopod is of the usual kind; a rather short curved basis is stout compared with the succeeding joints; the ischium is long and the following joints short and subequal; the dactylus is short and stout with single claw. The remaining legs are similar, with long ischium joints rendering the succeeding ones very short; the basal joints are robust and little pads are found at their distal ends, as also at the ends of the three following joints; the legs are sparingly hairy with few spines. In the first pleopods, which are the smallest, the endopod is oblong and about twice as long as pa’ the fringes of both rami are very long. The second pleopods are larger than the first, the Lari are long, and the appendix is broad and exceeds the length of the inner ramus. The third pleopods are fringed, the exopod has a division not very near the end, and there is a slight insinuation on the inner margin. The fourth pleopod is composed of two ovate thin plates without fringes. In the fifth pleopods the exopod is nearly twice as long as broad, with three lobes one above the other on the inner margin, as in Chitonopsis; there is a faint indication of a division near the end. The uropods are lamellar, rather narrow, the inner ramus reaches to the end of the abdomen, the outer ramus is a small plate filling a cleft in the side of the uropod. The female is similar to the male, except that the middle lobe of the first antennular joint is absent and the anterior lobe is smaller; the flagellum has 3 joints; the antenna also is slenderer; the prolongation of the epistome is shorter. One male and one female without visible brood. Dredged by Drs. Verco and Torr, Geographe Bay, Western Australia, in 16 to 20 fathoms. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. wee ee Puate AXIT. Fig. 1. Amphoroidea elegans, n. sp., magnified 24 diameters. 2 Bs 3 posterior portion of abdomen from the underside. etl foe " +5 mandible. 4. 9 ” epistome. 5 a Ly maxilliped. 3) 9) >) Vol. XXXV., Plate XXII. AMPHOROIDEA ELEGANS -x.-sh. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXV., Plate XXITI PARA CASSIDINA PECTINATA ~wqenet Sp. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adclaide. . Amphoroidea elegans, first maxilla. Ray}: | second maxilla. et 5; A first gnathopod. wer i second gnathopod. hs ‘ seventh leg. sa mn second pleopod of male. Puate XXIII. . Paracassidina pectinata, n. gen. et sp., magnified 6 : diameters. ; + anterior region from above. ae antennule and epistome from below. maxilliped. | first gnathopod. second gnathopod. first pleopod. second pleopod, male. fifth pleopod. uropod. won 4 e 6 ?: 8 9 10 a a Rind ls moa 94 WESTERN AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. By W. G. Torr, M.A., B.C.L.. (Oxon.), LL.D: (Dublin and Adelaide). cj [Read October 12, 1911.] PLATES XXEYV. Anp? XOxeye In the September, 1910, number of the Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, vol. ix., part 3, p. 153, Mr. Tom Iredale has some “Notes on Polyplacophora, chiefly Australian.’”’ On p. 159, Mr. Iredale says: “I conclude that the chiton fauna of Western Australia will be of a most. interesting nature.” Through the courtesy of Dr. J. C. Verco, the President of the Royal Society of South Australia, I was able during the Christmas vacation of 1910-11 to make a fairly thorough exploration of the south coast of Western Australia from Esperance to Albany, and the west coast as far north as Fremantle. The places visited were Esperance, Hopetoun, Albany, Ellenbrook and Yallingup (south of Cape Naturaliste), Geo- graphe Bay, Rottnest Island, and Fremantle Harbour. With the assistance of Mr. Hedley, conchologist (of the Australian Museum, Sydney), and Mr. Basset Hull, of Syd- ney, [I have been able to identify twenty-three species of Western Australian polyplacophora similar to South Aus- tralian species and nine others, seven of which I take to be new. As Mr. Iredale suggests in the paper mentioned, the list contains representatives of the Adelaidean region. At least fifteen of the identified species are found in his Ade- laidean list, one is classified as Solanderian, two are in the Peronian, and three are in the “Doubtful Position” list. The seven new species will probably represent the Autochth- onian element to which Mr. Iredale refers. The small rise and fall of the tides (not more than 2 or 3 ft.) on the visited parts of the Western Australian coast make chiton hunting much more precarious than in South Australian waters. While a large number of South Aus- tralian chitons are found in Western Australia, yet there are- some striking differences. I have traced Plaxriphora albida, Blain, locally known as. P. petholata, Sby., all round the South Australian coast from MacDonnell Bay to Murat Bay, a distance of nearly a. 95 thousand miles of coastline, but going out from Murat Bay to St. Francis Island (Nuyts Archipelago), a distance of 40 miles, Plaxiphora costata, Blain, formerly known as P. glauca, Q. et G., takes the place of ?. albida, and specimens of P. cvestata were found in Western Australian waters. /’. albida, Blain., is generally found on or above high-water mark in South Australia, but on the Western Australian coast its place is taken by Livlophura georgiana, Q. et G. ‘These could be frequently seen on exposed rocks. The order of exposure in South Australian waters, mutatis mutandis, is P. albida, on exposed rocks at or near high-water mark ; I. crispws, in abundance everywhere, in sheltered pools, a foot or two below, with Acanthochites on sandy moss-covered rocks. In deeper pools, Z. contractus, I. cariosus, I. wstu- latus, I. smaraydinus, and other Ischnochitonida, and deeper still in 2 or 3 ft. of water at low tide, the true chitons, jugosus, tricostalis, exoptandus, and calliozona. On the west side of St. Vincent’s Gulf I have found the true chitons on exposed rocks in shallow pools. The order in which Western Australian chitons are found is Liolophura georgiana, near or above high-water mark (P. albida and I. crispus are missing), and on account of the small fall of the tides Chitons, Callochitons, and Ischnochitons may be found together. The Zschnochitonid@ favour shallow pools, while the true chitons prefer the ocean surf. Chiton torrianus was found in Western Australia on the under-side of wholly exposed rocks. This chiton, formerly misnamed coz, was separated by Hedley and Hull as C. tor7i, afterwards altered to torrianus. It was rarely found in South Australian waters till Mr. Walter Klem, of Corney Point, Yorke Peninsula, discovered a number. In Western Australia it was found in almost every place visited. It is hoped that this first paper on Western Australian Polyplacophora may do something to stimulate and help future beginners at chiton-hunting in Western Australia. My acknowledgments are due to Mr. W. T. Bednall, ‘whose excellent paper on South Australian Polyplacophora, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. 11., part iv., April, 1897, has been the foundation of much of my work, and to whose ‘paper I have had frequently to refer; also to Mr. M. M. Maughan, B.A., for his kindly revision of my paper and his assistance In examining my new species and verifying some of my descriptions. 1. CALLOCHITON PLATESSA, Gould, 1846. Chiton platessa, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc., N.H. II., 1846, p. 143; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 49. 96 Three specimens collected. It is common in New South Wales, rare in the Adelaidean and Western Australian regions. Specimens obtained at Rabbit Island (Albany), Ellenbrook, and Rottnest Island. Colour markings resemble: New South Wales species. Dark-red with splashes of orange and olive-green. About 20 valves of a bright-pink colour, picked up at Ellenbrook, were evidently bleached specimens. of platessa. 2. ISCHNOCHITON (STENOCHITON) JuLOIDES, Ad. and Ang., 1864. Stenochiton juloides, Ad. and Ang., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 193; Puilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 55. Two anterior valves and one median valve of this very slippery chiton were collected in shell-sand at Albany. 3. ISCHNOCHITON CARIoSUS, Carpenter, 1873. Heterozona cariosa, Carpenter, MS.; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1., vol. xiv., p. 65. Numbers of these were found at Rottnest Island, Albany, Hopetoun, Yallingup, and Ellenbrook (south of Cape Natu- raliste). The Western Australian specimens are much less. coated with serpularia, etc., than the South Australian species. 4, ISCHNOCHITON USTULATUS, Reeve, 1847. Chiton ustulatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 102; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 96. Several specimens were taken on the west coast at Rott- nest Island and Yallingup. None were found on the south coast. This chiton travels easily. One collector reports: finding them in abundance at one spot in South Australia, but they had all vanished a few days later. 5. ISCHNOCHITON CRISPUS, Reeve, 1847. Chiton crispus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 120; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 89. So ee Haddomi, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1., vol. xiv., p. 88. | The specimens classified as 7. crispus are either so small or in such bad condition that I have hesitated in allowing crispus to appear at all. They were found only in the places examined nearest to the South Australian border, Esperance and Hopetoun. It is interesting to find that a chiton so common in South Australia and Victoria should be so rare in Western Australia. The specimens found closely resemble our South Australian Z. variegatus, which is probably only a variety of I. crispus. 97 6. ISCHNOCHITON conTRACTUS, Reeve. Chiton contractus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 78; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 93. Chiton pallidus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 92; Pilsbry, Man. nch., ser. i1., vol. xiv., p. 89. ) Fairly common in sheltered pools on the south coast. I have specimens from Hopetoun and Albany. 7. ISCHNOCHITON DECUSSATUS, Reeve, 1847. Chiton decussatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 107; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 93. Chiton castus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 145. Lepidopleurus speciosus, H. Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 199. Two specimens were taken from buoys between Fremantle and Rottnest Island. Through the courtesy of the harbour- master we were permitted to be present at the lifting and cleaning of the buoys. J. decussatus is frequently found attached to such shells as Pinna inermis, Tate. 8. ISCHNOCHITON PTYCHIUS, Pilsbry. Ischnochiton ptychius, Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. vil., p. 53. Ischnochiton ptychius, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i1., part 4, April, 1897. One specimen of this rare chiton was taken from the anchor of a buoy between Fremantle and Rottnest Island. 9. ISCHNOCHITON VIRGATUS, Reeve. Chiton virgatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 192; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1., vol. xiv., p. 78. Several specimens were found at the Quarantine Station, Albany. Some of my specimens are of a creamy-white, which may possibly need to be placed under a new species. 10. IscHNocHITON THOMASI, Bednall, 1896. Ischnochiton Thomasi, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. i1., part 4, April, 1897. One diminutive specimen was dredged from 20 fathoms in Geographe Bay. 1]. ISCHNOCHITON RESPLENDENS, Bednall and Matthews, 1906. Ischnochiton resplendens, Bednall and Matthews, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. vii., part 2, June, 1906. Several specimens of this beautiful chiton were taken at Yallingup, and an anterior valve at Ellenbrook, both south of Cape Naturaliste, and also at Albany. No specimen of its close ally 7. smaragdinus was seen. D 98 12. CALLISTOCHITON ANTIQUUS, Reeve. Chiton antiquus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 169; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,.ser.. 1., vol, xiv.; p.y204 Specimens were obtained at Albany, Ellenbrook, and Yallingup. 13. CurTon TRIcosTaLis, Pilsbry, 1894. Chiton (canaliculatus, var. ?) tricostalis, Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. vill. (1894), p. 54. Two specimens from Ellenbrook, south of Cape Natu- raliste, one dark olive-green mottled with creamy-white, terra-cotta, and light-green, the other terra-cotta with splashes of red and white. 14. CHITON TORRIANUS, Hedley and Hull, 1909. Chiton torri, Hedley and Hull, Records of the Australian Museum, Sydney, vol. vii., No. 4, 1909, p. 162. Chiton Hullianus, Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ix., part 2, June, 1910, p. 108. Chiton torrianus, Mal. Soc. Journal, March, 1911, vol. 1x., pt. iv. Numerous specimens of this handsome chiton were taken at Esperance, Albany, Yallingup, Ellenbrook, and Rottnest Island. Valves were plentiful on the beaches. I have them up to 50 mm. in length. It is evidently one of the common chitons of Western Australia. 15. CHITON BEDNALLI, Pilsbry, 1895. Chiton Bednalli, Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. ix., p. 90, December, 1895. One median valve of this, the most. beautiful of all our chitons, was dredged from 20 fathoms in Geographe Bay. Most of the specimens taken in South Australia have been dredged. 16. CHITON ExoPTANDUS, Bednall, 1897. Chiton exoptandus, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897. One anterior valve and one median valve were taken from 20 fathoms in Geographe Bay. 17. Lorica voLtvox, Reeve, 1847. Chiton volvox, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 31; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 237. Chiton cimolius, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 141. Valves of this very large species were picked up at Rott- nest Island and Hllenbrook, south of Cape Naturaliste. 99 . 18. PLaxtpHora costata, Blain. Chiton costatus, Blain, Dict. Sc. Nat., xxxvi., p. 548; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol. xv., p. 105. Plaxiphora glauca, Quoy and Gaim.; Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897. Chiton glaucus, Quoy and Gaim., Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. 111., p. 376. Plaxiphora glauca, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 325 Plaxiphora costata, Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ix., part 2, June, 1910, p. 97. Mr. Iredale says: “Blainville’s costatus is easily recog- nizable as the species I have noted as glaucu, Q. et G.” He agrees with Dr. Thiele in his “Revision des Systems der Chitonen” in placing P. petholata, Sow., as al/bida of Blain- ville and P. glauca, Q. et G., as costatus, Blain. Good specimens of P. costata were found at Rottnest Island, Albany, and Bunbury, and valves were plentiful at Ellenbrook and Yallingup. I notice that Blainville took P. costata, or, as he named it, Chiton costatus, from the “Port of King George.’’ Wes- tern Australia, therefore, is the first locality where the shell was found. Quoy and Gaimard found it in d’Entre- casteaux Channel, Tasmania. 19. ACANTHOCHITES ASBESTOIDES, Smith, 1884. Chiton (Acanthochiton) asbestoides (Carpenter, MS.), Smith, Zool. Coll., H.M.S. ‘“‘Alert,”’ p. 883; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Beran vor. xv... p. 17. Acanthochites asbestoides, Carpenter; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sec., Philad., 1894. Two specimens taken at Albany. 20. ACANTHOCHITES SPECIoSUS, H. Adams, 1861. Cryptoplax (noloplar) speciosus, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc... 1861, p. 385. Acanthochites speciosus, H. Adams, Pilsbry, Man. Coneh., Some, VOL. xv., p.. 32. One specimen of this rare shell was found at Rabbit Island, near Albany. 21. ACANTHOCHITES VERCONIS, Torr and Ashby, 1898. Acanthochites Verconis, Torr and Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., Bon., 1595, p. 217. One specimen dredged from 20 fathoms at Geographe Bay. Mr. Hedley, conchologist, of Sydney, is unable to separate A. Verconis from A. Wilsont, of Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 2, July, 1896. D2 100 22. CRYPTOPLAX STRIATUS, Lamarck, 1819. Chitonellus striatus, Lam., An. S., Vert. vi., p. 317, 1819. Cryptoplax striatus, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xv., p. 53. This chiton was taken at Hopetoun, on the south coast, and at Yallingup, on the west coast. Valves were obtained at Hopetoun, Ellenbrook, and dredged from 20 fathoms in Geographe Bay. I concur with Messrs. Gatliffe and Bastow, of Melbourne, in placing the hairy, seal-like specimens with striatus and the hairless one with var. Gunna, of Reeve. 23. CRYPTOPLAX STRIATUS, var. GUNNII, Reeve. Chitonellus gunnu, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 5. Cryptoplex striatus, var. Gunnii, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1. (VOL. KVe, pr eon Two specimens of this hairless species were found at Yallingup. They are both destitute of the “minute cal- careous spinelets’ of striatus. The valves are narrower, and in both specimens of a deep-pink colour. When examined with striatus they seem worthy of being placed in a distinct species. Notre.—The foregoing 23 species are all found in South Australian waters. 24. LIOLOPHURA GEORGIANUS, Quoy and Gaimard, 1835. Chiton Georgianus, Quoy and Gaim., Voy. ‘‘Astrolabe,’’ Zool., 1835, iii., p. 379, t. 75, f. 25-30. Inolophura Georgiana, Quoy and Gaim.; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,; ser..15,, vol. sav., p. 241 Chiton Georgianus, Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ix., part 3, September, 1910. The type specimen was found by Quoy and Gaimard at King George Sound, South-west Australia (Port du Roi- Georges). Mr. Iredale says that the type appears to have been lost. It is the commonest chiton in Western Australian waters. The specimens I have dissected correspond to Quoy and Gaimard’s description. It certainly is not a true chiton, and I have not been able to discover the presence of eyes necessary to place it among Liolophura; but this may be accounted for by the fact that it is exceedingly difficult to get a clean specimen. They are either very much eroded or covered with calcareous matter and other foreign growths. I have been assisted in my nomenclature by Messrs. Hedley and Hull, of Sydney. L. georgiana was seen in every place visited, Esperance, Albany, Ellenbrook, Yallingup, and Rottnest Island. Some years ago one specimen with the girdle removed was sent to 101 me from Eyre Patch, Western Australia, not far from the South Australian boundary. It is often found high and dry in crevices of rocks at and above high-water mark. It is remarkable that no specimens have been discovered in South Australian waters when it is so common in Western Aus- tralia. It occupies a similar position in Western Australia to that taken by Plaxiphora albida in South Australia. The figure in Pilsbry, vol. xiv., plate 53, figs. 36-40, shows the concentric marking and the beaks of the valves very distinctly. My specimens are nearly all much worn, and only a few valves retain the beak; the more perfect specimens show both the beak and rows of concentric polished pustules on the anterior valve, radiating from the apex. 95. ONITHOCHITON QUERCINUS, Gould, 1846. Chiton quercinus, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1846, vol. 11., p. 142; U.S. Expl. Exped. Moll., p. 312, figs. 437, 4387a: Otia, Conch., p. 3. C. (Onithochiton) quercinus, Gould, Otia, Conch., p. 242. C. Incii, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1847, No. 94. Onithochiton rugulosus, Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, pp. 115, 223. OU Iuen, Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 223. 0. Lyelli (non Sow.), Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol. xiv., p. 247. O. quercinus, Gould; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol. xiv., p. 248. O. rugulosus, Angas; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol. xiv., p. 249; Proc. Acad. Nat. Soc., Phil., 1894, p. 88. O. Incti, Reeve; Thieie, Zoologica Chim., Heft. Ivi., p. 99. O. quercinus, Gould; Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., London. vol. ia parc.2, June, 1910. Specimens of this very beautiful chiton were taken at Esperance. Albany, Ellenbrook, and Rottnest Island. On the outlying reefs at Rottnest they could be seen crawling over the reefs very energetically. Gould’s type specimen was a small one—length, 22 mm.; breadth, 15 mm. I have a dried specimen, slightly curled, taken at Port Esperance—- length, 52 mm.; breadth, 23 mm. It is beautifully coloured. Those found on exposed rocks were covered with foreign matter. I have to thank Messrs. Hedley and Hull for the identification of this species. Unfortunately I have not had access to a description of Onithochiton Scholvieni, Thiele, Zool. Chun. 1909. Heft. ti., p. 99. Mr. Iredale says in the paper quoted that the ‘specimens in the British Museum are labelled ‘West Aus- tralia.”” He thinks that is correct. My specimens of 0. quercinus vary considerably. It is possible that I may be able to place some of them with Scholvieni. 102 26. ISCHNOCHITON VERCONIS, sp. nov. Plate xxiv., figs. fa;bjed.eq. Mr. Hedley says: “This is certainly a new species and a magnificent one. One would need to disarticulate a valve to be sure of the classification. Probably it is an Ischnochi- ton, and perhaps of the section Ischnoradsia.” As only one specimen was found I am not disarticulating, but hope to supplement my description later. General Appearance. Shell elliptical, flattened, side slopes curved. Colour, uniformly slatish-grey, tending to heliotrope. Girdle and valves of the same colour. Anterior Valve. No very distinct markings. Surface rough with irregular concentric growth lines and minute longitudinal striz. Hight teeth. Posterior Valve. Mucro-median, prominent; divided into two distinct areas by a slightly-raised riblet running up to the mucro. The anterior half has longitudinal colour markings with microscopic nodulose lines. To the unaided eye it seems smooth. The posterior half has concentric irregular nodulose lines similar to the anterior valve. Median Valve. The pleural and dorsal areas run together, while the lateral area is very distinct. The dorsal area is smooth, horny, with brown-pencilled longitudinal lines and microscopic zigzag striations. The pleural area has very delicate longitudinal markings. The lateral area is dis- tinctly raised and has a lighter shade of colour than the pleural. The very slight longitudinal and lateral markings give it a textile appearance. Gudle. Clothed with imbricating scales, curved, apices suberect; under the microscope the scales are beautifully frosted over and show about ten transverse parallel grooves. The girdle is one-third of the depth of the lateral area, about 3 mm. across. Interior. Bluish-grey colour with broad sinus and dark splashes near the sinus of each valve. The anterior valve has delicate brown pencillings from the sinus to half its depth with eight riblets. Measurement. Dried specimen. Length, 44 mm.; breadth, 28 mm. Habitat. Rockpool, inside reef, Ellenbrook, south of Cape Naturaliste, Western Australia. Remarks. It is different in shape from any Australian Ischnochitons, and the only specimens in my collection of similar shape are Mopolia lynosa, Gould, from California, and Chiton Magnificus, Deshayes, from the Philippines. This species has been named after Dr. Verco, to whose generosity 103 T have been indebted for the opportunity of exploring Wes- tern Australian /olyplacophora. 27. PLAXIPHORA HEDLEYI, sp. nov. Plate xxiv., figs. 2a,b,c,d,e,f. General Appearance. Shell ovate, narrowing toward the anterior, side slopes curved. Colour pale-green with five black and white zebra stripes in the pleural area. The articula- mentum is a milky-white with dark splashes at the sutures. Anterior Valve. Radially ribbed with eight rounded coste dying off toward the apex. These correspond with the eight slit rays in the interior of this valve. Posterior Valve. Insertion plate smooth, unslit, like all plaxiphora. Sinus broad and rounded. Insertion plates large. Colour, milky-white, splashed with brown and black stripes. Median Valve. Dorsal area beaked, forming an equi- lateral triangle, with a central ridge almost smooth and splashed longitudinally on its posterior margin, with black-and-white stripes varying in different valves. In one valve microscopic strie run out diagonally from the central area. To the unaided eye the dorsal area is pale-green, smooth, and horny. The division between the dorsal and pleural areas is distinctly marked by five white and five black zebra bands, small toward the apex and lengthening toward the girdle. The pleural and lateral areas seem to run into one another, a slightly raised radial rib marking the division. The pleural and lateral areas have a mottled appearance, with splashes of brown and white or black and white. The internal part is a milky-white with a distinctly- raised rib, broad at the apex and narrowing off to one tiny slit. The sinus is broad and the sutural plates neatly curved. Girdle. Weathery with microscopic granulations. Nar- row with sutural horny protuberances, some spikes remaining. Colour alternately black and white, black at the valves and white at the sutures, 11 or 12 stripes of each colour on each side. Measurement. Dried specimen. Length, 16 mm.; breadth, 11 mm. Habitat. Rabbit Island, Albany. Two live specimens and one median valve. Remarks. This specimen has been named after Mr. Hedley, conchologist, whose wide conchological information has helped many a beginner. The zebra-like stripes will cause this specimen to be easily distinguished. 104 28. ACANTHOCHITES SUBVIRIDIS, sp. nov. Plate xxv., figs. 3a,b,c,d%e.7- General Appearance. Shell elongated, narrow, carin- ated, side slopes curved. Colour creamy-white with a pale- green tint on some of the valves, a brighter green on the dorsal area with a pink-tipped beak in some specimens; girdle dark-buff. Anterior Valve. Strongly marked with fine granulose, radiating coste corresponding to the five slt rays. The sutural plates are much larger than the tegmentum. Inter- nally milky-white with a curved sutural band. Posterior Valve. Distinctly marked with dorsal and latero-pleural areas. The dorsal area is a smooth ridge, irregularly transversely striated, terminating in fine radial riblets, which are continued in the sutural plates as slit rays. The latero-pleural area is covered with squamose granules. Sutural plates large, sinus wide. Median Valve. Dorsal and latero-pleural areas same as posterior valve with the exception of two postmedian granu- lose radial riblets, one on the anterior margin. In some specimens these riblets are strongly pustulose, small at the apex, and increasing in size toward the margin. Internally one slit ray, sutural plates large, sinus medium. The dorsal area is a pale-green colour, with in some cases a pink tip. In others it is a dark-buff. Girdle. Leathery, very broad, 7 sutural tufts on each side, and 4 round the anterior vaive. Elementary spicules may be seen in one or two. Colour dark-buff, resembling the girdle of Cryptoplax Gunnit. Measurement. Uength, 22 mm.; breadth, 12 mm. Habitat. Four specimens from Rabbit Island, Albany. Remarks. I was very much inclined to place this speci- men under A. costatus, Ad. and Ang., Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,. ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 40, but the distinctly pustulose riblets and coloured dorsal areas with other minor differences have- led me to place it under a new species. Adams and Angas’ drawing of A. costatus gives a very diminutive riblet. The minute fringe of white spicules, described by E. A. Smith,. Zool. Coll. “Alert,” p. 83, t. 6, f. F., as Chiton (Macan- drellus) costatus, is absent in all the specimens. The greenish tint so common has given its name, subviridis. 29. TONICIA HULLIANUS, sp. nov. Plate xxv., figs. 4a,b,c,d,e,f. General Appearance. Shell elliptical, broad, smooth, back rounded, side slopes curved, valves distinctly beaked. 105 Colour reddish-buff, mottled on dorsal areas, turning to deep- red on some of the lateral areas, a few minute irregular black and white spots. Second valve larger than any of the following five. The forward part of the lateral areas and the posterior and anterior valves bear radiating rows of eye- dots. Anterior Valve. About 15 or more fine striz radiating from the apex with a slightly raised rib between each pair. These rays are really the eye-dot lines. I counted 15 eyes in one ray. There seems to be on either side a sort of flesh- coloured lateral area. The rest of this valve is a pale-pink, mottled with cream. Dentition: Eight slits are distinctly visible, but as I have only one specimen I have not dissected it. The insertion teeth are pectinated. Posterior Valve. Large, mucro median rectangularly elevated. The dorsal area is smooth, beaked with irregular lateral strie. The eye-dots radiate from the mucro to the insertion plate. Colour dorsal and posterior area pink, mottled with cream, and on each side corresponding to the lateral area which is of a rich red colour. The insertion plates are pectinated with probably a dozen slits. Median Valves. Dorsal area is V-shaped, curved, and beaked, colour pinky-buff, mottled with cream. Pleural area small, flesh- or buff-coloured, depressed with concentric growth lines running from lateral into pleural and dorsal areas. Lateral areas, some flesh-coloured, others mottled as in the dorsal areas, five or six irregular flattened ribs. Eye-dots irregular on the anterior half of each valve. Insertion plates, one slit, pectinated. The sutural plates are diminutive, sinus shallow and pectinated, and the interior is porcelain- white. Girdle. Leathery, nude. Breadth in dry state, 2 mm. ‘Colour light-brown. Measurement. Dried specimen. Length, 30 mm.; breadth, 20 mm. Divergence, 125°. Habitat. Rockpool, Ellenbrook, south of Cape Natu- raliste. One live specimen and one median valve. Remarks. The Genus Tonicia is somewhat rare in Aus- tralian waters. I have named this very handsome species after Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, whom Mr. Iredale describes as “the most enthusiastic chiton student in Australasia.” 30. LEPIDOPLEURUS NIGER, sp. nov. Plate xxv., figs. 5a,b,c,d,e,f. General Appearance. Shell small, broad in proportion to length. Valves rounded and raised. Regular granulose striations are microscopically conspicuous. Colour dark 106 slatish-grey on anterior and 5 median valves, posterior valve almost black. Anterior Valve. Longitudinally parallel rows of pus- tules. Posterior Valve. Almost black; umbo postmedian, with concentric pustulose striz. Median Valves. Regularly longitudinally granulosely striated. No difference in the dorsal, lateral, and pleural areas. Girdle. Diminutive, dark, scaly, and with spicules. Habitat. Under stones in shallow pools at Hopetoun,. Western Australia. Only one specimen was found. Measurement. Dried specimen. Length, 4 mm.; breadth, 24 mm. Remarks. I had classified this as 1. Matthewsianus, Bednall, which is so common in South Australian waters, but on comparing them I found it much broader in propor- tion to its length, and the body of the animal which is. uniformly red in L. Matthewsianus is almost black in L. Niger. I then placed it with Z. Badius, Hedley and Hull, and found it very similar, with the exception that the grain rows were distinctly regular. Its dark appearance has given: its name. 31. PLAXIPHORA ZEBRA, Sp. nov. Plate xxv., fig. 6. A beautiful median valve was collected at Port Esper- ance and is worthy of a name. The valve is rounded. The dorsal area is indistinct with 10 irregular creamy tear-drop pustules in the centre forming a V with diagonal striations terminating in the anterior part of the valve. The lateral part of the dorsal area has three or four transverse strize continued into the pleural area. The colour is a delicate pink, mottled with white and brown splashes. The pleural area has a num- ber of zigzag pustulose riblets running into the striations. coming from the dorsal area and narrowing toward the apex. Colour: Five alternate splashes of bright-red and creamy-white give the shell its name. The lateral area is distinctly raised with two rows of 9 or 10 large pustules on its anterior and pos- terior margins with a sulcus between, irregularly pustolose and striated. The pustules have the tear-drop appearance of those in the dorsal area. Interior is porcelainous, sinus curved, broad, shallow, and pectinated. The sutural plates. are small, one slit. The anterior part of the valve is folded over and an irregular sulcus is formed, terminating in the ‘slit. The specimen may have been bleached, so that the pink splashes in the pleural area may have been brown or black. Drawings and Printing by Donald Taylor Collotvne Co.. North Adelaida Vol. XXXV, Plate XXIV, | Vol. XXXV., Plate XXV Drawings and Printing by Donald Taylor Collotype Co., North Adelaide. » 5 es ee _ . " 4 107 The markings are very like P?. Hedleyi, but the lateral area makes a distinct species. Habitat. Port Esperance. One median valve. 32. PLAXIPHORA PUSTULOSA, sp. nov. Plate xxv., fig, 7. One median valve was taken at Albany and is in perfect condition. The valve is slightly arched and beaked. The posterior part of the dorsal area has 12 bright-brown trans- verse riblets divided by pale-green striz, rather crowded toward the posterior. These riblets are continued into the pleural area in rows of bright shiny pustules, longitudinally parallel, and diminishing in number from seven near the dor- sal area to one at the insertion plate. The lateral area is slightly raised, but very distinct. It has three or four radiating rays of the tear-drop pustules. Interior. The sinus is gracefully curved, colour rich dark-brown, slightly pectinated. The sutural plates are small. The rear part is folded over, making a white limy ‘sulcus, ending in one slit at the insertion plate. Habitat. Albany, Western Australia. One median ~valve. Brighton, South Australia. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PuateE XXIV. 1a,b,c,d,e,f—Ischnochiton verconis, sp. nov. 2a,b,¢,d,e,f—Plaxiphora hedleyi sp. nov. Puatt XXV. $a,b,c,d,e,f—Acanthochites subviridis, n. sp. 4a,b,c,d,e,f—Tonicia hullianus, sp. nov. 5a,b,c,d,e,f—Lepidopleurus niger, sp. nov. 6—Plaxiphora zebra (median valve), sp. nov. ?7—Plaxiphora pustulosa (median valve), sp. nov. a—Dorsal view of entire shell. b—Anterior valve. c—Median valve. d—Posterior valve. e—Lateral view of posterior valve. f—Portion of girdle magnified. Sizes of type specimens are marked in each case 108 NOTE DESCRIPTIVE OF A STEREOGRAM OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES, SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By W. N. Benson, B.Sc. {Read August 10, 1911.] PuaTES XX. and XXII. In a previous paper a short outline was given of the physiography of the Mount Lofty Ranges as it appeared to. the writer from observations made during 1908. Recently a stereogram has been constructed for the Sydney University to illustrate the features on which his con- clusions were based. A brief description of this model may not be out of place here. The information on which it was modelled was obtained from the official map of south-eastern South Australia and the topographic map of the vicinity of Adelaide. Trigonometrically-determined heights are sadly few in number. The general relief of the area between Noar- lunga, Angaston, and Murray Bridge, and in the Inman Valley is based on the writer’s own sketches and aneroid readings. A topographic map of Mount Barker district published in the daily Press during the military manceuvres of 1908 was also of service. The modelling of the area about Mount Compass is based on Mr. Howchin’s map and descrip- tions 2) and additional information kindly supplied by him. Owing to the writer’s non-acquaintance with areas out- side these limits the model may be subject to some modifica- tion in those parts, and indeed owing to the smallness of scale no more than a very rough accuracy has been attempted. throughout. The small inset model illustrates the main tectonic features. As these are being investigated in detail by Mr. Howchin a very brief description will here suffice. The main portion of the Mount Lofty Ranges, stretch- ing from beyond Angaston to Cape Jervis and extending into Kangaroo Island, is a peneplain. The main drainage, before uplift, was in mature valleys running in an approxi- mately meridional direction.) On the peneplain surface were residuals of a higher level, monadnocks, such as Mounts. (1) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909, p. 107. (2)Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1910, pp. 231-47 and pls. xxxi. to- xlv. (3)W. Howchin, Geography of South Australia, p. 124. 109 Lofty and Barker, composed of a resistant rock, usually quartzite. In comparatively recent, probably at the close of Pliocene, times this peneplain was elevated, by upthrust chiefly, rather than by folding.“ Stratigraphical proof of this uplift is afforded by the presence of raised marine Eocene fossils on the hills behind Encounter Bay, at the head of the Hindmarsh River,‘ where they occur at an altitude of 1,000 ft. Mr. Howchin has also noted the presence of steeply dipping and overfolded Tertiary beds near Sellick’s “Hill.” By this movement the drainage was much altered. Erosion readily removed the soft glacial clays and sandstones from the Inman, Hindmarsh, and Upper Finniss Valleys, and in the first named exposed in places the hard glaciated Permo- Carboniferous land-surface. ‘®) The uplift was not en bloc, but the area was broken up into larger and small blocks which were differentially elevated, tilted to some extent, and possibly slightly flexed. This makes fault scarps a frequent feature.(9) The small inset model shows the series of fault-blocks that form the western flanks of the range. They are roughly triangular in shape and are tilted sloping to the south. They may be due to differential elevation in the first instance or may have dropped off the main peneplain, collapsing after their original uplift. A somewhat similar series of steps, though less well marked, appears on the eastern flanks of the Range, as at Palmer and the Bremer Range. It is possible that Mount Lofty and perhaps the Forest Range are on a block raised above the general level, of which German Town Hill would be the eastern scarp. This feature is not shown on the model, however, chietly because it has not been sufficiently studied by the writer. Backstairs Passage, the narrow strait that separates Kangaroo Island from the mainland, may have originated in one of two ways. There can be little doubt that the high flat surface of the island is a continuation of the peneplain of the (4)Compare R. Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1884-5, pp. 56-7; also E. C. Andrews, Geographical Unity of Eastern Aus- tralia, Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., 1910, especially p. 440. (5) R. Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., 1888, p. 242. (6) W. Howchin, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1898, p. 15-6; also present volume ante pp. 55-6 and pl. x. (inset). (7)See present volume, ante, pp. 47-59. (8) W. Howchin, Report of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, 1907, p. 267; also Trans. Roy. Soc., s.A., 1910, p. 1 and p. 231. (9) W. Howchin, present volume, p. 53. \ 110 mainland. That its extension is in a westerly direction rather than southerly, parallel to the Mount Lofty Ranges, cannot be due primarily to the original Paleozoic folding, the axis of which also bends in a similar fashion; but it may be due to it, secondarily, in that the bounding fault-scarps have developed parallel to the folding planes of the rocks, as in the case of the Mount Lofty Range itself. The most obvious explanation of the passage is that it is a senkungs- feld, 1.e€., an area dropped down between two fault-planes, respectively the southern scarp of the main range and the northern of the island. The Pages might be considered as the tops of a sunken residual. But in the case of the Inman, Hindmarsh, and Upper Finniss Valleys it is clear that their great maturity is due to the fact that they were carved by the Permo-Carboniferous glaciers and filled with their soft till. This has been quickly removed when first exposed to the attack of streams, rejuvenated by the uplift. Might it not also be suggested that the Backstairs Passage was a wide glacial valley filled with till, which has been subsequently almost entirely removed by stream and marine erosion? Several facts are in support of this. The base of the valley must, of course, have been below sea-level; but so is that of the Inman glacier at Victor Harbour. The researches of Mr. Howchin “) have shown the strongly glaciated nature of portion of the southern scarp of the main- land, and he has proved the presence of glacial boulders near Cape Jervis.“)) He has also described Permo-Carboniferous glacial till on northern Kangaroo Island. (2) The depression is thus bounded on both sides by glacial material and, in places, striated surfaces—facts strongly in support of the second hypothesis. It is, of course, possible that block-faulting may have assisted in the formation of the passage, but the author’s inclination is to give it a minor role. On the glacial hypothesis The Pages should be roches moutonnées. The Admiralty soundings are of little help in deciding the question, as they show only that a flat bottom exists in the passage at a depth of less than 20 fathoms. The drainage alterations during the various periods of earth movement require much further study. Rivers were captured, as the heads of the Onkaparinga by the Torrens, ‘15) _ (0) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxiv., 1910, p. 2) plsifasme XVil. (11) Rep. Aus. Asso. Adv. Science, vol. vil., 1898, p. 124. (12) Trans. Roy. Soc.,«S.A., vol.xxni., 1899), p.) 196) .pleee and v. (13) This conclusion, though reached independently by the writer, has been, he finds, Mr. Howchin’s view for some time. Vol. XXXV., Plate XX. \ ' \ f \ \ \ : MORGAN gym ) \" : ees f ne ZO AS | ¢ - x xm aie q 0° - R ep we ¢ rs Ss ‘ > ; v 3 -_ y me = \ \ > \ GAWLER Ya \ es ax Ss ADELAIDE AS fs ot WA + (Approximate) * of Fost Tertiary © Fault -Lines. NS eee \ \ \ f,. Jervis 2 ? 4 2 ix x Db) = = SS} = ZA, S41¢, 4 STAIRS delt LAS 5 CE The Pages Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. te ee Sai 4 p- cs) a3 Pe fis : eee Vole’ BAAY. WP Ae ee Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. ey ee ek ee = FEAR Hare? lll or revived with the formation of valley in valley structure, as in Foreston Creek, near Gumeracha; or they were reversed altogether. Sixth Creek, flowing north from Uraidla into the Torrens, seems to be a reversal of Cox’s Creek flowing south into the Onkaparinga. Further, the uplift and consequent entrenchment: and headward extension of the east and west valleys (entrenched meanders of the Torrens River) brought about the capture and reversal of portions of the meridional streams. An excellent example of this was noted in Millen- della Creek, near Palmer, by Mr. Howchin and the writer. The former has a full description of it in preparation. Other examples are shown by Rocky Gully,“4) near Murray Bridge, Mount Barker Creek, Bull’s Creek, etc. The recurrence of earth movements at several periods probably accounts for many puzzling features in the present drainage, particularly the course of the Lower Onkaparinga. The occurrence of its present valley cutting across the middle of the southward sloping, Clarendon-Aldinga block, is very remarkable. Mr. Howchin has shown that an older mouth lies considerably south of its present opening. (15) Many further problems await solution in this area, which is one of the most interesting geologically and physio- graphically in Australia. The writer’s thanks are due to Mr. Howchin for his ever- ready assistance and information freely given. Geological Department, Sydney University, iar 19171. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. PuatE XX. Stereogram of the Mount Lofty Ranges. Puare XXI. Map of the Mount Lofty Ranges to show the drainage system. Notice how the original meridional drainage, the streams of which are in matured valleys, has been broken into numerous watersheds by capturing east and westerly gorges, de veloped consequent upon the uplift of the range. Mark particu- larly the Wakefield, Light, Rhine, and Onkaparinga systems and their relation to the lines of faulting. These faults have an easterly downthrow on the eastern side and a westerly on the western. The ends of the fault-lines shown are points beyond which they have not been traced, or appear to pass into mono- clinal folds, or to die out. The doubt as to the scarp nature of the southern coast is explained in the text. (14) W. G. Woolnough, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1908, p. 124. (15) Geography of South Australia, p. 124. 112 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN HESPERIADE. By Oswatp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E.8., Ete. [Read August 10, 1911.] INTRODUCTION. Since Mr. Meyrick and myself gave our Revision of this group (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., vol. xxvi., p. 38, et seg.) many new forms have been discovered and the synonymy of others further corrected, consequently no excuse is necessary for a further revision of this difficult yet fascinating group. In dealing with the present monograph I have not deviated per- ceptibly from the arrangement laid down in the former paper. The neural characters and antennal structure, together with the peculiarities of palpi, have been made use of where expedient. In recent years Scudder and Elwes have advanced their theory of classification by utilizing the genitalia as a means of discrimination—in fact, Elwes has considered this system of paramount importance in characterizing the differ- ent species. I am not averse to the utilization of these characters when of value or in doubtful species, but prefer keeping to our original arrangement. When we become better acquainted with the earlier stages of the various species I hazard the opinion that the present arrangement will require considerable alteration, but as yet we are acquainted with so few that nothing satisfac- tory can be promulgated in this direction. What knowledge I possess in the matter indicates interesting results. The various pupe known to me present generic peculiarities which promise to be of particular value in generic distinctions. Whether they can be used to advantage in future remains to be seen. At present I have an open mind on the question, which is better than formulating an hypothesis which would fashion matters to assimilate with preconceived ideas, as fre- quently the latter method promotes useless disputes over minor details and narrows the mind to indulge in acrimonious personalities which are devoid of value, excepting perhaps to make confusion confounded. For instance, one could form several new genera for the reception of species under Hes- perila, but the problem is too complex to be finally disposed of with the knowledge we at present possess of the various known species. I have erected new genera where I have con- sidered it necessary and have submerged others when indi- cated. 113 Whether we have several small genera or one large sec- tion is purely a matter of individual opinion, and unless there is a distinctive generic peculiarity [ prefer the larger genera, as fully three-fifths of the species enumerated in this paper are endemic. The most troublesome and least under- stood group are 7'elicota and the allied genera, and progress must necessarily be slow, as no satisfactory arrangement can be maintained until an exhaustive examination is accom- plished by the accumulation and dissection of a large quan- tity of material from the Indo-Malayan region. The geographical range which I consider Australian is the con- tinent proper and Tasmania. In the near future I intend to prepare a paper which will embrace structural characters, etc., coloured figures of larve, pup, and imagines, and will endeavour to place my New Guinea and material from the adjoining islands in the ,proposed work, in which I hope to receive the same generous assistance from my co-workers. I have unsuccessfully endeavoured to locate many of the types. This applies more especially to those of Plotz, and have been reluctantly compelled to abandon the search. Many of Plotz’s species are in the collection of the late Herr Erhardt at Munich. Before concluding I would take this opportunity of heartily thanking Colonel Chas. Swinhoe, Messrs. J. A. South, H. J. Elwes, Bethune Baker, H. Druce, A. Bang-Haas, Herr Krepelin, G. A. Lyell, and many others for assistance, not forgetting Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, whose valued help has been of yeoman service to me in the elucidation of many knotty points. 1. Casyapa, Kirby. Casyapa, “Kirby, Syn., Cat., Diur., Lep., p:—576, ee Chatocneme, Feld., Sitz., AGT IK: Wiss, Math. Cl., vol. xd. A460, 1860 (nom preocc). “Casyapa, Watson, P.Z.S., p. 29, i893; M. and L., T.R.S., S.A., vol. xxvi. p. 40. Club of antenne moderate, gradually thickened, tapering to a fine point, bent, not hooked. Forewings in male with costal fold; vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6; 3 from well before end of cell; 2 three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hindwings with termen evenly rounded ; 5 obsolete; 3 from just before end of cell. Hind tibie densely fringed and with only terminal part of spurs. Type corvus, Feld. This genus differs from phenicops, Watson, by the pre- sence of costal fold of ¢. The genus extends to the Indo- Malayan Archipelago. 114 1. C. carnistus, Hew. Chetnocneme caristus, Hew., Desc. Hesp, p. 21; Casyapa critomedia, M. and L. (nec Guer), T.R.S., p. 40. The description given as above refers to this species and not to Critomedia, Quer. This latter species does not, so far as I am aware, occur in Australia. The two specimens of caristus in the Miskin collection (said to have been taken by the late Mr. Diggles at Kangaroo Point), the two <¢ speci- mens in my own collection from Cape York, and two in Mr. Bethune-Baker’s collection (taken in New Guinea) are identical. Type in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). 2. PHa:nicors, Watson. P.Z.S., p. 30, 1893; M. and L., T.B.S., p. 41. Club of antennze moderate, elongate, gradually thick- ened, pointed, bent, not abruptly angled. Palpi ascending, terminal joint very short, obtuse. Posterior tibize without middle spurs. Forewings in male without characters, 5 parallel to 4 and 6, slightly nearer to 6 at base. Hindwings with 5 obsolete. Type beata, Hew. An endemic genus, comprising the three largest and most beautiful species in the Australian group. 2. P. BEATA, Hew. Netrocoryne beata, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 22, 1867. Ex. Butl., v. Hesp., figs. 2, 38, 18/74; M. and L., T.RoS2apa2a2 Type in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). I have received several specimens from Mr. F. P. Dodd taken and bred at Kuranda, Queensland, in May, September, October, and November. It also occurs from Brisbane to Cooktown, and at Richmond River (Waterhouse) and at Mount Kembla (A. G. Hamilton). P. DENITZA, Hew. Netrocoryne denitza, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 22, 1867; ex. Butl., v. Hesp., fig. 4, 1874; Stand., ex. Schmett, pl. c., 1888;. Phenicops denitza, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 42. Type in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). Brisbane to Cooktown, Queensland, and Port Darwin ;. December to March. 3. P. porpHyRoPIsS, M. and L. T.R.S., p. 43. Types in Coll. Lower. I have received several fine specimens of both sexes of this species from Mr. F. P. Dodd taken at Kuranda, Queens- 115 land, in October and February. The Q does not differ from the ¢ in markings; the ¢ appears to have an indistinct costal fold. In some specimens it may appear more perfectly developed. Should such prove to be the case, the species will be required to be placed in casyapa. The present species is very similar to the New Guinea species, Aalliuma, Swinh. (A.M.N.H. (7), xx., p. 430, 1907, and T.E.S., p. 3, pl. 1., fig. 1, 1908), but differs by the presence of the yellow patch on termen of hindwings. The type of porphyropis came from Johnstone River, North Queensland. 3. NETRO cCoRYNE, Feld. Reis., Nov., Lep. iii., p. 507, 1867; M. and L., T.R.S., p. 43. Type repanda, Feld. Club of antenne elongate, pointed, bent. Palpi por- rected, terminal joint rather short, obtuse. Posterior tibie with all spurs. Forewings in ¢ without stigma or costal fold; 5 parallel to 4 and 6. Slightly nearer 6 at base. Hindwings with 5 obsolete. Confined to the Australian region. 4. N. REPANDA, Feld. Reis., Nov., Lep. iii., p. 507, pl. Ixx., fig. 10, 1867; Math. T.E.S., 1888, p. 181, pl. vi, fig. 5; M. and L., T.R.S., p. 43. pete wulpecula, Prittw., S.E-Z., p. 187, pl. it., figs. 2ab, Type in Coll. Felder. Sydney to Cooktown. Mr. Dodd has sent several speci- mens bred at Kuranda, North Queensland ; between November and March. The larve feed on Callicoma serratefolia, HKiawocarpus cyanea, and F. reticulatus. 4. TaGrapDEs, Hiib. Netz2.,p. 108, 1816; M. and ., T.R.S., p. 45. Ptery- gospidea, Wallgr., Rhop., Caffr., p. 58, 1857. Club of antenne slender, gradual, elongate, bent, apiculus rather long, pointed. Palpi porrected, terminal joint short, obtuse. Posterior tibiz with all spurs. Fore- wings in male without characters; 5 parallel to 4 and 6, slightly nearer to 6 at base. Hindwings with 5 rudimentary, very faint. Type japetus, Cr. (Tagiades); type flesus, Fabr. ( Pterygosydea). Chiefly confined to the Indo-Malayan and Asiatic regions. Note.—Since writing the above I submitted authentic specimens of Tagiades gamelia, Misk., to Colonel Swinhoe, who returned them as Jowisa, Swinh. The same specimen was 116 afterwards submitted to Mr. Herbert Druce, who compared it with specimens of /Janctta, Butl., in the Godman collec- tion (British Museum), and he states that they are un- doubtedly one and the same species. The synonymy will therefore be : — T. JANETTA, Buti. T.KE.S. Lond., p. 519, 1870; 7. gamelia, Misk., P.R.S. se 1889, p. 146; T. australensis, Man., C.R. Ent.., Belg., EEXY..J P. 72; T. lowisa, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (Tye Xx., p. 482, 1907. 108. Padrasna ete ularis, Mab. 109. Ocybadistes suffusus, Mab. These two new species were recently described in Wystmarnis Gen. Insect. I am not acquainted with either. The locality given is Australia. The Tagiades are sombre-coloured insects showing slight geographical variations; the Australian forms and those of the adjoining islands are closely allied and probably derived from japetus, Cr. They are, however, separated from that group by the snow-white hindwings, of which I consider atticus, Fabr., the earliest form. As it is highly probable that janetta, Butl., will be taken on the mainland and may ulti- mately prove to be identical with gamelia, Misk., I append both of the original descriptions. De Le JANET@A, “Bu bl. T.E.S., Lond., p. 519, 1870; M. and L., T.R.S., p. 45. Front wings dark-brown; a streak at end of cell and’ another on the disc, grey scales, four central spots, two within the cell and two between the median branches, and five points near the apex in a recurved series, white hyaline; hindwings, the basal area, and apex dark-brown, two large black spots placed obliquely within the apical band; body brown. Front- wings below nearly as above, the grey discal streak broader and well defined, becoming white near anal angle; hind- wings white, costa and apex dark-brown; subapical spots as. above; a black triangular spot at end of median branch and a short black line at the end of second; white; body, greyish. in front, white behind. Expanse of wings, 2 in. Hab.—Aru Islands. . Coll. Druce. Belongs to Japetus group (Butler, T.E.S., Lond., p. 519, 1870). T. gamelia, Misk., P.R.S., Qld., 1889, p. 146. $ @. 1,8-143in. Upper side pale-brown with 9 pale- colourless transparent spots, 2 within and at end of cell, 2: Bue others below and slightly beyond these, and a series of 5 very small ones forming a bent row a short distance from and parallel with apex. Hindwings with the basal and apical area pale-brown, rest of wing pure white, with two quadrate black patches near apex, upper one being the least. Under- side of forewings as above with a whitish patch near hinder angle. Hindwings all white with apical angle broadly towards base dark-brown; 2 brown patches near apex, of which the upper is the largest ; a short line of brown close to outer margin, not reaching anal angle or extending to ter- mination of median, base of wing with a bluish tinge. Thorax and abdomen above pale-brown, beneath light-grey. Cape York, Queensland. Allied to Japetus, Cr., which it resembles somewhat on under-side. The sexes do not differ. Butler does not give the colour of hindwings above, nor does he state the sex (it is probably a female). In some specimens the two cellular marks are separate above, but joined on under-side by a fleck of whitish; this peculiarity occurs irrespective of sex. Mr. Waterhouse has sent me specimens of gamelia in which the ¢ measures but 45 mm. These were taken on Prince of Wales Island during June; the mainland specimens are slightly larger, ranging up to 50 mm. Cape York, Queensland; also from Prince of Wales Island. 6. T. Louisa, Swinh. mnmoeniaey.) Neb; (7), xx.,:p. 482;' 1907; T.E.S., Lond., p. 6, fig. 5, pl. 1. (1908). Types in British Museum. @. 2in. Exp. Blackish-brown, palpi white beneath, frons with a white spot on each side; forewings with two large hyaline spots at end of cell, one outside its lower angle and another close beneath it, all more or less triangular, a subapical row of six small spots in the usual recurved line ; hindwings with about one-half the lower portion white, the white running up the abdominal margin to the base; two very large black spots in the middle of the disc, touching the inner-side of the outer curve of the brown portion of the wing; no marginal marks or spots; under-side with two additional hyaline spots on the forewing near the hinder angle; hindwings with a somewhat narrow black costal bor- der; the two discal spots much smaller and one minute black mark on the outer border below the middle. Legs and body white. (Swinhoe, A.M.N.H. (7), xx., p. 432, 1907.) Rossel Island; also from Cape York. _As will be seen by the above, Jowisa only differs from gamelia by having 6 instead of 5 subapical spots. I very much 118 doubt if the species can stand as distinct, as I possess a specimen of gamelia with an additional subapical spot, and although the insect is smaller, it could be considered either species. Pro- bably a longer series will connect the forms as being one and the same. lord (7. T. GaMELia, Misk. PeR:S., Rake 1889, p. 146. T. Australensis, Mab., C.R., Ent. es xxxv., p. 72. T. janetta, M. and L. (nec Butl.), T.R.S., p. 45. Type gamelia, in Queensland Museum; type A wstralen- sis, in (?) Coll. Staudinger. We formerly called this species janetta, Butl., and although the descriptions are similar it appears that janetta differs from gamelia by the hindwings. Mabille’s description of Australensis certainly indicates gameha. Cape York, Queensland, and Prince of Wales Island, in June. 5. MEsopina, Meyyr. Ent. Mon., Mag., xxxvii., p. 168, 1901; M. and@iiya tae p. 46. Club of antenne elongate, pointed, bent, sub-porrect, apiculus very short. Posterior tibiz without middle spurs. Forewings in male without stigma: 5 parallel to 4 and 6, slightly nearer 6 at base. Hindwings, 5 obsolete. Type eluroms, Meyr. This genus differs from MHesperilla only by the absence of stigma of forewing and absence of middle spurs of posterior tibie, which latter character also separates it from Trapezites, Hiib. 8. M. sLuROPIS, Meyr. Ent. Mon., Mag., xxxviii., p. 168, 1901; M. and L., T.B.S., p. 46. In the former Revision the reference was inadvertently given as an M.S.S. name, but was described as above. Mr. Waterhouse informs me that this is a mountain species, and so far has been bred only in October to Decem- ber, and again early in January. Type in Coll. Meyrick. 9. Mie, HALYZ0A,o cL eww: Hesperilla halyzia, Hew., Desc. tee » pi °38) 1866 Stax Butt., v., figs. 4-6, 1874; Vict., Butt., ii., p. 125, 1894; M. and L. T.R.S., p. 47 Mr. Jarvis, the Entomologist to the Government Museum at Brisbane, informs me that he took this species on 119 Moreton Island, Queensland, in October. This is a new locality, and extends the range of this species considerably. Mr. Miskin, in his catalogue, gives Mackay and Bowen as localities, but as pointed out previously the insect referred to was tyrrhus, Mab. (Bathrophora, M. and L.). Sydney, New South Wales, October to April. Type in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). 10. M. watyzia, Hew., var. CYANOPHRACTA, nov. var. 36 Q, 28-36 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and abdomen dark-fuscous, mixed with golden-ochreous hairs on thorax and abdomen ; thorax and abdomen beneath mixed with bluish- white. Legs bluish-white. Antennz fuscous, annulated with white, apiculus reddish. Forewings elongate, triangular ; costa somewhat sinuate in middle, termen oblique, in @Q@ more strongly bowed; dark ochreous-fuscous; markings ochreous- whitish; a large, somewhat quadrate spot in end of cell, excised internally, outer edge straight; a cartridge-shaped spot beneath and beyond, beneath which is another similar spot, separated by vein from former spot; an oblique trans- verse row of 3 subapical spots present in both sexes; cilia fuscous, basal half darker, somewhat barred. Hindwings with termen rounded, somewhat prominent in , f. 13, 1869), and eltena, Hew., as a ‘synonym of zacchus, Fabr. Macedon, Gisborne, etc., Victoria; Como, Sydney, etc., New South Wales; Brisbane to Mackay, Queensland ; Deloraine, Tasmania; Mount Gambier, South Australia. Twenty-two specimens; October to January. Plotz’s locality for cwcilius, 2.e., India, is an error. 51. T. eviena, Hew., var. MONOCYCLA, nov. var. 1 2acchus, A. and S. (nec Fabr.), Vict., Butt., p. 115. peoweot44 mm. Head, thorax, etc., as in elzena. Forewings somewhat more elongate than in elzena, mark- ings placed as in eliena, but deeper coloured. Hindwings as in eliena, but median band deeper orange and hardly sepa- rated by veins. Under-side of both wings as in eliena, but all markings of hindwings absent except the large cellular spot. This is such a well-marked variety that it can be con- veniently separated. It is at once recognized by the single cellular spot on hindwings beneath. Mount Gambier, South Australia (November) ; Gisborne and Berwick, Victoria (December). Four specimens. 52. T. symmMomus, Hb. Zutr., ex. Schmett, figs. 225, 226, 1823; Math., T.E.S., 1888, p. 183; Staud., ex. Schmett, pl. c., 1888; Vict., Butt., pt. ii., p. 114, 1894; M. and L., T.R.S., p. 86; Telesto praxedes, M. and L. (nec Plétz), T.R.S., p. 86. Type ——? } We formerly quoted Telesto praxedes, Plotz, as a synonym of this species, but are now satisfied that praaedes is identical 140 with ¢ JZ. mahcta, an opinion also shared by Colonel Swinhoe. Victoria, New South Wales, and Brisbane to Herberton,. Queensland; from November to March. 53. T. ManEetTa, Hew. Hesperia maheta, Hew., Ann. Mag., N.H., 1877, p. “80- Trapezites maheta, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 89, Waterh., Vict.,. Nat., 1903, p. 54. Telesto praxedes, Plotz, S.H.Z. 878. cd, Trapezites racchus, Misk. (nec Hew. ), Amn. Ola.” Mus.,. p. 78, 1891. Mr. Waterhouse makes phiaa, Plotz, a synonym of the © of this species, but this conclusion is undoubtedly an error, that species being identical with phigalia, Hew. In our former description we mentioned that the under-side of hind- wings has 7 silvery-white spots; this is the rarer form, the usual number being 4, the remaining number being, as a rule, inconspicuous. Type in Coll. Hewitson, British Museum. Como, etc., New South Wales; Brisbane to Cairns,. Queensland. Nineteen specimens; December to April. 54. T. maneta, Hew., var. PHIGALIOIDES, Waterh. Vict., Nat.) “19032 "p. 56; This is a very curious and remarkable variety, agreeing essentially on upper side with typical maheta, with the excep-- tion of the third subapical spot of forewing being irregularly placed and the broader and deeper coloured fascia of hind- wings. The under-side is greyish, the spots of upper-side re- produced, slightly larger, and the spots of hindwings as small brown rings never centred with silver. Types in Coll. Lyell. Gisborne, Toora, etc., Victoria. 55. T. manetTa, Hew., var. IACCHOIDES, Waterh. Vict., Nat., 1903, p. 56. This chiefly differs from typical maheta by the salmon-. coloured under side and silver spots of hindwing (using six in number) being of moderate size, that of the apex being of equal size to that of anal angle. Type in Coll. Waterhouse. Como and Blue Mountains, New South Wales. 56. T. purearia, Hew. Hesperia pagal, Hew., Desc. Hes p. 32, n. 23, 1868; Herr.-Sch., S.H.Z., t. 3, fig. 15, 1869. Telesto phlea, Pista, $E. Bas, xvi, kp. 378, 1884. Trapezites phliea, ea P.R.S., Qid., ':p.. 153, 1889. T. phigalia, M. and L eo . 94, 141 Mr. Waterhouse (Vict. Nat., 1903, p. 55), when writ- ing, considered that phlwa (Plotz) was not identical with the above species. Plotz’s drawing admits of no doubt, an opinion in which Mr. Waterhouse acquiesces. Type phigalia, in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum) ; type phillyra, in Coll. Queensland Museum. South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales; from ~September to March. 9. ANISYNTA, n.g. | Club of antennz moderately robust, apiculus blunt. Palpi subporrect, hairy or densely hairy beneath; terminal joint, short or moderate, subconical, posterior tibiz with all spurs. Forewings with costa moderately straight, slightly concave in Zasmanicus and argenteo-ornatus; without stigma; 5 parallel to 4 and 6, slightly nearer 6 at base. Huind- wings with vein 5 obsolete. I have formed this genus to receive those species with the blunt apiculus of antennze; it bears the same relation to Trapezites as Motasingha does to Hesperilla. Type cynone, Hew. 57. A. cROITES, Hew. Cyclopides croites, Hew., ex. Butt., v., fig. 14, 1874. Asticto- pterus croites, Hew., Misk., Ann. Qld. Mus., p. 78, 1891. Trapezites croites, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 88. Type in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). So far to my knowledge the type is unique. As previously mentioned, the drawing which I possess, taken from the type, bears a striking resemblance on the wpper-side to the Q Hes- perilla chaostola, Meyr. Western Australia. 58. A. ARGENTEO-ORNATUS, Hew. Cyclopides argenteo-ornatus, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 41, 1868; ex. Butt., v., figs. 18-19, 1874. Tvrapezites argenteo-ornatus, Peame oy TD RS., p. 91. Type in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). South-West Australia (Perth) ; in October and November. 59. A. TaAsmMANIcus, Misk. Hespertia « Pasmanicus, o-Misk., »P.R.S., ..Qld., , 1889, _ p. 149. Telesto comma, Kirby, Ann. Mag., N.H., 1893, p. 436. Trape- zites Tasmanicus, M. and ‘L., T.R.S., p. 96. Type Tasmanicus, in Queensland Museum; type comma, in British Museum. The costa of this species is faintly sinuate beyond middle. Tasmania and Victoria; November to January. 142 60. A. poLySEMA, Low. Hesperilla polysema, Low., T.R.S., p. 311, 1908. The ¢ of this species is without a stigma, consequently I refer it to Anisynta. This sex differs very little from the ©, excepting that it is slightly smaller (34 mm.), and the small additional fleck above vein 1 on under-side is also con- spicuous on upper-side; there are very faint indications of two or three whitish flecks on upper side of hindwing (in one specimen tolerably distinct). The row of spots on under side of hindwings are somewhat smaller, and the fifth one, count- ing from the bottom, has a tendency to be geminate. In all probability these characteristics will be en evidence in better and fresher specimens of the Q. The type from which the original was taken was somewhat imperfect. The species under review does not approach any other known to me, but appears nearest 7'asmanicus, Misk. Type 9, in Coll. Lyell; type ¢, in Coll. Lower. Port Darwin; and Chillagoe, North Queensland. Two specimens; in February (F. P. Dodd). 61. A. (?) aReina, Plotz. The reference given to this species is S.E.Z., xliv., p. 227, n. 903 (1883). Hesperia argeus, Plotz (Weymer M.S.8.) is on that page, and the number is 704, and as the insects are so widely divergent the reference is probably wrong. I have no copy of S.E.Z. of that date, so am unable to state definitely. Mr. Waterhouse gives ‘‘Mittheilungen Verein fiir neu Vom- pommern und Rugen in Greifswald (Berlin), p. 22, 1884,’ as the reference. The description of argina is as follows :— “Fichlerkolbe (? Fiihlerkolbe) am Ende stumpf abgerundet. Oberseite schwarzbraun. V fi nur mit den typischen weissen Flecken ; der in der Mittel 3 ist gespalten, der in Z. 1 ist getheilt und grau;in Z. 5 ein Querstrich. H. fl mit 5 grauen Puncten im Bogen hinter der Mitte. Unterseite grau mit braunen Rippen. Vdfl mit den weissen Flecken wie oben, auf der Hinterhalfte braun. H. fl. mit 8 weissen Puncten in } Kreis und einem in der Mitte.’’ Herr.-Sch., I.L: 13 mm., Brisbane. It is referred to the genus Syrichthus, Bdv. The description, so far as it goes, agrees somewhat with polysema, Low., but the absence of the curved series of 5 grey dots on upper-side of hindwing is a deterrent character. One of my male specimens of polysema has a faint curved series of 5 dull whitish dots beyond middle on upper-side of hindwing. The drawing of argina before me shows the 5 grey dots, also the divided grey dot in cell 1. And the under-side 143 of both wings has the spots situated similar to those in polysema, but the costal, apical, and terminal areas of fore- wings and nearly the whole of hindwings are suffused with pale-lilac blue, whereas in polysema the ground-colour is yellowish-fuscous, so that probably argina represents a species allied to polysema, but separable by the above-mentioned differences. The locality given is Brisbane, and the expanse (one wing only) is 15 mm. /olysema has so far been recorded only from Chillagoe district and Port Darwin. 62. A. CYNONE, Hew. Cyclopides cynone, Hew., ex. Butt., v., fig. 17, 1874. Pam- Meeeueracwis.. Poun., 1.h.5., 5.A., 1881, p. 34, pl. i., fig. 7, Trapezites gracilis, M. and L., T.R.S., S.A., p. 93. Type cynone, in Coll. Hewitson, British Museum; type gracilis, in Adelaide Museum. Semaphore and Henley Beach, South Australia; Gun- bower, Victoria; in June and December. 63. A. SPHENOSEMA, M. and L. Peeps. |. paraphacs, 1b., U.c., p: 98: Types in Coll. Lower. Further investigation convinces me that paraphaés is only a variety of sphenosema. Perth, Western Australia; in November. 10. Exometaca, Meyr. P.L.S., N.S.W., p. 833, 1887; M. and L., T.B.S., p. 97. Type nycteris, Meyr. Club of antenne elongate, pointed, bent. Palpi sub- porrect, terminal joint moderately long, pointed. Posterior tibie with all spurs. Forewings in ¢ without stigma; 5 parallel to 4 and 6, slightly nearer 6 at base. Hindwings with 5 present, somewhat nearer to 6 at base. Contains only the single species. 64. E. NyorTErRiIs, Meyr. gf US» NS.W., ser. ii., p. 833, 1887; M. and L., TR.S., poor. Type in Coll. Meyrick. Albany, Western Australia; in December. j 1. Taractrocrera, Butl. Cat. Lep., Fabr., p. 279, 1869; Watson, P.Z.S., p. 98, 1893, pis; ,h2.. 20. Type mevius, Fabr. Antenne short, club forming a flattened disk, conspicu- ously hollowed, tip abruptly pointed; palpi ascending, ter- 144 minal joint moderately long, slender, erect, pointed; pos- terior tibiz with all spurs. Forewings with vein 12 reach- ing costa well before end of cell; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than base of wing. Hindwings with vein 7 very close to end of cell; 5 absent; 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Forewing without stigma. This genus ranges from India, through the Indo- Malayan Archipelago to Australia, and it is probable that other species will be discovered in the tropical parts of Aus- tralia. The antennal club is characteristic of this and the following genus. 65. T. pDoven; -Pletz, Apaustus dolon, Plotz, Stett, Ent. Zeit, xliv., p. 165. 3 9, 20-22 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and ab- domen fuscous; palpi, thorax, and abdomen beneath whitish. Antenne annulated with white. Club somewhat flattened, distinctly hollowed, apiculus extremely short. Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa straight, termen somewhat bowed, oblique, some obscure raised scales on veins 1, 2, and 3 representing stigma, fuscous with yellowish-orange markings. An elongate spot, filling up whole of cell from base to posterior end of cell, with a slight fuscous suffusion toward base, more pronounced in ¢ 3; ex- treme costal edge fuscous; an oblique transverse fascia, moderately narrow, composed of 8 more or less connected spots, from just beneath costa, at ~ to vein 1 above anal angle; the two spots between veins 4 and 6 are completely separated from the remainder, and are very close to the ter- men; the three subcostal spots (representing the usual sub- apical series) are not placed obliquely, but directly transverse ; a narrow streak between vein 1 and dorsum; cilia dark-fus- cous, becoming whitish on terminal half and paler at anal angle. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour as in fore- wings; an orange-yellow spot in posterior extremity of cell; an orange-yellow rather narrow postmedian band of four spots separated only by intervening nervules, extending from vein 1 to 6; the two middle spots much smaller than others, some- what cartridge-shaped; other two irregularly quadrate; generally an additional spot on vein 7; basal and dorsal hairs orange-yellow ; cilia whitish, basal half fuscous, becoming yel- lowish round anal angle. Under-side of forewings dark- fuscous, markings of upper-side reproduced, basal half of cell fuscous, wing between vein 4, costa, and apex dusted with 145 yellowish, orange in Q ; cilia whitish-yellow, with a fuscous median line. lTlindwings pale-yellowish, in 9 orange or orange-yellow ; markings of upper-side reproduced ; an obscure . fuscous streak above dorsum, becoming blackish and more clearly developed on termen, where it becomes patch-like ; cilia as in forewings. This species is very distinct from all others by the absence of any defined stigma; the raised scales on veins 1, 2, and 3 require close scrutiny to reveal them, and are apparently ab- sent in some males, probably through denudation. Plotz’s figure is a good one, and represents the species clearly. The species later on described as hypomeloma is somewhat like the wing pattern, especially beneath, but the blackish streak along the dorsum of hypomeloma is absent in dolon. Plotz’s draw- ing does not show the peculiar antenne of the genus, but I attach no importance to this omission, as the drawing other- wise agrees in detail. The additional spot on vein 7 of hind- wings is rarely absent. Type ——? Mackay, Kuranda, and Cooktown, Queensland ; also Port Darwin; in March and April. Fourteen specimens (R. E. Turner and F. P. Dodd). 12. Brsua, Mab. Wyst., Gen. Inst., xvil., 1904. Type Papyria, Bdv. This genus differs from Taractrocera only by the presence of stigma in ¢. 66. B. papyria, Bdv. Hesperia papyria, Bdv., Voy., ‘‘Astrolabe,’’ Lep., p. 166, 1832. Taractrocera celeno, Cox, Ent., 1872, p. 402. Hesperilla fumosa, Guest, T.R.S., S.A., v., p. 37, 1882. Apaustus alix, Plotz, S.E.Z., 1884, p. 165. Ap. minimus, Misk., P.R.S., Qld., 1889, p. 153. A papyria, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 98. Type papyria, Paris Museum; type fuwmosa, Adelaide Museum ; type minimus, Queensland Museum. We formerly placed this and the following species in Hiibner’s genus A paustus, but as that genus, as now accepted, is confined to South America I adopt Mabille’s genus as being in keeping with the characters of Bibla. The stigma of ¢ is well defined. Larve feed on Imperata arundinacea and the imagoes frequent the blossoms of lucerne (Medicago sativa). Herberton, Queensland; January and February. Tasmania, South Australia, New South Wales, and Victoria ; from November to March. 146 67. B, riavovirtTata, Latr. Hesperia flavovittata, Latr., Enc. Meth., ix., p. 768, 1823.. Ancylorypha agraulia, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 45, 1868. Hes-- perilla tifasciata, Misk. (nec Tepp.), Ann. Qld. Mus., 1891, p. 81.. Apaustus flavovittata, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 100. Type agraulia, in Coll. Hewitson (British Museum). We formerly gave agraulia, Hew., as a synonym of Padraona sunias, Feld., but a recent comparison of Hewitson’s. type of agraulia with flavovittata prove them to be identical. Hewitson says of agraulia:—“Alis fuscis; anticis macula magna costali, margine interiori, fascia transversa, maculaque subapiculi vix tripartita aurantiacis, posticis pilis basalibus, macula parva costali, fasciaque transversa aurantiacis.’’ Under-side as above, except that the apex of the anterior wing and the whole of the posterior wing are rufous and the: bands less distinct. The club and apiculus of this species are very similar to papyria; as before mentioned, it is pro- bably a well-marked geographical form of that species. Perth, Western Australia; in November. 68. B. aANISOMORPHA, 0. sp. 3 9, 25-28 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow; palpi, thorax, and abdomen beneath whitish ;. palpi tinted with yellow; terminal joint short. Antenne fuscous, annulated with white, basal half of club white, hol- lowed, apiculus short. Legs yellowish, posterior pair fuscous-. tinged. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa straight, ter- men oblique, hardly rounded, dark-fuscous with orange mark- ings; costal area between base and posterior end of cell and whole of cell orange ; slightly oblique transverse row of 8 more. or less connected spots from just below costa at ~ to vein | at anal angle; the two spots between 4 and 6 are quadrate and completely separated from the remainder, and very close to termen; the three subcostal ones are not placed obliquely, but directly transverse; the upper of the lower three of band is narrowly cartridge-shaped ; the one below nearly quadrate, and that on vein 1 irregular shaped, excised internally. In the 3 the 3 subcostal spots are connected with orange costal streak by continuation of same ; a somewhat flattened patch of narrow blackish scales (representing stigma) parallel to, and edging inner edge of three lower spots of transverse band, not in ©; basal half of wing below cell and an elongate dorsal streak orange; cilia fuscous, terminal half yellowish, round anal angle orange. Hindwings with termen rounded; dark-- fuscous, basal and dorsal hairs long, orange; an oval orange spot in posterior extremity of cell; a moderately broad sub- median orange band, outer edge moderately even, inner edge - 147 with double projection in middle, from vein 1 to vein 6; not separated by veins ; cilia as in forewings, but more orange round tornus. Under-side of forewings blackish ; basal third of cell blackish, apical and terminal area of wings from vein 3 to apex greenish-yellow ; markings of upper-side, except stigma, reproduced and very narrowly edged with fuscous; cilia as above, but paler. Hindwings greenish-yellow; a fuscous supra dorsal streak, broadest at termination; cellular spot as above, pale-yellow; submedian band reproduced, but upper portion formed into 3 pale-yellow oval spots, faintly edged with fuscous; an obscure yellow spot on vein | (indicating lower spot of band) ; cilia pale-yellow, mixed with fuscous. Types in Coll. Lower. This species is in appearance somewhat like Tarae- trocera dolon (Plotz), but is immediately separated by the presence of stigma in od and _ broad _sub- median band of hindwing in_ both _ sexes. The transformation of the band of upper-side of hindwings into oval spots on under-side is a peculiar and noteworthy characteristic. The late Dr. Staudinger considered this species Telicota dara (Koll.), but the antennz never agreed (in my estimation) with the characters of Telicota, and having re- cently received the ¢ all doubt is at an end, as dara has no stigma, and although the Q of the present species is very similar to that species, yet the oval spot of orange on vein 8 of hindwings in dara, and which appears to be a constant character, is absent in the present species. Port Darwin, Northern Territory. Two females and one male; in September and May (Dodd). 13. OcyBaDISTES, Heron. Ann. Mag., N.H. (6), xiv., 1894, p. 105. Type Walker, Heron. Antennz about # length of costa of forewings; club moderate, elongate; apiculus bent, rather longer than thick- ness of club; palpi densely scaled, terminal joint slender, erect, about half length of second. Forewings with vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell; vein 8 to apex; 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; veins 2, 3, and 4 equidistant; vein 2 slightly nearer end of cell than base of wing. Huindwings with termen very slightly excised between 2 and 1); vein 7 well before end of cell; 5 absent; 3 close to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than base of wing. Posterior tibiz with all spurs present ; ‘costa of hindwings above clothed with stiff hairs. Male with stigma. This genus has a similar geographical range to Taractrocera. It has been suggested that all those species 148 I have included in this genus should be merged into Pad- raona, Watsn., but the presence of the stigma precludes this, as mesa, Mre., which is the type of Padraona, has no stigma. Padraona differs from Ocybadistes by the absence of the stigma, so that the only two Australian species retained in Padraona will be lascavia, Rosen., and heterobathra, Low. 69. O. maRnas, Feld. Pamphila marnas, Feld., Sitz., Akad., Wiss., Wien., Math..,. Nat., Cl., p. 462, 1860. Apaustus dschilus, Plétz, Berl., Ent. Zeit., xxix., p. 229, pl. meceexciv. (1885). Telicota marnas, Elwes and Kdwards, P-Z.8., xiv. (4), p. 256, 1897; M. and L., T-RiS., p. a Ocybadistes marnas, Swinh., T.E.S., pl. i1., fig. 18, p. 21, Brisbane to Cooktown, Queensland; from December to June; also from New Guinea and Amboina (type locality). In Miskin’s collection in the Queensland Museum there are 5 specimens of marnas and 1 Q augias, Linn. (var. i.), standing under the name of olivescens, Herr.-Sch. I place marnas in Ocybadistes, chiefly on account of its slender palpi, but it would appear to be more at home in Tedicota on account of its general resemblance to that genus, but the: form of the palpi precludes this. Type in Coll. Felder. 70. O. waLkERI, Heron. Ann. Mag., N.H. (6), xiv., 1894, p. 106. . Ancyloxypha agraulia, Oll., Ann. Mag., N.H., 1888, p. 360, pl. xx., figs. 8a, 3b. Apaustus sunias, M. and L. (nec Feld.), T.R.S., p. 101. Type in Cell. British Museum. Taken at Port Darwin, also- at Dammar Island. This species, which is subject to considerable variation, ranges from Adelaide to Port Darwin, being also found in New South Wales, Tasmania, and Brisbane to Cairns. Prob- ably when its geographical range is definitely known it will be found to occur wherever the couch-grass (Cynodon dactylis) flourishes, that being one of its chief food plants. The former description (T.R.S., p. 101) being in part defec- tive, and not representing typical forms, I shall redescribe the species, also the southern variety, which is deserving of a dis- tinctive appellation, and which may ultimately be raised to. the rank of species. We formerly placed this species in Apaustus, but that genus as now restricted is confined to South America. The differences in Ocybadistes and Padraona (Moore), structurally considered, are to my mind very slender. 3 9, 18-24 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen blackish, densely clothed with orange hairs; palpi and thorax beneath whitish, upper half second joint of palpi orange... 149 Abdomen beneath orange, mixed with white. Legs pale- yellow, posterior pair orange. Forewings elongate, triangu- lar, costa straight, termen oblique, gently bowed in ¢ ; dark- fuscous, with orange markings; whole of cell and costal area for whole length of cell orange, leaving extreme costal edge dark-fuscous; a moderately broad transverse fascia, from vein 1 to vein 6, very much narrowed between veins 4 and 6 to about half the width of rest of fascia, directed toward termen, but not nearly reaching it ; a nearly quadrate subcostal spot (representing the usual subapical spots) lying midway between apex of fascia and end of cell; suffused orange streaks along vein 1 and dorsum; stigma narrow, nearly straight, from vein 1 to 4 running along anterior edge of fascia; cilia dark- fuscous, terminal half orange. Hindwings with termen rounded ; basal and dorsal hairs orange; an ovate spot in cell ; a moderately broad orange submedian band of orange from vein | to vein 6, lower edge irregularly crenulate, upper edge with a slight projection in middle and a small orange spot resting on inner edge of apex of band, often absent; cilia orange-yellow, fusccus at base. Under-side of forewinys blackish, base of cell dark-fuscous ; apical area and upper half of termen greenish-orange; markings of upper-side, except stigma, reproduced, but paler, and more or less narrowly edged with fuscous; cilia fuscous, orange at anal angle. Hind- wings orange, with a greenish tinge; supra-dorsal streak fus- cous, more pronounced on termen; markings of upper-side reproduced, but paler, and finely edged with fuscous; cilia orange, mixed with light fuscous. Tasmania; Sydney, etc., New South Wales; Brisbane to Port Darwin. Forty-seven specimens; from October to May. 71. O. waLKkerRI, Heron, var. HYPOCHLORA, nov. var. The description of this insect is given under the name of sunias, Feld., by M. and L. (T.R.S., p. 101), and need not, therefore, be repeated. It differs consistently by the larger size (17-25 mm.), the much broader markings, especially in ¢, and especially the clear greenish-yellow under-side of hind- wings, which are often without any markings whatever. The _ stigma is flat and very broad, usually filling up the interspace between the cellular marking and anterior edge of transverse fascia, which, though approached nearest by the Port Darwin specimens, scarcely assumes the same aspect. I have not seen specimens from Victoria, and the specimens I have seen from Sydney, etc., are not satisfactorily connected with the form under review, consequently I prefer to give it a varietal name. Types in Coll. Lower. 150 Adelaide, etc., South Australia. Eighteen specimens ; from November to February. The imagoes frequent the blossoms of Globe amaranth (Gomphrena). 72. O. RECTIvITTA, Mab. Pamphila rectivitta, Mab., Pet. Nouv., Ent. ii., p. 237, Lay 7 36 Q, 22-24 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen blackish; antenne beneath spotted with yellow; club rather narrow, yellow beneath, apiculus fuscous. Thorax and abdo- men beneath yellow. Legs yellowish. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa nearly straight, termen oblique, hardly bowed, blackish-fuscous, with orange markings; whole of cell and costal area, from base to end of cell, orange; a small, short, elongate streak lying on lower edge of cell; a direct transverse fascia from vein 1] to vein 6, more or less dentate on either side, but more so posteriorly ; an irregular triangular ‘spot, its apex directed toward costa (representing subapical series of spots) lying midway between extreme apical spot of fascia and posterior extremity of orange cellular patch; a streak along vein 1 and another, more distinct, along dor- sum ; stigma moderate, running along anterior edge of fascia, from vein 1 to near vein 5, more or less broken into spots ; cilia dark-fuscous, becoming orange on terminal half round anal angle. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly more prominent in middle; an oval spot of orange in posterior ex- tremity of cell; an orange submedian band, about twice as broad as fascia of forewings, from vein 1, where it is con- tinued as a streak to base of wing, to vein 6; both edges irregular, lower somewhat scalloped in ¢ ; a small spot rest- ing on middle of vein 7 and touching apex of band, generally separated in 9 ; both fascia of forewings and band of hind- wings much abbreviated in 9 ; cilia yellowish-orange, with fuscous spots at extremities of nervules. Under-side of fore- wings black, basal portion of cell dark-fuscous, apical area and upper-half of termen mixed with dull-greenish yellow ; an interrupted orange streak along termen narrow from vein 2 to apex; markings of upper side, except stigma, reproduced in yellow and finely edged with fuscous. Cilia as above. Hindwings bright greenish-yellow; markings .of upper side reproduced, but paler, and outlined finely with dark-fuscous ; dorsal broadly yellow; cilia orange, with a black basal line ending at vein 1. Types probably in Coll. Staudinger, Berlin Museum. Specimens of this species were submitted to Professor Mabille, who returned them as above. 151 Mackay, Townsville, Kuranda, and Cooktown. Nine specimens ; from March to May; also from Celebes, whence the type came. 73. O. suntas, Feld. Pamphila suwnias, Feld., Sitz., Akad., Wiss., Wien., Math., Cl., p. 462, 1860; M. and L., T.R.S., p. 101. Apaustus Wal- keri, M. and L. fnec Heron); l.c., Hesperia ahrendti, Plotz, S.1.Z., xliv., p. 230 (1883), pl. dexev. Padraona sunias, Swinh., fei. 208, pl. a:, fig. 22, p. 18. 3 9, 22-25 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark-fuscous; palpi beneath pale-yellowish, an- tenne spotted with orange, club orange, terminal half and apiculus black, thorax and abdomen beneath yellowish. Legs orange-yellow ; coxe paler. Forewings shaped as in rectivitta, blackish, with orange markings; markings in ¢ as in rec- tevitta, but all much broader than in that species, band nearly twice as wide, and the apical spot (representing subapical series) generally enlarged so as to touch apical spot of band and cellular spot; stigma and cilia as in rectovitta. Hindwings blackish ; basal hairs, cellular spot, and postmedian band as in rectivitta, but the band, especially in Q, twice or more than twice as wide, and the spot on apex of band is rarely separated im either sex (it generally is in rectivitta); cilia as in rectivitta. Under-side of both wings, colour markings, etc., reproduced as in rectavitta, excepting that markings are en- larged as above. I think this and the former species are dis- tinct enough at present, the 9 in each species especially so. It is highly probable that as our knowledge of this difficult group is advanced intermediate forms may be discovered which will necessitate placing them under one species. Rectivitta differs chiefly from suwnias by the narrower mark- ings and position of apical spots of both fore and hind wings ; the 2’s of the former are distinctly and easily separable from those of the latter; but the ¢’s are more, yet not difficult of separation, although some specimens of rectivitta approach them closely. Colonel Swinhoe lent me specimens of authentic sumas from the Solomon Islands which are exactly similar to specimens in Mr. Waterhouse’s collection from Murray Island taken in September. The Australian specimens (also those from New Guinea) have the markings above slightly narrower than the Island forms. Swinhoe’s figure is not good, and the sex is not mentioned. It appears to represent a different in- sect from the one under review, but the species I have called sunmias is typical of those standing in the British Museum under that name. Type (? in Coll. Tring, Museum). 152 Kuranda, Cooktown, Queensland; Port Darwin; from January to May. Eighteen specimens. I, have seen specimens from Celebes and New Guinea. Felder’s type came from Am- boina. 74. O. HYPOMELOMA, Nn. sp. 36 2, 24-28 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark-fuscous; palpi whitish beneath, antennz annulated with whitish, thorax and abdomen clothed above with yellowish hairs, beneath whitish. Legs yellow, mixed with fuscous; ¢ with stigma. Forewings elongate, tri- angular, costa straight, termen gently bowed; dark-fuscous, with orange markings; a streak along costa, from base to vein 9, leaving a narrow costal streak of ground-colour on extreme edge; in @ the yellow streak is interrupted in middle by ground-colour; cell filled in with orange, in 9 interrupted by intrusion of ground-colour; 3 moderate, cartridge-shaped, subcostal spots at about # from base, upper one about 4 the size of other 2, lower one in ¢ tending to touch costal streak; an oblique transverse band of 5 irregu- larly cartridge-shaped spots, posterior edges excavate, anterior edges obtuse, lying between veins 1 and 6, upper 2 half the size of remaining 3; stigma narrow, obscure, lying between veins | and 4, and closely appressed to anterior edge of 3 lower spots of oblique. band; a narrow dorsal streak, from base to near anal angle; cilia dark-fuscous, becoming yellowish round anal angle. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly prominent on vein; dark-fuscous; markings orange ; basal hairs orange; a roundish spot in cell; an oblique band of 5 spots as in forewing, lowest spot continued along vein 1 to base and termen, more obscure in Q ; a small some- what ovoid spot lying on vein 6, well separated from oblique band; cilia yellowish, mixed with fuscous at base. Under- ‘side of forewings dark-fuscous, apical and terminal area irror- ated with yellow scales; markings of upper-side, except stigma, reproduced ; cilia ochreous-fuscous, with a fine black line along termen. Huindwings yellowish-orange; markings pale-yellow ; an ovoid spot in posterior end of cell; a cunei- form spot lying on vein 6, representing spot of upper side; 3 very oblique, cartridge-shaped spots at 4 from base, lying between veins 2 and 6, upper one inclining to be double and reaching close to termen; indications of a suffused spot on vein 1 at 3 from base; a well-marked elongate cuneiform black streak from base to termen; extreme dorsal edge yellow-whitish ; cilia as in forewings, but becoming pale- yellow round anal angle. This species, which appears scarce, is an excellent mimic of Taractrocera dolon, Plotz, but the antenne afford an 153 immediate distinguishing test. In the fifteen specimens of do/on before me some have a small yellow fleck on vein 6 on upper side of forewing, but not of sufficient importance as to confuse it with the present species. From its general appearance it is probable that it has been overlooked by being confused with Walker. Herberton and Kuranda, Queensland; in March. One Q specimen (Dodd), Roseville, near Sydney; two d specimens; in April (laterhouse). Types in Coll. Lower. 14. Papraona, Mre. Lep., Ceylon, vol. i., p. 170, 1881. Type mesa, Mre. I have examined a specimen of ¢ dara, Koll., and the generic characters differ from Ocybadistes only by the absence of stigma of ¢, vein 2 practically equidistant from end of cell and base of wing, twice as far from 3 as from 4. In the hindwings of Q vein 2 is sometimes exactly midway between 3 and base. Elwes and Edwards place this genus as a synonym of Yelicota, Mre., but I prefer to keep them separate, as it is desirable to prevent the group becoming unwieldy and more difficult. 15). P. Lascrvia, Rosen. Pamphila lascivia, Rosen., Ann. Mag., N.H., 1885, p. 378, pl.. une, t. Apaustus lascivia, Waterh., P.L.S., N.S.W., 1897, p. Pee Vict.. Butt., 1894, p. 113; M. and L.,-T.R.S., p. 100. Pam- phila neocles, Mab., Cont. Rend. Soc., Ent. Belg., vol. xxxv., p. 177, 1891. I sent specimens of this species to Professor Mabille, who- returned it as Padraona neocles, Mab. Colonel Swinhoe suggested forming a new genus to receive this species, but I am unable to discern any different characters by which a new genus could be safely erected, excepting perhaps that this species has somewhat broader wings -than some of its congeners. The specimens from the Cairns and Herberton districts in North Queensland have the ground-colour of wings nearly black, and the markings both above and beneath much more sharply defined than those from the southern districts, but they do not warrant a distinctive name. Type in ——? British Museum. - Victoria, Tasmania, New South Wales, and Queensland. Thirty-nine specimens; from November to March. 154 76. P. HETEROBATHRA, Low. Apaustus heterobathra, Low., T.R.S., S.A., p. 316, 1908. Types in Coll. Lower. I have specimens from Ké, consequently I hazard the opinion that in all probability it has been previously described. On comparing the figure of Taractrocera (Hes- peria) aliena, Plotz (from Java), T.H.8., 1908, pl. i., fig. 20, it appears to approach that species closely. Colonel Swinhoe, to whom I submitted specimens, returned it as unknown to him. Mackay, Cairns to Port Darwin. Ten specimens; from January to March. Note.—It may be desirable to mention that Ocybadistes (Hesperia) flavoguttata, Plotz, 8.E.Z., xliv., pl. 696, p. 231, 1883, which is said to be from Australia, is represented in the British Museum by specimens of O. Walkert from Sydney. I am satisfied that the identification is erroneous. I do not mean to insist that flavoguttata is not to be found in Aus- tralia, but that Plotz’s figure does not represent Walkerv. Plotz’s type came from Manila, and Colonel Swinhoe figures it’ ain T.E.S. (pl. it, fig. 14, p. 21, 1908).) Phe iatewie Staudinger sent me 5 specimens labelled “Australia (?)” flavoguttata, but they are specimens of Varactrocera zclea, Plotz, and I think there is a mistake in the locality. I may say, en passant, that the same five specimens have been identified for me as Te/icota dara, Koll., but this is purely an haphazard guess, as the antennal club is characteristic of Ziclea. 15. TELIcota, Mre. Lep., Ceylon, i., p. 169, 1881; M. and L., BRis}) pe Type augias, Linn. Antenne more than half as long as costa, club stout, moderately long, apiculus pointed, bent, as long as, or longer than greatest width of club. Palpi erect or suberect, ter- minal joint stout, short, bluntly pointed. Forewingsin 3 with stigma; 2, 3, and 4 practically equidistant in ¢ ; in the Q 3 and 4 are closely approximated at base, and 2 is widely remote from 3, being midway between 3 and base of wing ; in both sexes 5 is approximated to 4 toward base. Hind- wings with 5 absent; 2, 3, and 4 somewhat approximated toward base; 3 is nearly twice as far from 2 as from 4; posterior tibiz with all spurs. As restricted by me Telicota will embrace those species with the above characters; the genus as thus constituted principally differs from Padraona, Mre., by the presence of the discal stigma, position of vein 2 of forewing, and stouter 155 palpi; and from Ocybadistes, Heron, by the stouter ter- minal joint of palpi, different form of stigma, and relatively large size. In a group so difficult as this it is necessary to utilize any character of value which will facilitate accuracy in determining the various species, and I trust that the characters as herein delineated may prove as useful as | intend them to be, as the varieties mentioned are easily recognizable. Ui. T. Aveius, Linn. os gga augias, Linn., Syst., Nat., p. 794, 1767. Pamphila Krefftu, Macl. Proc. Ent. Soc., N. nae p. b4,-n. 20, 1866. Pamphila ancilla, Herr.-Sch. S.B.Z., foam; 60; 1869... olivescens, ib., l.c., n. 60, fig’. Ly a ty 1869 ; ib., ex Schmett, i ap 116. Hesperia argeus, Plotz, S.E.Z., xliv., p. 229, n. 704, 1883. H. augustula, Plotz (nec Herr.-Sch. pikes n. 705. Telicota augias, Dist. Rhop., Malay, p. 382, pl. xxxiv., fig. 23, 1886; M. ane te, T.R.S., p. 105. As neither Elwes nor Swinhoe gives sagara, Mre., as a synonym I will refrain from doing so. This species is subject to considerable local variation ; that is, ¢f all the species ranged as above are one and the same variable species. I cannot bring myself to consider it of such a variable nature as to embody insects ranging in size from 25 to 44 mm. and in markings varying in size, intensity, and position. In the past it seems to have been considered satisfactory enough to consider any deviation of the type pattern in this group (Telicota) to be a variety of awgias without considering the matter thoroughly; it cer- tainly is a very simple manner of disposing of any difficult deliberations, but is not satisfactory. It seems singular that this one unfortunate species should be singled out for such notoriety. JI admit that it does vary; but not to the extent attributed, and until a thorough and exhaustive study of the various species of this (Z'elicota) group is made from con- siderable material from Australia and the adjoining islands confusion must reign. To give an instance, I had typical S specimens of bambuse, Mre., identified by a leading authority as “augias, without doubt,’ and the Q was identi- fied as a variety of augias. I sent the ¢dentical insects to another eminent writer, and the ¢ was given as probably bambuse, and the 9 as olivescens, Herr.-Sch. Leaving out the Indo-Malayan species, I find that the Australian speci- mens, which range from Sydney to Port Darwin, resolve themselves into the following well-marked forms. I cannot consider them local races, because in some districts one or more varieties occur in the same locality. Perhaps some of them will ultimately be raised to the rank of species. 156 ta, Nan. ds T. auGiAs, oem (including krefft1, Macl., and argeus, Plotz). — Wings above fuscous, markings yellow; markings of subterminal band continued as fine lines along both edges of veins to termen. Under side of hindwings yellow. Mark- ings of upper side reproduced in dull-orange; median band margined with fuscous lunules; stigma broad, entire, edged with blackish. This I consider typical auwgias, and I have specimens from Sydney, New South Wales; Towns- ville, Queensland; and Port Darwin. Argeus and krefftii differ from typical augias only by the paucity of markings of under-side of hindwings. It would be interesting to learn what Plotz considered augias, as, curiously enough, when showing the relationship of these several species he mentions augias, and gives sagara, Mre., hreffti:, Macl., and ancilla, Herr.-Sch., as synonyms. Argeus and krejfftw are practically confined to the Cape York district, so far as I am aware. 78; Vans Lt. TT. ancria,,Elerr2eenus 6, Pamphila ancilla, Herr.-Sch., S.E.Z., p. 79, n. 59, 1869; -O, P.oliwescens, 2b., v.1., n..60, 18695 7b Nem selmmer ts ne 116. Telicota bambuse, M. and L. (nec Moore), T.R.S., pe 107. Wings above dark-fuscous, markings deep-orange; mark- ings of subterminal band continued as fine lines to termen along lower edge of veins only. Under-side of hindwings varying from greenish to dull-olive greenish; markings of upper side reproduced as in var. i. rarely absent. Stigma from moderately broad to broad, edged with blackish. This is the commonest Australian form, and extends from Sydney to Port Darwin. The green under side is very beautiful in freshly-bred specimens, but it rapidly fades. Curiously enough, the females show the greenish tinge more strongly than the opposite sex. As will be noticed, Herrich-Schaffer gave the sexes different names, and although they show slight variations there is no doubt that the two sexes represent but one species. Olivescens is well figured in 8.E.Z., and is quite recognizable. Of this species Schaffer says:—“Unten das Spitzendrittel der V. fl und de H fl von Z, lb am bleich olivegriin, M Fleck und Band der letzteren kaum angedeutet ; gelblicher, ohne schwarze Mondchen.”’ It is true that many Q specimens are without the black lunules of under side of hindwing, but it is not a reliable character, as every inter- mediate form occurs. The band of upper side is reproduced in varying degrees of intensity, but is always delineated. We formerly called this bambuse, Mre. 157 79. Var; III. T. aveustuya, Plotz. This is very similar to anci/la, but the markings are more broadly defined, deeper orange, and the under side of hind- wings is bright orange with scarcely any markings. Stigma as in ancilla, but narrower. This is not the augustula of Herr.-Sch., and that species is referable to Corone. Plotz identified the species wrongly. This variety is scarce. My four specimens are from Mackay and Cape York, and were taken in November and December. 80. Var. IV. T. MESOPTIS, nov. var. Wings above blackish, markings orange; subterminal band in both wings narrow, half the width of that in anedla. Lower edge shortly produced, not nearly reaching termen. Un- der side of hindwings dull-olive greenish. Band of upper side reproduced in dull-orange and edged with black lunules. Stigma very narrow. This variety is nearest brachydesma, Low., and appears to fluctuate between that species and ewrotas, Feld., differing from both by the under-side of hindwings. My specimens are all from the Kuranda district, taken in March, April, and May. Before closing my remarks on this species I may state that although but four well-marked varieties are mentioned there are several slight minor varieties. These need not dis- turb the general scheme, as they can be easily assigned to the different varieties. The whole of the species mentioned vary little as regards size, the ¢’s being from 24 to 26 mm. and the 9’s from 25 to 32 mm. 81. T. ANISODESMA, n. sp. Type in Coll. Lower. 3d, 40-42 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and ab- domen fuscous, palpi beneath orange, antenne beneath banded with blackish. Club beneath yellow, thorax and abdo- men clothed with orange hairs above and beneath. Legs orange. Forewings elongate triangular, termen gently bowed, dark fuscous, with orange markings; stigma oblique, moder- ately broad; a broad costal streak from base to extremity of vein 12; cell filled in with orange; interspaces between veins 12 and 9 filled in with orange, quite or nearly reaching costa; an elongate spot at base of veins 7 and 8 continued as fine lines _along both edges of veins to termen; 3 moderately large irregularly subquadrate spots lying on veins 1, 2, and 3 respec- tively, posteriorly excised and lower edge more or less con- tinued as a fine line along vein to near termen; 2 small simi- 158 lar spots lying on veins 4 and 5; the whole 5 forming am oblique series, but last 2 nearer termen; a moderate dorsal streak from base to near anal angle. Hindwings with termen rounded, somewhat prominent on vein 1; dark fuscous with orange markings; basal hairs orange; an ovate spot in cell; a transverse row of four moderately broad, somewhat cartridge- shaped spots, separated by veins; anterior apices obtuse, pos- terior excised, that on vein 1 continued along vein to ter- men; cilia of forewings fuscous, becoming orange round anal angle; cilia of hindwings orange, becoming fuscous round apical third. Under-side of both wings orange-yellow, mark- ings of upper-side, except stigma, reproduced; dorsal and basal area of forewings dark-fuscous; transverse markings of forewings edged anteriorly and posteriorly with blackish lunules; cilia more yellowish; band of hindwings clearer orange and edged anteriorly and posteriorly with black lunules; cilia orange, with a black terminal line at base not extending beyond vein 2. I do not know the Q of this species. The ¢ is. very like ¢ bambusa, Mre., from India, and is prob- ably the Australian representative of that species. It appears to differ by the somewhat narrower transverse mark- ings of both wings, the continuation of the lower edge of markings of forewings to termen, and especially by the un- evenness of the anterior edges of the 5 transverse spots of forewings, which in bambuse are usually even and limited by the stigma, while on the under-side the blackish lunules are much enlarged in comparison with anisodesma. Moore’s. figures of bambuse (P.Z.S., 1878, p. 45), Nos. 11-12, are fair. They do not figure the under-side, but the upper-side of both sexes show the transverse band of forewings with the internal edge quite straight. Moore’s original description (l.c.) reads:—‘‘Pamphila bambuse, allied to augias, Linn., from typical Java specimens of which it differs in its some- what broader and less pointed wings. Markings above simi- lar, but more defined; the borders of the wings blacker, the: basal yellow streak on hindwing confined to a terminal spot. at end of cell, and the abdominal border black. On the under- side the markings are also more clearly defined and the inter- spaces blacker.” I have seen seven male specimens of anisodesma, and they do not vary from the description given. The nearest approach to the Indian and Sarawak specimens of bambuse is the speci- men from Mackay. The other specimens are from Richmond. — River (IVaterhouse), Townsville (Dodd), and Brisbane (Illidge), and were taken in March and April. 159 82. T. EuRycHLORA, Low. T.R.S., S.A., p. 314, 1908. Types in Coll. Waterhouse. Ballina, Richmond River; in February. 83. T. BRACHYDESMA, Low. ‘T.R.S., S.A., p. 312, 1908. Types in Coll. Lower and Waterhouse. Kuranda and Cooktown, Queensland; March and April. 84. T. oHaRA, Plotz. Hesperia ohara, Plotz., S.E.Z., 18838, p. 226; M. and L., T.R:S., p. 104. Having received both sexes and fresher specimens [| re- edescribe the species. dé, 38 mm.; Q, 40-48 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, ‘thorax, and abdomen dark-fuscous; palpi beneath yellow ; antennz spotted with yellow beneath; club beneath yellow, reddish on apical half; thorax and abdomen more or less ‘clothed with golden-ochreous hairs. Legs orange-fuscous. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa nearly straight, ter- men oblique, hardly rounded in <, slightly rounded in Q ; -dark-fuscous, inclining to blackish, markings deep-orange ; an elongate streak along costa from base to very near middle, absent in Q ; whole of cell filled in with orange; in Q only represented by either two spots, sometimes joined, at pos- terior end of cell, or one spot and an elongate streak along lower edge of cell; an oblique row of three quadrate spots, outer edges excised, from vein 1 to vein 4, edged on inner edge by stigma, which is entire, moderate, with outer edge straight and inner edge somewhat dentate; a row of 3 elongate, somewhat cartridge-shaped spots near apex, between veins 6 and 9, absent in 9; between veins 4 and 6 are two small irregularly-shaped spots, making a more or less complete band from vein 1 to 9, absent in @ ; a moderate ‘streak along dorsum; cilia fuscous, becoming orange rownd anal angle. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly in- ‘dented between veins 1 and 2; dark-fuscous, inclining to blackish; markings deep-orange; basal hairs orange; a roundish spot at end of cell; a submedian band of 4 spots, much narrower in Q ; two middle ones elongate, cartridge- ‘shaped; spot between veins 1 and 2 irregularly edged and continued along vein 1 to base and termen; upper spot irregularly quadrate; cilia orange. Under-side of forewings ‘dull-fuscous, more or less tinged with dull-olive greenish, especially on margins; markings of upper-side, except stigma, reproduced. Hindwings as forewings; markings of upper- 160 side reproduced; band faintly edged with fuscous; cilia orange-yellow, more pronounced at anal angle. This species is easily recognized, especially the 9, which is curious in having no spots between vein 4 and the apex. The ¢ is not unlike a large bambuse. The under-side of both sexes has the ground-colour similar; that is, dull-olive greenish, tinged with fuscous. Kuranda, Queensland. Five specimens; January to April; also from Mackay. 85. T. aRuANA, Plotz. Hesperia aruana, Plotz, S.E.Z., p. 108, 1886, pl. meccelx.. Pamphila autoleon, Misk., P.R.S., Qld., 1889, p. 147, Erynnis: Macleayi, M. and L. (nec Plotz). Telicota aruana, Swinh.,. T.E.S., pl. ii., fig. 9, 1908. Type arvana, in Coll. Erhardt (Munich) ; type autoleon,. Misk., in Queensland Museum. Since seeing Plotz’s drawing of Macleayi I am of opinion. that it does not represent arwana, but an allied species. I am strongly of opinion that Dobboe, Plotz., and Oharina, Stgr. (M.8.8.), represent very slight geographical variations. of aruana, the former representing the Q, the latter the ¢. I have both from New Guinea and the Aru Islands, and the only difference is the more prominent cellular streak on upper-side of forewings. I place arwana in Telicota, as it possesses the 3g stigma; otherwise it would be better placed in Corone, as veins 2, 3, and 4 of forewings are not equi- distant. I look upon this species as forming a connecting link between 7'elicota and Corone, yet not necessitating form- ing a new genus. Mackay to Cairns, Queensland; November to May; also. from Aru Islands. 16. CoronE, Mab. Pet., Nouv., Ent., p. 205, 1878. Type ismenovdes, Mab. This genus differs from Telicota by the absence of stigma or either forewing or hindwing, and the position of the veins. 2, 3, and 4 of forewing. In both sexes 3 and 4 are closely approximated at base, 3 from immediately before angle, 2 midway between 3 and base of wing. Edwards and Elwes (Rev. of Hesp.) place augzades, which is closely allied to sperthias, in Telicota. 86. C. SPERTHIAS, Feld. Hesperia sperthias, Feld., Verh. Zool., Bot. Geis., xil., p. 492, 1862. 90, Pamphila ulama, Butl., T.E.S., By 504, 1870. OQ, Corone ismenoides, Mab., Pet.., Nouv., Ent. ii. 204, 1878. Palmarum, Scott, M.S.S. Phineus, Scott (nec Gray "Aust... ite pl. xiv., 1890. Hrynnis sperthias, M. and L., T.R.S. ap: 161 We formerly placed this species in Hrynnis, Sch., but that genus is immediately known by the minute apiculus of club of antennz, and so far as is known has no representatives in Australia. Elwes gives comma, Linn., as the type of the genus Yrynnis. Mr. Meyrick, in his handbook, places that insect in Pamphila, Fabr. “Type dé, in Coll. Felder; type 9, in Coll. Mus. God. ‘Sydney to Cape York; from November to February. Larve feed on various palms. Mr. Waterhouse tells me that Felder described this species, from specimens obtained by Frauenfeld from A. W. Scott when in Sydney. Scott had given the M.S. name of palmarum to this species, according to Felder. In Scott’s Australian Lepidoptera (pl. xiv., 1890) the name of. pal- marim, Scott, appears on the plate, and phineus,. Cramer, on the explanatory plate. The latter name, 1.¢., phineus, originated with Mr. G. F. Matthew, who, when breeding the species, misidentified it with the Surinam species. The reason why the name appears as palmarum, Scott, on the plate and phineus, Cramer, in the text is that the plates were struck off many years before the notes of Scott were published by ALS. Olliff. 87. C. TRICHOPEPLA, Low. *TR.S., S.A., p. 315, 1908. EH. palmarum, M. and L. (nec Moore), hc. > p20, 1902: oOWe" boniatiy called this palmarum, Mre. (an Indian species), which the ¢ resembles somewhat above, but the 9’ is. totally different, being similar to the ¢ ; whereas in pal- marum' the Q is dark- brown, with yellowish markings, and has not been taken in Australia up to the present. _ Types in Coll. Lower. Through the kindness of Mr. H. J. Elwes I have been fortunate enough to examine g and Q specimens of Moore’s palmarum. They are not to be confused with trichopepla. The drawings in P.Z.S. are excellent, and indicate the Indian palmarum with certainty. Unfortunately the under-side is. not delineated. | Mackay to Port Darwin; from November to March. 88. C. aucusruta, Herr.-Sch. Bean shite augustula, Herr.-Sch., S.E.Z., ‘p. 79, n. 58, 1869.: Erynnis augustula, M. and L., T.R. cee uy 109. --Townsville, A icennianie One specimen; in October (Dodd). The type came from Fiji. | F 162 17. Parnara, Mre. Lep., Ceylon, i 166, 1881. pe P.Z.S., 1893, p. 105. Gaiters ‘Swinh., TBS, 1893, p. 393. Type KCultoms) eee Mre.; type (Parnara) guttatus, Brem. Antenne as long or longer than half of costa; club moderate, apiculus distinct, as long as or longer than greatest width of club. Second joint of palpi densely scaled, terminal joint obtuse, very short, almost concealed; vein 5 nearer 4 than to 6, curved upwards from base, 2 from about middle of cell. Hindwings with 2 from apical fourth of oell, 5 absent. Hund tibize with two pairs spurs; ¢ without stigma. 89. P. amaLia, Semp. Pamphila amalia, Semp., Mus. God. ied xiv., 1878. Hes- perilla fulgidus, Misk., P.R.S., Qld., 151, 1889. Eryn- nis fulgida, M. and L., PRS ?. 116, 1969. Type amalia, in Hamburg Museum; type fulgidus, in Queensland Museum: Brisbane to Port Darwin; October to December. 90. P. raraca, Swinh. Caltoris laraca, Swinh., A.M.N.H. (7), xx., p. 434, 1907; T.E.S., pl. ii., fig. 21, 1908. 35 Q, 36-42 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, antenne, and abdomen fuscous; palpi beneath pale-yellowish; thorax and abdomen haired with greenish-yellow, becoming paler and brighter beneath; antenne beneath spotted with yellowish ; club yellowish beneath; apiculus reddish. Legs reddish- yellow. Forewings elongate, triangular; costa very slightly arched, termen obliquely rounded; dark-fuscous; -basal~half of wing and dorsum clothed with short orange hairs; mark- ings pale-yellowish, semi-transparent ; two spots in end of cell, upper elongate, lower irregularly quadrate; an irregular transverse series of three small subapical spots lying between veins 6 and 9, middle one lying at base of veins 7 and 8; a rather elongate, somewhat quadrate spot lying at base of veins 2 and 3; a second, not quite half the size, immediately above, placed obliquely and excised posteriorly; a third, roundish, obliquely above, between veins 4 and 5; a some- what cartridge-shaped yellow spot lying on vein 1 in middle ; cilia yellowish-white. Hindwings with termen rounded, anal angle rounded, prominent; colour, orange hairs, and cilia as in forewings; two ovoid, pale-yellowish, semi-transparent spots lying beyond middle of wing between veins 2 and 4. Forewings beneath rather bright-greenish yellow or yellow, lower half of wing, which is fuscous, excepting terminal area ; markings of upper-side reproduced; cilia as above. Hind- 163 wings bright-greenish yellow or yellow, especially in ¢ ; spots of upper-side reproduced, but appearing more transparent ; cilia yellow. | Colonel Swinhoe places this species in Caltoris, Swinh. (type kumara, Mre.), but owing to its affinity to colaca, Mre., I see no reason for separating it from VParnara, as defined. It is somewhat like mathias, 9; but the absence of stigma easily separates it. Type in British Museum. Port Darwin and Woodlark Island, New Guinea. Mr. Dodd sent me a fine series, which show no varia- tion. The footnote at end of description of mathias, T.R.S., S.A., p. 117, 1902, refers to this species. The type came from Woodlark Island. St... P...couaca; Mre. Hesperia colaca, Mre., P.Z.S., 1877, p. 594, pl. Ivu., fig. 7. Parnara cingala, Mre., Lep., Ceylon, i., p. 167, pl. Ixx., figs. 3a, 3b, 1881. Hesperia wrejus, Plotz, Berl., Ent. Zeit., xxix., p. 226 1885, pl. meccexv. H. sarwna, ib., l.c., xlvili., p. 90, 1886, pl mcccexx1x, 6 2, 33-38 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark-fuscous. Palpi beneath pale-yellowish, an- tennz rather short, hardly half the length of costa. Thorax and abdomen clothed above with golden-ochreous hairs, be- neath ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous fuscous. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa straight, termen oblique, slightly bowed; dark-fuscous, markings whitish, semi-hyaline; a transverse row of 3 small subapical spots, upper one often absent; a somewhat quadrate spot at base of veins 2 and 3; a small cartridge-shaped spot at base of veins 3 and 4; a small spot nearly at base of veins 4 and 5; some golden hairs along dorsum ; cilia ochreous-fuscous, darker on basal half. Huind- wings with termen rounded; generally two small dots in middle of wing at 4 from base, sometimes obscure ; cilia as in forewings. Forewings below dark-fuscous, costal, apical, and terminal areas finely irrorated with pale-ochreous; markings of upper-side reproduced. Hindwings below dark-fuscous wholly irrorated with pale-ochreous scales, markings of upper- side reproduced, somewhat obscure. Swinhoe says (T.E.S., p. 23, 1908) :—“‘At the end of the cell of forewings there are generally two spots. Sometimes only one and sometimes both are obsolescent ; in the figures on pl. mcceexv. there is only one; in pl. meccexxix. both are absent. I have Indian examples like both.”’ De Niceville, in writing to Mr. Rowland Turner, says : — “Parnara colaca. This agrees exactly with specimens from ¥2 3 164 India. I expect it has Lari been separately described from Australia.” Described from Australian specimens. All the specimens I have seen are similar, and do ane vary from my description. Mr. Turner states that our species ‘does not agree with those colaca in British Museum. Mackay, Atherton, and Kuranda, Queensland; in April. 92. P. impar, Mab. Pamphila impar, Mab., l.c., pl. xvi., vol. xxvii., 1883. “Niger, ale late; antice tria puncta offerentes, in seriem obliquam inter ramos; unum minimum ante cellulum, unum quadratum, magnum, albo argenteum inter primum et, secundum ramum nervi compositi posterioris, et unum fere triangulare ad nervum simplicem, subluteum. Anticze subtus apice rufescentis easdem maculas gerunt. Postice grisez habent tria puncta albida, unum ad margineum anticum, et duo paulo inferius approximantia.”’ ‘Le dessus des ailes est d’un brun foncé presque noir. Les ailes inférieures ont trois points blancs transparents en ligne oblique entre les rameaux ; le premier est tres petit, et le troisitme, triangulaire, est placé contre la nervure simple postérieure et tenite de jaune pale. Le dessous des ailes supérieures a l’apra et la cote lavés de rougatre, avec les points du dessus plus marqués. Les ailes inférieures sont d’un brun grisatre luisant, avec trois points blancs auprés du bord antérieur et deux du _ dessous, rapprochés et placés entre les rameaux. Le corps est brun. Une femelle d’Australie et onde Océanie.” Apparently something like some forms of colaca, Mre. 93 Pe "'sieips.? Want Pamphila ee Mab., Comp. Rend. Soc., Ent. Belg., vol. XEXVL, ple7ey Sol: “Brun noir. Ailes supérieures a points et a taches blanc jaunatre, transparents, savoir-trois pointe apicaux allongées, en ligne droite; trois taches sur le disque dans les intervalles, 2, 3, et 4 et ombrées de noir foncé intérieurement; deux petits points blanc jaunatre au bout de la cellule. In- férieures avec trois points diffus sur le disque dans les inter- valles, 4, 5, et 6. Frange jaune roussatre. Dessous’ des supérieures noiratre a la base, et brun rougeatre sur la moitié terminale, taches reunies sur le disque. Inférieures ‘brun rouge avec une éclaircie correspondante aux taches du ‘dessus. Corps brun foncé, ventre blanchatre ainsi bi la poitrine et les palpes.” 30 mm., Australia. The description of this species (which I fail to recognize) reads somewhat like amalha, Semp., but it cannot be that ae ae 165 species, as Mabille returned specimens as unknown to him with the words “Parnara (groupé séguttata), Br.” Possibly this and the former are not Australian. I refer them to Parnara with some doubt, but they appear rightly referred. 18. Cuapra, Mre. Lep., Ceylon., i., p. 169, 1881. Type mathias, Fabr. This genus differs from Parnara only by the presence of stigma of 3. 94. C. matuias, Fabr. Hesperia mathias, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Supp., p. 483, n. 289, 290, 1798. Hesperia thrax, Led., Verh. Zool. Bot. Geis., Wien., 1855, p. 194, pl. i., figs. 9-10. Chapra mathias, Mre., Lep., Ceylon, i., p. 169, pl. Ixx., figs. land la, 1881. Baoris mathias, Dist. Rhop. Malay, p. 380, pl. xxxv., fig. 10, 1886. Erynnis mathias, M. and on eeat.., p. 117. Elwes and Edwards (Rev. of Hesp.) give agna, Mre., as a synonym. Colonel Swinhoe considers it distinct. Brisbane to Cape York, Port Darwin; from October to May; also from [ndia, Java, Borneo, etc. 19. SaseRa, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 30, 1908. Type cesina, Hew. Palpi upturned, thickly hairy; antenne two-thirds length of costa; club rather long and even, not thick; apiculus short and curved. Forewing with vein 2 from about middle of cell, 3 from lower end, 4 from end, 5 below middle of discocellular, 6 and 7 from upper end, 8 from close to upper-end, 12 ending on costa well beyond upper-end of cell ; hindwings with vein 4 from end of cell, 2 and 3 from close before end at equal distances apart (? 5 from middle of dis- cocellular), 6 and 7 from upper end, 8 coincident with 7 for a short distance from the base, thence well separated. We formerly placed the type of this genus, 7.e., cesina, in Hrynnis, Sch., but the antenne of this species and the following were discordant characters, as the length (2% of costa) indicated a different genus. I have followed Colonel Swinhoe in the generic description, but can find no vein 5 on hindwing; possibly this is a printer’s error or lapsus calame. The sexes are similar; the ¢ has no perceptible stigma, but has a peculiar small ovoid membranous spot lying on vein 1 just inside the small white spot at end of white band of forewing. It is easily passed over, but is constant, and may, and probably does, indicate an embryo stigma. The white discal macular band of forewings is narrower and more abbreviated 166 in the 9. Mabille referred ce@sina to Acerbas, De Nic.,. of which anthea, Hew., is the type. 95. S. ca#sina, Hew. cores cesina, Hew., T.E.S. (3), i1., 4910 no 15) tear ex Bate Hesp., t. 6, fig: 57, Weis: Pamphila_ albifascia, Misk., PER: S.. Mold, p. 148, 1889. Hrynnis cesina, M. and L., T.B.S., Dp: 118. Sabera cwsina, Swinh:,, LES.) po. ie 1908. Type cwsina, in Coll. inticen (Bonen Museum); type albifascia, in Coll. Miskin (Brisbane Museum). Cairns, Queensland ; from December to April; also from New Guinea, North Borneo, and Humboldt Bay. 96. S. FULIGINOSA. Pamphila fuliginosa, Misk., P.R.S., Qld., vi., p. 147, 1889; Oo g, iwb., Ann. Qld. Mus., p. 76,.1891. Erynnis fuliginosa, M. and U., T.R.S., p. 116. Types in Coll. Miskin (Queensland Museum). Mackay to Cairns, Queensland ; from January to May. I think at present it would be better to widen the char- acters of Sabera by adding ¢ sometimes with stigma than to erect a new genus for this species. It is structurally similar, excepting that the ¢ has astigma. It is an easily recognized species, the snow-white cilia of hindwings being specifically distinct and noteworthy. Probably it 1s more nearly related to Telicota. 97. S. (? CarystTus) vaLLIo, Mab. Comp. Rend. Soc., Ent. Belg., 18838, vol. xxvii., p. 60. Rufo-fuscus; ale antice cum triplici serie macularum ; ad costam ante apicem sunt tria puncta alba hyalina, due macule in cellula juncte et due alie inter ramos, co- adunte luteo hyaline. Alz postice immaculate, fimbria subfulva, ale subtus viride variegate. Antice rubide cum marginis externi parte superiore et margine interno lilacino. Postice rubide cum vitta media cinereo lilacino. Les trois séries de taches des ailes supérieures different de couleur. Les trois points apicaux sont d’un blanc trans- parent; les taches de la cellule et du disque sont réunies deux par deux, également hyalines, mais jaune paille. Le dessous des ailes inférieures est traversé, en son milieu, par une bande courbe d’un gris lilac; le corps est concoloré, les palpes et la poitrine sont gris cendré. Le dernier article des palpes est aciculé droit et noir. Nouvelle Hollande. This description reads somewhat like esperilla Double- dayt, Feld., 9, but the green (viride variegate) under-side does not agree with that used. I sent Dowbleday: 3g to 167 Mabille, who returned it with the remark “Jén ai ¢ sans nom,’’ so that it is hardly likely he would fail to recog- mize the ¢—that is, supposing his description refers to a Q, which is uncertain, as he gives no clue to the sex or size of same. I do not know this species, and am placing it here provisionally. 20. Noto crypra, De Nic. Jour. Bomb., N.H. Soc., 1889, p. 188; Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 112. Plesioneura, Feld., Wien., Ent. Mon., vi., p. 29, 1862 (nom preeoce). Type curvifascia, Feld. Club of antennz elongate, moderate, apiculus pointed, bent. Palpi subascending, terminal joint short, obtuse, por- rected. Posterior tibiz with all spurs, rather long. Fore- wings in male without stigma; 3 from rather near 4; 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6; 2 much nearer to base of wing than end of cell. Hindwings with vein 5 practically obsolete. 98. N. FEISTHAMELI, Bdv. Thymele Feisthameliu, Bdv., Voy., ‘Astrolabe,’ Lep., p. 159, pl. ii., fig. 7, 18382; Plesioneura curvifascia, Feld., Wien., Knt. Mon., vi., p. 29, 1862. P. alysos, Mre., P.Z.S., 1865, 789; ib., Lep., Ceylon, epee. pl. ixvin., fic. 3 ¢, 3a O, 3b larve and pupa, 1881; fatpyascia, 1b., P-Z:S., 1878, p. 843. P: restricta, 1b., t.e., p. 178, 1881. P. waigensis, Plétz, Berl., Ent. Zeit., xxvi., p. 263, 1882, pl. cexl. P. voluz, Mab., Ann. Soc., Ent. Belg., 1883, p. Soc . clavata, Stand., /ris, ii., p. 153, pl. i., fig. 9,.1899. N. Feisthamelu, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 119. A variable species. All the varieties represent but one species. The Australian form is restricta, Mre. I have specimens varying in size from 25 to 46 mm., and the subapical spots number from 2 to 5. NV. waigensis, Plotz, figured by Colonel Swinhoe, T.E.S., pl. i. fig. 10, is an excellent drawing of our species from Evelyn Scrub, Cairns. Mackay to Cape York, Queensland; from November to April; also from India, Borneo, New Guinea, ete. 21. Bapamra, Mre. Lep., Ceylon, 1., p. 156, 1881. Type exclamationis, Fabr. Club of antennez elongate, apiculus pointed, bent. Palpi ascending, terminal joint long, slender, slightly swollen near apex, obtusely pointed, porrected. Posterior tibize with all spurs. Forewings in ¢ without stigma, 5 parallel and equidistant to 4 and 6. Huindwings with 3 and 4 remote. Five present. Contains only the following species. 168 99. B. EXCLAMATIONIS, Fabr. Papilio exclamationis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 5380, 1775, Mre., Lep., Ceylon, i., p. 157, ‘pl. Ixvi. .» figs. 2a, 2b, 1ssl. P. "ladon, Ore, Pap., 6x3) ai. piph “ceIxxxiv., figss¢. 11110); ‘Ismene thymbron, Feld., Sitz., ie Ke Wiss., Math. ‘Nat., celxl., p. 461, Lep., p.. 14, 1860. B. exclamationis, M. and 1 by TR: De 120. Sydney to Cape York, Port Dare also India, North- West Himalyas, etc.; from October to December. 22. Hasora, Mre. Lep., Ceylon, 1., p. 159, 1881; Watson, P.Z.S., 1897, p. 127. Type badra, Mre. ; Club of antenne moderate, elongate, apiculus pointed, bent. Palpi ascending, terminal joint slender, long, slightly swollen near apex, obtusely pointed, porrected. Posterior tibize with all spurs. Forewings in male without stigma, 1% distorted downwards near base, 5 parallel to 4 and 6, approxi- mated slightly at base. Hindwings with 3 and 4 closely approximated basally; 5 present. An Indo-Malayan genus of moderate extent. 100. H. nasura, Swinh. | Ann. Mag., N.H. (7), iti., 107. HAH. bilunata, M. and Ee (nec Buti) TR.So pile: We formerly called this species biluwnata and queried hasha as a synonym. I am now satisfied that the identification was erroneous; haslia is a true Hasora and a good species, while bilunata is a Parata, with the male stigma conspicuous. Brisbane, Queensland ; in November. 101. H. poLtescnayi, Feld. Ismene doleschallii, Feld., Sitz., Akad., Wiss., Wien., Math. Cl., p. 460, 1860; Reis., Nov., Lep:, iit., pl. Txxir., Ge. ao eeer H. Doleschallu, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 126. Felder’s coloured figures are variable and indifferently delineated. Vein 1 in this species is distorted very little; the same peculiarity is observed in Alberts:, Oberth., from New Guinea, which is allied to Doleschalli, but is immediately separable by the tuft of hair on upper-side of hindwing of ¢ on vein 1 near anal angle. Cooktown to Cave York, Queensland; in December ; also from New Guinea, etc. 102. H. piscotor, Feld. Goniloba discolor, Feld., Wien., Ent. Mon., p. 405, 1850. Ismene discolor, Feld., Reis., Nov., , Lep. .» lide) plots eet 17, 1867. H discolor, M. and Li ip. 123c Richmond Rie New South Wales, to Cooktown, Queensland; in November and December. Pinte som 169 23. ParaTa, Mre. Lep., Ceylon, i., p. 160, 1881. Type chromus, Cr. This genus differs from //asora only by the presence of the stigma in ¢, which is somewhat crescentic. The genus is useful in separating the two groups. 103. P. cHromus, Cr. Papilio chromus, Cr., Pap., ex., pl. cclxxxiv., fig. e, ¢, 1782. Parata chromus, Mre., Lep., Ceylon, i., p. 161, pl. lxv., fig. 1, 1881. Hasora chromus, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 125 (nec Cramer). Hasora lucescens, Lucas, P.R.S., Qld., xvV., p. 138, 1899. 36 9, 42-48 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark- fuscous, more or less densely clothed with greenish-golden hairs; face ochreous; palpi and antenne dark-fuscous; palpi beneath ochreous-fuscous. Legs ochreous-fuscous. Forewings elongate, triangular; costa nearly straight, termen nearly straight, oblique; dark-velvety fuscous, almost blackish in some specimens; basal hairs greenish-golden; markings whitish in @ ; male without markings, except stigma, which is densely black; moderately narrow and curved inwards from base of vein 3 to dorsum before middle; a somewhat tri- angular spot near base of veins 3 and 4; a similar spot, excised posteriorly, obliquely below, between veins 2 and 3; sometimes a minute subcostal spot between veins 6 and 7, usually absent; cilia dark-fuscous, tips whitish. Hindwings with termen somewhat produced on vein 1; colour, as in forewings; basal hairs greenish-golden: dorsum _ broadly dull-light fuscous; cilia as in forewings. Under-side of both wings fuscous, washed with bluish-purple; cell of forewings blackish, markings of upper side of Q@ reproduced; dorsum broadly dull-ochreous whitish, limited by vein 1; a small similarly-coloured patch above anal angle. Hindwings with a moderately broad :transverse white fascia, about 3 mm. wide; anterior edge moderately straight, posterior edge suffused and gradually mixing with ground-colour, from costa at 2 to vein 16; a large patch of velvety black on anal angle; an obscure dull-whitish streak along vein la to base; a small white patch on dorsum, just above anal angle; cilia as above, blackish on anal angle, and with a fine white basal line between veins 16 and 3. The insects formerly described by us as chroimus were small specimens of haslia, Swinh., which were known to Aus- tralian collectors as chromus. It was under these circum- stances that Dr. Lucas renamed the present species ducescens. The description here given is drawn from Australian speci- mens, but a nice series sent me by Colonel Swinhoe from various Indian localities vary very little from our form, the 170 chief difference being the under side, which is not so lilacine. Brisbane to Port Darwin; from December to March ; also India, Borneo, etc. 104. P. contempta, Herr. Sch. Ismene contempta, Herr.-Sch., M.S.S., Plétz, S.K.Z., vol. xlv., p. 56, n. 1167, 1886 (nec contempta), Herr.-Sch. ¢ Q, 46-50 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish- fuscous, more or less clothed with greenish-golden hairs ; thorax and abdomen beneath whitish-ochreous ; face ochreous ; palpi dark-fuscous above, ochreous-whitish beneath. Legs ochreous, fuscous-tinged. Forewings elongate, triangular ; costa nearly straight; termen straight, oblique; light- brownish ochreous, darker on median portion of wings; basal pairs greenish-golden; markings in Q as in chromus, some- times the spot between veins 2 and 3 is absent or scarcely perceptible above; apical spot well developed; stigma in ¢ as in chromus,; cilia fuscous, terminal half whitish. Hind- wings with termen somewhat produced on vein 1; colour, basal pairs and cilia as in forewings; under-side of both wings ochreous-fuscous; forewings washed with dull-purplish along costa and upper % of termen, latter portion limited by an obscure violet-whitish streak, angulated near costa; mark- ings of upper-side of Q reproduced; dorsum broadly dull- ochreous whitish, limited by vein 1; a small similarly- coloured patch above anal angle. Huindwings with the purplish better developed; a broad transverse white fascia about 2 to 24 mm. wide at greatest width, inner edge more irregular than in chromus, yet similar, from costa at 2 to vein 16; a large patch of black on dorsum at anal angle ; an obscure whitish streak along vein la to base; a small white patch on dorsum, just above anal angle; cilia as above ; blackish at anal angle and with a fine white basal line between veins 1/ and 3. This species appears constantly distinct from chromus by the different ground-colour of wings above, otherwise it is a close ally of that species; indeed, specimens of chromus from New Guinea, identified as such by Colonel Swinhoe, are scarcely perceptibly different, and personally I consider the single specimen submitted to him 7s contempta. The under- side of the abdomen of the present species is ochreous-fuscous ; in chromus, including the Indian specimens, it is fuscous,. with the segmental margins distinctly whitish or white. Whether this peculiarity is of any practical utility in separ- ating the two species remains to be seen. I would not insist on the point, although it is quite constant in all the speci- mens before me. Plotz’s drawing of the 9 (No. 1167) does 171 not refer to the present species, and I have not met with a specimen agreeing exactly with the figure, the hindwings of which show a narrow (l mm.) white, somewhat waved, fascia, edged internally with half its width of brownish-red ; the wing between this and base is dull light-chocolate, and between the white fascia and termen lilacine becoming brownish on termen. In _ Plotz’s description he says, “Hindwings, under-side, with narrow white band.’’ The other Q figure (called a ¢) delineates our species with certainty, but it cannot be a ¢, as the figure delineates the two lunate spots, which are absent in that sex, of the species under review, as mentioned in my description (vide swpra). It is curious that neither of the figures shows the apical dot. I therefore consider that the species should stand as 1. con- tempta, Herr. Sch., and Plotz’s species, when discovered, will require a new name. Townsville to Port Darwin; from November to March. The type came from Cape York (vide Plotz). 105. P. conrempta, Plotz. S.E.Z., xlv., p. 56, 1884. I append Plotz’s description (translated by Mr. Water- house), which may prove useful in identifying the species. I have arranged the terminology in keeping with that adopted in this paper : — “Ismene contempta, Plotz., 8.E.Z., xlv., p. 56, 1884, pl. delxvii. Upper-side blackish-brown, body and base of wings with green hairs, forewing—at least in Q—with small spots or dots; those in cells 2 and 3 are hyaline or moon-shaped. Cilia brown. Under-side brownish-grey, suffused-violet grey. Forewings with narrow vanishing bands before the border, and a similar transverse spot at the last vein; a light mark at hinder margin. Hindwings with a narrow white band run- ning from costa to anal angle, almost linear from costa to cell lc, becoming undecided toward the margin; at vein 16 it turns toward the anal angle, where there is a large black spot.” Nearest ally, vitta, Butl., from the Philippines; then chromus of Cramer. 23-24 mm. (one wing only), Cape York. 106. P. nurama, Butl. Hesperia hurama, Butl., T.E.S., p. 498, 1870. Lep., ex., p. 166, pl. lix., fig. 10, 1874. Ismene hurama, Miskin, Ann. Maes p. 74, 1891. Hasora hurama, M. and L., T.R.S., p. : Type in Coll. Druce, taken at Cape York. The British 172 Museum has specimens from Champion Bay and Aru Islands ‘ Butler ). : Mackay to Cooktown ; November to February; also from New Guinea (Meek). 107. P. LueuBRis, Bdv. Thymele lugubris, Bdv., Voy., ‘‘Astrolabe,’? Lep., p. 160, i832. Hasora lugubris, M. and L., T.R.S., p. 124. I have but the single ¢ specimen. It is probably only a straggler from the adjacent islands. Cape York. Note.—Parata bilunata, Butl., from Fiji, is very close to chromus, Cr. I have one indifferent specimen, and it can- not be satisfactorily separated from our chromus; probably a series from the type locality, Fiji, might show a recognizable distinction. JI consider it a doubtfully good species. Colonel Swinhoe returned it as chromus. Sa ees Pe 173 FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. No. XLI. By the Rev. Canon Buacksurn, B.A. [Read October 12, 1911.] COPRIDES. COPTODACTYLA. In Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. (1909) Herr Felsche expressed the opinion that my (. Bailey: and ducalis are females of C. glabricollis, Hope. They are, however, perfectly distinct species. As regards C. Bailey, Herr Felsche says, ‘“Charac- ters distinctive from glabricollis are ‘tubus anticis brevibus, apice acuminatis, externe inermibus.’ This sculpture is such for a Coprid that one can safely assume the author has had before him a specimen of (. glabricollis with worn tibie.” In describing the characters that distinguish one species from another it is, I take it, usual that the author mentions first the character which he regards as the important one. A reference to my note (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 1251) pointing out the distinctive characters of C. Bailey: will show that it commences thus: (C. Bailey is) “different from it (2.e., C. glabricollis) in the clypeus being evenly rounded in front without any emargination whatever.’’ It is quite true that I proceeded to refer to the tibie as being without teeth, and that Herr Felsche’s opinion that that is not a valid specific character is no doubt correct. Subsequent study of Lamellicorn Coleoptera led me to the conclusion Herr Felsche indicates, and in fact I have myself long ago expressed it (¢.g., Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1904, pp. 286 and 287), vzz., that difference in the external form of tibie “may be due to some attrition to which the parts in question have been exposed.” I have before me a long series of both sexes of C. glabricollis, Hope, from numerous places in Northern Aus- tralia, and have no hesitation in saying that the clypeal char- acter I referred to as distinctive is perfectly reliable. How- ever, I will now add that in C. Bailey: the clypeus is very much shorter than in glabricollis (its lateral outline running out a much less distance from the hind level of the eyes and being much less oblique, so that the widest part of the head is considerably narrower than the front margin of the pro- thorax). The strigose sculpture of the head does not occupy 174 nearly so large an area as in glabricollis, the greater part of that segment being occupied by a smooth gibbosity which is altogether absent in glabricollis. The outline of the clypeus has not the upturned margin that is present in glabricollis. Although these additional particulars are not needed to dis- tinguish the two species, for the clypeal distinction mentioned in my description is quite sufficient, it is well doubtless that my attention is drawn to the matter, as it cannot be denied that I described C. Baileyz somewhat briefly, contenting myself with the mention of characters that clearly distinguish that species from those previously described in the genus. C. ducalis, too, is very satisfactorily distinct from glabri- cols. Apart from its size and build, which are notably larger and more massive than in any of the numerous speci- mens before me of glabricollis, it is at once distinguishable by the striz of its elytra being all but without puncturation —those near the suture absolutely without—the lateral ones bearing extremely small punctures. It may be added that its pronotum is considerably less convex in the longitudinal direction (z.e., viewed from the side) than is that of gladrt- collis. I have before me what is evidently the female of one of the two Australian species of Coptodactyla described by Herr Felsche in the memoir quoted above, but as their author does not differentiate the females of the two, merely saying that they are altogether similar, it is impossible to give a name to my specimen. Is it not probable that the females referred to represent only one of his species, and that the female of the other remains undiscovered ? SERICOIDES. HETERONYCIDES. HETERONYxX. A recent visit to the Macleay Museum in Sydney has enabled me to supply information concerning two of the species mentioned in Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1910, p. 230, as requir- ing further study. They are as follows: — H. scutatus, Macl. A member of Group VIII. In the tabulation of that Group (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1910, p. 191) it stands beside flavus, Blackb., under “LL.” line 8), and can be distinguished from it thus: — M. Punctures of pronotum well defined and quite strongly impressed ... flavus, Blackb. MM. Punctures of pronotum extremely fine and faint, scarcely visible ... scutatus, Macl. 175 H. marginatus, Blackb., belongs to Group VIII. In the tabulation (loc. evt., p. 192) it stands beside collaris, under “MM.” (line 1), and can be distinguished from it thus : N. Base of prothorax wider than base of MELE Hi |... ace ascii va ©...) COllaris, Blackb. NN. Base of prothorax narrower than hase of elytra’ ....... ...-... ... marginatus, Blackb. STETHASPIDKES. In my recent Revision of the members of this Group of Lamellicornes I accidentally omitted detailed treatment of the Australian genera of the aggregate called Stethasydes by Lacordaire, and by him regarded as a subsection of the Ser- coides. The first part of my Revision (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1905) contains mention (on p. 281) of that aggregate, and distinguishes it from the other Australian aggregate of Sericoides; but when I reached the conclusion of the latter (in the Transactions for last year) I unfortunately forgot the genera of Stethasmdes, and also in introducing (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1908, p. 364) the group of Serzcoid genera with claws not simple referred to them as completing my Revision instead of as completing my Revision of one of the two main aggregates into which I had divided the Australian Serzcozdes. I therefore proceed now to consider the two known Australian genera of Stethaspides. These have been attributed to three genera: Stethaspis, Colymbomorpha, and Phyllococerus. Mr. Waterhouse—the author of Phyllococerus—characterized the genus without specifying what he regarded as its distinctions from Colymbomorpha, but an examination of the diagnosis indicates the following characters (only) as likely to have been considered by him to be generic, viz..—Antenne 9-jointed, with a 3-jointed club; clypeus somewhat deeply emarginate in middle. I have the two forms before me, and cannot: find any other distinction likely to be generic between them. As regards the number of antennal joints, Blanchard, the author of Colymbomorpha, described the antenne of that genus quite correctly as 9-jointed; while Burmeister, by attributing Blanchard’s Colymbomorpha to Calonota, and stating that. the antenne of that genus have only 8 joints, numbered the antennal joints of Colymbomorpha incorrectly. It is possible that Mr. Waterhouse accepted Burmeister’s statement as cor- rect, and therefore regarded “9-jointed antenne’’ as a char- acter differentiating his genus from Colymbomorpha, though I think this unlikely. There remain, therefore, as probably relied,on by Waterhouse, the number of joints in the antennal flabellum and the form of the clypeus. In Colymbomorphu the flabellum has five joints in both sexes (the first two of them very short in the female, which was evidently the sex 176 known to Blanchard), while the flabellum of Phyllococerus has only three joints. I am of opinion that neither the num- ber of joints in the antenna or its flabellum, nor the form of the clypeal outline, is a character of more than specific value among the Australian Sericotdes, and therefore must regard Phyllococerus as a synonym of Colymbomorpha. The tabulation in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1905 (p. 281), differ- entiates these insects and Stethasys from the other Aus- tralian Sericoides. The former two are from Western Aus- tralia. The third genus referred to above (Stethaspis) is really very close to Colymbomorpha, but the different facies and very much larger size of its species differentiate it strongly, for practical purposes. It is not so easy, however, to indicate a good structural difference. Burmeister, as mentioned above, merged Colymbomorpha in Calonota, and stated the number of its antennal joints (incorrectly) as eight. He dis- tinguished it from Stethaspis on that character. Lacordaire placed the two genera in distinct ‘‘subtribes” of dMelolon- thides, attributing Stethasys to the “true Melolonthides,” which was certainly a mistake, as its ventral segments are certainly not formed as in that subtribe, nor are its front coxe transversal. Blanchard placed Stethasps in the Rute- lides, quite incorrectly, since the claws of its species are not unequal. There can be no doubt that Burmeister was right in placing it near Colymbomorpha in the Sericoid group. It is, however, distinguished from Colymbomorpha by the first four joints of its tarsi being fringed beneath more or less closely with long hairs and the apical joint with stout bristles. This is, I think, a valid generic character in the Australian Sericoides. It may be added that in Colymbomorpha the labrum projects beyond the clypeus, so as to be visible from above, while in Stethaspis it is completely hidden (viewed from above) under the clypeus. This, however, is not in itself a valid generic difference in the Sericordes. STETH ASPIS.() | So much mention has been made of colour in the original descriptions of the species of this genus, and the species are so variable in colour, that it is difficult to arrive at any clear appreciation of the distinctive characters. All the Australian species except nigrescens, Blanch., and Jetus, Blanch., are described as “olivaceus,’’ or “‘olive-green.’”’ Letus is called “totus lete vividi-flavescens,” and is said to have green legs. (1)In Ann. Nat. Hist., 1903, p. 308, Mr. Arrow showed con- clusively that the name Xylonchus used for ‘this genus. by Lacordaire and other authors (also in Masters’ Catalogue) is a synonym of Stethaspis. Lag Burmeister mentioned /@tus as perhaps identical with his metrosideri, thus implying that the legs of his specimen are green. I have not seen any species of Stethaspis (except nigrescens) which agrees in colour with the description of any one of them. The species that I cannot doubt is Mucalypti is, when fresh, of a clear green colour, with the legs light ferruginous, and in many specimens the extreme lateral mar- gins and the apex of the elytra yellow. My unique specimen of the insect that I believe to be S. metrosidert (with which I think letus is probably, as Burmeister conjectures, iden- tical) has head, prothorax, scutellum, and legs testaceo- ferruginous, elytra olivaceous, sterna mostly pale-ferruginous, abdomen coppery. My specimens of gilzger, Blanch., have head, prothorax, and scutellum varying from olive-brown to a distinct green, elytra clear green with narrow ferruginous margin, legs and antennz ferruginous. An old, and probably badly-kept, specimen agreeing otherwise with Hucalyptr is of a dull pitchy-olive colour, with legs pitchy-ferruginous, and another, probably immature, is pale grass-green. It appears to me; therefore, probable that the colours of the Stethusmdes are liable to fade or otherwise change under various circum- stances, and that in respect of most of the species they should be disregarded for purposes of identification. As there is no species (in the genus) of which the type is in Australia I am obliged to rely upon descriptions for the identification of all the species, but fortunately there are descriptions (at least fairly good) of all of them, and I am of opinion that I have them all before me (except /etus, if it is a valid species) and also an undescribed one. Under these circumstances a short note on each of the Stethaspides to set forth the grounds of my identification, in spite of colour discrepancies, seems desirable. Stethaspides (under the name of Xylonychus) bear six specific names in Masters’ Catalogue, and I believe they include all the names correctly attributable to Aus- tralian members of the genus. One of these names (Orpheus, Fauv.), however, seems to have found its way into the Cata- logue by mistake, since “New Caledonia” is the habitat its author assigned to it. . XX. Hucalypti, Boisd. The original description is of little value, but nevertheless does not ‘altogether agree with the insect commonly regarded as Hucalypti, inasmuch as it con- tains the phrase “supra hirsutus.” Blanchard describes Fucalypt: in seven words, “Viridis, elytris olivaceis, pilis moveis majoribus densioribus” (apparently a mere indication of differences from his /etus). Burmeister says of it “supra glaber,”’ but in the notes following the diagnosis says that there are “Borsten”’ on the elytra here and there between the 178 punctures. Probably Boisduval used an unduly strong ex- pression. in calling the insect before hm “supra ‘hirsutus.’ ” At any-.rate, I have not seen any Stethaspis the elytra of which are more hairy than those of Hucalypt: as Burmeister describes it. S. piliger is rightly called “‘hirsutus” in respect of its pronotum, but it is a Tasmanian species, and there can be little doubt that Boisduval’s type of Hucalypt: was from the neighbourhood of Sydney. I conclude, therefore, that the descriptions (of Hucalypti) of the authors mentioned all refer to the large green Stethasms which occurs commonly in Victoria and New South Wales; fresh specimens of which always have, as Burmeister says, long, fine, erect. hairs, very thinly distributed about the base and apex of the prothorax and between some of the punctures on the elytra, and also very sparsely placed short, white, adpressed hairs in single rows in the elytral striz. All this pilosity is very easily rubbed off. X. metrosideri, Burm. 1 have little doubt that a Steth- aspis which I met with on the Blue Mountains is this species. Its differences in colour I have already referred to. Its author describes metrosider: as having 16 elytral strie, and in describing piliger says that it has 14 strie. I can count 16 striz on the Blue Mountains specimen only by including two short and obscure striz close to the apex in a part where in piliger, and also in Lucalypit, there is only confused punc- turation. Burmeister does not, I think, attribute much im- portance to this character, as he does not allude to the num- ber of elytral strie in enumerating the differences between metrosidert and Hucalyptr, and he could hardly fail to include it if there were a difference in the number of well-defined entire striz, for that would be a much stronger and more conspicuous distinction than any that he specifies. He says that in Hucalypti the clypeus is more closely punctulate, that the long erect hairs of the upper surface and ventral seg- ments are wanting in metrosideri, and that the hair fringes of the legs are longer and_ the tarsal bristles feebler in Kucalypti. The specimen before me, which I take to be metrosidert, presents all the above-mentioned differences from Kucalypti. It is an extremely good, well-preserved specimen, and therefore I have no doubt that the absence of erect pilosity on the dorsal surface and the ventral segments is a valid specific character. Burmeister does not mention in com. paring the species that the transverse prominence near the apex of the elytra is evidently better defined and more carina- hike in metrosidert than in EFucalypti, though in the descrip- tion of the former he mentions it as very conspicuous. Another character of metrosideri omitted by Burmeister (if 179 my identification of that insect is correct) consists in the fine, adpressed, scale-like, white hairs in the elytral striz running in double rows; but this would probably be notice- able only in a very fresh specimen. S. letus, Blanch. It is not unlikely, as Burmeister says, that his metrosiderc is identical with this species, in which case Blanchard’s name has priority; but the colouring is so entirely different, and there are so many other small dis- crepancies between the descriptions, that it would not be wise to drop either name without further evidence. It 1is much to be desired that the types be compared. Blanchard says that the pronotum of lwtus is “dense punctatus,’’ while the prothoracic puncturation of metrosideri is only mentioned as being much more sparse than that of the clypeus. In the species regarded by me as the latter, the pronotum certainly ought not to be called “closely” punctulate. Also ‘“abdomine albido-ynloso” seems inconsistent with identity with metrosidert, of which its author expressly notes that the abdomen is devoid of erect hairs—having only short, adpressed, scale-like hairs—- which is the case in the species that I believe to be metrosidert. Pending further evidence I therefore retain both names, and in tabulating /etus fall back for a distinction on the state- ment that its legs are green, which—if it is a good species— is not unlikely to be a valid character, as among all the many examples of Stethasyis before me there is not one with green legs. : S. giliger, Blanch. This is a readily identifiable species, and needs no special remarks. S. mgrescens, Blanch., is also readily identifiable. The following table will show characters distinctive of the known Australian Stethasydes, including a new species, the description of which follows the table :— A. Legs not green. B. Flabellum of antennze of male not, or scarcely, longer than the pre- ceding joints together (colour not black). C. Erect hairs of pronotum at most very few and far between. D. Ventral segments bearing long erect hairs : Kucalypti, Boisd. DD. Ventral segments devoid of long erect hairs... . .. metrosideri, Burm. CC. Pronotum with dense erect pilosity. D. Punctures of the inner 3 stricz of the elytra at (colour brown) ween ue"... 2. \montieola, Black. 180 DD. Punctures of Ist and 3rd ely- tral strize much smaller than of 2nd (colour of elytra green) ws nee ee SQ RE piper aon BB. Flabelium of male antenna notably : longer than the preceding joints together aeons hie: ... ... nigrescens, Blanch. AA. Legs green _... wu. oo io leshusy Bian: S. monticola, sp. nov. Supra pallide vel obscure brunnea, subtus nigra vix viridescens, palpis antennisque (haruin flabello nonnullorum exemplorum dilutiorl excepto) clypeo pedisbusque dilute vel obscure ferrugineis; tota (elytris sparsim exceptis) dense pilosa; clypeo amntice parum emarginato, crebre rugulose punctulato; fronte pronotoque minus subtiliter sat crebre punctulatis ; hoc quam longiori ut 20 ad 11 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, lateribus (superne visis) fere rectis (a latere visis pone medium sinuatis), basi sat fortiter bisinuata ; scutello puncturis sparsis impresso; elytris paullo ante apicem transversim obtuse prominentibus, fortiter punc- tulato-striatis, striis pilis brevibus sat adpressis seriatim sparsim instructis ; pygidio crebre subtilius ruguloso ; cor- pore subtus subtiliter crebre (abdomine minus crebre) punctulato. Maris antennarum flabello quam articuli ceteri conjuncti manifeste breviori, articulo 4° intus spiniformi. Feminz antennarum (flabello quam maris, et _ illus articulo basali quam ceteris, multo brevioribus; anten- narum articulo 4° haud spinifero. Long., 9-10 1.; lat., 54-52 1. A single example of this insect occurred to me on the Victorian Alps, flying in the sunshine, and recently Mr. H. J. Carter has sent me several specimens taken by him on Mount Kosciusko. The latter are all darker in colour than the former, though one of them is distinctly lighter than the other. The Victorian specimen has much more numerous short hairs in the elytral striz than those from New South Wales; in fact, they run in regular series in all the strie, while in those from New South Wales there are only a few here and there to be seen. My specimen was pinned and mounted at once when taken. The pilosity of all the Stethas- gides of which I can speak from experience is so easily rubbed off that I think immediate mounting is necessary to secure specimens from abrasion. The puncturation of the elias is considerably stronger and closer than that of . Kucalypti, Boisd. Higher mountains of Victoria and New South Wales. en se oe 18] TRUE MELOLONTHIDES. Lacordaire (whose classification I follow as closely as possible) divides the ‘Family’? Lamellicornes into two “Legions,” distinguished from each other by the arrangement of the abdominal stigmata—one of them exemplified plenti- fully in Australia by Aphodius, Onthophagus, and such like (usually known for the most part as “dung beetles’); the other of them exemplified even more plentifully in Australia by the beetles commonly called ‘‘chafers.’’ This second “Legion” is divided by Lacordaire into four “Tribes,’’ the first of which (Melolonthides) has formed the subject of the Revision that I have placed before the Royal Society of South Australia during recent years, beginning with 1905, and am still continuing. Lacordaire divided the “Tribe’”’ into nine ‘‘subtribes,” five of which are known to occur in Australia. My Revision of the third of these subtribes, ‘‘Sericoides,” is concluded in the preceding pages of this paper, and I now pass on to the fourth of them, which Lacordaire calls “True Melolonthides.’”’ These he divides into three “groups,” only the third of which (again called “True Melolonthides,”’ the other two being regarded as less essentially M/elolonthid ) is known to occur in Australia. It contains the non-Aus- tralian genus Velolontha and other genera closely allied to it. The generic synonymy of the Australian members of this “tribe”? is in much confusion, and must be dealt with before I proceed to deal with the species. Australian species of the tribe have been called by the following generic names: Melolontha (only by the earlier authors, at the time when the name was treated as including very diverse elements, some of which are not now recognized as members even of the tribe “true Melolonthides’”’), ERhizotrogus, Rhopea, Holophylla, Lepidiota, Lepidoderma, and Neolepidiota. Rhizotrogus is a genus of the second of Lacordaire’s “groups” of the tribe. Burmeister regarded a species which he described under the name tasmamcus as belonging to Rhizotrogus, but he recognized it as so far aberrant in that genus that he formed a separate subgenus for it under the name Antitrogus. JI have before me a species which is almost certainly that described by Burmeister, and it is decidedly not a Khizotrogus, but a member of the group “true Melolonthides.” Antitrogus, therefore, must be transferred to the tribe “true Melolonthides,”’ while Rhizo- trogus must drop out of the Catalogue of Australian Coleop- tera. The names Rhopcea and Holophylla were proposed by Erichson (Ins. Deutschl., vol. iii., 1848) for Australian insects, which, however, their author did not name or describe as species. The former was placed by its author ——————— 182 among the true Melolonthides, the latter in a group which was separated by him under the name Vanyproctim. Com- paring the very brief diagnoses of the genera one finds that, they are distinguished from each other by the number of joints (six and seven) in the antennal flabellum and by the presence in Holophylia (but not in Khopea) of complete ventral sutures. The former of these characters is of no value at all; its acceptance would involve breaking up Rhopea into five genera, in which the species most closely allied would be generically separated. Burmeister in 1855 stated that Holophylla has not complete ventral sutures—a. statement that no doubt is correct in respect of the insect which he (Burmeister) regarded as Holophylla and named H. furfuracea—and that it is one of the true Melolonthides. But he does not appear to have had good authority for his identification. His remarks are too long to be quoted at full length here, but they imply his not having before him the actual specimen on which Erichson founded his genus; more- over, if he had had that specimen before him it seems most unlikely that he would not have described it and given it a specific name as being Erichson’s type. At the time Bur- meister wrote there was no Australian species known (apart from the undescribed species called Holophylla) of Melolon- thides having transverse front coxe and complete ventral sutures, and therefore a mistake on Erichson’s part appeared the less unlikely, but since that time a genus has been described by Olliff (Othnonius) on a single species (O. Batest) of which I have examples before me, and which undoubtedly falls (in Erichson’s classification) in the Tanyproctina where he placed Holophylla—it having transverse front coxe and complete ventral sutures, and might very well be the species that Erichson called /olophylla were it not for the generic- ally valueless difference that its antennal flabellum has only six joints. It seems so unlikely that an author of Erichson’s ability and reputation would definitely place a Melolonthid among those having complete ventral sutures (a very easily observed character), when that was not the case with it, as to suggest the probability of Burmeister’s having been incor- rect in his conjecture that the species he described as Holo- phylla is congeneric with Erichson’s Holophylla, and the probability of the insect for which Erichson founded that genus being generically identical with, or very near to, that for which Olliff at a later date proposed the name Othnonius. To this must be added a very serious discrepancy between Erichson’s and Burmeister’s descriptions of the claws of Holo- phyla. Erichson says of them that they have “a single ‘tooth at the base,” distinguishing them from those of genera 183 whose claws have two teeth. Burmeister says of Holophilla that its claws are “fein mit kleinem spitzen Zahn vor der Mitte und zahnartig vortretender Basis.” Is it to be sup- posed.that, Erichson wrongly observed both the claws and the ventral sutures? The conclusion seems inevitable that Bur- meister’s Holophylla is a genus of the “Groupe” “true Melon- onthides”’ and is closely allied to Rhopawa, while Erichson’s Holophylla belongs to the “Groupe” Macrophyllides (treated by Erichson as part of his ‘“Tanyproctini’’) and is allied to, and possibly identical with, Olliff’s genus Othnonius. As Burmeister’s is the later use of the name, I propose the new name Pseudholophylla for his Holophylla. I am sorry that I was myself in error in a former paper in accepting Burmeister’s conclusions regarding //0/o- phylla, for 1 described as doubtfully of that genus a species. (“australis,” Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1887, p. 211) which I then regarded as probably congeneric with Burmeister’s //. furfuracea. At the same time I drew attention to the extreme closeness of Rhopea and Burmeister’s /Holophylla. As a result of studying Brenske’s memoir (discussed later on in this paper) I have, however, subsequently satisfied myself that my /. australis is not truly congeneric with 1. fur- furacea, Burm., but must be referred to Rhopea, to which Pseudholophylla (as I now call Burmeister’s genus) is cer- tainly extraordinarily close. The difference in the palpi which I referred to (/.c.) as separating my 2. (Holophylla) australis from Rhopea ceases to appear generic when a con- siderable number of species of hopwa are compared with each other. Turning now to Burmeister’s lengthy diagnosis of his genus Holophylla, its author does not point out its differences from Khopea, omitting it from his tabulation of generic characters, and in comparing the diagnosis, character by character, with that furnished by him of /hopaa I should be disposed to think that the two might well be founded on different species of ?:hopaea were it not for the one statement that the apical spurs of the posterior tibie in Holophylia are “somewhat blunt and at the apex leather-like.” This last phrase is not very clear, but I take it to refer to the some- what transparent (‘‘parchment-like’ I should prefer to call it) appearance of the apical part of the spurs of the hind tibiee in those genera of the true Melolonthides which have. the spurs blunt and dilated. The importance of this char- acter will be found discussed later on in this paper; it will suffice here to say that it appears to be in itself a valid generic distinction between Pseudholophylla and Rhopea. 1 have recently acquired a Melolonthid species occurring in: 184 Queensland, which appears to be certainly congeneric, and very probably conspecific, with that which Burmeister described as H. furfuracea. It agrees perfectly with the generic characters assigned. (especially in respect of the large strongly convex eyes) with the qualification that the apex of the 3rd antennal joint can scarcely be called “‘strongly’’ produced in a point (certainly not a valid generic difference, however), and that I have not dissected and examined the inner mouth organs. Burmeister’s specific description is undesirably brief, but my specimen agrees with it such as it is except in respect of the statement that the front tibize are without spurs. In my specimen the spurs in question. are extremely short (much more so than in most species of Rhopea), but they are not absolutely: wanting. The spurs of the hind tibize furnish, I think, the decisive difference from Lhopea, but it may be noted that the tooth of the claws is much further from the base than in Rhopaa (as 1s indicated in Burmeister’s diagnoses of those genera). . The subdivision of Lacordaire’s “Groupe” “true.. Wo. lonthides” is most perplexing, owing to the difficulty of find- ing well-marked characters that are, on the one hand,, con- stant in aggregates of species evidently closely related. inter se, and, on the other hand, constantly wanting in other such aggregates. In Berliner Entomolog. Zeitschrift., 1892; Herr Brenske discussed the classification of Lacordaire’s ‘‘subtribe’’ “True Melolonthides’’? without limiting his remarks to the genera of any particular country. The portion of «his memoir which refers to the “Groupe” “True Melolonthides” is, of course, the only portion that concerns genera: known to be Australian. It is difficult to ascertain exactly. how he would treat some of our genera because he referred only incidentally to the characters of some of them, the definite objective of his memoir being the discussion of an aggregate in which he mentioned only one of our Australian genera. It seems fairly clear, however, that his classification would not fit our Australian genera. All of them apparently would. have to be divided between two aggregates, which he: calls Polyphyllides and. Leucopholides, distinguished from ;each other by the length of the third antennal joint. The typical species of Rhopwa (Rh. Verreauxr, Blanch.) falls into. the: for- mer of these aggregates on account of the elongation of its third antennal joint, but the length of the third joint, varies extremely among species which certainly ought not to be separated generically (and still less, placed in different growps of genera); in 2. morbillosa, Blackb., for example, the,3rd joint being shorter in proportion to the 4th than it, issin some ‘species that obviously pertain to Lepidiota, which 185 Brenske places in the other aggregate. It, therefore, appears to’ me impossible to divide the Australian true Melolonthides inté groups distinguished by the length of the 3rd antennal joint without arriving at a result that would be absolutely ludicrous. Among the characters which Brenske attributes to his aggregate Leucopholides there is one which, although he does not definitely state that it distinguishes those species from the Polyphyllides, nevertheless does appear to be of consider- able value in separating the Australian genera of true Melo- lonthides into two aggregates. That character lies in the apical ispurs of the hind tibie, which in Brenske’s group Leucopholides are (or at any rate one of them is) greatly dilated in the females as compared with those of the other sex. Brenske does not characterize the spurs in the Poly- phyllides having, when he reaches that stage in his paper where the spurs come in, already dismissed that aggregate as. having the 3rd antennal joint elongate, and mentions only the Rhizotrogides (an aggregate not known to be Australian) as having the spurs alike in the two sexes. But, with some little hesitation, I think that character may serve as im- portant for classifying the Australian genera of Lacordaire’s “Groupe” “true Melolonthides.” Before explaining my use of the qualification “with some hesitation” it is necessary to refer to another character not. mentioned by Brenske in the paper J am discussing, but which my studies of the Australian JJ/elolonthides have led me, to consider highly important from the generic point of view, though my knowledge of Melolonthides of other coun- tries than Australia is not sufficient to qualify me for estt- mating its value in respect of other than Australian genera. The ‘character that I refer to is the form and sculpture of the declivous front face of the clypeus. In the species of lihopea (1.e., of those species which one cannot’ doubt must be associated more or less closely with . Verreauxi, Blanch.) the declivous front face of the clypeus is perpendicular or almost so, very high on the vertical line (the distance from basé'to summit being about equal to the length of the apical joint of a maxillary palpus), somewhat strongly and nar- rowly emarginate in the middle of its lower margin to receive the labrum, and having its whole surface (except a more or less narrow band along the summit) strongly and equally rugulose and set with long soft hairs. In Lepidiota and Lepidoderma the declivous front face of the clypeus is much less high (the distance from base to summit being much less'than the length of the apical joint of a maxillary palpus), widely and feebly emarginate on its lower margin, and having 186 its surface (never as in Lhopwa Verreaux but) rugulose and pilose only on the lateral parts (or with such sculpture ex- tending across the middle only as a row of setigerous punc- tures). Now in female Lhopaa (at any rate in the five species of which I have seen a female) the spurs of the hind tibic are of the same shape as in the male and are not (or scarcely) more dilated, the external sexual characters being in_ the antenne and the hind tarsi, so that if the three genera I have already named were all that had to be reckoned with it would not be of practical importance to decide whether the clypeal or tibial generic structure should be regarded as the primary character for classification. But there are species which cannot be referred to any of those genera. There is Antitrogus, with the clypeus of a Rhopea and spurs of hind tibie distinctly tending towards the Lepidiota type. Next there is the insect which I described as W&hepoea callabonensis, but which on account of the structure of “its labrum I do not now think can be included in /thopea or any other genus known to be Australian; it has the clypeus and antenne of a Ahopaa and (although it is a male) the tibial spurs of a female Lepidiota. Pseudholophylla has head and antennz exaggeratedly of the /thopwa type, but again (though a male) tibia] spurs that would befit a female Legidiota. Another species before me has clypeus and tibial spurs like a Lepidiota, but antenne of a Khopea (male with elongate 3rd joint and flabellum of 6 long joints). Aeole- gediota in respect of clypeus, antenne, and tibial spurs agrees (Gf it is a male) with Lepidiota. The conclusion I have reached on full consideration of the data supplied above, and giving much weight to the practical inconvenience of a classification which is inoperative in species whose females are not known, is that for the Australian species of Lacordaire’s “Groupe” “true Jfelolon- thides’’ the best character for dividing them primarily into two aggregates is to be found in the structure of the clypeus. This classification brings together into one aggregate Vhopea, Pseudholophylla, Antitrogus, and a genus characterized in the following pages as Pararhopaa, and places together in a second aggregate Lepdoderma, Lemdiota, Neolemdrota, and a genus characterized in the following pages as /ara- lepidiota. The former of these primary aggregates is no doubt capable of satisfactory subdivision founded on the spurs of the hind tibie, but in the absence of definite oer- tainty as to the female of Antitrogus it would be unwise to make use of that character, and I therefore in both aggre- 187 gates found their subdivision on the presence (a) of three joints only, () of more than three joints, in the antennal flabellum, which seems to be a more important character in this group than it is in the Sericoides. It may be noted here that Rhopea is extremely close to the Fabrician genus Melolontha. Lacordaire distinguishes it from the latter by there being an additional lamina in its antennal flabellum (which is certainly not a valid generic character), and adds that it is of more cylindric and parallel form, that its pygidium is slightly emarginate in the female (in Melolontha he calls the hind margin of the pygidium “of variable form’’), and that it has no trace of a mesosternal process (in tabulating J/ elolontha he places it in the aggre- gate “no mesosternal process,’ but in the diagnosis of the genus says that its mesosternum is “slightly prominent”). I have before me J/. vulgaris, Fab., which is, I believe, the typical species of the genus, and fail to discover in it any mesosternal process on which to found a generic distinction. Its extraordinarily produced pygidium is totally different from the pygidium of any known /thopea, but Lacordaire states that that elongation is wanting in some other European members of the genus. In fact, the only character that I can find (likely to be generic) constant. in Lhopea distinguish- ing it from J/. vulgaris (now before me) and from the con- stant characters of Melolontha as stated by Lacordaire is in the claws, their tooth being in /hopea much larger and placed at a considerably greater distance from the base of the claw than in J/clolontha. l may now pass on to show in tabular form distinctive characters for those aggregates of the “Groupe” ‘“‘true Melolonthides” which in my opinion should be regarded as valid genera, so far as concerns the Australian Fauna. I am doubtful, however, whether the species that I attribute to Lepidiota ought not to be divided into more than one genus; but since Lepidiota is of very wide distribution, and Australia does not appear to be its headquarters, a wider knowledge than I possess of the species occurring outside Australia should be at the disposal of an author to enable him to deal satisfactorily with that question. A. Front face of clypeus rugulose, and set ali across with long soft hairs; dis- tance from its base to its summit about equal to the length of the apical joint of a maxillary palpus. B. Antennal flabellum consisting ot more than 3 joints. €. Labrum vertical or nearly so. 188 D. Apical spurs of hind tibize in both sexes elongate anda pointed, not dilated to middle Rhopszea. DD. Apical spurs ‘of hind tibiee (in 6 and no doubt still more so in Q) comparatively short and blunt, dilated from base to middle ves tas) aoe. oe » PSpuidholopiyita: CC. Labrum strongly directed for- ward, almost horizontal .... .... Pararhopea. BB. Antennal flabellum ens: of only 3 joints ... Antitrogus. AA. Front face of clypeus i in middle ‘part not ‘‘rugulose and evenly set with long hairs’; distance from its base to its summit much less than in A. B. Antennal flabellum consisting of more than 3 joints. ©. Laminee of the antennal flabellum as long as the preceding joints together Paralepidiota. CC. as of the antennal flabellum | much shorter We Lepidoderma. BB. Antennal flabellum consisting of only 3 joints. C. Front tarsi very long... ... .... Neolepidiota. CC. Front tarsi much shorter ... .... Lepidiota. RHOPAA. So little has been reported of the Fauna of some parts of Australia that it is unsafe to generalize very positively regarding the geographical distribution of genera, but sub- ject to that qualification it may be said that hopea is chiefly a Southern Australia genus. I have no evidence of its occur- rence further north than the Brisbane district except the possession of a single specimen labelled “N. Queensland.” Neither have I seen any Rhopea from any locality west of Yorke Peninsula. The genus seems to have its head- quarters about the latitude of Sydney. Female Rhopea are very much rarer in collections than males. Of the species of which I have seen the largest number of specimens: ( /?. magnicorms) T have not seen a female, and the case is similar in respect of more than half of the other species. The antennal flabellum and the tarsi of the males are longer (generally very much longer) than those of the other sex. I have in my collection a female Khopwa from New South Wales (not, I think, conspecific with any male known to me) with the extraordinary character of its antennez consisting of only 9 joints. That number seems so improbable that I have examined the specimen over and over again thinking that I must have made some mistake, but always with the same conclusion—only 9 joints. Joint 3 is very elongate, 5 ae 189 shortly spinose on its inner side, 6 a very short lamella, 7-9 fairly elongate lamella, each a little longer than joints 3-5 together. I can regard this structure only as a freak, either in the individual or the species, unfitting it for description without examination of more specimens. Rhopea castanet- penms, Macl. (from North-West Australia) is incorrectly placed in this genus, and | think it will require a new generic name. There are two specimens (one of which is labelled “type’) which I have inspected in the Macleay Museum; but as [ had not available for comparison examples of the two new genera near /hopweu that are diagnosed in the following pages I do not venture to deal with it at pre- sent. The structure of its labrum associates it with Para- rhopea, but the spurs of its hind tibize are of the hopwa type and the sculpture of the front face of its clypeus is notably less rugulose (with much shorter and coarser pilo- sity) than in Rhopwa and Pararhopea, but nevertheless is distinctly of the Rhopaa rather than the Legidiota type. It is clearly a very isolated form in the Melolonthides, and its habitat is very remote from any from which known species near /thopewa have been reported, but probably the future will bring to light other species from the same region con- generic with it. The following table indicates characters by which the males of the known species of Rhopaa can be dis- tinguished : — A. Antennaj flabellum consists of & laminee (7 of about equal length) .... magnicornis, Blackb. AA. Antennal flabellum consists of 7 laminze (at least 6 of them long and subequal). B. Punctures of pronotum very close throughout; for the most part confluent. C. Joint 3 of antenne not longer than its width at the apex. D. Elytra, and dorsal surface of pronotum, having only close short pubescence. Ii. Prothorax very strongly nar- rowed in front, and with sides very strongly rounded soror, Blackb. EE. Prothorax not strongly nar- rowed in front, and with sides (viewed from above). lightly arched : heterodactyla, Germ... DD. Elytra and whole surface of | pronotum sparsely set with erect comparatively long hairs hirtuosa, Blackb. CC. Joint 3 of antennze much more than twice as Jong as wide ... assimilis, Blackb. > 190 BB. Punctures of pronotum — subcon- fluent on sides but distinctly spaced on disc, some intervals larger than the adjacent punc- tures. C. Width of prothorax considerably less than twice length. D. Dise of pronotum quite sparsely punctulate Sti ihj-201 Sees DD. Disc of pronotum closely (though by no means con- fluently) punctulate —... CC. Width of prothorax fully twice the length of same .. AAA. Antennal flabellum consists of 6 lamine (Ist of them usually very short). B. Punctures of pronotum confluent and very small Be BB. Punctures of pronotum very “much larger and less close. C. Sides of prothorax distinctly angu- late about the middle of their leneth : CC. Sides of prothorax ‘only “younded about the middle of their length. D. Joint 3 of antenne very short, scarcely longer than wide ... DD. Joint 3 of antenne consider- ably longer than wide. EK. Joint 3 of antennze abruptly rounded on inner side just before apex; body long and parallel EE. Joint 3 of antenne cylindric ; body much wider and less parallel te te AAAA. Ree club consists of 5 laminz (only apical 3 of them full lengthy B. Front margin of clypeus widely up- turned; pygidium very closely asper ate without other punctures. C. Sides of prothorax evenly and not very strongly rounded CC. Sides of prothorax abruptly, and very strongly, rotundate-dila- tate about middle... . BB. Front margin of clypeus only vers narrowly upturned; eae coriaceous and studded with much larger punctures ; Table of characters iouinenietaae known to me: A. Puncturation of pronotum very close and fine (as in their males). B. Antennal flabellum with 6 long and subequal laminze ti RTT ea _ [Blackb. australis (Holophylla), pilosa, Blackb. laticollis, Blackb. Verreauxi, Blanch. dubitans, Blackb. Mussoni, Blackb. consanguinea, Blackb.. rugulosa, Blackb. incognita, Blackb. morbillosa, Blackb. pianiceps, Blackb. the female Rhopea soror, Blackb. 191 BB. Antennal flabellum with only 5 long and subequal lamine ... . Verreauxi, Blanch. aa, FP f th large «AJ unctures of pronotum much larger and less close (as in their m: les). B. Antennal flabellum with 5 subequal lamin, each equal to joints 1-5 of the antenne together... . Mussoni, Blackb. BB. Antennal flabellum with only 3 of its laminz subequal, each of them much shorter than in Mussoni ... rugulosa, Blackh. Lt. assimilis, sp. nov., Mas. Elongata; subtiliter pubescens, capite ‘prothoracis margine antico sternis pedibusque pilis elongatis vestitis; rufo-brunnea, capite pronoto scutello pygidioque confertissime subtilissime nonnihil aspere (clypeo fortiter transverso, antice sat alte reflexo, minus crebre minus subtiliter) punctulatis; elytris dupli- citer (subtiliter fere ut pronotum, et puncturis majoribus numerosis leviter impressis) punctulatis ; palporum maxil- larium articulo apicali supra profunde concavo ; antennis 10-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 1"S 2us que conjuncti non- nihil longiori, flabello 7-articulato quam articuli ceteri conjuncti paullo longiori (illius articulo basali quam ceteri multo brevior1) ; prothorace quam longiori ut 5:ad 3 lataori, antice sat fortiter angustato, lateribus crenulatis parum arcuatis, basi late leviter lobata angulis posticis obtusis ; pygidio ad apicem anguste obsolete emarginato. Mem- latet./ Long.,. 11 1:; lat., 5 1. (vix.). Easily distinguishable from its known congeners by its ‘close fine puncturation (not much different from that of 7. Verreauzi, Blanch., except in the puncturation of the pygidium being manifestly less close and fine) in combination with a 7-jointed antennal flabellum, the first joint of which is less than half as long as the second joint. It differs from -all the other known species having very fine and close punc- turation (except Verreaurr) by the elongate 3rd joint of its antennz, and from all of them except heterodactyla, Germ., by the much less strongly arched sides of its prothorax, which when viewed from above appear almost evenly narrowed from base to apex—though viewed from the side they are seen to be quite strongly—but notably less strongly than in others except heterodactyla—rounded. The 3rd joint of the antennz joins on to the flabellum much nearer to the hind extremity -of the latter than in heterodactyla, soror, and hirtuosa. New South Wales; sent to me by Mr. Sloane, as taken at Bulli. e R. pilosa, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata; subtiliter pubescens, capite pronoto elytrisque pilis erectis fulvis sat elongatis vestitis, sternis pedibusque longe fulvo- 192 pilosis; rufobrunnea; capite crebre sat fortiter (clypec magis grosse, hoc sat transverso antice sat alte reflexo) punctulato; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali supra concavo; antennis 10-articulatis, articulo 3° tri- angulari (intus quam articuli 1S 2us que conjuncti vix breviori, extus multo breviori, margine apicali ad flabellum applicato quam margo anticus sat longiori, cum hoc angulum plus minusve spiniformem efficienti), flabello 7-articulato quam articuli ceteri conjuncti sat longiori (illius articulo basali quam ceteri parum bre- vierl); prothorace quam longiori1 ut 18 ad 11 latiori, -antice sat angustato, supra inequaliter (puncturis non- -nullis quam cetere multo majoribus) sat crebre sat for- titer punctulato, lateribus crenulatis fortiter rotundatis, ' basi bisinuata, angulis posticis obtusis; elytris longi- tudinaliter obtuse obsolete costulatis, dupliciter (sub- _. tiliter, et puncturis majoribus numerosis leviter impressis) _punctulatis : pygidio Etta subtilissime nonnihil . aspere punctulato. Kem. latet. Long., 94 1.; lat., 421. ~ Somewhat closely allied to &. (Holophylla) australis, Blackb., but much less nitid, the sides of the prothorax more strongly rounded, the puncturation of the pronotum (especi- ally of its disc) much closer and stronger. From &. assimalis, Blackb., it differs by, enter ula, the triangular shape of its 3rd .antennal joint, from heterodactyla, soror, and hirtusou by the very much less close puncturation of its pronotum, and from the rest of its known congeners by the number of joints in the flabellum of its antenne. The peculiar form of the 3rd_ joint of the antenne, as described above—that joint, moreover, meeting the flabellum considerably in front of the hind margin of the latter—is a structure common to all the Rhopea known to me (except assemilis), having the flabellum of 7 joints. The erect pilosity of the dorsal surface of this species also distinguishes it from heterodactyla, soror, and assimtlis. re | New South Wales: sent by Mr. Froggatt, as from Boro (his No. 17). R. laticollis, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata; subtiliter ‘ ~ pubescens, capite pronoto elytrisque pilis erectis fulvis sat elongatis vestitis, sternis pedibusque longe fulvo- pilosis; rufobrunnea; clypeo (hoc minus _ transverso, antice alte reflexo) sat grosse nec rugulose, fronte con- ‘fertim subtiliter aspere, punctulatis; palporum maxil- -'‘larium articulo apicali supra depresso, parte depressa “' corlacea; antennis 10-articulatis, ut precedentis (/. 193 pilose) formatis ; prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, antice parum angustato, supra crebre (in disco nullo modo confluenter) punctulato, lateribus crenulatis for- titer rotundatis, angulis posticis obtusis, basi in media parte manifeste lobata; elytris longitudinaliter obtuse sat perspicue costulatis, dupliciter (minus fortiter et puncturis majoribus numerosis sat fortiter impressis) punctulatis; pygidio puncturis minus crebre minus for- titer impresso. Fem. latet. Long., 101.; lat., 5 1. Differs from all the other species of Rhopawa known to me (except pilosa) by the characters cited above as distinguishi- ing &. pilosa from them. It differs from all of them (includ- ing pilosa) by its prothorax fully twice as wide as long, and also by the sculpture of its elytra, the punctures of which are all strongly impressed—the smaller ones not nearly so small or closely placed as in other species (e.g., pilosa)— a sculpture which causes the elytra to be distinctly rugulose and somewhat more nitid than is usual in many Lhophee. The coriaceous space on the dorsal surface of the apical joint of the maxillary palpi is not, as it is in many /hopea (e.g., the two described above), concave, but is merely depressed; J am, however, doubtful of the value of this character, as the depth of the concavity is certainly not quite invariable within the limits of a species. New South Wales, Inverell; sent to me by Mr. Carter. fh. dubitans, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata; capite pronoto elytrisque pilis erectis fulvis sat elongatis sparsim ves- titis, sternis pedibusque longe pilosis; rufo-brunnea ; clypeo (hoc minus transverso peralte reflexo) sat crebre sat fortiter nec rugulose, fronte fere ut clypeus sed rugu- lose, punctulatis; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali supra concavo, parte concava coriacea; antennis 10- articulatis, articulo 3° quam latiori circiter duplo longiori, flabello 6-articulato quam articuli ceteri con- juncti parum longiori (illius articulo primo quam ceteri fere triplo breviori) ; prothorace quam longiori ut 18 ad 11 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra sparsius minus profunde (latera basinque versus crebrius pro- fundius) punctulato, lateribus crenulatis fortiter (Gan media parte obtuse subangulatim) rotundatis, angulis posticis rectis, basi media late leviter lobata ; elytris longitudinaliter obtuse sat obsolete costulatis, for- titer inequaliter rugulose sat crebre punctulatis ; pygidio crebre subtiliter subaspere punctulato. Fem. latet. Long., 10 1.; lat., 42 1. G 194 Somewhat close to 2. Musson, Blackb., but easily dis- tinguishable by the much longer joint 3 of its antennz, the manifestly sparser and feebler puncturation of its pronotum, and the evident angularity of the latero-median dilatation of its prothorax. TSE New South Wales (exact locality not known). R. rugulosa, sp. nov. Sat lata; supra subglabra, sternis pedibusque longe fulvo-pilosis; rufo-brunnea; capite pronotoque sat fortiter vix crebre vix rugulose punctu- latis; clypeo minus transverso peralte reflexo; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali supra concavo, parte con- cava coriacea; antennis 10-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice sat angustato, lateribus crenulatis sat fortiter nec angulatim rotundatis, amgulis posticis rectis, basi bisinuata; elytris longitudinaliter obtuse sat obsolete costulatis, rugulose subgrosse vix crebre punctulatis; pygidio coriaceo, leviter minus con- fertim subtilius punctulato. Maris antennarum articulo 3° quam latiori multo longiori sat cylindrico, flabello quam articuli ceteri conjuncti sat longiori 6-articulato (illius articulo primo quam ceteri tribus partibus breviori). | Femine antennarum flabello quam articuli ceteri oon- juncti multo breviori, 6-articulato (illius articulis primo perbrevi, 2° 3° 4° gradatim longioribus, 5° 6° que 4° equalibus); tarsis quam maris multo_ brevioribus. hong: Ii ye lat oad Nearest to 7. dubitans, but at once distinguishable from it by the evidently closer puncturation of its pronotum, the punctures of its pygidium much less close and much larger, and the sides of its prothorax evenly (without any angularity) rounded in the middle. There is no pilosity on the dorsal surface of either of the specimens before me, and this does not appear to be the result of abrasion. Queensland, Brisbane; given to me by Mr. French. R. consanguinea, sp. nov., Mas. Precedenti (2. rugwlose) affnis; multo magis angusta; antennarum articulo 3° breviori, quam latiori haud multo longiori, ad apicem quam ad basin multo latiori, ante apicem intus manifeste anguliformi; antennarum flabelli articulo 1° paullo longiori; prothorace antice magis angustata, ad basin manifeste lobato; elytrorum costulis multo minus obso- letis. yas Fem. latet. Long., 103 1.; lat., 51. (vix.). Subject to the qualifications mentioned above the description of Rk. rugulosa applies to this species, and need 195 not be repeated at full length; the puncturation of the two presents no noteworthy distinction. The notably narrower more parallel and more elongate form is, I think, a reliable character in Rhopea; the difference in the shape of the pro- thorax is very noticeable when the two species are side by side, and the very different structure of the 3rd antennal joint prevents any difficulty in distinguishing either from the other. In all probability these characters are distinctive of the females also. The greater development of the elytral coste in the unique type of R. consanguinea is perhaps not so reliable as the other characters cited. North Queensland. R. wncognita, sp. nov. Mas. Modice elongata; rufotestacea ; fronte elytrisque pilis erectis fulvis sparsim vestitis, sternis pedibusque longe fulvo-pilosis; clypeo crebre rugulose subtilius punctulato, antice alte reflexo; fronte subgrosse rugulosa; exempli typici palpis maxillaribus carentibus; antennis 10-articulatis, articulis 3° sat brevi quam latior! parum longiori 5° brevi intus breviter spini- formi, flabello 5-articulato (articulis 1° quam 2"s dimidio, 2° quam 3¥S fere dimidio, brevioribus) quam articuli ceteri conjuncti sat longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 10 ad 64 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, sat crebre sat fortiter punctulato, lateribus crenulatis minus fortiter rotundatis, angulis posticis acute rectis, basi sat fortiter lobata; elytris longitudinaliter obtuse minus obsolete costulatis, rugulose subgrosse vix crebre punctulatis ; pygidio subtillisime creberrime punctulato. Fem. latet. Long., 114 1.; lat., 53 1. This species is near /?. morbillosa, Blackb., but of nar- rower form, its antennz similar, its clypeus a little less strongly elevated in front, its prothorax more strongly nar- rowed in front and having sides much less dilatate in the middle and base more lobate, its pygidium more finely and more closely punctulate. From &k. planiceps it differs by, mter alia, its clypeus very much more strongly reflexed, its _prothorax more strongly narrowed in front and more strongly lobed at base and its pygidium much more closely and finely punctulate. From both the above it differs by the much better defined costule of its elytra. _Austraha (locality uncertain, but I believe I took it in the Victorian Alpine Region). Rk. planiceps, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata; supra sub- glabra, sternis pedibusque longe fulvo-pilosis; rufo- brunnea; capite pronotoque sat fortiter vix crebre punctulatis; clypeo minus lato, antice parum reflexo; e2 196 palporum maxillarium articulo apicali supra concavo, parte concava coriacea; antennis 10-articulatis, articulis 3° sat cylindrico quam latiori sat multo longiori 5° brevi intus breviter spiniformi, flabello 5-articulato (articulis 1° quam 34S dimidio breviori, 2° quam 1" paullo longiori) articulis ceteris conjunctis longitudine sat zquali; prothorace quam longiori ut 18 ad 11 latiori, antice sat angustato, lateribus crenulatis minus fortiter rotundatis, angulis posticis rectis, basi manifeste lobata ; elytris longitudinaliter obtuse sat obsolete costulatis, rugulose subgrosse vix crebre punctulatis; pygidio coriaceo, leviter minus crebre subtilius punctulato Fem. latet. Long., 10 1.; lat., 42 1. This species resembles #. rugulosa, Blackb., in respect of puncturation, but is easily distinguishable by, iter ala, the front of its clypeus only very lightly upturned, its anten- nal flabellum with only 5 joints, and the sides of its pro- thorax much less strongly rounded. The number of joints in its antennal flabellum distinguishes it from all the other known species of the genus except 2’. morbillosa, Binere and encognita, Blackb. South Australia; type in South Australian Museum. PSEUDHOLOPHYLLA (gen. nov. Melolonthidarum verarum, Lac.). This is a new name for Holophylla, Burm. (nec Er.). Only one species (furfuracea, Burm.) has been described. The insect which I believe to be that species occurs in Queensland. ; PARALEPIDIOTA (gen. nov. Melolonthidarum verarum, Lac.). A. Lemdiota differt antennarum fiabello laminas plures quam tres prebenti. A. Lepidodermate differt mas tibiarum posticarum spina interna ad mediam partem quam ad basin multo latiori, et antennarum flabello quam articuli precedentes conjuncti longiori. I place this genus near Lepidiota rather than Rhopea, on account of the structure of its clypeus, the erect front face of which is not strongly elevated above the labrum (much less than the length of the apical joint of the maxillary’ palpi) and is very nitid, and bears very large punctures, which emit short, coarse, white hairs and scales. It differs from all the other known Australian genera of the Legdiota group by its . antenne, which are like those of a #hopea (6 long laminz in 197 tthe male flabellum of the species before me). It is also notable in respect of the inner spur of its hind tibiz, which is dilated from its base in the male to beyond the middle of its length (and then suddenly narrowed almost to a point) and in the female quite to its rounded apex. I must defer the description of this insect as a species until my next paper, as a memoir by Herr Brenske describing new species of Lepidoderma (among which it is just possible that this species is included) will not reach me until too late to be studied before the issue of my present paper, but it seemed desirable to place the genus in the preceding tabu- lation. PARARHOPASA (gen. nov. Melolonthidarum verarum, Lac.). Rhopee affinis. Mentum transversum; palpi labiales minus breves, articulo apicali oblongo ad apicem acuminato ; palpi maxillares sat elongati, articulo apicali supra con- cavo; labrum sat magnum fere horizontale, antice pro- funde emarginatum; clypeus modicus, declivitate antica alta verticali equaliter rugulosa et pilis sat elongatis obsita; antennz 10-articulate, flabello maris valde elongato (hujus laminz quam tres sunt plures); pedes sat elongati, tibiis anticis intus ad apicem spina brevl armatis extus dentatis, tibiis posticis maris ad apicem calearibus 2 armatis (horum altero brevi spiniformi altero elongato laminiformi a basi ad mediam partem leviter dilatato), unguiculis pone medium dente valido armatis ad basin vix dentiformibus. Femina latet. Ad hoc genus tribuenda est P. (Rhopaa) callabonensis, Blackb. This species has been sufficiently described in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1894, p. 205. It should perhaps be added that its front tibiz have three external teeth. It differs from Rhopea principally by the form of its labrum, by the more elongate and slender apical joint of its labial palpi, and by the spurs of its hind tibie. ANTITROGUS. All the specimens that I have seen of this genus are from the south-eastern quarter of Australia and from Tas- mania. Examples, especially of the female, are not common in collections, but this is due probably (at any rate in respect ‘of the males) to accidental circumstances, or perhaps to periodicity, as males of one of the species known to me were 198 found plentifully by Mr. Griffith flying in the evening at Henley Beach, near Adelaide. The Antitrog: are compara- tively large Melolonthides, not ciosely resembling in facies- any others known to me, but perhaps most like the less. elongate species of hopca, which indeed are, in my opinion,. their closest allies. Brenske regarded them as a subgenus of Lepidiota, but in this I cannot follow him. I cannot find any statement of his reasons for this assignment but con- jecture that it was founded on the number of joints in the antennal flabellum (to which I am convinced he attributed too much importance) and on the structure of the spurs of the hind tibiz in the female. This latter character is no doubt of importance, but I doubt whether Brenske can have seen a female, which sex was not known to Burmeister, the author of the genus and of its only as yet described species ;. and as Brenske refers only to that species, and refers only to Burmeister’s treatment of that species (which was certainly founded on a male), it seems quite possible that he had seen only the original type. As a fact the structure of the spurs of the hind tibie in the female is much more of the Rhopea type than of the Lemdiota type. The inner spur of that sex is a little more definitely enlarged as compared with that of the male than in Lhopwa, and is blunted at the apex (pro- bably indicating that the place of Antitrogus is between Rhopea and Lepidiota), but it has no tendency towards the: “spoon’’ shape which Brenske considers (so far as my know- ledge of the genus extends, correctly) characteristic of Lepidiota, and, moreover, is not dilated from the base upward. The sculpture and vestiture of the front declivous. face of the clypeus is absolutely of the hopewa type, a char- acter which—as I have already indicated—I regard as of first importance. When to these considerations are added the fact that Antitrogus in facies considerably resembles Rhopea and is particularly unlike a typical Legidiota, and the fact that its vestiture (at any rate that of all the species I have seen) is entirely pilose (not squamiferous), it really seems to: me a very clear case that: Brenske misplaced it. Burmeister made Antitrogus a subgenus of Rhizotrogus,. and, of course, Brenske is right in disputing that assignment. It is no doubt very much nearer Lepidiota than Rhizotrogus. The three species known to me of the genus are extremely close, iter se, and seem to be very variable in colour and in degree of pruinosity. I find, however, very little variation among the individuals of the only large batch of specimens that I have seen as taken in company, and there- fore I think that the differences of colour and iridescence in the single individuals (or in some cases two) that I have seen 7 : oe el eg eS te cre eNE Rit a ten 199 from other localities and in which I cannot find good struc- tural specific differences, may possibly be found when more specimens of both sexes can be examined to be accompanied ‘by distinctions of specific value. The sexual differences in -lntitrogus are not very con- ‘spicuous except in respect of the laminw of the antennal flabellum, which in the male are at least as long as—in the female much shorter than—the preceding antennal joints together, and in respect of the hind tarsi, which are more or less shortened in the female. The comparatively slight differ- ence in the spurs of the hind tibie has been referred to already Of the three species before me, either of two may possibly be Burmeister’s species, as he mentions no character not found in them both, and gives no indication of locality beyond “Neu-Holland.’’ One of the two referred to is from Victoria and Albury (New South Wales), the other from South Australia. The fact that European collections in early days received comparatively few species from the latter locality points to the probability of the Antitrogus from Victoria, etc., being fasmanicus Burm., and the conjecture is slightly strengthened by Burmeister’s remark that the 3rd antennal joint is “nicht verlangerte’—a phrase that might fairly be applied to either of the two species I am discussing, but that mdicates the Victorian one even more strongly than the other, in which the 3rd antennal joint, though short, is ‘quite distinctly longer than the 4th joint. JI presume the mame “fasmanicus” to have been given in honour of the voyager Tasman. The species is assigned to Tasmania in Masters’ Catalogue, but, as noted above, is not so assigned ‘by the author. It may be noted here that an Antitrogus is found in Tasmania, but, even disregarding the author’s statement of locality, is not likely to be his species, since it has black antenne, and the antennz of tasmanicus are especi- ally mentioned as “red-brown.”’ The following tabulation indicates characters by which the Antitrog: known to me can be distinguished : — A. Joint 3 of antennez distinctly longer than joint 4 . , ... Burmeisteri, Blackb. AA. Joint 3 of antenne not longer “than joint 4. B. Antenne red Pie aes bixae:.. os)? tasmanieus, Burm. ' BB. Antenne black aes ac .«.. Miericornss,. .Blackb. A. mgricornis, sp. nov., Mas. Subnitidus ; eerie, antennis nigris, pedibus et segmentis apicalibus 2 2 non- nihil rufescentibus ; supra sat iridescens; prothoracis basi, coxis, sternisque dense fulvo-pilosis ; elytris pilis 200 brevibus cinereis parum perspicuis sparsim vestitis ; clypeo sat crebre subgrosse, fronte prothoraceque minus crebre magis subtiliter, punctulatis; antennis 10-articulatis, articulis 1° piriformi, 2° brevi subgloboso, 3° quam 2us parum longiori, 4° 3° sat quali, 5° quam 44s paullo. brevicri intus dentiformi, 6° 7° que perbrevibus (intus. spiniformibus), 8°-10° flabellum (hoc quam articuli ceteri conjuncti longiori) formantibus; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, mar- gine apicali emarginato, lateribus pone medium fortiter rotundatis (vel fere subangulatis), basi (partibus later-. alibus exceptis) haud marginata; scutello transverso,, fere ut prothorax punctulato; elytris sat crebre quam prothorax multo magis grosse punctulatis, costulis obtusis subobsoletis 3 instructis; pygidio crebrius subtilius (linea media sparsim excepta) punctulato; segmentis ventralibus fere ut pygidium punctulatis; pedibus longe ciliatis, sat crebre rugulose nec grosse punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsis anticis quam tibie paullo longioribus, intermediis tibiis sat sequalibus, posticis. quam tibie paullo brevioribus. Long., 11 1.; lat., 52 1. This species is certainly somewhat close to that which I take to be A. tasmanicus, Burm., but differs strongly from Burmeister’s description by its black antennze and palpi and its piceous legs, and (from the specimens that I believe to be tasmamcus) also by its notably narrower and more parallel form. I have not seen the female. In one of the specimens. before me the prothorax is a little rufescent on its sides. Tasmania. A. Burmesteri, sp. nov., Mas. Subnitidus; fusco-brunneus, palpis pedibusgue dilutioribus, antennis testaceis,. abdomine antice piceo postice rufo; vix iridescens; pro- thoracis basi, coxis sternisque, dense fulvopilosis ;. elytris pilis brevibus pallidis sparsim vestitis; capite sat crebre subgrosse, prothorace minus crebre vix magis sub- tiliter, punctulatis; antennis 10-articulatis, articulis 1° piriformi, 2° brevi transversim globoso, 5° quam 24S sat longiori, 4° quam 3¥S sat breviori, 5° quam 4"S parum breviori intus dentiformi, 6° 7° que brevibus intus spini- formibus, 8°-10° flabellum (hoc quam articuli ceteri con- juncti longiori) formantibus; prothorace quam longiori fere ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, margine apicali emarginato, lateribus arcuatis, basi (parte mediana summa excepta) manifeste marginata; scutello transverso, fere ut prothorax punctulato; elytris sat. 201 erebre quam prothorax multo magis grosse punctulatis, costulis obtusis subobsoletis 3 instructis; pygidio punc- turis minutis confertis et aliis majoribus sat crebris impresso; segmentis ventralibus sat crebre punctulatis ; pedibus long ciliatis, sat crebre rugulose sat grosse punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsis anticis quam tibie sat longioribus, posterioribus 4 tibiis sat equalibus. Long., 1l-1.; lat., 54 1. Easily distinguishable from 4. nigricornis and from the ‘species that I regard as tasmanicus by the 3rd joint of its antenne very distinctly longer than the 4th joint (the 4th joint about equals two-thirds of the 3rd). The typical speci- men of this species (I have a second example exactly like it, but badly damaged, and evidently from style of mounting, -etc., a companion specimen) also differs from them by its dark ferruginous—not at all piceous and scarcely pruinose— body and its clear ferruginous legs and by its evidently longer tarsi. Both examples are males. The Antetrogus which I have mentioned above as taken in numbers by Mr. Griffith agrees with PBurmeisteri, so far as I can discover, in all respects except colouring, but its colour is that of the species ‘that I believe to be tasmanicus. The type of Burmeister: and its companion specimen are from South Australia, but I have lost record of exact locality. Iam almost sure, however, that ‘the locality is not near Adelaide. On the whole there seems to me to be a doubt whether the examination of a series of fresh specimens of both sexes coloured like the type may not eventually reveal grounds for regarding the Henley Beach -examples as specifically distinct. South Australia. ELATERIDE. CREPIDOMENINI. PARABLAX. Dr. Schwartz (D.E.Z., 1906, p. 368) formed a new genus -of the above name for certain species which had previously been attributed to Metablax, among them his M. trisulcatus. ‘Two species (bicolor, Blackb., and quinquesulcatus, Blackb.) which I placed in the allied genus Parasaphes must also be ‘transferred to this new genus Parablar. ELATERIDA. PHYSODACTYLINI. The Physodactylini have been variously treated by authors. Lacordaire placed them in a family (Cebrionides, ‘distinct from the Hlateride. Dr. Schwartz, in the “Genera 202 Insectorum,” places them in the latter family. I do not coneur without hesitation in this arrangement, but as the classification of the “Genera Insectorum” will no doubt be widely followed, I accept it. This group, like the Cebriomde, is easily distinguished from the true Hlateride by tibie dilated and of triangular form (of the fossorial type) and furnished with strong deve- lopment of spines. It has not hitherto been reported as occurring in Australia. It is represented in my collection by two specimens, for which it is necessary to form two new genera. NULLARBORICA, gen. nov. Frons declivis; labrum fortiter transversum; antenne sat fortiter serrata, articulis 3° quam 2"S multo longiori, 11° subappendiculato; prothorax a basi ad apicem angus- tatus, ad latera marginatus, margine (superne viso) sat continuo; prosternum antice truncatum, suturis sinuatis. antice clausis postice nonnihil duplicatis; tarsi subtus haud laminati; coxe intermedie haud plane contigue ; sulcus mesosternalis manifestus. 4 The characters cited above in combination distinguish this genus from those described in the “Genera Insectorum.’’ It bears much superficial resemblance to Antoligostethus, but differs by its head obliquely declivous, the margins of its prothorax not bent down in the front part in such fashion as to be invisible from above, by the front of its prosternum more abruptly truncate and by its intermediate coxz not in contact with each other but separated by a quite visible mesosternal cavity. NV. concinna, sp. nov. Rufo-brunnea; modice nitida; supra pilis brevibus suberectis sat dense vestita; antennis ultra prothoracis basin elongatis ; capite crebre fortiter punctu- lato; prothorace quam trans basin latiori fere quarta parte breviori, supra sat equaliter fere ut caput punctulato, antice modice angustato, margine antico bisinuato, lateri- bus fere rectis vix sinuatis, angulis posticis haud divari- catis intra marginem haud carinatis; scutello ovali; elytris quam prothorax plus quam triplo longioribus, sat. fortiter striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis crebre minus subtiliter punctulatis, apice vix acuto fere rotundato ; prosterno episternisque crebre subgrosse punctulatis ; processu. prosternali supra planato, postice abrupte declivi; coxis intermediis subcontiguis; suleo mesoster- nali manifesto; coxis posticis intus gradatim sat for- titer (sed supra trochanteres paullo magis fortiter) dilatatis; abdomine sat crebre sat fortiter punctulato; 203 tarsis posticis quam tibia vix brevioribus, articulis 1-4 gradatim brevioribus ; unguiculis modice magnis. Long., 54 1.; lat., 2% 1. South-West Australia (Nullarbor Plains); given to me by Mr. French. ANTOLIGOSTETHUS (gen. nov.). Caput antice perpendiculare ; labrum fortiter transversum ; antenne sat fortiter serrate, articulis 3° quam 2"5 multo longiori, 11° subappendiculato; prothorax a basi ad apicem angustatus, ad latera marginatus, margine antice fortiter deflexo (superne viso haud perspicuo); _ pros- ternum antice rotundatim truncatum, suturis sinuatis antice clausis haud duplicatis; tarsi subtus haud laminati; coxz intermedie contigue. The characters cited above will serve in combination to distinguish this genus from all those described in the “Genus Insectorum.” It is probably nearest to the South African genus Oligostethus, Schw., but differs from it by, inter alia, the antennze strongly serrate from the 3rd joint inclusive, the strongly transverse labrum, and the prosternal sutures not open in front. A. lucidus, sp. nov. Brunneo-testaceus; sat nitidus (pre- sertim pronotum); supra pilis brevibus erectis sat dense vestitus; antennis ultra prothoracis basin elongatis ; capite crebre fortiter punctulato; prothorace quam trans basin latiori parum breviori, supra in disco sparsius sub- tilius (quam caput multo minus crebre multo minus fortiter) latera summa versus magis fortiter punctulato, antice sat fortiter angustato, margine antico rotundatim sat fortiter producto, lateribus fere rectis nonnihil sinuatis, angulis posticis haud divaricatis intra mar- ginem haud carinatis; scutello ovali; elytris quam prothorax circiter triplo longioribus, sat fortiter striatis, striis latera versus fortiter punctulatis, interstitiis parum convexis sat crebre minus subtiliter punctulatis, apice vix acuminato fere rotundato; prosterno crebre fortiter, episternis sparsim subtilius, punctulatis; processu_ pro- sternali supra concavo, postice abrupte declivi; coxis intermediis contiguis; coxis posticis intus gradatim sat fortiter dilatatis; abdomine sat crebre sat fortiter punctulato; tarsis posticis quam tibie paulo brevioribus, articulis 1-4 gradatim brevioribus; unguiculis modice magnis. Long., 54 1.; lat., 14 1. North-West Australia; Roebuck Bay. i 204 NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART XIV. By Jos C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.-), F.R.C.S. (Eng.). [Read October 12, 1911.j PuaTEs XXVI. ann XXVIT. Genus DENTALIUM. Since 1904, when { wrote a paper on Dentaliwm inter- calatum, Gould. (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1904, vol. xxviii.,. p. 135), I have dredged in deeper waters, up to 300 fathoms, and have explored the coastline and dredged up to 35 fathoms. as far west as St. Francis Island in Nuyts Archipelago, and Point Sinclair; also at Esperance Bay, King George Sound, Ellensbrook, Yallingup, off Bunbury in Geographe Bay, and at Rottnest Island, and off Fremantle in Western Australia. As a great amount and a much varied kind of material has thus been accumulated I propose to review my previous Notes on Dentaliwm and other South Australian genera in ‘the light of these collections. Bossevain in “‘Scaphopoda of the Siboga Expedition, 1906,” p. 22, under Dentalium intercalatum, Gld., reproduces my paper from the Trans. Roy Soc. of S.A. In the paper on D. intercalatum, Gld., referred to I write: —“I have vainly endeavoured to discover more than one species among them. They are exceedingly variable, and were it not for intermediate forms quite a dozen species. might be created.’? In going through the literature of Dentalium several species already created may from the description and figures be matched by my specimens, and so. would seem to be but variations of the one abundant and protean species. Among these are the following : — Dentalium duodecimcostatum, Brazier. Dentahium duodecimcostatum, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc.,. N.S.W., i voli, 11...» LS#t,op. sobs Type locality—Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud (Chevert Exped.) ; Pils_. bry, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1897-8, vol. xvii., p. 18; Hedley, Records Austr. Mus. 1901, vol. Avo; "p. weet "pl. KVil.; fied Ble: Bossevain, Scaphopoda of Siboga Exped., 1906, p. 15. Dredged in 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 22 in good condition, some alive. The only difference between the unique type specimen and mine is that the latter attain the length of only 9 lines. instead of 11. 205 Dentalium cheverti, Sharp and Pilsbry. Dentalium cheverti, nom. mut., Sharp and Pilsbry, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1897-8, vol. xvii.. p. 9; Hedley, Records Austr. Mus., 1901, vol. iv., No. 3, p. 129, pl. xvii., fig. 34; Bossevain, Scaphopoda, Siboga Exped., 1906, p. 17. Dentalium septemcostatum, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1877, vol. ii., p. 57 (nom D. septemcostatum, Abich, 1859). Type locality—Evan Bay, Cape York, North Australia, 6 fathoms, sand (Chevert Exped.). Dredged in 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 2 in good condition, 13 mm. long. Dentalium katowense, Brazier. Dentalium katowense, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1877, vol. ii., p. 56. Type locaiity—Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and coral; Pilsbry and Sharp, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1897-8, vol. xvii., p. 9; Hedley, Records Austr. Mus., 1901, vol. iv., No. 3, p. 129, pl. xvii., fig. 33; Bossevain, Scaphopoda, Siboga Exped., 1906, p. 16. Dredged in 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 4 in good condition. The longest is 225 mm. Mr. Hedley writes: “This answers fairly to my specimens from the Gulf of Car- pentaria.” Brazier in the definition of his species writes, “interstices with minute lengthened striz.” If the specimens of UV. entercalatum, Gld., from South Australia are carefully exam- ined under a lens when their larger end is toward the light they will show their transverse accremental striz very plainly, but when they lie with their side toward the light these are quite indistinct, and fine axial striz are visible. The rela- tive validity of these axial and concentric striz varies in different examples. They are to be seen in my specimens labelled D. katowense. Dentalium thetidis, Hedley. Dentalium thetidis, Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1908, vol. iv., p. 327, fig. 61. Type locality—‘‘In 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla; also in 41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points.’’ Dredged in 6 fathoms off Black Point, Gulf St. Vincent, 1 fresh; in 15 to 22 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent, 2 good; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 fresh, 7 dead; in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 3 dead. Identified by cotypes from Mr. Hed- ley. In the two fresh specimens from 130 fathoms, close to the posterior end, in the furrow on each side next to the central furrow on the convex surface, are four minute holes in an axial line. These are probably only accidental. They may be the boreholes of predacious molluscs. Still it is a curious coincidence to find them in two specimens, in iden- tically the same position ; and the coincidence is more striking 206 since they occur only in these two instances, among several hundred Dentalium shells. These are often bored, but gener- ally only in one or two holes and in other parts of the shell. However, it would be perilous to construct another species to include these two examples, which in all other respects resemble the rest under this name. My longest individual measures 20 mm. by 2°25 mm. Hedley’s type is 8 mm. by 1 mm., and probably immature. Dentalium bednalli, Pilsbry and Sharp. Dentalium bednalli, Pilsbry and Sharp, Tryon, Man. Conch. 1897-8, vol. xvii., p. 348, ply xxxix., ) figs.) 1927 andere Type locality—Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia. (¢) D. octogonum, Lam., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 868; Adcock, Handlist Aquatic Moll., SyA. eos op: 10. Dredged in 15-22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 59 speci- mens with 7 ribs posteriorly and a varying number anteriorly ; after the previous 7-angled varieties have been picked out. Dentalium octopleuron, n. var. This shell is like D. bednaili, Sharp and Pilsbry, except that it has 8 ribs at the posterior end instead of 7. In 4 specimens the 8 costz run throughout the shell, which may measure 20 mm. in length. SBut in all the others riblets arise; it may be in only one or in two, or up to all the intercostal spaces. These riblets may number as many as 4 in a space; they may equal in size the primary ribs, if they are few, or they may remain small, especially if numerous. Dredged in 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 88 in good condition. This variety is the most common in our shallower waters, and this would be the form found by Angas on Henley Beach and named by him PD. octagonum, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 868. Type in Dr. Verco’s collection. Dentalium robustum, Brazier. Dentalium robustum, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1877, vol. ii., p. 56. Type locality—Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and coral (Chevert Exped. ); Pilsbry and Sharp, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1897-8, vol. aos p. 12; Hedley, Records Aust. Mus., 1901, vol. iv., No.3, p. 128, pl. xvii. f@eree: Bossevain, Scaphopoda, Siboga Exped., i906, Dp. ee: Dredged in 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 16 in good condition. These, like the type, have 9 ribs throughout. Besides these 28 other specimens from the same locality have 9 ribs posteriorly and more than 9 anteriorly. 207 Dentalium decemcostatum, Brazier. Dentahum Bee rane’ Brazier, Proc. Linn Soc., N.S.W., 1877, vol. ii. . 65. Type locality—K: atow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, J ae mud (Chevert va pale Pilsbry and Sharp, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1897-8, vol. xvii., p. 8; Bossevain, Scapho- poda, Siboga Exped., 1906, p. 27. Dredged in 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 10 good; with 10 ribs throughout, with 10 ribs posteriorly, and more than 10 anteriorly, 24 good. Dentalium francisense, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., figs. 1 and la. Shell moderately solid, narrow, curved, less anteriorly, translucent white, with 14 broad, low, round ribs extending throughout, separated by distinct linear interspaces. Fine transverse microscopic growth lines. Anterior aperture cir- cular, margins thin, scarcely scalloped. Posterior end trun- cate, aperture small, border thick, shape oval, elongate antero-posteriorly. eect. —Length, 28 mm.; diameter—anteriorly, 3°2 mm.; posteriorly, 16 mm. A much younger individual measures 135 mm. in length, 24 mm. in its anterior diameter, and 8 mm. in its posterior. It is much more curved and has a slightly projecting appendical tube. Locality.—In 15 to 20 fathoms in Petrel Bay, St. Fran- cis Island, type with 4 others (2 alive); in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 good; in 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 9 good; in 55 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 1 good; in 15 fathoms in Geographe Bay, Western Australia, 1 good. This shell varies. There may be only 11 ribs through- out, of which I have two examples from Gulf St. Vincent, or 11 mbs posteriorly, and more anteriorly up to 22 from inter- calated miblets, 13 examples from the same locality. There may be 12 ribs posteriorly and 12 anteriorly, and these may be typically broad and round, or rather narrow and flat, 4 examples; or of intermediate width, 9 examples ; or 12 ribs posteriorly and 2 or more additional riblets antennorly, 4 examples, all dredged in 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent. ' There may be 13 ribs throughout, as in 11 examples from 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent. There may be 15 ribs throughout, as in 9 examples from 15 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent. _ There may be 18 ribs throughout, as in 1 example from Port Lincoln, but this is a large old individual, with a rela- tively great posterior diameter, and probably had fewer ribs earlier in life. 208 Type in Dr. Verco’s collection. I am inclined to think that even this species is but an extreme variant of the D. intercalatum, Gld. It would seem as though the more initial ribs are present at the posterior end, the fewer interstitial ribs arise, which is easily under- stood; and the more likely they are to be round and broad and encroach on the intercostal spaces. Still one may. meet with an occasional specimen starting with 11 ribs which increase up to 24, and are rather narrow; or with one which starts with only a few ribs, 7 or 9, and ‘these become broad and rounded. The following species of Dentaliuwm appear to be distinct from Dentalium intercalatum, Gld., with its many varieties : — Dentalium hemileuron, n. sp. Pl. xxvi, fig. 2. Shell long and narrow, very slightly curved, mostly at the hinder part, white opaque when dead, translucent wher fresh, and glistening, rather thick. There are 10 axial ribs, valid, narrow, about one-fourth the width of their inter- spaces, less valid and less distant on the convex side. Well developed in the posterior half, then becoming quickly obso- lete and absent from the anterior third. There is no increase in number as the shell grows larger, close transverse scratch marks, and circles of varying opacity make the ornament. Anterior aperture round. Posterior aperture round, but on the convex surface it has a sinus about as deep as wide with convex margins. Dimensions.—Length, 30 mm.; greatest width, 2.4 mm. ; smallest, “4 mm. Localhity.—Dredged in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, type with 20 in good condition (some alive), 51 in poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jafia, 37 (some alive); in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor; in 200 fathoms, 1 moderate. In a young individual the ribs are traceable to within 2 mm. of the end, where the diameter was only 3 mm., beyond which ribs were absent and only transverse scratchings were visible; the extreme 2 mm. cap, as it were, the part beyond. The largest example measures 34 mm. Some have: 9 ribs, some 8, some 11. Diagnosis.—There are no axial interstitial riblets as in D. thetidis, Hedley, nor increase in the number of ribs by splitting or intercalation, as in D. intercalatum, Gld., and the anterior part is ribless. Type in Dr. Verco’s collection. 209 Dentalium zelandicum, Sowerby. Dentalium zelandicum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 1860, vol. jii., p. 101, sp. 31, pl. cexxiii., fig. 18. Type locality—-New Zealand ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1872, vol. xvili., pl. i1., fig. 8; Lesson, Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), 1896, Band. vi., Abt. 5, p. 15, sp. 23, pl. iv., fig. 4; Pilsbry and Sharp, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1897-8, vol. xvii., p. 70, pl. vi., fig. 81; Murdoch and Suter, Trans. New Zealand Institute, 1905, vol. xxxviii., p. 304, 110 fathoms off Great Barrier Island. It is from one of these specimens kindly given me by Mr. Suter that mine are identified. Dredged in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 5 good and 12 fragments; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 dead; and in 200 fathoms, 1 fragment large but eroded. The radula, pl. xxvii., fig. 7, has the formula 1.].1.1.1., with a wide low central cusp, a lateral provided with several small denticles at its inner lower part, and an oblong rhom- boidal marginal. My largest specimen attains a length of 55 mm., with a width of 6 mm., and has 32 axial ribs, the smaller of which arise by intercalation. A specimen of 20 mm. in length, with about 2 mm. of the apical end unsculptured, has a dis- tinct fissure of 4°75 mm. long on the convex surface; another of the same size and age shows none: a third younger still has 4 mm. unsculptured and no fissure. The fissure in this section of Ventalium appears to be only occasionally and not always present; just as does the appendical tube in another section. Dentalium virgula, Hedley. Dentalium virgula, Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., vol. iv., 1908, p. 328, fig. 62. Type locality—‘‘Numerous examples were taken in 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla, in 41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points, in 54-59 fathoms off Wata Mooli, and in 50-52 fathoms off Botany Bay.’’ Dredged in 60 and 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 43 moder- ately good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 23 alive and many dead and pieces; in 104 fathoms south-west of the Neptune Islands, 7 good, 44 moderate; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 4 alive, 21 dead; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 3 moderate ; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 93 moderate; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 4 poor. Some examples have slight annular constrictions at intervals of 3 mm. Here the shell is less opaque-white, and the opacity gradually increases anteriorly, as though at the constriction the shell were thinner, representing a more rapid growth after a period of lessened activity or of rest. The appendix is visible in very early life, when the shell is extremely narrow. There seems to be a great tendency to transverse fracture when the shell is nearly filled up by in- 210 ternal deposit, so that numerous fragments are found from 3 mm. upwards in length, and with the appendix projecting, resemble candle-ends. When the appendix is absent in the early stages of growth the shell is not unlike juvenile D. lubricatum, Sowerby, but does not increase quite so rapidly, and has more marked transverse striation. Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby. Pl. xxvi. figs. 4 and 4u. Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. i11., 1860, p. 97, sp. 3, pl. cev., fig. 56. Type locality—Australia; Reeve, Conch. Ieon., vol: xvin., 1872, pl. vii., fig. 55; Brazser; Proc: Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. ii., 1878, p. 370; Lesson, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), Band. Wiles Abt. 5, 1896, p. 14, sp- 225 ee aves fig..3; Filsbry, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. xvii., 1897, D. ho, - xix., fig. 22; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Museum, vol. iv., 1903, 328; Pritehard and Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic., vol. xv. (N.S), 1903, pattr2, p-- 222. Sowerby’s definition in full is “‘shell polished, elongate, white, subpellucid, shghtly curved, scarcely fissured, gradually increasing.”’ Brazier adds “off Port Jackson Heads, 45 fathoms, hard sand bottom. This fine shell was obtained when H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ dredged one day off Sydney Heads.’’ Lesson says the apex is whole and is not incised, but gives no authority, whereas Sowerby defines it as “scarcely fissured.” Pilsbry supplies the dimensions of Sowerby’s figure, “length, 64 mm.; greatest width, 6 mm.,” but it is not known whether the figure was only lie size. Hedley records the species: —“Several specimens were obtained from 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla, of which the largest is 32 mm. long; and from 41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points; Pritchard and Gatliff extend the locality te Cowes, Port Philip Island, Western Port.” Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 6 good; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 7 good and 7 poor; in 60 and 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 30 good of varying size and 93. immature; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 6 good and 3 poor ;, in 104 fathoms 55 miles south-west of the Neptune Islands, 2 good and 18 poor and immature; in 110 fathoms off Beach- port, 3 good and mature; and in 150 fathoms, 1 moderate. No hving examples were taken. With reference to the slit my material shows that in the very early stage of growth there is no slit, but a central. posterior aperture ; the length of the slit may vary from a mere notch to a fissure of 2°5 mm. in length in a shell of 36°5 mm., or of 8 mm. length in an individual of 265 mm. It is always on the. convex or ventral aspect. It is sometimes a mere. crack, the two sides of which seem in apposition. At others. it is an open slit of nearly 4 mm. in width; or the posterior —— —s 211 third may be a slit and the anterior two-thirds a crack; and this crack may seem to be wider inside the shell, as though it. were absorbed from within; and sometimes the crack con- nects two or three holes where the erosion has come through. In two examples there project from the posterior end on each side a short lamina about $ mm. long, a continuation of the internal layer of the shell. The largest individual dredged is 365 mm. long and 3°25 mm. at its widest part. In some examples the dorsal part near the posterior end is spotted or blotched with opaque-white. I was fortunate enough to dredge two specimens which show the extreme posterior end, figured in pl. xxvi., fig. 4u. It is an elliptical bulb, and has a very short, ‘slightly- contracting, round tubular posterior prolongation set some- what obliquely to the axis of the bulb, and directed toward the convex side of the shell. Transverse rings of varying opacity are visible in the first 14 mm. of the shell. The figure represents the earliest 2 mm. of the shell. Cadulus acuminatus, ‘Tate. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1887, vol. ix., p. 194. In 1904 vol. xxvili., p. 138, I discussed it fully. Dredged since then in 26 fathoms 30 miles south-east of Newland Head, 2 alive; and in 28 fathoms close by, 6 alive ; in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 2; and in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 67 in good condition. Cadulus angustior, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., figs. 5, 5a, 5b. Shell thin, slightly curved, chiefly in the posterior half, cylindrical, very gradually increasing from behind, and very slightly narrowed at the front, scarcely compressed laterally. Fractured at the posterior end at right angles to the curve, and with a small triangular spine, ‘1 mm. long, pro- jecting backwards from the convex side. Anterior end open, sloping obliquely forwards from the convex side. Margins simple and smooth. Shell smooth, diaphanous. Dimensions.—Length, 46 mm.; breadth, ‘6 mm. There is a transverse milky line near the front; other ‘specimens want this, and some may have one near the pos- terior end. Locality.—Twenty-six fathoms 18 miles south-east of Newland Head, outside Backstairs Passage, type with several scores alive ; 62 fathoms north- west Cape Borda, 8 good. “Diagnosis. —It differs from C. acwminatus, Tate, in being narrower and more cylindrical, with less bulging about the middle. 212 With these were found many specimens of two other forms—one like a very minute Dentalium of about the same length, much narrower at its posterior end, which is provided. with a similiar spine projecting from the convex side. The anterior end is fractured. The other form gradually in- creases to a diameter just about equal to that of the posterior end of the Cadulus, then contracts, and then expands again, and gradually attains the diameter of the middle of the Cadulus; here it is fractured. These appear to be three pro- gressive stages of its growth—first, as a Dentaliwm-like shell, which becomes constricted when it reaches a certain age, then begins to form the proper Cadulus shell, from which it sub- sequently breaks off, leaving the tiny projecting spine beyond the line of fracture. Type in Dr. Verco’s collection. Cadulus spretus, Tate and May. Cadulus spretus, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1900,. vol. xxiv., p. 102. Type locality—Port Esperance, Tasmania, in 24 fathoms (W. L. May); Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 420, pl. xxv., fiz. S25 eehegiey. Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1903, vol. iv., p. 328, in 41-75 fathoms off coast of New South Wales; also 5 fathoms in Dusky Sound, New Zealand; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., 1908, vol. vii., No. 2, p. 113, in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Dredged in 55 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 5 good ; in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 36 good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 6 good; in 110 fathoms off Beach- port, 6 good; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 18 good; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 20 moderate; in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 poor. These are identical with cotypes sent to me by Mr. May. At the following localities and depths a modified form was dredged:—Sixty-two fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 3 good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 22 good; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 3 good; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 5 good and 3 moderate. These have at one point in their length a sharp annular constriction, beyond which the shell often has a slightly altered axis, and at times a somewhat different curve. The relative length of the two portions varies; the earlier or the later part may form nearly the whole, or there may be any intermediate proportion. No complete Cadulus similar to (. acuminatus, Tate, was taken in these dredgings. Mr. May says that in the type locality, where several dozen cotypes were taken, no C. acuminatus, Tate, were obtained. Yet the constriction at the anterior end of C’. spretus suggests that it is only the. 213 initial half of a Cadulus, similar to U'. acwminatus, and the presence of both portions of (. angustior, Verco, in its own locality heightens the probability; and these more or less fully formed individuals of C’. spretws prove it. Cadulus (Polyschides) gibbosus, n.sp. Pl. xxvi., fig. 6. Shell smooth, polished, narrow, somewhat fusiform, slightly compressed dorso-ventrally, smaller behind; greatest diameter at the junction of the middle and anterior third ; dorsal surface obtusely angled at this point; ventral surface almost uniformly convex. Anterior end sloping forward from the convex to the concave surface, mouth rather wider than high. Posterior end with a slit on each side, one on the convex surface and a wider curve on the concave. Colour milky-white, least opaque in the middle third, most in the anterior and along the concave side of the shell. It is some- what obliquely striatedly painted. At 1 mm. from the pos- terior end ‘is a transverse colourless line. Dimensions.—Length, 97 mm.; greatest diameter, 1°8 mm.; diameter of the posterior end, 45 mm.; of the anterior end, 1'l1 mm. Locality.—In 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, type with 3 others full grown, and 18 immature or fragments; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 moderately good and 2 immature. Type in Dr. Verco’s collection. Turbo jourdani, Kiener. Pl. xxvii., figs. 1 to 6a. In the Transactions of this Society, vol. xxxii., 1908, pp. 338 to 340, I gave some notes on this species, with a descrip- tion of its operculum. I was. unaware at the time that Dr. Cox had described the operculum in Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., ser. 11., vol. iv., 1889, p. 189, from a specimen taken in Geographe Bay, Western Australia. His shell was 14 cm. long by 12°5 cm. wide, and its oper- culum was 95 mm. by 80 mm. Since my Note I have received a beautiful example from Mr. Elliot, of The Register office, which was found with the fish in it on Wedge Island at the entrance to Spencer Gulf. This measures 21 cm. in length by 185 cm., in the greatest diameter of its body-whorl, so that it is just half as large again as Dr. Cox’s specimen. But at Esperance Bay, in Western Australia, one was given to me measuring 22°3 cm. in length by 21 cm. in the greatest and 14 cm. in the smallest diameter of its bordy-whorl. It is a splendid great shell. Dr. Cox’s specimen extends its habitat to Geographe Bay; but I took it at Rottnest Island, opposite Fremantle, and the lighthouse-keeper there (Mr. 214 Waters) has taken it alive. This carries it a little farther north. In September of this year Mr. Arnold, of St. Francis Island, sent me a specimen in spirit which was taken alive in Petrel Bay. This measures 11 cm. by 945 cm., and has an operculum measuring 44 mm. by 39 mm., and 11 mm. in its thickest part. This thickest part is adjacent to the columella, and is white, while the part immediately over the depressed centre of the spiral and the narrower outer edge is of a cloudy-brown colour. From the animal I was able to get the radula, which measured 40 mm. by 5 mm., and contained 76 rows of teeth. The formula is 39.5.1.5.39, or, as it might more exactly be written, (32.6.1) (1.4) .1. (4.1) (1.6.32). There is a eentral tooth (pl. xxvii., fig. 6), which has a flange on each side to overlap the adjacent edge of its neighbours. Each of these laterals overlaps the next tooth outside. The outermost lateral (fig. 4) has its upper border bent over and provided with a strong cusp at its inner end. This gives it a different appearance from all its fellows, and when the whole series is seen this tooth stands out very prominently, as in pl. xxvil., fig. 4. There are three kinds of teeth in the marginals. The first six (fig. 2) have stout bases surmounted by a bold polished cusp, and they gradually diminish in size outwardly, as seen in fig. 2 am setw and in fig. 2a, when dis- sected out; the three inner ones overlap the outer at their bases, and otherwise lie in part behind them. The three outer have not this overlapping lamina. Then follow 32 (approximately, varying in different rows) slightly-curved, narrow flat acicular teeth with obsoletely denticulated tops (fig. 1). But there is one tooth placed ammedirately behind the first and largest lateral, solitary, out of line with the rest, and when examined im sitw appearing somewhat sickle shaped, as in pl. xxvii., fig. 3; but when separated resembling the others, as in fig. 3a. I have not seen any notice of this particular marginal tooth in the literature of the radula at my disposal; but I find it also in that of Turbo Gruneri. Pseudamycla dermestoidea, Lamarck. Buccinum dermestoideum, Lamarck, 1822, Hist. Nat. Anim. ‘S. Vert., vol. vil., p. 275. Pyrene lineolata, Tryon, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. Roxy, 22910 yp wale Pseudamycla dermestoidea (Lam.), Pace, Proc. Mal. Soe., Lond., 1902, vol. v., pp. 255, 267. Here Pace creates a new genus, Pseudamycla, for this species, which he separates from Coluwm- bella, and of which he gives a large bibliography. At the time of its publication I separated my cabinet specimens from Colwm- -bella and put them in the new genus Pseudamycla among the 215 Pisaniine, and so overlooked them when working up my Colum- bellas last year and wondered how I had so little material. Con- sequently can add the following locality:—Port Elliot and Middleton beach, fairly common. Pseudamycla miltostoma, Tenison- Woods. Columbella miltostoma, n. sp., J. KE. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas., 1877 (1876), pp. 134-5. Pseudamycla miltostoma (Ten.-Wds., as Columbella), Pace, Proe. Mal. Soc., Lond., 1902, vol. v., pp. 268-9. Pyrene miltostoma, Tenison-Woods, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxiv., 1910. Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 18 moderate, 216 ‘NOTES ON THE MARINE SHELLS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. PART I. By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.). [Read October 12, 1911.] Pirate XXXVI. In December, 1910, and January, 1911, I visited Wes- tern Australia and collected shells from the shores at Esper- ance Bay, Hopetoun, and King George Sound on the south coast; and from Ellensbrook and Yallingup, south of Cape Naturaliste; from Bunbury, and the shores of Rottnest Island. I also dredged a little in Esperance Bay; had two casts with the bucket-dredge in 35 fathoms, a little west of Hopetoun, through the kindness of Captain Walden, of the S.S. “Ferret”; a good deal of dredging in 12 to 14 fathoms and 22 to 28 fathoms, and 35 fathoms in King George Sound; a good deal in Geographe Bay in 15 and in 22 fathoms; and several casts off Fremantle, in 6 fathoms and in 15 fathoms from the Government tug-boat “Penguin,”’ through the kindness of Captain Winzor (the harbour master) and of Captain Airey (master of the “Penguin’’). I propose, therefore, as I take up the different genera and deal with my more extensive South Australian material to identify and record also all known Western Australian forms gathered by me, and describe any new species found. I may say that of more than 400 different species col- lected in the West the very large majority of them are identical with or closely resemble our ‘“Adelaidean fauna,” as Mr. Hedley has called it. Dentalium intercalatum, Gould. Dredged in 10 to 12 fathoms off Fremantle, 2 frag- ments, with valid narrow ribs and intercalated riblets, recall- ing the above species. Dentalium francisense, Verco, antea. Dredged in 35 fathoms off Hopetoun, 1 moderately good with an appendix; in Geographe Bay in 15 fathoms, 4 moderate; in 22 fathoms, 2 good and 6 moderate; off Fre- mantle in 6 fathoms, 1 good; and in 10 to 12 fathoms, 1 poor. Taken on Bunbury Beach, 4 rolled; and on Rottnest Island, 2 rolled. oo a ee 217 Dentalium hyperhemileuron, n. sp. PI. xxvi., figs. 3 and 3a. Shell long and narrow, very slightly curved, mostly at the hinder part, white when dead, translucent when fresh, and glistening, rather thin. There are 12 axial ribs, invalid, and narrow; no increase in number with age; becoming obsolete early, so as to leave the anterior two-thirds of shell smooth but for very fine accremental scratch lines. Inter- stices nearly flat, slightly concave. Anterior orifice round, margin thin and simple. Posterior end truncated, with a long narrow diaphanous appendix directed eccentrically dor- sally. The growth lines on the appendix form a convexly bordered sinus on the ventral surface about as wide as deep, and a scarcely depressed margin on the dorsal surface. Dimensions.—Length, 205 mm.; greatest width, 1°8 mm.; least width, 7 mm.; length of appendix, 22 mm. ; diameter, “4 mm. Locality.—King George Sound, Western Australia, in 12-14 fathoms, 200, several alive; in 22-28 fathoms, 60, several alive; in 35 fathoms, 4 dead but good; Geographe Bay in 15 fathoms, 6 dead but good; in 22 fathoms, 4 dead ; off Fremantle in 10-12 fathoms, 20 poor. Some individuals with perfect posterior ends run down to a diameter of “3 mm., and are there diaphanous and ribless, and have only growth strie. Others more mature and with a posterior end of 1 mm. in diameter, and without an appendix, are here bevelled internally and thinner on the convex side, where there is a shallow triangular notch. The largest example is 3075 mm. long by 2°3 mm. wide. The ribs may vary in number from 10 to 16 in different indi- viduals. Diagnosis.--It very closely resembles D. hemileuron, Verco, in the ribless anterior portion and the never-increasing ribs of the posterior end, and in their extension to within 2 mm. of the end in very young individuals and in the ventral notch at the hinder extremity; but the latter has no appendix, and the ribs are more valid and do not so soon become obsolete, and it is not found in such shallow water. But I think probably the absence of the appendix may be only an accidental circumstance, and the shallower water in which the Western Australian species lives may account for the other differences, and that this is only a local variety... One individual, dredged in Geographe Bay at a depth of 15 fathoms, measures 4 mm. in length by °5 mm. in diameter at the anterior end. It has the apical end com- plete. The first portion of this, measuring 1°9 mm., has been. 218 figured, and shows an initial elliptical section “35 mm. in length by ‘22 mm. in greatest width, and having a round hole in its end of about 15 mm. in diameter with a simple border ; a second curved cylindrical section of ‘36 mm. long by *20 wide; a third slightly conical section of ‘60 mm. long by 35 mm. wide in its greatest diameter; and a fourth section of ‘65 mm. long by ‘40 mm. wide. The second sec- tion has its walls slightly corrugated, so as to give them a faintly undulating outline, with broad shaded transverse bands, which are visible also in the anterior half of the first section. The third segment is smooth but for very fine aecremental transverse scratches. The fourth shows the com- mencement of the axial ribs, which gradually enlarge with the growth of the sheil. As this example so beautifully reveals the beginning of a Dentalium I have had it figured. Type in Dr. Verco’s collection. Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby. Dredged off Hopetoun in 35 fathoms, 5 good, dead. Cadulus occiduus, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., fig. 7. Shell rather solid; ventral curve nearly uniformly slightly convex, more at the posterior part; dorsal side nearly straight in the anterior fourth, slightly convex in the next quarter, and slightly concave in the hinder half. It is cut off perpendicularly to the axis behind, rather obliquely in front, where the slope is backward toward the convex side. There is a slight dorso-ventral compression of the tube, so that both the apertures are slightly flattened, especially on the convex side. Surface smooth but for scanty transverse microscopic scratches. Colour white, more opaque anteriorly, and in transverse lines. Dimensions.—Length, 96 mm.; anterior diameter, 1 mm.; posterior, ‘5 mm.; greatest diameter, 1°4 mm. Locality.——Geographe Bay, off Bunbury, in 15 fathoms, type with 7 others; off Fremantle in 10 to 12 fathoms, very many. Among the many specimens taken considerable variety obtains. Some full grown may measure only 5 mm. in length - and be proportionally narrow, and the inflation on the con- cave side may be less in all degrees, almost to disappearance. Cadulus angustior, Verco, antec. Dredged in 35 fathoms off Hopetoun, 3 good;.in King George Sound in 12-14 fathoms, 40 good; in Geographe Bay in 15 fathoms, 30 good. ee ie oe a eee PRY FE Vol. XXXV., Plate XXVI,_ 7 Drawings and Frinting by Vol. XXXV., Plate XXVII. 3) 219 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate XXVI. Dentalhium francisense, Verco, n. sp. re young. e3 ” hemileuron, Verco, n. sp. hyperhemileuron, Verco, n. sp. ~ ”? lubricatum, early stage. Sowerby, early stage. a apex. : ” ee Cadulus angustior, Verco, n. sp. » ” »D initial stage. » ere Fo medium stage. Mh gibbosus, Verco, n. sp. - occiduus, Vereo, n. sp. Pratt XXVII. pu NN te bO ot 2) 6. Turbo jowrdani, Kiener, half of one row from the radula. a5 SgnaRe + 8 marginal teeth. ~ici cole a 3 ., lateral teeth. Ge in.; es op central tooth. Pad To; . be outermost marginals. 7 aS A inner marginals. 57 ee - ite innermost maginal. AG, oe os outermost lateral. 5 a “ Be other laterals. a ee - = central. ¢. Dentalium zelandicum, Sowerby, one row from the radula. 220 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDING OF THE Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated) FoR 1910-11. ORDINARY MrEETING, NovemsBer 1, 1910. Mr. Mayo in the chair. E.ection.—Professor Bragg was elected an Honorary Fellow of the Society. Mr. Asusy drew attention to the recent destruction of kangaroos on Kangaroo Island and moved that a deputation of members of the Society wait on the Commissioner of Crown Lands in connection with the matter. Resolved “That the President, Secretary, Mr. Ashby, and Mr. Howchin form the deputation, with power to add to their number.” Exuipits.—Mr. Asupy exhibited birds from the Dande- nong Ranges, Victoria; Mr. TEPPER, insects; and Dr. Put- LEINE, trapdoor spiders from Burnett River, Queensland. Papers.—“On Tetrahedrite from Glen Osmond Quarry,” “Further Notes on Radio-Active Minerals from Olary,” “On Obsidianites,” and “Mineralogical Notes on Sphene, Pegma- tite, Cordierite, Sillimanite, Beryl, and Semi-artificial Gypsum Twin Crystals from a Steam-boiler at Block 14 Mine, Broken Hill, New South Wales,” by Doucitas Mawson, D.Sc. Orpinary Meretinc, Aprit 4, 1911. THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Exuisits.—Mr. E. V. Cuarx, B.Sc., exhibited silicified wood from Scone, New South Wales, where it is abundantly scattered about the country. In the opinion of several Fellows the wood belonged to a species of pine allied to Araucaria, as the structure of the wood and annual rings were easily re- cognizable. Mr. CriarK also exhibited native sulphur from Mount Wingen, near Scone, where a gradually moving area of subterranean combustion is seen on the hillside, probably caused by combustion of the deposits of pyrites. Mr. How- cHIN described the spontaneous combustion of pyrites which took place in the waste coal heaps in England. Dr. E. A. Jounson exhibited specimens of Trichina spiralis in muscle. 221 Paprrers.—‘'Description of a Disturbed Area. of Cainozoic Rocks in South Australia, with Remarks on its Geological Significance,” by W. Howcuin, F.G.S. Mr. E. V. Crarx, B.Sc., the original discoverer of this area, made some tre- marks on the subject. “Note on the Occurrence of Vrichina spiralis in South Australia,” by E. A. Jounson, M.D. This important parasite occurring in the human muscular tissue has (according to the author) been recorded only three times in Australia. ORDINARY MerETING, May 2, 1911. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.8.) in the ‘chair. A motion was brought forward to alter the evening of meeting from the first Tuesday to the second Thursday in the month. This was sent as a recommendation to the Council. Exuisits.—Mr. E. Asusy exhibited birds from Anson Bay, Northern Territory, and from Mannum, River Murray, South Australia. Those from the former place included Ptilinopus ewing, Pitta iris, Graucalus mentalis, Chalcophaps occidentalis, Chibia bracteata, Peizorhynchus nituidus, Rhiphidura isura, Rk. concinna, and FR. fulvifrons, as well as several honey-eaters. Mr. Howcuin exhibited foraminifera from Rottnest Island, collected by Dr. Verco. He remarked that one of these, Orbitolites complanata, has a diameter of . from 4 in. to # in. in tropical seas. It used to live in our gulfs and is found sub-fossil in the Port River beds. It also occurs in the Miocene at Hallett Cove, reaching nearly 1 in. in diameter. Mr. Howcuin also exhibited photographs of granite boulders from Palmer, South Australia, showing the nature of weathering in granite, and described how the Cor- nish tors and cheese rings are formed by the weathering of the rock into boulders. Mr. J. G. O. TEpprer exhibited photo- graphs and specimens of metamorphic rocks obtained at Barossa, South Australia. Mr. H. G. Situ, F.G.S.,, As- sistant Curator and Chemist at the Technological Museum, Sydney, and joint-author of the “EKucalypts of Australia,” made some remarks on the economic value of eucalypts.. He stated that many tons of terpene oils were being used weekly in the separation of sulphide ores. For medicinal purposes alone the extraction of eucalyptus oils would never become a great industry. At present the medicinal eucalyptus oil trade is about £50,000 yearly. Mr. Smrru discussed the venation of the leaves of eucalypts as an indication of their qualitative oil content, and pointed out that there were three main groups, and nearly all eucalypts could be placed in one or other of these groups. The leaf venation’ and chemical con- stitution of the oil could be correlated. Professor Rennie, 222 D.Sc., remarked on the importance of technological work by competent men which has up to the present time not been re- cognized by our Governments. ORDINARY MEETING, JuNE 8, 1911. At the invitation of the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery the Fellows met in the lecture-room of the Institute to witness the exhibition of slides. entitled ‘‘Native Ceremonies and Customs of Central Aus- tralian Aborigines,’ prepared by Mr. F. J. Gillen and described and explained by Prof. E. C. Stirling, M.D., F.R.S. ORDINARY MEETING, JuLy 12, 1911. Proressor RENNIE, D.Sc., in the chair. Nominations.—E. Brown, M.B. (Melbourne), D.Ph. (Cambridge); B. 8S. Roach, editor, Education Depart- ment, Adelaide; W. H. Hughes, pastoralist, Gladstone; and H. H. Dutton, pastoralist, Anlaby. Exuisits.—Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., exhibited several rare and interesting insects, including //ysteridw and Psela- phede from the nests of ants; also a new genus and species, of Leucanide from North Queensland. Paprers.—‘‘Additions to the Flora of South Australia,” by J. M. Buacx. Mr. Brack remarked on the importance of notifying the date and place at which alien plants are first observed. ‘‘A Preliminary Report on the Discovery of Native Remains at Swanport, River Murray, South Australia, with an Inquiry into the Alleged Occurrence of a Pandemic among the Australian Aborigines,” by E. C. Strruine, M.D., F.R.S. Orpinary Meetinc, Aucust 10, 1911. EvLections.—E. Brown, M.B. (Melbourne), D.Ph.. (Cambridge); B. S. Roach, editor, Education Department, Adelaide; H. H. Dutton, pastoralist, Anlaby; and W. H. Hughes, pastoralist, Gladstone, were elected Fellows. Nominations.—H. R. Gillespie, carpenter, Adelaide, as: a Fellow. Exuisits.—Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., exhibited stag beetles from various parts of Australia, notably Veolamprima mandibularis and numbers of the extensive Tasmanian genus: Lyssotes, also various forms of blind beetles from ant-nests. Mr. Epeuist exhibited specimens of saltbushes grown on the: Adelaide Plains from cuttings received from the north. Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., exhibited pseudo-meteorites which he: said were sandy concretions consolidated by bush fires. He hadi found similar concretions in the fire circles of native camps, 223 and the Elder expedition had brought back some specimens which were labelled “Calcined Sand from the Hollows of Burnt Trees.” The interest attaching to these objects was that many people thought they were meteorites. Parers.—‘ Notes Descriptive of a Stereogram of the Mount Lofty Ranges,” by W. N. Benson, B.Sc. This was communicated by Mr. W. Howcnin, F.G.S., who remarked that the present. elevations of the Mount Lofty Ranges were geologically modern, instead of very ancient as was formerly believed. The new physiography was proving extremely valu- able as a means of interpreting changes in earth movements and physical contours. “‘Revision of the Australian Hes- periade,” by O. B. Lower, F.L.S., F.E.S. ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 14, 1911. THE PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the ‘chair. Evection.—H. R. Gillespie, carpenter, South Terrace, Adelaide, was elected a Fellow. Exuisits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited some very minute scale insects from Callitris verrucosa, growing near Lyndoch Valley. Although too immature for certain identification it is probably Frorina camelle, described by Mas- kell, in 1897, from China. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited two ‘species of the tsetse-fly:—(1) Glossina morsitans, which at- tacks horses and not man; (2) G. palpalis, which attacks man and is the carrier for the trypanosome of sleeping-sickness. Mr. LrEa mentioned that a closely-allied fly (Stomozxys cal- -citrans) is found in Australia. It has been asserted but not proved that this insect acts as an anthrax-carrier. Mr. W. Howcutn, F.G.S., exhibited a specimen of Miocene sandstone ‘thickly studded with fossil shells (chiefly Pecten antiaustralis ), -obtained from an excavation at the Bank of New South Wales, North Terrace; also samples of an old fresh-water deposit containing numerous shells, laid down in a former lake area now forming a river terrace 15 ft. above the present level of the River Broughton, near Koolunga. PapeR.—‘' Notes on the Cambrian Glacial Beds of South Australia,” by F. Norrtinc, M.A., Ph.D., communicated by ‘the Honorary Secretary. ANNUAL MEETING, OcToBER 12, 1911. THE PresipENt (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the -chair. The annual report and balance-sheet were read and adopted. 224 ELEcTICN oF OrricEers.—President, J. C. Verco, M.D.., F.R.C.S. ; Vice-Presidents, Professor Rennie, D.Sc., and Wal- ter Rutt, C.E.; Members of Council, Walter Howchin, F.G.S8., and Edwin Ashby; H/on. Treasurer, W. B. Poole; Auditors, J. 8. Lloyd and Howard Whitbread. A vote of thanks was passed to the President and Council on the motion of Dr. ToRR. Exuipits.—Mr. 8. Dixon exhibited a new Orobanche from Brighton. Mr. Black considered it is allied to Oro- banche ramosa, and offered to send it to Kew for further identification. Mr. W. Howcuin exhibited a pseudo-meteorite sent from Mount. Gambier. It appeared to be a quartzite, perfectly round, and has a ferruginous coating. Mr. SELWay drew the attention of the meeting to the weathering of the well-known glacial surface exposed at Hallett Cove. Dr. Torr suggested that the matter be referred to the Council for con- sideration, with the view of taking some steps by which this interesting natural feature may be preserved from decay. Parers.—‘‘Australian Curculionide, Part IX.,” by A. M. Lea, F.E.S.; “Studies in Australian Coleoptera, Part XLI.,” by Rev. T. Buacxsurn, B.A.; “Western Australian Polyplacophora,” by Dr. Torr; ““Notes on Some Species of the: Isopod Family, Spheromide, from South Australia, Part IIl.,”’ by W. H. Baker; and “Notes on Marine Mollusca of South Australia, Part XIV.,” by J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S. Tue Epitor reported the publication of Memoir, part. iu., vol. u., on “Chiastolites from Bimbowrie,” by D. Maw- son, D.Sc. _ The proposed discussion “On the Importance of Inves- tigating the Influence of Metallic Minerals on Vegetation,” which was to have been opened by Mr. 8. Dixon, was post- poned on account of the lateness of the hour. ANNUAL. REPORT, 191@2me The Council has the pleasure to report that during the past year the scientific contributions, especially in geology and. biology, have been many and important. Five new Fellows have been elected and one old one rein- stated, while two have resigned, one owing to leaving the State, the other from advancing age and inability to attend the meetings. Professor Bragg was elected an Honorary Fel- low of the Society, and in his acknowledgment heartily ——— lee mS 225 thanked our Society for the honour conferred on him. ‘The arrival of one of our members and frequent contributor, Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., from Tasmania, to fill a position in the South Australian Museum will give a stimulus to entomology and natural history generally in the State. Dr. Verco has continued his series of papers on the marine mullusca of South Australia in part xiv. Geological contributions have been submitted by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.8., and Dr. D. Mawson, as well as a short paper on a stereogram of the Mount Lofty Ranges by Mr. Noel Benson, B.Sc. Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., and Canon Blackburn have written on the Coleoptera, while Mr. O. B. Lower has con- tributed a voluminous paper on a section of Lepidoptera. Botanical science is richer for papers by Mr. J. M. Black, who has indefatigably followed the invasion of our State by alien plants and registered their localities of appearance. Dr. EK. C. Stirling has contributed a report of great his- torical and ethnological value, and of special interest to ‘students in our own State. A considerable number of interesting birds and insects, as well as plants and geological specimens, has been submitted at the meetings, and it is hoped that exhibits will be in- creasingly shown, as the discussions on them are very interest- ing to Fellows who may not be able to follow the more techni- cal contributions. During the year the Fauna and Flora Committee of this Society opened a campaign to advance the securing of a larger area on Kangaroo Island. Having obtained the support of all the Australasian Scientific Societies of note and the aid of some influential public men the Committee met the Commis- sioner of Crown Lands in deputation. The proceedings of the deputation were marked by enthusiastic utterances on the part of its members, and a promise was obtained from the Commissioner that all that was possible of the 300 square miles asked for would be secured for the reserve at the earliest possible date. The veteran workers Messrs. S. Dixon and Symonds Clark, with Mr. E. Ashby, had much to do with the ‘success of the deputation. The Library is in process of being catalogued under the Dewey card system by Mr. Clucas and his assistant. In order to classify the Library and make provision for additions ten- ders have been accepted for two bookstacks. For various reasons the binding of publications has been in abeyance, but it is hoped that during the coming year much will be done in this direction. During the year the Editor presented part ii1., G 226 vol. ii., of the Memoirs, being a monograph on Chiastolites. by Dr. Douglas Mawson. The important scientific matter printed in the Society's Transactions continues to cause a demand for the publication, and several new exchanges have been arranged for. , The membership of the Society comprises 9 Honorary Fellows, 5 Corresponding Members, 69 Fellows, and 1 Associate. J. C. Verco, President. Ropert PuLieine, Hon. Secretary. ‘LI6BL “OG doquieydag — aes { ‘QVaUaLIH A, CUVAO ‘loinsvely, ‘UO ‘awi00g “G “AA S1OZIPNY “UOH ‘acon g - _—qoar100 punoj pus pouruexd 6 & OIF te 6 & OTF ate - i. 5. See TIGL ‘Og Jvqmozdog ‘oouvleg * 0 0 OSI “" pung qUeUMOpUT 07 JeysuBAy, “ US cams 0 OLO Se 8) JunODDy yueg ‘‘ Sré6.ct SUISI}IOApy ‘‘ % SL9 oBeys0g pue ‘Alouolzeig ‘suljulig ‘* Be OF J SuIyystyT pure suryeyoreg ‘* 9 GL 8Z@ > 6 8 SUINZO[VYED oo 6 syoog jo OSVIIIVD 0 € O04 ; “ syoog ponies pue Ssutapyg MeN 6 61 O9T —Aaeiqry ‘ 6 6 Ur =" yqueg sdulAeg qe 4se1e7Uy a8 Coy, a So Oe SOS SLs “9048 G77 2 as “* MOTJOOS [BOTdoosOAOIT peer R ISAO VB we 4so.1oqUy S Fete 5 ee Mag O4PIULTLOD, WOT Oy 0) 5e7 SuUOTPVUOd 2 -09}01g Bi0,yT pure evuneg sere a Pee ues qunoosse uo yuri jeloedg SF ot or : SuOTJORSUBIT, JO S[eG —uoljoog «= SHST[VANGFVN = PPL & 9 966 a ae “* MOTQIG SISITVINFEN Pley 0 0 0ST” ie * BI[Vr{SNy —sjurig ‘ dities Ul SUOT}ZVSIJSOAUT OYI4 ¢ glt ——— “WO10§ wo syiodey SuljUulg 104 BeCh in he Buryst[qnd € 9 9 ~ suondriosqng 9 i: | ee < et Bulyesysn{[y —USWIUIBAOH WOT squeig “ Oar ee ee SOO et Go abo Ohe io eee —sitouleyy ‘ Ge se ee “* TOTJeG [voTdooso.10T /[ SE eee Se Se ae WOTZOSG [VOTdo[OoR[v I] 9 ST 0 Sy ys ae Sutyst[qndg 9 CEL vores SYST[VINIVN PLOT ae SS: Sas a, Pe BUTYeIYS] TT 0 Us °7) Bal me “+ Agetoog pefoy i, ee ee fon a Bulqulig —suorydraosqng —suoroesuviy AG}, % GEG ie OI6T ‘T 10q0,0Q ‘oourleg oy, oom ie PF F ‘aq ('p Ss F ‘Pp '8 F “apo ‘TT-OI6I wad aUALIGNGaXG aNv aONTATY (CHLVUOdUOONI) VITVULSAV HLNAOS AO ALAIOOS TVAOU SDIL Pup ‘90 “uo ‘21alZ “YH ‘WA en y I GF > LT 3S o- & 0 puvy ut eourleg “ ay aes i cre: [eho 04 suorzdrsosqng ‘ * 0 € 0 Poway “ououyer 2 uneyequy) § Qa he ee es jaa + smorydiiosqng G 9 0 eee SedvqsSOg cer OL El 0 eee soe eee eee eee eourleg qIpetn OL Pea es 2 ‘pS F : ‘ounqyipusdxq ‘sydieoey , ‘IL-OI6 YVIX FHL WOd AUALIGNaaXG ANV SLalAoay ‘spady Pup “dag “wo ‘ZL91Z YA “eosn[[ou uUeITer4ysn VY y4Nog jo uolstaer e postadmos rvad oy Jo YOM Joryo OT, ‘[[or oY4 wo seq -ULSW 1904ATY MOU O1e ale J, “xIS sem se aseIaAe oy} yorum qe ‘reok qsed oy} Sutmnp pley oem soutyooUl OUIN, ‘ILOI6l UVAA AHL WORX LHOddad IVONNV (qaynrodaoug) vyraysng Gynog jo tpnog jrdog aHL JO NOTTO4sSc5 1 vol9OTOO% ay it : E - ae “TIGL ipeesed men tas os ; dVaUdLIH A TavVMO ‘loInsvaty, “UoFT ‘ATOOg “| “MA eae Gee GnOTT ‘$ t —ADST100 panoy pus peurmexg 0 0 99T'as 0. a (0) - 0G) OST rae eis oe JUNO Y einqIpudsdxA OH Ol eels — yueg SOUTAUS ul ysodeq ss pue enueacy wory petiaysuesy qunowy as 0 OT 266'T 0039 peqriosuy “yueo sed te “y's 000'CF 44 1/0 0 900% °° OTT ‘T 4049990 “puny JO JUnOWY Oo], pa aor Pe F “GQNOQd LNEWMOGNG ~ 229 Peewee tiIONS TO THE LIBRARY FOR THE YEAR 1910-11. TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC., presented by the respective Editors, Societies, and Governments. AUSTRALIA. AustTraLia. Bureau of Census and Statistics. Official year book, no. 4, 1901-10. Melb. 1911. AustTratia. Bureau of Meteorology. Bulletin, 6-8. 1911. ——— ——— Maps: average rainfall map of Victoria. ——— ——— Monthly report, vol. 1, no: 2-11. 1910-11. ——— ——— Rainfall map for 1910. —- Rain and river observations in New South Wales, 1903-1908. AvustrRaLia. Department of Trade and Customs. Second report by the Director on fishing experiments carried out by the F.1.S. Hndeavour, Sept., 1909, to Oct., 1910. Melb. 1911. RoyaL ANTHROPOLOGICAL Society oF AUSTRALIA. Journal: Science of man, vol. 12, no. 5-12; vol. 13, no. 1-6. Syd. 1910-11. NEW SOUTH WALES. AGRICULTURAL GAZETTE OF NEw SovutH WaAtzEgEs, vol 21, pt. 9-12 and index; vol. 22, pt. 1-8. Syd. AUSTRALIAN Museum. Memoir 4, pt.13-15. Syd. 1911. ——— Records, vol. 8, pt. 1-2. Syd. 1911. ——— Report of the trustees, to June, 1910. Syd. ——— Special catalogue, vol. 3, pt. 1-3. Syd. 1911. Linnean Society oF New Sourn Wates. Abstract of pro- ceedings, no. 286-293. Syd. 1910-11. ——-— Proceedings, vol. 35, pt. 3; vol. 36, pt. 1. Syd. 1910-11. Maiwen, J. H. Forest flora of New South Wales, vol. 4, pt. 10; vol. 5, pt. 1-5. Syd. 1910-11. ——w— Critical revision of the genus eucalyptus, pt. 12-13. Syd. 1910-11. New Sovutn Waterss. Board of Fisheries. Report on the fisheries of New South Wales for 1909. Syd. 1910. ——w— Brief review of the fisheries of New South Wales, present and potential. Syd. 1910. 230 New Soutu Wates. Botanical Gardens and Government Domains. Report of the director, 1909. Syd. 1910. New Souru Wates. Department of Mines. Annual report, 1910. Syd. 1911. New Sourn Wates Narturatists’ Cuius. Journal: The Australian naturalist, vol. 2, pt. 4-8. Syd. 1911. Pustic Liprary OF New Sourn Wates. Report, 1910. Syd. 1911. RovaL Society oF New Sournu Wates. Journal and pro- ceedings, vol. 42; vol. 43, pt. 1-4; vol. 44, pt. 1-3. Syd. 1910. Sypngy University. Calendar, 1911. Syd. 1911. QUEENSLAND. QUEENSLAND. Department of Mines. Geological Survey publications, no. 222, 231-2, 234. Brisb. 1910-11. Royal SoclETY OF QUEENSLAND. Proceedings, vol. 8, pt. 2; vol. 16, pt: 1-2;, vol. 23, pt. .1.:_ Brisk SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Pustic Lispraky, Museum, anp ART GALLERY OF SOUTH AvUSTRALIA. Report of the Board of Governors, 1909-10. Adel. 1910. Sours AUSTRALIA. Department of Munes. Review of mining operations, no. 12. Adel. 1910. SourH AustTraLia. Northern Territory. Government Geo- logist’s report on the Tanami goldfields and district. Adel. 1911. SoutH AUSTRALIAN SCHOOL oF MINES AND INDUSTRIES AND TECHNOLOGICAL Museum. Annual _ report, 1909. Adel. 1910. SoutH AustTRALIA. Il 00ds and Forests Department. Annual progress report, 1909-10. Adel. 1910. TASMANIA. Roya Society oF Tasmania. Papers and proceedings, 1910. Hobart. Tasmania. Department of Mines. Progress of the mineral industry of Tasmania, Sept., 1910; Dec., 1910; March; 191]; June, 1911. Hobart. 42m ——— (feological Survey. Bulletin, no. 8. Hobart. 191]. VICTORIA. Royat Socrery or Victoria. Proceedings, new ser., vol. 23, no. 1-2. Melb. 1910-11. Victoria. Department of Agriculture. Journal, vol. 8, pt. 10-12; vol. 9, pt. 1-11. Melb. 1910-11. ——— Report, 1907-10. Melb. 1910. ae: | 231 Victoria. Department of Mines. Annual report of the Secretary for Mines, 1910. Melb. 1911. VICTORIAN NATURALIST, vol 27, no. 6-12; vol. 28, no. 1-7. Melb. 1910-11. VICTORIAN YEAR BOOK. vol. 30, 1909-10. Melb. n.d. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Geological Survey. Bulletin, no. 38, 30,41) Perth. 1910-11. ENGLAND. British Antarctic Exprepition, 1907-09. Report on the scientific investigations, vol. 1, pt. 5-6; vol. 2, pt. 1-4. Lond. 1910-11. CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL Sociery. Proceedings, vol. 15, pu. 6; vol. 16, pt. 1-2. Camb. 1910-11. CaMBRIDGE UNiversity Liprary. Report of the Library Syndicate, 1910. Camb. 1911. ConcHoLocicaL Society. Journal of conchology, vol. 13, pt. 4-8. Lond. 1910-11. ENTOMOLOGICAL SociETyY oF Lonpon. Transactions, 1910. Lond. 1911. ImPERIAL INSTITUTE. Bulletin, vol. 8, no. 4; vol. 9, no. 1-2. Lond. 1910-11. LINNEAN Society. List, 1910-11. Lond. 1911. ——— Proceedings, Oct., 1910. Lond. 1910. Liverpoot BioLtocican Society. Proceedings and transac- tions, vol. 24. L’pool. 1910. MancHEsteR Fietp Naturalists’ AND ARCHAEOLOGISTS’ Society. Report and proceedings, vol. 50. Manch. ESL. MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Memoirs and proceedings, vol. 54, pt. 3; vol. 55, pt. 1-2. Manch. 1910-11. NaTIonaL PuysicaL LABORATORY. Collected researches, Fol? »teadington. 1911. eee eport, 1910. Teddington. 1911. Royvat Botanicat GarDENS, Kew. Bulletin, 1910. Lond. £910. Roya MicroscoricaL Society or Lonpon. Journal, 1910, pt. 4-6; 1911, pt. 1-3. Lond. 1910-11. Roya Society or Lonpon. Proceedings, ser. A, no. 570-581. Lond. 1910-11. ——— ——— Ser. B, no. 559-571. Lond. 1910-11. Dnitep Empipe, new ser., vol. 1, no. 1-12; vol. 2, no. 1-10. Lond. 1910-11. 232 IRELAND. Beirast Natura History and PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Report and proceedings, session 1909-10. Belfast. 1911. Roya Dusiin Society. Economic proceedings, vol. 2, no. 2. Dublin. 1910. ——— Scientific proceedings, new ser., vol. 12, no. 30-37; t.p. and index to vol. 12; vol’ 13j)!mor T3103. 1910-11. Roya Irish AcaDEMy. Proceedings: Section A, vol. 28, no. 3; t.p. and index to vol. 28; vol 2e7emgest-4. Dublin. 1910-11. ——— Section B, vol. 28, no. 7-8 and index to vol. 28; vol..29, no, 1-6. “Dublin, \19igiae a Section C, vol. 28, no. 7-12; t.p. and index to vol, 28; vol. 29, no. 1-4. Dublin>) T9fO- SCOTLAND. EDINBURGH GEOLOGICAL Society. Transactions, vol. 9, no. &. Edin. 1910. GLascow GEOLOGICAL Society. Transactions, vol. 14, pt. 1. Glasg. 1910. RoyaLt PHYSICAL SOCIETY FOR THE PROMOTION OF ZOOLOGY,. Erc. Proceedings, vol..18, no. 3. Edie Roya Society or EpinspurGH. Proceedings, vol. 30, pt. 7; vol: 31) pt.) 1-4; Edin. 1920-11; AUSTRIA. KAISERLICHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Anzeiger, Jahrg. 47. Wien. 1911. K.x. GEOLOGISCHE REICHANSTALT. Verhandlungen, Jahrg. 1910, Nr; 2-18; Jahrg. VOL], Nr. (fee 1910-11. K.k. NATURHISTORISCHES HormusreumM. Annalen, Bd. 23, Nr. 3-4; Bd. 24, Nr. 1-2. Wien. 1910. K.K. ZooLtoGiscHE-BoTANISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Verhand- lungen, Bd. 60, H. 4-8; Bd. 61, H. 1-5. Wien. 1910-11. BELGIUM. BreLciquE, Musee Roya D’HistoireE NatTurELLE. Extrait des Mémoires, année, 1907, tom. 4-5; année, 1908, tom. 4-5. ‘Bruxc) 191021 t BELGIQUE SociETE Royat DE BoTaniguE. Bulletin, tom. 47, fasc: 1-4.° "= Brux, 19g? BRUXELLES JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’ETar. Bulletin, vol. 3, tasc. 1... “Brux.- 19: 233 OBSERVATOIRE Royal DE Beioigur, L’. Annales, n.gs.: An- nales astronomiques, tom. 2, fasc. 2. Brux. ——— Annuaire astronomique, 1911. Brux. 1910. SociErvE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE BertGiqur. Annales, tom. 53. Brux. 1909. Societr RoyaLe DES SciENcES DE Lizce. Mémoires, sér. 3, tom. 8. Liege. 1909. BRAZIL. BRAZILIANISCHE Runpscuavu, Jahrg. 1, Heft 1. Rio de Janeiro. 1910. Rio pE JANEIRO. Annuario Observatorio, annos 25-7. Rio de Janeiro. 1909-11. Rio DE JANEIRO INSTITUTO OSWaALDO Cruz. Memorias, tom. 2, fasc. 1-2. Rio de Janeiro. 1910. Rio DE JANEIRO, OBSERVATORIO DE. Boletin mensal, Jan.- Dec., 1908. Rio de Janeiro.. 1909. SOCIEDAD SCIENTIFICA DE Sao Pauto. Revista, vol. 5. Sao Paulos 1910. CANADA. Canapa. Department of Mines. Geologuwal Survey Branch. Memoirs, no. 1-6, 8, 10, 11-T, 12, 14. Ottawa. os Report, 1064, 1066. Ottawa. 1911. eS Summary report, 1910. Ottawa. ale Mines Branch. Bulletin, no. 3-5. Ottawa. SO Report, 59, 69, 88. Ottawa. 1910-11. Canapian InsTITUTE. Transactions, vol. 9, pt. 1. Toronto. 1911. CAPE COLONY. AtBany Museum. Records, vol. 2, pt. 3. Grahamstown. LOE. RoyaL Socirty oF SoutH AFRICA. Transactions, vol. 2, pt. 1-2. Cape Town. 1910-11. South AFRicaNn JOURNAL OF ScIENCE, vol. 6, pt. 11-12; vol. 7, pt. 1-7. Cape Town. 1910-11. SoutH Arrican Musreum. Annals, vol. 5, pt. 8-9; vol. 6, pt. a volt. py..4,; vol. 3, pt. 1; vol. 9, pt. 1; vol. 10, ‘pt: feevdi. sb, pt. 1." Cape Town. FRANCE. FEUILLE DES JEUNES NATURALISTES, nos. 479-92. Par. 1910-11. NanTEs. SocIETE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES DE L’OUEST DE LA France. Bulletin, tom. 9, trimestre 2-4; tom. 10, trimestre 1-2. Nantes. 1910-11. 234 SociteTE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE France. Annales, vol. 79, trimestre, 2-3. Par. 1910-11. ——— Bulletin, 1910, nos. 15-21; 1911, mos. 1-24. Par. 1910-11. SocrteTE LINNEENNE DE NoRMANDIE. Bulletin, 6e sér., vol. 2. Caen. 1910. GERMANY. BERLINER GESELLSCHAFT FUR ANTHROPOLOGIE, ETHNOLOGIE, unp Ureescuicutse. Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Jahrg. 42, H. 5-6; Jahrg. 43, H. 2. Berl. 1910-11. DEUTSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Deutsche En- tomologische Zeitschrift, Jahrg. 1910, H. 5-6; 1911, H. 1-4. Berl. 1910-11. GESELLSCHAFT FUR ERDKUNDE. Zeitschrift, 1910, no. 7-10; 1911, no. 1-6. Berl. 1910-11. HampurGc. NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHER VEREIN. Verhand- lungen, 1909, dritte Folge 17. Hamburg. 1910. HampurG. NaATURHISTORISCHES Museum. Mitteilungen, Jahrg. 26-27. Hamburg. 1909-10. K. BaYyERISCHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN ZU MUNCHEN. Mathematisch-phystkalische Klasse. Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. 1910, Abh. 5-9. Miineh. 1910-11. ——— —-—-— Abhandlungen. Bd. 24. Abh. 3; Bd. 25, Abh. 4; Sup. Bd. 1, Abh. 9-10; Sup. Bd. Aypaibh. 2; Sup. Bd. 4, Abh. 1-2. Miinch. 1910-11. KONIGLICHE PREUSSISCHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Sitzungsberichte, 1910, 24-54; 1911, 1-38. Berl. 1910-11. KONIGLICHE GESELLSCHAFT DER WISSENSCHAFTEN ZU GOTTIN- GEN. Nachrichten: Geschaftliche Mitteilungen, 1910, Hy T=2s. Berl. 1940. ——— ——— Mathematish - Physikalische Klasse, 1910, He 226 19 ate 1-3 Berl Totes Leipzig. SraptiscHes Musztum rur VoLKERKUNDE. Jahr- buch, Bd, 3, 1908-1909. Lpz. 1910. NASSAUISCHER VEREIN FUR NATURKUNDE. Jahrg. 62. Wies- baden. 1910. PHYSIKALISCH-MEDICINISCHE GESELLSCHAFT ZU WURZBURG. Sitzungsberichte, 1909, Nr. 1-5; 1910, Nr. 1-5. Wiirz- burg. 1910-11 ZEITSCHRIFT FUR WISSENSCHAFTLICHE INSEKTENBIOLOGIE, Bd., 6, H.1-12; Bd. 7, H. 1-10. Berl) 43a ae HUNGARY. AnnaLes Muster Nationatis Hunearicr, vol. 8, pts. 1-2; vol. 9, pt. 1. Buda Pest.» #950-1T- 235 INDIA. Inpia. Board of Scientvfic Advice. Annual report, 1909-10. Calcutta. 1910. InpiA. Department of Agriculture. Report of the progress of agriculture in India, 1909-10. Calcutta. 1910. Inpian Museum. Natural History Section: Annual report. 1909-10. Calcutta. ==——— Records, index to vol. 2; vol. 3, no. 1-4; vol. 4, no. 1-6; vol. 5, no. 1-4; vol. 6, no. 1. Calcutta. Pusa AGRICULTURAL ResEearcH InstiTuTE. Report, 1909-10. Calcutta. 1910. ITALY. Portici. LaBoraTORIO DI ZOOLOGIA GENERALE E AGRARIA. Bollettino, vol 4. Portici. 1910. SocreTa ITALIANA DI ScrENZE NATURALI. Atti, vol. 49, fee. 2-4, vol. 00, fasc. |. Pavia. -1909-10. =—— Memorie, vol. 7, fasc. 1. Pavia. 1910. Societa Toscana pi SCIENZE NatTurati. Atti: processi werbair, vol. 19, no. 1-5; vol. 20, no. 1. Pisa. 1910-11. . JAPAN. Asiatic Society or Japan. Transactions, vol. 38, pt. 3. Yokohama. 1909-10. IMPERIAL EARTHQUAKE INVESTIGATION ComMMITTEE. Bulletin, mol. 4) 00.2; vol."5, no 1. Tokyo. 1910-11. Kyoto. IJmperiat University. College of Science and En- gineering. Memoirs, vol. 2, no. 2-14; vol. 3, no. 1-6. Kyoto. 1910-11. Toxyo. ImprrtaL University. College of Science. Journal vol. 27, art. 15-20; vol. 28, art. 1-7. Tokyo. MEXICO. Mexico. Instituto GEOLOGICO. Boletin, num. 27-28. Mexico. 1910-11. ——— Parergones, tom. 3, num. 4-8. Mexico. 1910-11. SocreEDAD CIENTIFICA “ANTONIA ALZATE.’? Memorias y revista, tom. 27, no. 11-12; tom. 28, no. 1-8. Mexico. 1910. NEW ZEALAND. AUCKLAND INSTITUTE AND Museum. Annual report, 1910-11. Auckland. 1911. CanTERBURY Musrum. Records, vol. 1, no. 3. Christchurch. 1911. NEw ZEALAND. Department of Mines. Geological Survey. Bulletin, new ser., no. 10-11. Wellington. 1910-11. New Zeavranp INSTITUTE. Transactions and proceedings, 1910, vol. 43. Wellington. 1911. 236 NORWAY. BERGENS Museum. Aarbog, 1910, H. 2-3; 1911, H. 1-2. Ber- gen. 1910-11. ——-— Aarsberetning, 1910. Bergen. 1911. StavanceR Museum. Aarshefte, 20, 1909. Stavanger. 1910. PERU. CUERPO DE INGENIEROS DE MINAS DEL PERU. Boletin, no. 76. Lima. 1910. RUSSIA. AKADEMIE IMPERIALE DES SCIENCES DE ST. PETERSBOURG.. Bulletin, 6e. sér., 1910, no. 1-18; 190. Seioeete oe St. Petersb. —-—_— Travaux de Musée Géologique Pierre le Grand, vol. 4,. no.3-7; vol. 5b, no. 1. St. Petersb. 1910-99. Comite GEOLOGIQUE DE St. PETERSBoURG. Bulletin, tom. 28, no. 9-10; tom. 29, no. 1-4. St. Petersbh: 1910-0 ——-— Mémoires, nouv. sér., livr. 56-7, 59. St. Petersb. 1910S SociETE DES NATURALISTES DE Kirerr. Mémoires, tom. 21, livr. 2-4. St. Petersb. 1910-11. SocrETE IMPERIALE DES NaTURALISTES DE Moscovu. Bulletin, 1910,.noy, ted. SWEDEN. ENTOMOLOGISKA FORENINGEN 1 SvTocKHoOLM. Entomologisk Tidskrift, Arg. 31, H. 1-4. Upsala. 1910. K. VITTERHETS HISTORIE oCH ANTIKVITETS AKADEMIEN. Forvannen, 1910-11. Stockholm. 1910-11. REGIA SOCIETAS SCIENTARUM UPSALIENSIS. Nova acta, ser. 4, vol. 2, no.,2. Upsala. 2909-11) StockHotm. Geologiska Foreningens Forhandlinger, Bd. 32, Del. 1-3. Stockholm. 1910. SWITZERLAND. ConctLtium BrBLioGRAPHICUM. Annotationes Conecilii Bio- graphici, vol. 5.- Aurich. 1909. | GENEVA. L’Institut NATIONAL GENEVOIS. Bulletin, tom. 38-39. Genéve. 1909. Societe NEUCHATELOISE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Bul- letin, tom. 37. Neuchatel. 1911. SociETE VAUDOIS DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Bulletin, no. 170-3: Latsanne> 1900-11 237 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. SmirHsonian InstiTution. Annual report, 1909. Wash. 1910. ——— Bureau of American Ethnology. Bulletin, no. 30, pt. 2; 37, 40 pt. 1; 43-5, 50-1. Wash. 1910-11. ———. U.S. National Museum. Bulletin, no. 71, 73-5. Wash. 1910-11. ——— ——— Contributions from the U.S. National Her- barium, vol. 13, pt. 6-11; vol. 14, pt. 1-5, vol. 15, pt. 1-2. Wash. 1910-11. ——_—— ——— Proceedings, vol. 37-9. Wash. 1910-11. ——— ——— Report, 1910. U.S.A. Department of Agriculture. Year book, 1910. Wash. 1911. ——— ——— Bureau of Biological Survey. North Ameri- can fauna, no. 34. Wash. 1911. ——— Geological Survey. Annual report, vol. 31. Wash. ——— —-—W— Bulletin, no. 381, 398, 406-7, 415, 419-20, 422, 425-30, 432-5, 437, 440, 442, 444. Wash. 1910-11. ——— ——— Professional papers, no. 68, 72. Wash. ——— — Water supply papers, no. 237, 239-41, 243-55, 260, 262, 264. Wash. 1910-11. WASHINGTON ACADEMY oF SCIENCES. Proceedings, vol. 12. Wash. [{1911.] CALIFORNIA. (CALIFORNIA ACADEMY oF ScreNcES. Proceedings, 4th ser., MOL ie pp. (260; vol. 3, pp. d7-72.. San. Fran. 1910-11. UNIVERSITY oF CALIFORNIA. Publications. American archaeology and ethnology, vol. 9, no. 2-3; vol. 10, no. 1. Berkeley. 1910-11. ——— ——— Botany, vol. 4, no. 7-10. Berkeley. 1911. ——— —-—— Zoology, vol. 6, no. 12-15; vol. 7, no. 2; vol. 8, no. 1. Berkeley. 1910-11. ILLINOIS. Fietp Museum or Narurat History. Geological ser., vol. 3, no. 8. Chic. 1910. ——-— Ornithological ser., vol. 1, no. 6. Chic. 1911. ——— Report ser., vol. 4, no. 1. Chic. 1911. ——— Zool. ser., vol. 7, no. 9-12; vol. 10, no. 3-4. Chie. 1910-11. 238 Iutinois State Lasoratory or Naturat History. Bulletin, vol. 9, articles 1-4; t.p. and index to vol. 8. Urbana. 1910-11. . Intinois, University or. Agricultural Expervmental Sta- tion. Bulletin, no. 149. aC rCUUlal, TM, ene le KANSAS. Kansas, UNIVERSITY OF. Science bulletin, vol. 5, no. 1-11. Lawrence. 1910. MARYLAND. AMERICAN CHEMICAL JOURNAL, vol. 43, no. 6; vol. 44, no. 1-6; vol. 45, no. 1-3. Balt. 1910-11. JoHns Hopxins University. Circular, 1910, no. 5-10; 1911, no. 1-2. Balt. 1910-11. ——— Studies in historical and political science, ser. 28, no. 1-4. Balt. 1910-11. MASSACHUSETTS. AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS aND SCIENCES. Proceedings, vol. 45, mo. 8-21; vol. 46, no. 1-24; vol.) 2(2igie. 1-7... Bost. 1910214. HarvaRD CoLLEGE MuUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Annual report of the Curator, 1909-10. Camb. Mass. 1910. ——-— Bulletin, vol. 52, no. 16-17; vol. 53, no. 5; vol. 54, -n0. 2-6) “Camb: Mass. 190-107 MISSOURI. Missouri BoranicaL GARDEN. Annual report, vol. 21. St. Louis. 1910. NEW YORK. AMERICAN Museum or Naturat History. Annual report, vol..42.. .NEY <2 90: ——-— Anthropological papers, vol. 5, pt. 1-2; vol. 6, pt. 1-2; vol. 7 pt. Doan ¥. 291 0enn! ——— Bulletin, vol. 28-9. N.Y. 1910-11. ——— Guide leaflets, no. 31-3. N.Y. 1910-11. —— — Journal, vol. 10, no. 6-8; vol. 11, no. 1-6. N.Y. 1910-11. Brooktyn INSTITUTE oF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Science bul- letin, vol. 1, no. 17 and t.p., etc. Brooklyn. 1911. New York ACabDEmy or Sciences. Annals, vol. 19, pt. 3; vol. 20, pt. 1-2. N.Y. 1909-1910. New York Punsirc Lisrary. Bulletin, vol. 14, no. 9-12; vol. 15, no. 1-L05> N Yeu 19092107 | 239 RockKEFELLER INSTITUTE ror MerpicaL RESEARCH. Studies, wo. ht. / N.Y. 1910. OHIO. CINCINNATI SocIETY oF NaturaL History. Journal, vol. 21, no. 2. Cincinnati. 1910. WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Wilson bulletin, vol. 22, no. 3-4; vol. 23, no. 1. Oberlin. 1910-11. OKLAHOMA. OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY. Research bulletin, no. 4. Norman. 1911. PENNSYLVANIA. ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Proceed- ings, vol. 62, pt. 2-3; vol. 63, pt. 1. Phil. 1910-11. AMERICAN PurILosopHicaL Society. Proceedings, vol. 49, nos. 194-9. Phil. 1910-11. PHILADELPHIA ZOoLoGicaL Society. Annual report, vol. 39. Bor. fOr. SANDWICH ISLANDS. BERNICE PavaHi BisHop Museum. Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. eepueo volo, pt. 6. Univ. Pr..Camb. 1910. ——— Occasional papers, vol. 4, no. 4. Honolulu. 1910. URUGUAY. MontTEvipEo Musto Nacitonat. Annales, ser. 2, tom. 1, entrego 3. Montevideo. 240 LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, Erc., OCTOBER, 1911. Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub- lished in the Society’s Transactions. Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary. Nore.—The publications of the Society will not be sent = those whose subscriptions are in arrears. Date of Election. 1910. 1893. 1897. 1890. 1905. 1905. 1892. 1898. 1894. 1881. 1880. 1893. 1905. 1908. 1895. 1902. 1908. 1907. 1887. 1909. 1911: 1883. 1893. 1904. Honorary FEiiows. *Brage, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Physics, Univer- of Leeds, England. *Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris. *Davip, T. W. EpeewortH, C.M.G., B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Geology, University of Sydney. *ETHERIDGE, Rosert, Director of the Australian Museum of New South Wales, Sydney. Girt, Tuomas, I.S.O., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide. Saran Cuas. H., Naturalist, Australian Museum, Sydney *MAIDEN, i Ho PL. S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales *Meyrick, HK. T., B.A., F.R.S. OARS: Thornhanger, Marl- borough, Wilts, England. *Witson, J. T., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, University of Sydney. CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS. Battzty, F. M., F.L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane, Queensland. *ForLscHE, Pau, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, Nor- thern Territory. Srretton, W. G., Palmerston, Northern Territory. THomson, G. M. EL.S., F.CS. Dunedin, New Zealand. *WooLnouaH, WALTER GEORGE, D. Se., F.G. ee Lecturer in Geology, University of Sydney. (Fellow from 1902.) FELLOWS. *AsHBY, Epwin, Royal Exchange, Adelaide. *BaKER, W. EL., 6 S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside. *BENson, W. Noe, B. Se., University of Sydney. * BLACK, J. McConneLn, Alfred Street, Norwood. *BLACKBURN, Rev. Canon THomas, B.A., Woodville. BRADLEY, Epaar J., Civil Engineer, Hydraulic Engineer’s Department, Adelaide. Brown, Epear a M.B., D.Ph. (Cambridge), 3, North Terrace, Adelaide. Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., late Government Geologist, Adelaide. Brumoitt, Rosert, M.R.C.S., Medindie. BRUNSKILL, GxorGE, Semaphore, South Australia. 1906. 1907. 1904. 1910. 1867. 1879. 1895. 1907. 1907. 1887. 1911. 1902. 1911. 1904. 1880. 1910. 1904. 1896. 1S90. 1883. 1911. 1893. 1910. 1897. 1884. 1856. 1888. 1905. 1874. 1907. 1897. 1907. 1884. 1886. 1908. 1907. 1907. 1885. 241 Bunpey, Miss Exuen Mitne, 148, Molesworth Street, North Adelaide. *Cnarman, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics, Daivencis ‘of Adelaide. Curistie, W., Rundle Street, Adelaide. *Crark, HK. V., B.Se., Lecturer in Electrical Kngineering, University of Adelaide. Cuark, M. Symonps, Bunyip Buildings, Gawler Place, Adelaide. *“Crevanp, W. L., M.B., Ch.M., J.P., Colonial Surgeon, Resident) Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Lecturer in Materia Medica, University of Adelaide. CLeLANp, Joun B., M.D., Government Bureau of Micro- biology, Sydney, New South Wales. *Cooxe. T. W., D.Sc. Lecturer, University of Adelaide. DARLING, JOHN, Kent Terrace, "Norwood. *DIxon, Samusn, Bath Street, New Glenelg. Durron, H. H., Anlaby. Epeuist, A. G., Tate Terrace, Croydon. GittEsPiz, H. R., South Terrace, Adelaide. Gorpon, Davin, Gawler Place, Adelaide. *GoypER, Grorcr, A.M., F.C.S., Analyst and Assayer, Ade- laide. Grant, Kerr, Professor of Physics, University of Adelaide. GrirritH, H., Henley Beach. Hawker, KE. W., F.C. S., Caleanina, Clare (Hagle Cham- bers, Adelaide). *HoxutzE, Maurice, .L.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Ade- laide. *HowcHin, Water, F.G.8., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology, University of Adelaide, Hvueues, W. H., ‘Booyoolie, Gladstone. JAMES, THOMAS, “M.R.C. S., Moonta. *“Jounson, EK. So M.D... M.R.C.S., Franklin Street, Ade- laide. *Lea, A.M., F.E.S., South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Tenpon, A. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in Forensic Medicine and in Chemical Medicine, Univer- sity of Adelaide, and Hon. Physician, Children’s Hos- pital, North Adelaide. Lioyp, J. 8., Alma Chambers, Adelaide. *LoweErR, Oswatp B., F.E.S. (Lond.), Broken Hill, New South Wales. *Mawson, Doveras, B.Sc., B.E., Lecturer in Mineralogy and Petrology, University, Adelaide. Mayo, Gro. G., C.E., 116, Franklin Street, Adelaide. MeEtros£, Rosert THomson, Mount Pleasant. *Morean, A. M., M.B. Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide. MuEcKE, Hveo, C.E., Grenfell Street, Adelaide. Monton, nee S., North Terrace, Adelaide. Poor, W. (Hon. Treasurer), Savings Bank, Adelaide. Pore, ey Solicitor, Adelaide. PULLEINE, Le iG M.B. (Hien. Secretary), North Terrace, Adelaide. . Purpvus, R. F., Mining oa St. Helen’s, Tasmania. *RENNIE, Epwarp H., M.A yy Dee (Lond.), F.C.S., Pro- fessor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide. 1911. 1905. 1869. 1891. 1893. 1871. 1906. 1910. 1881. 1907. 1904. 1886. 1897. 1894. 1889. 1878. 1883. 1878. 1859. 1907. 1904. 1904. 242 Roacu, B. S., Education Department, Flinders Street, Adelaide. *Rogers, R. §., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street, Adelaide. *Rutt, Water, Chief Assistant Engineer, Adelaide. Setway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide. Simson, Augustus, Launceston, Tasmania. SmirH, Rospert Barr, Adelaide. Snow, Francis H., Adelaide. *SranLEy, E. R., University, Adelaide. *STigLINnGc, Epwarp C., C.M.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.R.C.S., Professor of Physiology, University of Ade- laide, Director of South Australian Museum. SweeTaPpeLe, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside. Taytor, Wiiiiam, St. Andrew’s, North Adelaide. *TrpperR, J. G. O., F.L.S., Elizabeth Street, Norwood. (Corresponding Member since 1878.) *ToRR, a G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus- tralia. *TurNER, A. Jerreris, M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. VarRpon, Senator JosePuH, J.P., Gresham Street, Adelaide. *Verco, JosepH C., M.D., F.R.C.S., Lecturer on the Prin- ciples and Practice of Medicine and Therapeutics, University of Adelaide. Wainweienut, EK. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), McLaren Vale. Warez, W. L., J.P., Adelaide. Way, Rieut Hon. Sir Samven James, Bart., P.C., D.C.L., Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor of South Aus- tralia, Adelaide. Wess, Norxt A., Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide. Wuitsreap, Howarp, Currie Street, Adelaide. ASSOCIATE. Rosinson, Mrs. H. R., ‘‘Las Conchas,”’ Largs Bay, South Australia. 243 APPENDICES. FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE Roval Society of South Australia (Incorporated). TWENTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 19, 1911. The monthly meetings and the excursions held during the past twelve months may be considered fairly as equal in work and interest to any that have gone before. The membership has increased, and it may be mentioned with much satisfac- tion that among those who have joined are several who belong to the teaching profession. Such additions to the roll are particularly welcome as adding strength to the practical wor- kers in natural history. Worthy of note, too, is the addition to the roll of the name of Mr. A. M. Lea, whose reputation as a naturalist preceded his advent to South Australia, and whose activities in the field of science will no doubt be of much service to the Section. MEETINGS. At the last annual meeting the Chairman (Mr. W. H. Selway) continued his review of “The National Parks and Forests of Australia.”’ This second part of his review, like the first, was a valuable record of the work that was being achieved in the direction of conserving tracts of country for the preservation of Australian flora and fauna, and for hold- ing in reserve areas of land for the benefit of the people, as a whole, against the rapid strides of settlement for agricul- tural, pastoral, and other means of production from the land. It is gratifying to know that this review has been printed in pamphlet form and is thus retained as a valuable record for future reference. Following upon this, as showing the active interest that the Section has always evinced in the subject, Mr. Walter Gill, F.L.S., was requested to deliver an address on “Forestry 244 in South Australia.” This was given with illustrated views, and Mr. Gill’s enthusiasm in his work as Conservator of Forests showed how closely his hfe-work was bound up with this important industry. On May 16 Mr. J. W. Mellor delivered a lecture on his visit to the Capricorn Group of [slands, on the Great Barrier Reef, north-west coast of Queensland. The visit was made in connection with the Congress of the Ornithological Union held last year. Mr. Mellor’s address was full of interest in bring- ing under notice the life history of the birds, as well as the marine zoology and plant growth new to those who have not had the opportunity of visiting the places referred to. Many specimens collected on the trip were shown and described. Following upon this lecture Captain 8. A. White, who was also with the same party, gave an interesting address, illustrated by numerous views of the life and habits of the birds that live on and frequent the coastal islands of Queens- land. Members, having caught on to the charm of travels abroad, next requested Dr. R. 8S. Rogers to give some in- formation regarding the natural history and other phases of life in Africa. This lecture proved equally fascinating, as by the aid of lantern views Dr. Rogers described a journey he and Mrs. Rogers took through Natal during the progress of the Boer war. These observant naturalists were able to describe many matters of interest in the fauna and flora, as well as adventures peculiar to the stirring times of war. EXHIBITS. While natural history abroad was of absorbing interest objects nearer home were not neglected, and the next meeting was devoted to the description of exhibits. Mr. A. M. Lea showed a case of beetles, Dr. Pulleine a collection of spiders, Mr. Elkan a specimen of micaceous ironstone from near Para- dise, Mr. J. F. Mellor leaves, pods, and seeds of a Queensland Stottea, Miss Phillipson a ball of kauri-gum from New Zea- land, and Mr. Stokes chitons, spiders, and land shells. The exhibits were described and commented upon by the exhibitors and others, and a profitable meeting was held. At most of the evening meetings exhibits have proved an interesting and instructive feature. EXCURSIONS. The field work for the year has maintained its usual in- terest, but the attendance at the engagements has been some- what spasmodic. Some have been poorly attended, while others have drawn the largest attendances for many years. 245 This is accounted for by the excursions having been arranged during the winter months and the variableness of the weather. Following is a list of the engagements :—October 29, 1910, National Park ; November 12, Houghton ; December 10, Mount Lofty; March 17, 1911, Adelaide Observatory ; May 5, Ade- laide Observatory ; May 6, Upper Sturt; May 20, Brighton ; July 22, Norton Summit; August 5, Aldgate to Mount Lofty ; September 2, Eden Hills. . RoBerRT PuLLEINE, Chairman. E. H. Lock, Hon. Secretary. TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER, 1911. FLINDERS CHASE, KanGaroo ISLAND. In October last circulars enclosing a reprint of a portion of last year’s report were sent to members of Parliament soliciting their support to the movement for more firmly estab- lishing this reserve and extending its area. In November a deputation from the Royal Society waited upon the Commis- sioner of Crown Lands to urge upon him the necessity for better protection being given to kangaroos, and, as a means towards this end, the completion of the Kangaroo Island re- serve. The Commissioner expressed his sympathy and said he would give a reply as soon as possible. In May last your Committee distributed nearly 300 circulars with a plan of the western portion of the island, in response to which a de- putation numbering nearly 100 persons, including representa- tives of the Universities of Adelaide, Sydney, and Melbourne, of the Royal Society and the affiliated Societies, the Austra- lian Natives’ Association and many South Australian Socie- ties, the Royal Societies of New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania, the Royal Australasian Ornithologists’ Union, the Corporations of Adelaide, Brighton, Glenelg, Norwood, Port Adelaide, St. Peters, and Unley, and the District Councils of Burnside, Crafers, Payneham, and Woodville, waited upon the Commissioner of Crown Lands on June 13 to reiterate the requests already made to his predecessors in office and to him- self. The Minister received the deputation favourably, and 246 said he would recommend to the Government that a larger area than the 140 square miles already promised should be granted, but that he desired to inspect the country himself before de- ciding upon the extent of the additional area. He would also recommend that a sum be placed upon the Estimates for a fence to be put across the island to protect the settlers’ crops from the kangaroos. PROTECTION OF OPOSSUMS. Under the existing Game Act there is no power given to transfer animals from the unprotected to the protected list, and consequently no power of establishing a close season for opossums. The Secretary drew up an amending Bill for the purpose of overcoming this difficulty, and this was placed in the hands of the Government. Brrps Protection Act. The names of several birds have been added to the schedule of those to be wholly protected, among them those mentioned in the last report, comprising bee-eaters, native pheasants, black cockatoos, gang-gang cockatoos, pigeons, doves, and bustards. Efforts are being made to get pelicans again placed on the partially protected list. The close season for the partially protected birds has been extended from De- cember 20 to the middle of January. Your Committee hav- ing been asked to furnish the Commissioner of Crown Lands with the amendments to the Birds Protection Act desired by them, a sub-committee was appointed to confer with the Presi- dent of the Ornithological Association, and a number of sug- gested amendments have been sent to the Minister. With these passed into law many of the difficulties now experienced in carrying out the obvious intentions of the Act will be over- come. The members of your Committee note with pleasure the increasingly rapid spread in the community of their views re- garding the necessity for protecting our fauna and flora, enunciated by them some twenty-three years ago and since then repeatedly urged upon the public. Samui. Dixon, Chairman. M. Symonps Ciarx«, Hon. Secretary. September 19, 1911. ‘TIGL ‘GI toquezdeg ‘oprefepy {; ‘aqay ‘q waLIvM “SIOPIPRY ) ‘qA0V] as f ‘IgINsvely, “UOF ‘SAHOLS ‘G AMINVIS ‘g991100 punojy pue poqyIpny 13'S =SF I SL & JUNOOOV UOISINDOX Ul COULTeEYg Qe Ge ! Corticaria adelaide, 9-120 (B) Clivina adelaide, 49-720 (B) ent 85a ib) et) australis, 9-120 (B) Silt 49 717 (B) lindensis, 9-120 (B) debilis ’ 19.799 (B) Corynophyllus andersoni, 4-227 (B) d i; metallicola, 57-286 (B) Geieain, 6087 1B maeeceuns,.4-208 (B) a beehin Bb: 35 (B) Cotulades montanus, 13-152 (B) einast 14-99 (8) Cranterophorus, 18-252 eodnadatte, cbae (m) | Or*Pidodera eraser, 2867 (B) wildi, 49-721 (B) - (B) Criocerus recens, 48-460 (B) ; , 3 Crobenia, 10-305 Coccinellidee, 5-183, 6-148, 9-153, 10-345, eyrensis, 10-305 (B) 11-69, 12-238, 13-140, 16-238, 18-237, 19-108, 26-68, 47-1505, So a car reo Ret 50- 1275, 78- 308 macleayi, 11-31 (B) ‘Coelophora guttata, 12-239 (B) lliffi, 4-199 (B masters1, 12-258 (B) Ree a 163 (B) _ higrovittata, 18-237 (B) victorie, 4-199 (B) verantoides, 16-239 (B) Cryptarcha elegantior, 52-116 (B) ‘Colaspis palmerstoni, 47-1477 (S) obscurior, 31-310 (B) Colon melbournense, 11-25 (B) subnigella, 32-117 (B) ‘Colpochila bella, 66-525 (B) | Cryptobium adelaide, 3-69 (B) bicolor, 66-528 (B) delicatulum, 3-69, 45-9 (B) campestris, 56-103 (B) elegans, 5-70 (B) carinata, 66-523 (B) varicorne, 3-08 (B) deceptor, 66-529 (B) |Cryptodus debilis, 52-307 (B) dubia, 66-524 (B) Cryptolemus simplex, 47-1506 fortis, 66-522 (B) In the list of species sent to the fraterna, 66-536 (B) British Museum a species. was noted as funerea, 66-551 (B) Cryptolemus, and as but one species was gibbosicollis, 66-538 (B) named by Mr. Blackburn it apparently gracilis, 66-537 (B) must be the type. laminata, 66-523 (B) Cryptophagide, 4-201, 9-119, 11-32, palpalis, 17-35 (S) 18-216, 52-156, 37-232 pulchella, 66-530 (B) Cryptophagus australis, 4-201 (B) punctiventris, 66-526 (B) gibbipennis, 11-32 (B) pygmea, 66-533 (B) lindensis, 9-119 (B) setosa, 66-538 (B) nigroapicalis, 52-156 (B) sinuaticollis, 66-531 (B) tasmanicus, 37-232 solida, 66-527 (B) The type of this species was not marked ‘Colpochilodes, 23-44 as such, but a card on which were four raucipennis, 23-44 (B) specimens of the species, one of which was almost certainly the type, was sent ee Ba 1 |to the British Museum. ‘Conurus instabilis, 43-3 (B) CT oe irra cae ‘Coolgardica, 25-93 1 tenebrioides, 25-94 (B) ceeilionse, 32.170. (By ° In error printed 339, eucalypti, 32-171 (B) xx. Cryptorrhopalum interioris, 9-131 (B) , nealense, 32-170 (B) quadrifasciatum, 32-171 (B) quornense, 60-93 (B) terzonatum, 32-171 (B) woodvillense, 9-150 (B) Ctenistes adelaide, 6-136 (B) andersoni, 9-77 (B) tenebricosus, 6-137 (B) Cubicorrhynchus dilataticeps, mussoni, 56-124 (B) taurus, 18-220 (S) tortipes, 22-96 (B) 78-293 Cucujidee, 4-198, 8-121, 9-118, 11-30, | 22-88, 32-135, 182, 37-232, 46- 264 840, 78- Cudnellia, 48-461 mystica, 48-462 (B) Curculionide, 7-92, 11-56, 12 - 229, 14-297, 15-143, 16-220, 17-56, 18-220, 21-35, 22-96, 26-61, 27-141, 28-26, 44-47, 45- 178, ve 1442, 50- 1273, 52-313, 53- 574, 56- 115, 58- 188, 59-252, 76-226, 78-282 Curis discoidalis, 12-214 (N) Cybister granulatus, 46-812 (B) Cycloneda barronensis, 18-238 Cyclonotum australe, 46-839 (B) cowleyi, 24-229 (B) Cycloseymnus, 12-251 concolor, 18-254 (B) minutus, 12-251 (B) Cyclothorax cinctipennis, 47-1391 (B) eyrensis, 55-480 (B fortis, 47-1590 (B) obsoletus, 47-1389 (B) peryphoides, 47-1392 (B) Cydmea crassirostris, 58-190 (B) In error in the British Museum list as crassicornis. diversa. 52-540 (B) fumosa, 78-297 (B) invalida, 52-340 (B) lineata, 53-584 (S) major, 58-189 (B) mixta, 15-158 (B) obscura, 52-339 (B) Cyrema, 5-213 nigellum, 5-213 (B) Cyria tridens, 11-41 (B) Cyttalia sydneyensis, 15-161 (B) tarsalis, 15-160 (B) Dedrosis monticola, 12-227 (B) victoriz, 55-533 (B) Dascillide, 21-33, 55-517, 57-298, 58-186, 7 -272 Dasygnathus inermis, 47-1409 (8S) major, 47-1406 (B) recticornis, 47-1408 (B) trituberculatus, 47-1404 (B) Dasytes helmsi, 44-38 (S) squiresensis, 44-38 (S) Demetrias tweedensis, 56-67 (B) Demonassa capitalis, 38-386 (B) Deretaphrus equaliceps, 32-127 (B) cordicollis, 32-125 (B) cribriceps, 32-128 ( gracilis, 32-124 (B) iridescens, 52-124 ( popularis, 32-126 sparsiceps, 52-127 (B) thoracicus, 32-122 (B) Dermestide, 9-123, 11-34, 12-207, 32-159, 57-252, 44- 25, 60. 93, 78-264 | Desiantha assimilis, 52-324 (B) | maculata, 52- 323 (B) major, 52 321 (B) nigra, 52-321 (B) obscura, 52-325 (B) parva, 52-326 (B) pusilla, 14-305 (B) sericea, 52-522 (B) vittata, 14-304 (B) Diabaticus collaris, 29-111 (BY) | minor, 6-135 (B) | pauper, 29-111 (B) tumidiceps, 6-134 (B) Diadoxus jungi, 25-28 (B) | Disleptorns approximatus, 56-124 (B) lindensis, 53-580 (B) lugubris, 53-578 (B) | obsoletus, 53-579 (B) validus, 53-577 (B) Diaphanops, meyricki, 48-458 (B) parallelus, 48-459 (B) Diaphonia euclensis, 59-248 (B) lateralis, 59-246 (S) satelles, 59-250 (B) Diaphoromerus victoriensis, ) Dibolia tepperi, 47-1495 (S) Dicax deserti. 78-262 (B) spenceri, 78-263 (N) ) 54-777 Dicomada rufa, 53-586 (B Dicrochile ventralis, 9-65 (B) Didymocantha nigra, 8-130 novica, 12-233 (N) Dilochrosis frenchi, 59 245 (N) Dineutes inflatus, 17-28 (B) Diphucephala carteri, 36-275 (B) crebra, 36-275 (B) elegans, 55-481 (B) kershawi, 22-89 (B) puberula, 36272 (B) pulcherrima, 36-273 (B) rectipennis, 356-273 (B) sordida, 36-274 (B) spreta, 56-99 (N) Diphyllus ornatellus, 32-156 (B) Diplocoelus angustulus, 9-122 (B) exiguus, 9-123 (B) leai, 16-204 (B) Discaptothorax, 76-219 koebelei, 76-220 (B) Discoderes torridus, 10-301 (N) Distichocera frenchi, 58-200 (N) Ditoma hilaris, 4-194 (B) lineatocollis, 4-195 (B) Xx. Ditoma nivicola, 9-114 (B) obscura, 4-193 (B) parva, 4-193 aes perforata, 4-193 ( pulchra, 4-191 e) torrida, 9-114 Ditropidus Jian egy 47-1472 (5S) Docalis maculatus, 13-152 (B) Dohrnia eremita, 25-78 (B) Domene torrensensis, 9-75 (B) Donacia australasiee, 12-235 (B) Doticus equalipennis, 27-162 (B) Dromius yarre, 56-71 (B) Dromeeolus interioris, 55-502 (B) Dryophilodes, 10-307 australis, 10-307 (B) insignis, 10-507 (B) Dyscerasphorus, 18-2356 laticeps, 18-237 (B) Dyscheenium, 52-346 flavum, 52-346 (B) Dyscharachthis, 76-217 brevipennis, 76-219 (B) Dyschirius ovensensis, 54-775 (B) torrensensis, 7-82 Dyscolocerus concolor, 76-225 (B) heros, 11-56 (B) victoricnsis, 76-226 (B) Dysostines advena, 56-128 (B) crawfordi, 52-314 (B) glaber, 56-127 (B) pilosus, 52-317 (B) punctiventris, 52-519 (B) ventralis, 52-515 (B) Dysphanochila, 23-48 pilosipennis, 23-48 (B) Dystrichothorax, 56-88 bicolor, 56-88 (B) bipunctatus, 50-89 (B) lividus, 56-90 (B) sloanei, 56-89 (B) vicinus, 56-90 Dystrigonisthis, 76-221 paradoxus, 76-222 (B) Dytiscidee, 35-65, 29-124, 32-92, 44-24, 46-812, 47- 1393, "48- 446, 78- 254 Echthrogaster, 76-213 lugubris, 76-215 (B) Ecrizothis, 25-87 ineequalis, 25-88 (B) ‘Ectosticta ornata, 11-66 (B) Type headless and otherwise ‘broken... Ectroma, 49-710 elegans, 29-107 (B) fragile, 29-110 (B) grave, 29-108 (B) obsoletum, 56-72 (B) parvicolle, 16-201 (B) Edusa znea, 9-146 (B angustula, 26-66 (B) bella, 9-148 (B) distincta, 9-146 (B) diversicollis, 9-144 (B) fraterna, 9- 150 (B) froggatti, 9-145 (B) much | | | Edusoides, Edusa glabra, 9-152 (B) glauca, 9-149 (B) hirta, 9-150 (B) inermis, 9-151 (8) ” leeta, 9-143 (B) lineata, 9-147 (B) meyricki, 9-151 (B) minor, 9-146 (B) pavens, 9-151 (B) perplexa, 9-147 (B) pilifera, 9-149 (B) singularis, 9-152 (B) spinicollis, 9-145 (B) varians, 9-144 (B) 48-477 pulchra, 48-477 Egestria sulcicollis, 78-281 (B) Elasmocerus picticollis, 28-25 (B) Elater wentworthensis, 57-297 Elateride, 6-159, 7-89, 14-296, 19-35, 21-52, 26-49, 27-114, 41-201, 42-74, 44-37, 47-1416, 50-1259, 52-509, 55-561, 55-5035, 57-288, 76-215, 75-271 | Eleothreptus, 18-235 punctulatus, 18-236 (B) Eleusis parva, 11-24 (B) Elleschodes, 21-37 hamiltoni, 21-37 (B) Ellopia sloanei, 5-178 (B) Elmis tasmanicus, 60-94 (B) Emenadia capito, 25-57 (B) championi, 25-56 (B) difficilis, 25-56 (B) diversiceps, 25-55 (B) interioris, 25-58 (B) punctulaticeps, 25-57 (B) Emplesis enigmaticus, 78-297 (B) albosignata, 52-336 (B) assimilis, 52-3355 (B) gravis, 52-333 interioris, 15-159 (B) majuscula, 14-302 (B) monticola, 56-142 (B) munda, 52-354 (B) notata, 52-352 ocellata, 56-145 umbrosa, 52-356 (B) Empolis, 52-342 angustatus, 52-343 leai, 14-311 longipes, 14-310 Enamillus mauricei, 37-235 (S) sharpi, 35-279 (B) Sent as Sarothromerus sharpi. Encosmia, 14-307 adelaide, 14-507 (B) cornuta, 15-158 infuscata, 14-508 Endomychide, 18-232, 52-366 | Engyops, 23-43 spectans, 23-44 (B) Eniopea posticalis, 14-309 sydneyensis, 14-510 tenebricosa, 14- 309 10 Printed in error lata. XX1l. Enneaphyllus rossi, 8-127 (B) Enspondus, 27-148 bigobbosus, 27-149 (B) Euthyphasis funerea, 28-26 (B) parva, 59-255 (B) ical Kutoma adelaide, 3-52 (S) Entomophthalmus uniformis, 76-224} Evadodes, 78-282 (B) Entromus, 27-145 dorsoplagiatus, 27-146 (B) Epacticus, 14-305 nigrirostris, 14-306 (B) ruber, 14-306 (B) - KEpameebus, 14-312 scutellaris, 14-312 (B) Epargemus, 27-146 marmoratus, 27-147 (B) Epelyx, 56-92 latus, 56-92 (B) lindensis, 56-92 (B) Ephidonius parvicollis, 17-52 (S) Epholcis longior, 23-29 (B) Epilachna terree-regine, 18-287 (B) Epilectus, 4-177 Episcaphula brevicornis, 18-227 (B) duplopunctata, 47-1504 (S) foveicollis, 18-227 (B) guttatipennis, 47-1504 (S) nigrofasciata, 18-226 (B) Eristus, 56-148 bicolor, 56-150 (B) setosus, 56-150 (B) Erithionyx, 12-259 Erotyllidz, 13-140, 18-226, 47-1503 Esmelina australis, 56-123 (B) Essolithna seriata, 44-50 (B) Ethadomorpha, 28-29 clauda, 28-30 (B) Ethas, 15-156 eruditus, 15-157 (B) varians, 15-156 (B) Ethon maculatus, 4-250 (N) Eucalyptocola marcida, 52-91 (B) Eucnemide, 11-55, 18-219, 26-49, 29-131, 55-502, 76-215 Eucorynus mastersi, 27-144 (B) Euctenia occidentalis, 25-51 (S) Euops victoriensis, 59-285 (B) Eupalea rotunda, 5-188 (B) Euparia olliff, 77-171 (B) Eupines militaris, 9-85 (B) nauta, 9-83 (B) nautoides, 9-84 (B) relicta, 10-292 (B) sororcula, 9-82 (B) spiniventris, 9-84 (B) Eurhynchus splendidus, 15-163 (B) Enurispa fraterna, 11-68 (B) major, 47-1503 (S) nigripes, 11-67 (B) simplex, 11-68 (B) Eurybia australis, 4-247 (B) Eurygnathus, 1-12 fortis, 1-13 (S)_. Euryscaphus chaudoiri, 56-82 (B) subsulcatus, 43-2 (B) sulcicollis, 56-81 (B) tatei, 43-1 (B) decorum, 78-283 (B) EKvadomorpha, 78-284 everardensis, 78-284 (N) Evaniocera meyricki, 25-52 minuta, 45-178 (S) persimilis, 26-60 (B) perthensis, 25-53 (B) Evas everardensis, 44-47 (S) Exangeltus, 22-93 angustus, 22-94 (B) gracilior, 33-308 (B) Fornax coloratus, 18-219 (N) Frenchella, 56-104 approximans, 23-40 (B male, $ female) aspericollis, 23-41 (B) calorata, 37-269 (B) hirticollis, 23-40 (B male, S$ female) hispida, 23-39 (B male, § female) : lubrica, 56-104 (B) sparsiceps, 23-41 (B) Germarica, 4-257 casuarine, 4-257 (B) Gerynassa affinis, 56-144 (B) andersoni, 14-313 (B) minor, 56-145 (B) picticornis, 14-313 (B) simplex, 14-313 (B) Gigadema dux, 29-100 (B) eremita, 44-17 (S) longicolle, 29-101 (B) longius, 29-101 (B) mandibulare, 44-18 (8S) rugaticolle, 28-16 (B) | Glaucopela distineta, 15-155 (B) fusco-marmorea, 15-155 (B) varipes, 535-592 (B) Glossocheilifer, 23-36 addendus, 37-241 (B) labialis, 23-37 (B) Glycyphana subdepressa, 51-151 (8S) Glypheus alpinus, 57-290 (B) Glyphochilus montanus, 57-290 (B) Glyptoma sculptum, 30-26 (B) sordidum, 30-26 (B) Gnathaphanus aridus, 44-22 (8) darwini, 46-808 (B) Goetymes pictipes, 25-69 (B) Gonipterus rufus, 56-130 (B) Gymnoscynnus, 12-241 explanatus, 18-240 (B) quadrimaculatus, 12-242 (B) Gyrinide, 17-28, 29-126, 32-92, 78-254 Haltica australis, 47-1493 (S) ferruginis, 47-1494 (8) gravida, 19-75 (B) ignea, 47-1494 (S) pagana, 19-74 (B) XXill. Halticodes, 19-69 disparipes, 19-70 (B) Haplaner insulicola, 29-114 (B) Haplonycha accepta, 36-309 (B) ewqualiceps, 36-519 (B) amabilis, 36-312 (B) amoena, 36-313 (B) antennalis, 36-304 (B) arvicola, 356-317 (B) clara, 36-320 (B) clypealis, 36-311 (B) egregria, 56-516 (B) electa, 56-318 (B) faceta, 36-521 (B) firma, 36.311 (B) griffithi, 57-259 (B) jungi, 56-3522 (B) latebricola, 36-306 (B) longior, 36-308 (B) lucifera, 56-314 (type a marginata, 36-307 (B) mauricei, 36-315 (S) neglecta, 36-304 (5S) nobilis, 36-313 (S) paradoxa, 36-310 (B) pilosa, 36-305 (B) punctatissima, 36.309 (B) rustica, 56-516 (B) sabulicola, 36 519 (B) sloanei, 36-308 (B) spadix, 36-307 (B) thoracica, 36-520 (B) trichopyga, 56-506 (B) Haplonyx ornatipennis, 15-164 (B) Haplopsis debilis, 23-50 (B) olliffi, 23-50 (B) viridis, 56-109 (B) Haptoncura brightensis, 32-113 (B) darwiniensis, 52-115 (B) eyrensis, 32-115 (B) lindensis, 9-103 (B) meyricki, 9-104 (B) nelsonensis, 52-114 (B) sloanei, 32-113 (B) sparsior, 52-114 (B) uniformis, 9-104 (B) victoriensis, 9-113 (B) Hebesecis fasciculatus, 45-197 (B) Helzus aridus, 44-41 (S) brevicostatus, 46-865 (B) debilis, 44-42 (S) 11 glongatus, 50-1267 (B) horridus, 46-866 (8) ingens, 44-43 (B) lubricus, 44-42 (8) modicus, 25-39 (B) scaphiformis, 25-35 (B) subseriatus, 25-40 (B) Helodes adelaide, 55-521 (B) angulatus, 58-186 (B) cinctus, 55-518 (B) 11Type sent to British Museum, al- though stated to be in Mr. J. Anderson’s collection. in coll. Helodes fenestratus, 57-300 (B) frater, 55-520 (B) lindensis, 55-522 (B) montivagans, 55-519 (B) ollifi, 55-518 (B) ovensensis, 55-520 (B) pictus, 55-520 (B) princeps, 55-517 (B) spilotus, 55-521 (B) Hemicistela, 10-331 discoidalis, 10-332 (B) Hesperus pulleinei, 43-7 Heteroceride, 4-205, 9-133, 32-177, 78-204 Heterocerus debilipes, 32-179 (B) flindersi, 4-205 (B) indistinctus, 9-154 (B) largsensis, 52-177 (B) multimaculatus, 4-205 victoriz, 9-133 (B) Heteroderes cairnsensis, 14-296 (B) carinatus, 47-1423 (B) Heteromastix anticus, 12-221 (B) dilataticollis, 12-222 (B) Heteronyx acutifrons, 63-442 (B) additus, 59-77 (B) advena, 65-1221 (8S) zequaliceps, 65-1236 (B) zequalis, 61-1545 (B) affinis, 59-65 (B) agricola, 40-162 (B) alienus, 44-29 (S) alpicola, 55-487 (B) ambiguus, 40-207 (B) amoenus, 40-207 (B) anceps, 62-103 (B) angustus, 64-699 (B) anomalus, 38-381 (B) apertus, 40-157 (B) approximans, 40-209 (B) arcanus, 56-106 (B) aridus, 63-432 (B) aspericollis, 63-451 (M) asperifrons, 39-36 (B) auguste, 62-162 (B) auricomus, 62-155 (M) austrinus, 40-165 (B) baldiensis, 55-485 (B) Sent as Pseudoheteronyx baldiensis. beltanz, 61-1343 (B) bidentatus, 63-454 (B) blandus, 39-78 (B) borealis, 63-439 (B) bovilli, 65-1220 (B) breviceps, 61-1544 (B) brevicollis, 61-1338 (M) brevicornis, 62-148 (B) calidus, 40-215 (B) callabonne, 39-33 (S) campestris, 40-166 (B) capitalis, 40-225 (B) carteri, 39-72 (B) chiens, 40-184 (B) coatesi, 39-42 (B) collaris, 64-701 (B) (B) Heteronyx comans, 39-73 (B) comes, 40-157 (B) confertus, 40-219 (B) conjunctus, 40-204 (B) consanguineus, 55-490 (B) constans, 62-154 (B) convexicollis, 40-214 (B) copiosus, 59-67 (B) cornutus, 40-224 (B) costulatus, 40-222 (B) cowelli, 60-96 (B) coxalis, 40-221 (B) crassus, 62-161 (B) eribriceps, 44-52 (S) cribripennis, 42-45 (B) crinitus, 40-161 (B) cunnamulle, 40-162 (B) cygneus, 62-159 (B) darlingensis, 61-1349 (M) darwini, 635-435 (B) debilicollis, 59-60 (B) debilis, 62-169 (B) deceptor, 65-1227 (B) declaratus, 39-25 (B) decorus, 44-31 (S) dentipes, 62-168 (B) difficilis, 42-47 (B) disjectus, 40-179 (B) dispar, 58-579 (B) diversiceps, 65-1254 (B) doctus, 64-692 (B) doddi, 38-381 (B) dubius, 62-157 (5S) dux, 39-30 (B) electus, 62-160 (B) elongatus, 39-62 (B) Name altered to elongatulus. elytrurus, 39-67 (B) eremita, 39-63 (B) erichsoni, 40-203 (Sub) excisus, 65-1239 (B) exectus, 59-74 (B) fallax, 64-672 farinensis, 40-205 (B) fervidus, 44-30 (S) fictus, 40-181 (B) firmus, 39-31 (B) fissiceps, 65-1238 (B) flavus, 04-696 (B) fortis, 61-1334 (B) fraserensis, 44-31 (S) fraternus, 64-673 (B) frenchi, 59-32 (B) frontalis, 61-1336 (S) fulvohirtus, 61-1337 (B) furvus, 44-34 (S) gracilipes, 61-1347 (B) grandis, 27-113 (B) granulatus, 40-163 (B) granulifer, 62-146 (S) griffithi, 39-26 (B) hackeri, 40-205 (B) helmsi, 44-33 (S) hirsutus, 40-213 (B) hirtuosus, 64-671 (B) XXiv. Heteronyx hispidulus, 33-385 (B) horridus, 61-1342 (B) hothamensis, 39-59 (B) humilis, 40-183 (B) ignobilis, 40-174 (B) imitator, 39-34 (B) impar, 40-213 (B) . incognitus, 55-487 (B) incola, 63-436 (B) incomptus, 59-29 (B) inconspicuus, 40 216 (B) incultus, 63-430 (B) infirmus, 40-175 (B) ingratus, 39-58 (B) insignis, 61-1332 (B) interioris, 59-69 (B) intermedius, 39-75 (B) intrusus, 40-158 (B) iridiventris, 64-704 (B) jejunus, 62-166 (B) johannis, 42-46 (B) jubatus, 64-669 (B) labralis, 38-382 (B) leviceps, 61-1354 (B) laminatus, 64-690 (B) lateritius, 62-165 (B) leai, 39-33 (B) lilliputanus, 65-1222 (B) lindi, 61-1362 (B) litigiosus, 58-378 (B) lividus, 63-437 (B) lobatus, 61-1353 (B) longulus, 64-698 (B) lubricus, 64-680 (B) lucidus, 40-180 (B) luteolus, 39-36 (B) macilentus, 40-202 (B) macleayi, 40-2035 (B) maculatus, 61-1561 (B) mestus, 40-206 (B) major, 40-199 (B) *marcidus, 57-285 (B) marginatus, 64-703 (M) maurulus, 40-164 (B) merus, 56-106 (B) metropolitanus, 39-58 (B) mildurensis, 40-218 (B) mimus, 64-696 (B) minutus, 40-210 (B) miser, 40-211 (B) modestus, 40-178 (B) montanus, 64-681 (B) monticola, 359-75 (B) mulwalensis, 62-150 mundus, 39-56 (B) nasutus, 62-147 (B) neglectus, 40-177 (B) nigrescens, 59-64 (B) nigrinus, 64-677 (B) nitidus, 53-559 (B) normalis, 62-145 (B) novitius, 40-220 ( nubilus, 39-66 (B nudus, 40-212 (B) occidentalis, 61-1350 (M) xxV. Heteronyx olliffi, 40-203 (B) oodnadatte, 59 24 (B) orbus, 39-68 (B) ordinarius, 40-210 (B) oscillator, 64-678 (B) pauper, 40-182 (B) pauxillus, 40-176 (B) pedarius, 40-226 (B) peregrinus, 64-693 (B) perkinsi, 39-55 (B) piger, 62,153 (B) pinguis, 65-1242 No specimen found bearing this name placidus, 40-147 (B) planiceps, 40-208 (B) ponderosus, 39-59 (B) posticalis, 64-700 (B) potens, 63-428 (B) proditor, 55-492 (B) proprius, 40-160 (B) prosper, 59-78 (B) protervus, 56-107 (B) puncticollis, 64-684 (B) punctipennis, 62-149 (B) punctipes, 39-62 (B) puer, 40-217 (B) pustulosus, 64-685 (B) pygidialis, 61-1356 (B) pygmeeus, 40-159 (B) quadraticollis, 65-1237 (B) queesitus, 39-54 (B) queenslandicus, 59-37 (B) randalli, 65-1226 (B) rapax, 64-679 raucinasus, 62-152 (B) rectangulus, 40-179 (B) relictus, 39-79 (B) rhinastus, 64-688 (B) rhinoceros, 57-284 (B) rothei, 64-683 (B) rotundifrons, 63-443 (B) rudis, 38-378 (B) rusticus, 64-676 (B) salebrosus, 59-71 (B) satelles, 61-1348 (B) scalptus, 64-689 (B) sequens, 60-97 (B) seriatus, 39-72 ( setifer, 65-1233 ( severus, 44-29 (S sexualis, 359-41 (B) siccus, 44-33 (S) simplicicollis, 39-65 (B) simulator, 61-1355 (B) sloanei, 62-164 (B) socius, 39-57 (B solidus, 61-1342 (M) sollicitus, 40-173 (B) sordidus, 40-182 (B) sparsus, 63-440 (B) spissus, 39-40 (B) spretus, 61-1540 (B) squalidus, 38-380 (S) striatus, 39-70 (B) Heteronyx suavis, 59-27 (B) subcylindricus, 40-217 (B) subfortis, 38-385 (B) submetallicus, 61-1360 (B) sulcifrons, 359-70 (B) suturalis, 17-37 (B) sydneyanus, 53-559 (B) teeniensis, 59-61 (B) tarsalis, 39-26 (B) tasmanicus, 59-54 (B) tenebrosus, 39-29 (B) tepperi, 61-1339 (S) terrena, 55-486 (B) testaceus, 61-1350 (B) thoracicus, 39-76 (B) torvus, 61-1335 (B) tridens, 55-489 (B) tristis, 61-1333 (B) tropicus, 59-28 (B umbrimus, 39-30 ( unicus, 26-38 (B) vacuus, 64-674 (B vagans, 64-694 ( validus, 40-160 (B) variegatus, 61-1351 viator, 65-1228 (B) vicinus, 40-158 (B) victoris, 61-1346 (S) viduus, 40-176 (B) waterhousei, 40-201 (B) xanthotrichus, 40200 (B) yilgarnensis, 53-557 (B) zalotus, 40-148 (B) Heterothops taurus, 43-4 Histeridee, 9-92, 11-26, 29-129 32-101, 44-24, 76-206, 78-263 Holophylla australis, 4-212 (B) Homalium adelaide, 4-191 (B) morrisi, 50-28 (B) tasmanicum, 350-27 (B) Homethes angulatus, 56-68 (B) gracilis, 56-69 (B) parvicollis, 56-69 (B) rotundatus, 56-70 (B) Homeemota letabilis, 76-232 (B) Homeeolacon, 7-90 gracilis, 7-91 (B) Homotrysis arida, 17-53 (B) callabonnensis, 17-53 (S) fusca, 10-326 (B) limbata, 10-323 (B) lugubris, 10-322 (B) nitida, 10-326 (B) princeps, 10-325 (B) rufa, 10-324 (B) ruficornis, 10-522 (B) sitiens, 17-53 (B) tenebrioides, 10-325 (B) Hopatromorpha, 37-289 ) B) (3) ‘|Hopatrum adelaide, 16-214 (B) carpentarie, 16-213 (B) cowardense, 16-215 (B) darlingense, 16-216 (B) darwini, 16-217 (B) elderi, 44-39 (S) XXVi. Hopatrum Jongicorne, 44-39 (S) macleayi, 37-288 (B) meyricki, 16-213 (B) misellum, 37-288 (B) victoriz, 16-216 (B) Hoplostines, 52-361 viridipennis, 52-361 (B) Hoplozonitis, 12-228 mira, 12-229 (B) Hormocerus fossulatus, 19-36 (B) Hyborrhynchus aurigena, 25-89 (B) Hydrezna evanescens, 24-229 (B) Sent as Ochthebius evanescens. rudallensis, 78-261 (N) simplicicollis, 78-261 (N) torrensis, 46-8360 (B) Sent as Ochthebius torrensis. Hydrobaticus australis, 46-823 (B) clypeatus, 52-305 (B) tatei, 78-258 (N) Hydrobiomorpha, 46-814 bovilli, 46-816 (B) helene, 49-741 (B) tepperi, 46-817 (B) Hydrobius macer, 46-818 (B) Hydrocanthus waterhousei, 5-65 (8S) Hydrochus adelaide, 46-832 (B) diversiceps, 24-228 (B) horni, 78-259 (N) interioris, 78-260 (B) leete- viridis, 78-260 (N) palmerstoni, 17-29 (B) regularis, 46-8335 (B) victoriz, 46-834 (B) Hydrophilus scissipalpus, 29-128 (B) Hydrophyllide, 9-66, 12-207, 16-203, 9, 24- 221, 29-128. 32. 93, 37-231, 44-24. 46-812, 48-447, 49-741, 52-505, 57-283, 60-91, 78-254 Hygrotrophus de visii, 24-225 (B) Hyocis nigra, 60-101 (B) occidentalis, 60-102 (B) variegata, 60-102 (B) Hypattalus, 16-208 elegans, 16-209 (B) punctulatus, 16-209 (B) Hypaulax interioris, 47-1451 (B) iridescens, 47-1433 (S) Hyperomma abnorme, 11-22 (B) Hypheria beltanensis, 45-179 (B) parallela, 45-180 (B) variabilis, 45-181 (B) Hyphaltica, 19-70 adelaide, 19-73 (B) anomala, 19-71 (B) lauta, 19-71 (B) mediocris, 19-72 ( Sai occidentalis, 19-72 (B) Hypharpax obsoletus, 56-84 (B) sloanei, 9-65 (B) vilis, 54-777 (B) Hyphoryctes, 17-37 maculatus, 17-38 (B) Hypocaccus piscarius, 32-108 (B) vernulus, 52-108 (B) Hypocilibe heroina, 78-279 (B) inconspicua, 53-572 (B) °: leeta, 53-567 (B) lugubris, 53-570 (B) major, 53-565 (B) rotundata, 53-568 (B) sculpturata, 53-569 (B) veternosa, 27-140 (B) vittata, 60-104 (B) Hypocrema, "12-250 pauxillum, 12-251 (B) Hypostigmodera, 12-215 variegata, 12-215 (B) Idethina cincta, 9-107 (B) Idiocephala palmersteni, 47-1473 (S) pura, 47-1473 (S) Idiophyes, 18-234 brevis, 18-235 (B) Illena meyricki, 48-455 (B) Iphiastus dispar, 58-204 (N) Ischiopsopha bourkei, 17-44 (B) Isodon bidens, 20-239 (B) intermedius, 20-241 (B) leevipennis, 20-240 (B) meyricki, 20-237 (B) nasutus, 20-259 (B) novitius, 21-28 (B) terre-regine, 20-238 (B) Isotira raucipennis, 12-225 (B) Johannica, 4-287 Laccobius australis, 9-67 (B) montanus, 9-67 (B Lacon adelaide, 55-505 (B) andersoni, 55-508 (B) brightensis, 55-503 (B) duplex, 55-506 (B) eucalypti, 55-507 (B) farinensis, 26-49 (B) lindensis, 55-504 (B) mansuetus, 57-288 (B) murrayensis, 55-504 squalescens, 57-289 yilgarnensis, 57-289 ~ zietzi, 17-48 (S) Leemophleus australasiz, 11-30 (B) diemenensis, 32-140 (B) difficilis, 46-840 (B) frenchi, 32-146 (B) insignior, 32-143 (B) lindi, 46-841 (B) murrayensis, 32-141 (B) pusule, 32-142 (B) victorie, 32-182 female) Lagria tincta, 48-449 | Lagriide, 10-335, 48-449, 78-280 Laius conicicornis, 4-262 (B) distortus, 4-264 (B) eremita, 17-51 (B) eyrensis, 55-551 (B) femoralis, 55-531 (B) major, 47-1426 (S) nodicornis, 4-263 (B) pretiosus, 55- 532 (B) variegatus, 47-1426 (S) (B male, S$ Lasiodactylus obscurus, 9-106 (B) Lathridiide, 4-201, 9-120, 78-264 Lathridius apicalis, 4-204 (B) costatipennis, 4-202 (B) minor, 4-204 (B) nigromaculatus, 4-203 (B) punctipennis, 4-204 (B) satelles, 4-202 (B) semicostatus, 4-203 (B) Lathrobium adelaide, 43-8 (B) exiguum, 3-66 (B) victoriense, 9-71 (B Lathropus brightensis, 32-147 (B) Lecanomerus flavocinctus, 4-188 (B) lindi, 4-189 (B) major, 55-479 (B) nitidus, 54-779 (B) obseurus, 4-189 striatus, 55-479 (B) Lemidia angustula, 12-224 (B) leoparda, 12-224 (B) munda, 12-223 (B) pictipes, 12-222 (B) pulchella, 12-223 (B) simulans, 12-222 (B) soror, 12-223 (B) Lepidiota bovilli, 42-54 (B) caudata, 7-85, 42-60 (B) darwini, 46-850 (B) deceptrix, 42-59 (B) degener, 46-853 (5S) delicatula, 46-852 (S) frenchi, 42-58 (B) gilesi, 42-62 (B) grata, 7-86 (B) koebelei, 42-54 (B) leai, 42-57 (B) negatoria, 42-63 (B) perkinsi, 42-56 (B) rubrior, 42-55 (B) rufa, 46-854 (S) rothei, 4-213 (B) suavior, 42-56 (B) townsvillensis, 42-61 (B) Lepispilus rotundicollis, 6-140 (S) Leptacinus filum, 43-7 (B) picticornis, 43-7 (B) Sent as Xantholinus picticornis. Leptops areolatus, 44-58 (S) baileyi, 47-1444 (B) biordinatus, 44-55 (S) contrarius, 44-60 (S) frontalis, 47-1445 (S) gravis, 44-57 (B) horni, 78-287 (B) insignis, 47-1443 (S) interioris, 44-59 (B) palmensis, 78-287 (B) planicollis, 44-58 (B) raucus, 44-56 (B) sculptus, 78-285 (B) sulcicollis, 44-60 (8) tempeensis, 78-286 (B) Rat eunthus minor, 49-740 (B) ‘Leucocraspedum elegantulum, 30-18 B XXVll. Leucocraspedum lugens, 30-18 (B) validum, 30-17 (B Licinoma pallipes, 55-542 (B) sylvicola, 16-219 (B) Licymnius bicolor, 13-133 (B) Lindia, 4-275 angusta, 4-275 (B) Liparetrus adelaide, 56-101 (S) agrestis, 1-25 (B) alienus, 35-324 (B) ' alpicola, 55-483 (B) amabilis, 35-321 (B) analis, 1-23 (S) aridus, 17-34 (B) ' aureus, 1-27 (B) '? bicolor, 1-28 (B) blanchardi, 35-328 (B) brevipes, 35-328 (B) brunneipennis, 55-484 The type has disappeared, but there are two co-types in the collection of the South Australian Museum. a synonym of ubiquitosus. caviceps, 1-19 (B) cinctipennis, 35-327 (B) confusus, 42-43 (B) consanguineus, 55-322 (S) dispar, 1-25 (S) distans, 55-318 ( (B) distinctus, 17-34 (S) diversus, 1-21 (B) fallax, 46-849 (S) fimbriatus, 1-18 female) gracilipes, 1-20 (B) granulatus, 1-28 gravidus, 35-326 female) incertus, 35-320 (B) insolitus, 35-330 (B) insularis, 1-24 (S) juvenis, 46-849 (S) leeticulus, 47-1397 (B) leetus, 1-26 (B) leai, 55-329 (B) lividipennis, 55-319 (B) (B- male, (B male, lugens, 56-100 (B_~ male, female) macleayi, 1-27 (B) maurus, 56-99 (B) melanocephalus, 17-34 (S) minor, 55-527 (B) modestus, 1-25 (S) mysticus, 47-1398 (S) necessarius, 35-318 (B male, female) nigroumbratus, 1-22 (B) palmerstoni, 46-847 (S) perkinsi, 35-324 (B) perplexus, 2-50 No specimen in collection marked as the type. But one labelled as perplexus placed as craniger, Macl. The name is 12 These species sent under Automolus. XXVI11i. Liparetrus posticalis, 46-848 (B) puer, 35-325 (B rothei, 1-22 rotundicollis, 35-325 (B) rugatus, 35-329 (B) sedani, 2-50 (B) senex, 1-20 (8S) simplex, 1-24 (8) spretus, 55-482 suavis, 47-1398 (B) ventralis, 35-526 (B) vicarius, 35-521 (B) Liparochrus dilatatifrons, 35-272 (B) hackeri, 42-40 (B) nitidicollis, 35-273 (B) rufus, 44-25 (B) Lipernes, 5-211 angulatus, 5-212 (B) creber, 18-240 (B) gibbosus, 18-240 (B) subviridis, 11-72 (B) Lipothyrea variabilis, 47-1448 (S) Lispinus sulcipennis, 30-27 (B) Lissodema frigidum, 10-335 (B) Lithocharis lindi, 2-48 (B) varicornis, 9-72 (B) Lithostrotus, 16-200 coerulescens, 16-200 (B) planior, 38-362 In error Mr. Blackburn marked the type as latior, but no such name has been published. The type has been sent to the British Museum with an _ explanatory note. Litocrus alpicola, 9-98 (B) Sent as Parasemus alpicola. alternans, 9-95 (B) bacceformis, 31-293 (B) coloratus, 18-207 (B) consors, 14-295 (B) frigidus, 9-97 (B) koebelei, 18-208 (B) leeticulus, 9-95 (B) lateralis, 9-97 (B) as Parasemus lateralis. lautus, 31-290 (B) maculatus, 9-96 (B) major, 9-97, 18-208 (B) maritimus, 32-111 (B) noteroides, 18-208 (B) obscuricollis, 51-292 (B) palmerstoni, 9-95 (B) perparvus, 31-291 (B) plagiatus, 51-289 (B) pulchellus, 18-207 (B) sparsus, 51-290 (B) suturellus, 9-96 (B) as Parasemus suturellus. sydneyensis, 11-26 (B) tinctus, 18-208 (B) uniformis, 9-98 (B) Sent as Parasemus uniformis. Lixionica, 78-280 costatipennis, 75-281 (B) Sent Sent ’ Longitarsus victoriensis, 19-76 (B) | Loxandrus levicollis, 56-96 (B) micans, 56-97 (B) micantior, 53-261 (B) Lucanide, 18-25, 20-233, 21 28, 22-88, 60-94, 76-207 Luciola cowleyi, 21-34 (B) Lyctus costatus, 4-265 (B) discedens, 4-267 (B) parallelocollis, 4-266 (B) Lygesis ornata, 11-63 (N) Lymexylon adelaide, 25-34 (S) Lymexylonide, 10-306, 25-54 Macleayia, 1-29 Both species sent under Microthopus. hybrida, 1-30 (B) singularis, 1-29 (B) Macratria victoriensis, 10-336 (B) Macrogyrus fortissimus, 29 126 (B) opacior, 29-127 B Macrohelodes, 57-298 crassus, 57-298 (B) gravis, 57-299 (B) intricatus, 57-299 (B) lucidus, 57-298 (B) tasmanicus, 21-55 (B) Macromalocera affinis, 53-562 (S) sinuaticollis, 53- 563 (B) Macrones besti, 37-296 (B) debilis, 48-452 (B) Macroura baileyi, 9-108 (B) bicalcarata, 51-509 (B) deceptor, 9-108 (B) inermis, 31-310 (B) Mechidius antennalis, 23-62 (B) capitalis, 37-283 (B) caviceps, 460-846 (8) clypealis, 60-95 (B) collaris, 23-60 (B) crenaticollis, ol 16 (B excisicollis, 23-62 (S gibbicollis, oF EQ (B) imitator, 25-60 (B) major, 1-16 (B) modicus, 25-61 (B) multistriatus, 25-61 (B) ordensis, 25-60 (B) raucus, 37-281 (B) relictus, 57-262 (B) rugosipes, 1-17 (B) sinuaticeps, 47-1396 (S) tibialis, 12-210 (B) RD Malacodermide, 4-258, 12-220, 16-208, 21-34, 26- 51, 27-115, 44-38, 47- 1424, 55- 524, 58-187 Maleuterpes, 59-254. spinipes, 59-255 (B) Mastochilus capitalis, 76-209 (B) Maulia, 11-65 picticornis, 11-66 (N) Medicasta lugubris, 56-131 (B) obscura, 47-1454 (S) Megamerus mandilularis, 11-67 (N) GIN ane circumcinctus, 26-65 xxix. Melandryidee, 4-283, 22 94 Melobasis andersoni, 4-234 (B) beltanensis, 55-499 (B) bicolor, 10-295 (N) derbyensis, 11-44 (N) elderi, 44-35 (S) interstitialis, 29-130 (B) intricata, 4-243 (B) meyricki, 4-238 (B) monticola, 55-496 (B) pretiosa, 4-244 (S) pulchra, 10-294 (N) puncticollis, 4-239 (5) rothei, 4-236 (B) rotundicollis, 4-241 {B) semistriata, 4-235 (S) semisuturalis, 4-246 sordida, 4-238 (B) soror, 4-237 (B) speciosa, 4-245 (B) subeyanea, 57-287 (B) thomsoni, 8-148 (Sub) thoracica, 4-246 (B) vittata, 4-242 (B) Menephilus sydneyanus, 13-132 (B) Menippus elegans, 52-362 (B) Sent as Adimonia elegans. maculicollis, 47-1501 (8) quadrinotatus, 52-363 (B) Sent as Adimonia quadrinotatus. Merimnetes equalifrons, 59-259 (B) Meriphus humeralis, 56-146 (B) lineatus, 53-591 (B) raucus, 53-590 (B) Meryx equalis, 9-115 (B) Mesetia, 19-37 amoena, 19-37 (B) Metabasis variegata, 10-304 (B) Metaxymorpha gloriosa, 16-207 (N) Metistete incognita, 78-280 (B) lindi, 47-1438 (B) Metoponcus cairnsensis, 18-204 (B) Metriorrhynchus cliens, 26- 53 (B) eremita, 26-55 (B) flagellatus, 26-53 (B) gigas, 55-524 (B) insignipennis, 26-52 (B) - leetus, 55-527 (B) mentitor, 26-54 (B) meyricki, 4-258 (B) miles, 26-54 (B) monticola, 55-526 (B) occidentalis, 55-526 (B) paradoxa, 26-55 (B) -semicostatus, 55-525 (B) vittatus, 4-258 (B) Micrantipha, 19-88 paradoxa, 19-89 (B) Microchetes coloratus, 52-176 (B) nigrovarius, 32-175 (B) solidus, 32-175 (B) Microdonacia, 13-139 incerta, 13-139 (B) Microferonia. 49-738 adelaide, 49-739 (B) Microrhagus cairnsensis, 76222 (B) | Microtragus albidus, 49-743 (B) assimilis, 49-742 (B) junctus, 47-1408 (B) maculatus, 49-744 (B) quadrimaculatus, 12-255 (B) |Microvalgus scutellaris, 16-206 (B) vilgarnensis, 56-114 (B) Midus pygmeeus, 12-261 (B) ' Mimemodes koebelei, 31-511 (B) Misophrice argentata, 52-548 (B) dispar, 15-161 (B) munda, 52-351 (B) oblonga, 52-350 (B) parallela, 52-355 (B) quadraticollis, 15-163 (B) setulosa, 52-551 (B) spilota, 15-162 (B) | squamosa, 52-352 (B) | submetallica, 52-349 (B) variabilis, 52-348 (B) Misthosima, dorsonotata, 27-161 (B) | Momea eximia, 19-84 (B) | Monocrepidius alpicola, Bo-01 (5) angustipes, 53-561 (N) baldiensis, 55-514 (B) commodus, 17-48 (S) fortis, 47-1422 (B) frontalis, 55-510 (B) inamoenus, 17-49 (B) B) ingens, 57-291 (B) juvenis, 47-1420 ( macleayi, 55-512 (B) mentitor, 57-294 (B) narrabrensis, 57-293 (B) olliffi, 57-295 (B) ovensensis, 55-514 (B) palmerstoni, 47-1421 (S) picticollis, 57-293 (B) ruficollis, 55-509 (B) tepperi, 47-1419 (S) terree-regine, 57-292 (B) variegatus, 47-1422 (B) Monohammus frenchi, 55-543 (N) _Monolepta albotincta, 19-99 (B) alpina, 60-108 (B) angulata, 5-179 (B) benalle, 55-549 (B) biguttigera, 19-94 (B) brevior, 19-93 (B) cognata, 19-94 (B) debilis, 19-98 (B) dilutior, 19-91 (B) ) (B ( divisa, 5-180 (B) elytrura, 19-95 (B) eyrensis, 19-95 (B) fasciatipennis, 5-180 (B) froggatti, 55-549 (B) fumaticornis, 19-92 (B) umplicata, 19-91 (B) inconspicua, 5-181 (B) intertincta, 19-96 (B) melancholica, 19-97 (B) meyricki, 5-181 (B) modesta, 5-182 (B) nigricornis, 52-365 (B) XXK.: Monolepta occidentalis, 5-182 (B) ordinaria, 19-97 (B) picticollis, 19-98 (B) pictifrons, 19-97 (B) queesita, 5-183 (B) rosea, 52-364 (B) simulatrix, 5-183 (B) sordidula, 19-96 (B) sparsipennis, 19-92 (B) subsuturalis, 19-95 (B) tarsalis, 19-99 (B) tepperi, 47-1502 (S) tricolor, 19-95 (B) variegata, 19-94 (B) Monotomide, 31-311 Mordella baldiensis, 10-341 (B) cara, 13-137 (B) inusitata, 13-156 (B) maculatissima, 13-156 (B) obscurior, 44-46 (S) rufimanus, 44-46 (B) sydneyana, 13-137 (B) Mordellidz, 10-341, 13-136, 44-46 Morphospheera cincta, 5- LTT (B) Mycella clavicornis, 52-366 (B) Myceteea pilosella, 9-122 ‘BY Mycetophagide, 4-205, 9-122, 16-204, 52-156 — Mycetoporus floralis, 43-3 (B) Myllena palmensis, 78-262 (B) Myllocerus bovilli, 59-267 (B) darwini, 47-1443 (S) fasciatus, 47-1442 (5S) speciosus, 59-268 (B) tatei, 78-284 (B) torridus, 59-267 (B) Myositta crucigera, 56-147 (B) munda, 56-147 (B) Myrabolia lindensis, 11-31 (B) longicollis, 32- 149 (B) longicornis, 52-148 (B) parva, 11-32 (B) Natalis constricta, 8-124 (B) Sent as Cormodes constricta. debilis, 27-120 (B) fasciata, 8-125 (B) hirta, 8-122 (B) inconspicua, 8-124 (B) integra, 25-30 (B) leevicollis, 25 31 (B) leai, 25-350 (B) longicollis, 8-126 (B) lugubris, 8-123 (B) planipennis, 25-32 (B) semicostata, 47-1427 (B) spinicornis, 8-123 (B) Neaspis pusilla, 9-112 (B) Neda bicolor, 12-238 (B) picturata, 18-239 (B) Nenenia thoracica, 21-37 (B) virgata, 21-38 (B) Neobethelium, 58-196 megacephalum, 58-196 (B) Neobubastes, 12 213 aureocincta, 12-213 (N) scutalis, 12-213 (B) Neocavonus, 4-225 bidens, 20-254 (B) niger, 4-225 (B) occidentalis, 4-226 (B) Neocles innocuus, 27-169 (B) Neocuris dilataticollis, 11-42 (B) fairmairei, 4-249 (S) nigricans, 11-43 (B) pubescens, 4-250 (B) Neodiaphanops, 25-95 froggatti, 25-95 (B) Neoheteronyx, 50-1255 lividus, 50-1255 (B) Neohydrobius, 24-221 Neolepidiota, 7-86 obscura, 7-87 (B) Neolybeeba, 45-193 remota, 45-193 (S) Neolycaon, 26-49 Neomerimnetes, 76-226 destructor, 76-227 (B) Neophyllotocus, 23-27 Neorupilia, 5-177 ornata, 19-85 (B) stirlingi, 50-1274 (B) viridis, 5-177 (B) Neosalpingus, 10-334 corticalis, 10-334 (B) dentaticollis, 19-334 (B) Neoscrobiger, 27-136 rauciceps, 27-137 (B) Neospades, 4-251 lateralis, 46-860 (B) simplex, 46-861 (B) Neostenus spinipennis, 18-223 (S) Neso, 25-45 ducalis, 37-274 (B) planicollis, 23-46 (B) usta, 23-45 (B) yorkensis, 25-46 (B) Niphobolus, 14-314 deceptor, 14-515 (B) Nisotra submetallica, 60-107 (B) unicolor, 47-1493 (S) Nitidulide, 8-121, 9-101, 11- 26, 16-203, 17-310 Note 299, 32- 112, 33-262, Nocar, 10-328 debilis, 10-329 (B) latus, 10-329 (B) simplex, 10-330 (B) Nosphisthis, 23-38 parvicornis, 23-39 (B) perkinsi, 37-267 (B) Notiocyphon, 78-272 convexus, 78-272 (B) Notoberosus, 17-30 zietzi, 17-30 (S) Notobrachypterus, 11-26 australis, 11-27 (B) bifoveatus, 11-28 (B) crassiusculus, 31-299 (B) creber, 11-27 lilliputanus, 11-29 (B) lutescens, 51-299 (B) XXX. Notobrachypterus nitidiusculus, 11-28 | Oides velata, 19-82 (B) ) pauxillus, 31-300 (B) Notocercyon, 24-230 ornatum, 24-230 (B) Notoceresium, 28- impressiceps, 28-33 (B) Sent as Neoceresium impressiceps, Noteecia, 27-159 reticulata, 27-160 (B) Notolipernes, 26-68 toca Per, 15-166 carpentariz, 15-166 (N) Notophilus, 4-185 gracilis, 4-186 (B) leetus, 4-187 (B) montanus, 54-780 (B) niger, 4-186 (B) palustris, 4-188 (B) parvus, 4-187 (B) Notosalpingus, 10-333 ornatus, 10-333 (B) Novapus adelaide, 4-215 (B) bidentatus, 17-39 (B) laticollis, 50-1251 (B) nitidus, 17-38 (B) rugosicollis, 52-305 (B) striatopunctulatus, 4-215 (8) Novius bellus, 5-189 (B) discoidalis, 18-253 (B) limbatus, 18-254 (B) lindi, 5-188 (B) ruber, 6-148 (B) simplicipennis, 18-253 (B) tripustulatus, 18-254 (B) Nullarbarica, 41-202 concinna, 41-202 (B) Nyctozoilus approximatus, 78-277 (B) crassicornis, 78-276 (B) ineequalis, 78-277 (B) irregularis, 78-278 (B) sloanei, 60-103 (B) Ochthebius australis, 40-835 (B) brisbanensis, 24-229 (B) novicius, 78-260 (N) Ocnodus fallax, 44-28 (S) ferrugineus, 44-28 (S) lepidus, 26-38 (B) lugubris, 56-105 (B) porosus, 37-280 (B) scissiceps, 57-279 (B) spinicollis, 44-27 (S) suspiciosus, 37-279 (B) (idemeride, 10-341, 13-135, 17-55, 25-70, 28-26, 58-187 {Edichirus andersoni, 43-10 (B) (ophronistus, 350-20 - australicus, 50-21 (B) Oides ignota, 19-80 (B) insignipennis, 19-79 ocularis, 19-80 (B) plantarum, 19-82 (B) silphomorphoides, 47-1497 soror, 47-1496 (S) tepperi, 47-1495 (S) tigrina, 19-81 (B) ~Olanea leta, 52-345 (B) maculata, 53-589 (B) mentitrix, 15-152 (B) metropolitana, 15-152 (1) Olbiodorus, 14-302 hirsutus, 14-303 (B) Olibrus victoriensis, 9-101 (B) Sent as Parasemus victoricusis. Omorophius, 15-157 seriatus, 15-157 (B) Onthophagus aureoviridanus, 33-289 (B) blackwoodensis, 12-208 (B) bovilli, 33-278 carmodensis, 57-233 (3B) carteri, 77-147 (B) comperei, 35295 (B) cowleyi, 35-272 (B) dumbrelli, 33-297 (B) fitzroyensis, 335-288 (S) fletcheri, 33-298 (B) frenchi, 53-293 (B) geelongensis, 11-54 (S) helmsi, 33-290 (B) henleyensis, 12-208 (B) howitti, 35-282 (B) jungi, 77-148 (B) koebelei, 33-291 (B) leai, 17-51 (B) macleayi, 33-289 (B) margaretensis, 33-299 (5S) murchisoni, 44-25 (S) negatorius, 33-297 (B) nitidior, 12-209 (B) palmerstoni, 33-275 (B) pontilis, 33-291 (B) pugnacior, 33-277 (B) queenslandicus, 33-287 (B) sloanei, 35-276 (B_ male, female) submuticus, 35-294 (B) subocelliger, 33-299 (B) sydneyensis, 55-296 (B) tamworthi, 53-292 (B) tweedensis, 55-285 (B) victoriensis, 53-293 zietzi, 55-283 (S) Opetiopteryx, 56-125 frigida, 56-126 (B) Ophryota rapax, 78-295 (B) Ophthalmorychus, 59-256 angustus, 59-257 (B) Opisthopygme, .19-67 jacobyi, 19-68 (B) Opsidota guttata, 11-64 (B) cestuosa, 19-37 (B) sculpticollis, 28-33 (B) Orcus ccelestis, 9-153 (B) Originally printed coelestris. lecanii, 18-239 (B) obscurus, 12-241 (B) ovalis, 12-241 (B) punctulatus, 12-240 (B) splendens, 12-240 (B) Oricopis guttatus, 15-167 (B) Ss Oroderes uniformis, 48-452 (B) Orophius dilutipes, 10-308 (B) Orthorhinus bicolor, 56-139 (B) Ospidus gibbus, 22- 94 (B) Oxacis caviceps, 25-81 (B) inquisitor, 25-80 (B) linearis, 25-82 (B) ornatipennis, 25-80 (B) Oxyops armatus, 47-1451 (S) interruptus, 47-1449 (S) lateritius, 47-1451 (S) maculata, 47-1453 modicus, 47-1452 (S) parailelus, 47-1450 (8S) pictipennis, 15-143 (B) placida, 15-143 (B) sicca, 78-295 (B) spenceri, 78-296 (B) Oxytelus flavior, 50-24 (B) parumpunctatus, 30-25 (B) wattsensis, 50-23 (B) Pachydissus boops, 8-128 (B) frenchi, 18-222 (B) tatei, Pachygastra victorie, 22-90 (B) Pachyura minima, 18-221 (B) Peederus adelaide, 43-10 (B) koebelei, 25-23 (B) meyricki, 9-72 (B) simsoni, 60-92 (B) tweedensis, 25-22 (B) Paimerstonia. 46-855 bovilli, 46-857 (B) minor, 15-139 (B) pusilla, 20-253 (B) Panelus arthuri, 76-211 (B) Panschizus, 2-51 pallidus, 2-51 (B) Paphora miles, 36-324 (B) pulchra, 36-323 (B) robustior, 58-195 (N) Paracadmus maculatus, 8-135 (S) Paracephala enea, 10-302 (B) cyaneipennis, 13-130 (B) Paracupta bellicosa, 32-181 (B} Sent as Chalcophora_ bellicosa. Paracymus eremita, 78-257 (B) horni, 78-257 (B) lindi, 46-821 (B) nigerrimus, 9-66 (B) spenceri, 78-256 (B) sublineatus, 46-821 (B) Paralepidiota, 41-196 lepidoptera, 42-51 (B) Paramarteon, 22-94 mutabile, 22-95 (B) Parandra frenchi, 17-57 (N) Parapylus, 10-305 Pararhopea, 41-197 Parasaphes bicolor, 27-115 (B) quinquesulcatus, 27-114 (B) Parasemus adumbratus, 31- 296' (B) comes, 18-212 (B) discoideus, 18-211 (B) doctus, 18-212 (B) XXX11. Parasemus internatus, 18-213 (B) mitchelli, 25-24 (B yd modestus, 18-212 (B) obsoletus, 18-213 (B) pallidus, 31-297 (B) torridus, 18-211 (B) Parmenomorpha, 47-1467 irregularis, 47-1467 (S) Parnide, 60-94 Paromalus ludovici, 11-26 (B) saucius, 32-103 (B) terre-regine, 52-103 (B) Paropsis abjecta, 69-66 (B) acclivis, 37-296 (B) adelaide, 70-173 (B) advena, 16-230 (B) zenea, 8-143 (B) affinis, 16-229 (B) alpina, 69-690 (B) alta, 69-688 (B) alticola, 69-672 (B) angusta, 74-173 (B) angusticolJis, 16-250 (B)} angustipes, 71-236 (B) annularis, 73-509 (B) anomala, 74-191 (M) arethusa, 72-689 (B) armata, 69-648 (B) atalanta, 71-261 (B) aurea, 75-497 (B) badia, 71-247 (B) baldiensis, 69-659 (B) bella, 16-236 (B) bicolora, 70-179 (B) blanda, 70-170 (B) blandina, 74-184 (B) borealis, 69-691 (B) bovilli, 16-231 (B) brevissima, 70-175 (B) calliope, 72-679 (B) calypso, 72-679 (B) carpentariz, 70-178 (B) cassiope, 74-185 (B) : cerea, 16-228 (B) chapuisi, 69-649 (B) clio, 72-686 (B) colorata, 16-232 (B) comma, 69-657 (B) complicata, 72-673 (B) confusa, 8-142 (S) conjungens, 78-303 (B) convexa, 16-235 (B) creberrima, 70-171 (B) crebra, 70-184 (B) cribrata, 69-670 (B) cygnicola, 70-174 (B) daphne, 72-687 (B) debilitata, 16-227 (B) declivis, 69-671 (B) deserti, 78-303 (B) diemenensis, 70-185 Var. of fekmapaln a in collection Aug. Simson. difficilis, 71-237 (B) . dryope, 73-516 (B) dulcior, 71-231 (B) Paropsis echo, 74-190 (B elytrura, 74-178 (B) erubescens, 72-681 (B excisipennis, 74-195 (B) exsul, 69-665 (B) extranea, 69-647 (B) eyrensis, 70-188 (B) foveata, 69-662 (B) froggatti, 8-145 (B) fumata, 70-177 (B) funerea, 78-306 (B) galatea, 72-676 (B) gibbosa, 8-139 (B) glauca, 16-232 (B) gloriosa, 73-510 (B) gracilipes, 71-249 (B) grossa, 69-682 (B) hebe, 72-677 (B) hygea, 74-176 (B) ineequalis, 69-689 (B) inconstans, 73-502 inops, 70-168 (B) inornata, 69-688 (B) insolens, 69-645 (B) insularis, 8-139 (S) interioris, 69-683 (B) jntermedia, 16-237 (B) invalida, 69.675 (B) “10, 71-260' (B) irene, 72-699 (B) karattee, 69-651 (B) levipennis, 69-652 (B) lateralis, 45-201 (S) latipes, 55-546 (B) latissima, 16-235 (B) latona, 74-184 (B) leai, 69-685 (B) lima, 69-675 (B) longicornis, 16-228 (B) lucina, 73-517 (B) maculiceps, 69-686 (B) madida, 71-254 (B) malevola, 69-684 (B) manto, 74-174 (B) medea, 72-693 (B) mediocris, 69-667 (B) mentitrix, 71-239 (B) meyricki, 8-141 (B) mimula, 8-142 (B) minerva, 73-494 (B) mintha, 74-180 (B) mixta, 69-661 (B) montana, 16-226 (B) montuosa, 69-663 (B) morosa, 69-680 (B) mutabilis, 16-234 (B) mystica, 16-233 (B) niobe, 72-696 (B) nitidissima, 8-140 (B) notabilis, 69-692 (M) nupta, 71-252 (B) cenone, 72-699 (B) omphale, 74-179 (B) opaciceps, 71-255 (B) palmensis, 78-305 (B) pandora, 73-517 (B) XXXlll. '‘Paropsis philomene, 74-194 (B) planior, 72-683 (B) polyxo, 74-192 (B) posticalis, 78-306 (B) prodroma, 70-174 (B) propria, 69-699 (B) pulverulenta, 72-676 (B) punctipennis, 70-169 (B) pustulifera, 69-687 (B) pustulosa, 69-660 (B) quadrizonata, 70-186 (B) raucicollis, 73-501 (B) raucipennis, 69-650 (B) regularis, 55-547 (B) rosea, 69-664 (B) rostralis, 73-519 (B) rubidipes, 74-183 (B) ruficollis, 69-668 (B) rufobrunnea, 71-234 (S) rufopicta, 12-237 (B) rugulosior, 69-679 (B) rustica, 69-652 (B) selene, 74-193 (B) semifumata, 74-195 (B) semivittata, 71-232 (B) simplex, 70-184 (B) stmsoni, 75-500 (B) simulans, 69-666 (B) sloanei, 69-681 (B solitaria, 69-674 sordida, 69-661 ( sospita, 74-181 ( squiresensis, 45-2 sternalis, 69-646 stigma, 69-680 (B subcincta, 71-244 sylvicola, 69-658 ( tarsalis, 70-189 (B tatei, 69-671 (B) tenuicornis, 72-672 (B) testaceiceps, 71-230 (B) thyone, 74-182 (B) tincticollis, 69-684 (B) transversalis, 69-676 (B) variegata, 16-233 (B) versuta, 70-172 (B) vesta, 75-518 (B) vibex, 70-179 (B) victoriz, 69-673 (B) vittata, 73-508 (B) vomica, 69-693 (B) vulpina, 70-176 (B) whittonensis, 69-669 (B) yilgarnensis, 55-545 zietzi, 16-236 (S) Paryzeta vittata, 15-151 (B) Pausside, 9-68, 11-24 Paussus australis, 9-68 (B) Pedilidz, 10-335, 52-311, 78-281 Pelorrhinus crassus, 56-135 (B) proximus, 56-134 (B) Peltonyxa australis, 9-113 (B) invalida, 31-312 (B) pubescens, 9-113 (B) Fenthea mastersi, 22-97 (B) tigrina, 28-37 (B) etege. (8) es — —— TS ~B XXXIV. Pentodon australis, 4-216 ( Pephricus nanus, 59-270 (B squalidus, 12-232 ( (B) umbratus, 12-231 (B) vittaticeps, 59-269 (B) Periptyctus, 18-234 russulis, 18-234 (B) Perperus convexipennis, 28-28 (B) Petinopus, 23-35 zgrotus, 23-30 (B) Phacodes bellus, 10-343 (B) marmoratus, 10-344 (B) modicus, 28-31 (B) occidentalis, 58-192 (N) validus, 10-342 (B B) ) ) Phalacride, 9-94, 11-26, 14-295, 18-205, 25-23, 51-289, 32-111 Phalacrinus, 9-99 australis, 9-99 (B) comis, 18-215 (B) compressus, 51-297 (B) dilutior, 18-215 of notabilis. navicularis, 31-298 (B) notabilis, 18-214 (B) obtusus, 9-100 (B) rotundus, 9-100 (B) umbratus, 31-297 (B) Phalacrus burrundiensis, 9-101 (B) Phalota obscura, 48-454 (B) Philhydrus, 17-29 andersoni, 78-257 (B) burrundiensis, 48-447 (B) deserticola, 78-255 (B) eyrensis, 17-29 (B) levigatus, 46-822 (B) Philonthus glenelgi, 32-94 ornatus, 2-47 (B) Philophleus confertus, 56-78 (B) laticollis, 56-77 (B) monticola, 56-75 (B) occidentalis, 53-553 (B) opaciceps, 49-714 (B) ornatus, 44-19 (S) pygmeeus, 44-19 (8S) sydneyensis, 56-76 (B) tasmanie, 56-78 Var. of eucalypti. Philoscaphus crassus, 2-37 (S) duboulayi, 53-554 (B) tepperi, 2-36 (S) Phleocarabus farine, 29-112 (B) umbratus, 49-709 (B) unimaculatus, 49 708 (B) Phoracantha elegans, 58-192 (B) letabilis, 15-105 (N) posticalis, 58-193 (B) Phormesa carpentariz, 52-118 (B) grouvellei, 51-316 (B) thoracica, 31-316 (B) Phorticosomus brunneus, 4-178 (8S) calcaratus, 33-261 (B) mucronatus, 4-178 (B) randalli, 49-722 (B) robustus, 6-135 (B) similis, 4-179 (B) Var. Phylliocephala, 50-1253 nigrohirta, 50-1254 (B) Phyllotocidium, 23-24 Phyllotocus dispar, 7-83 (B) meyricki, 1-15 (B) occidentalis, 1-15 (B) Phyllotreta australis, 8-146 (B) Physolesthus pallidus, 50-1250 (B) Pimelopus crassus, 4-221 (B) dubius, 4-222 (B) sydneyanus, 20-256 (B) Pinophilus latebricola, 43-10 (B) Plesiorhinus, 14-303 notatus, 14-304 (B) Platycotylus coloratus, 52-147 (B) Platydema championi, 91-159 (Sub) fossulata, 4-273 (B) obscura, 47-1430 (B) Name altered to championi and so sent. victoriense, 14-297 (B) Platydesmus inamcenus, 57-272 (B) inusitatus, 37-272 (B) major, 57-271 (B) punctulaticeps, 38 363 (B male, S female) Platynus murrayensis, 49-741 (B) Platyomopsis frenchi, 8-132 (B) Platyomus bacceefornis, 18-242 (B) consimilis, 18-244 (B) cribratus, 18-242 (B) obscuricollis, 18-244 (B) Sent as Scymnodes obscuricollis, terminalis, 18-245 (B) | Platyphanes creber, 12-225 (N) superbus, 60-105 (N) 13 Plectroscelis aciculata, 19 63 (B) alpicoia, 19-61 (B) calida, 19-59 (B) crassipennis, 19-66 (B) crebra, 19-62 (B) eyrensis, 19-65 (B) hypocrita, 19-63 (B) impressipennis, 19-64 (B) lindensis, 19-61 (B) longior, 19-59 (B) meyricki, 19-66 (B) minutalis, 19 62 (B) noxia, 19-59 (B) olliffi, 55-548 (B) pallidior, 19-65 (B) quadraticollis, 19 65 (B) tumbyensis, 19-63 (B) varipes, 19-61 (B) Polyoptilus costatus, 25 97 (B) gracilis, 8-133 (B ) robustus, 8-154 (B) torridus, 25-98 (B) Polyphrades fortis, 59-276 (B) fulvus, 59-273 (B) inconspicuus, 59 279 (B) leetus, 59-281 (B) laminatus, 59-277 (B) modestus, 59-274 (B) 13 All sent as belonging to the genus: Cheetocnema. Polyphrades perplexus, 59-280 (B) pictus, 59-278 (B) rostralis, 59-272 (B) rugulosus, 44-52 (5) satelles, 53-575 (B) tibialis, 59-275 (B) tumidulus, 44-51 (S) Porithea plagiata, 58-198 (B) Praonetha bimaculata, 18-223 (B) Sent as Prasonotus bimaculata. Prasonotus chapuisi, (Sub) Prasyptera mastersi, 19-84 (B) Prionopleura erudita, 8-136 suturalis, 8-137 (B) Pristonychus australis, 46-811 (B) Proctammodes, 11-37 minor, 22-89 (B) Promecoderus sloanei, 28-19 (B) Prosayleus intermedius, 59-253 (S) Prostomis gladiator, 32-135 (B) intermedius, 22-88 (B) Proxyrodes, 44-48 maculatus, 44-48 (5S) Proxyrus gibbicollis, 59-261 (B) Prypnus squamosus, 56-115 (B) Psammodius australicus, 77-173 (B) obscurior, 77-173 (B) Psammeecus incertior, 32-154 (B) T-notatus, 52-154 (B) upsilon, 32-155 (B) vittiferus, 32-155 (B) Pselaphide, 6-136, 9-77, 10 292 Pseudananca, 13-155 ruficollis, 13-135 (B) Pseudeba, 32-119 novica, 52-120 (B) Pseudoceedius, 7-91 squamosus, 7-91 (B) Pseudocavonus, 7-87 antennalis, 7-88 (B) Pseudocistela, 10-316 ovalis, 10-317 (B) Pseudoheteronyx, 56-111 creber, 38-366 (B) heleoides, 56-111 (B) laticollis, 38-366 (B) Pseudoholophylla, 41-196 Pseudohydrobius. 24-231 floricola, 24-252 Pseudolacon, 7-89. rufus, oa 90 (B) Pseudolycus elegantulus, 25- 86 (B) puberulus, 25-87 (B) torridus, 28-26 (B) Pseudoparopsis, 25-99 Pseudopimelopus, 4-217 lindi, 4-218 (B) Bseudoryctes monstrosus, 17-39 (N) tectus, 12-211 (S) trifidus, 17-40 (M) Pseudotoxotus, 47-1470 lineata, 47-1471 (S) Psylliodes lubricata, 19-78 (B) XXNXV. '4 Pteroheleus ater, 4-279 (B) bagotensis, 78-274 (B) brevicornis, 37-294 (B) fraternus, 17-51 (B) geminatus, 51-153 (B) gracilicornis, 37 293 (B) insignis, 4-277 (B) ovalis, 4-281 (B) puer, 37-295 (B) raucus, 50-1266 (Bb) regularis, 37-292 (B) simplicicollis, 37 292 (B) ventralis, 37-294 (B) Ptinidee, 10-306, 57-3500 Pycnomerus interstitialis, 52-151 (B) robusticollis, 32-131 (B) sulcicollis, 32-132 (B) Pylus pygmeeus, 10-306 (B) Pythidee, 10-522, 13-134 Quedius andersoni, 43 6 (B) baldiensis, 9-69 (B) diemensis, 60-91 (B) ferox, 5-66 (B) inconspicuus, 43-5 (B) koebelei, 18-203 (B) nelsonensis, 32-93 (B) pictipennis, 11-21 (B) tepperi, 43-6 (S) Rhaciodes forcipatus, 15-154 (B) simplex, 59-283 (B) strenuus, 15-154 (B) ‘Rhadinosomus tasmanicus, 59-257 (B) frater, 59-258 (B) Rhamphus australis, 7-93 (B) distinguendus, 7-93 (B) Rhinaria debilis, 56-138 (B) tibialis, 56-136 (B) Rhinobolus, 48-463 nitidus, 48-464 (B) Rhinophthalmus modestus, 48-451 (B): Sent as Stephanops modestus. Rhipidius australasiz, 25-59 (B) Rhipidoceride, 20-258, 26-50, 44-38, 78-272 Rhipidophoridez, 25-51, 26-60, 45-178, 78-282 'S Rhizobius apicalis, 12-256 (B) approximatus, 5-208 (B) aurantii, 12-255 (B) australis, 5-204 (B) ceecus, 11-71 (B) coeruleus, 12-256 (B) crotchi, 18-256 (B) cyaneus, 5-199 (B) debilis, 5-201 (B) discipennis, 18-257 (B) 144 1n the British Museum list a species. is noted as Pteroheleus subcylindricus. But I cannot find that Mr. Blackburin ever named such a species. 15 [1 the British Museum list a species was noted as Rhizobius proprius. But I cannot find that Mr. Blackburn ever named such a species. Rhytisternus bovilli, 49-728 (B) ( Rhizobius dorsalis, 11-70 (B) eminens, 18-257 (B) fasciculatus, 12-256 (B) fugax, 11-70 (B) gosfordensis, 18-257 (B) insipidus, 5-201 (B) leticulus, 5-200 (B) lanosus, 11-71 (B) Sent as Erithionyx lanosus. lindi, 5-202 (B) major, 5-206 (B) nigronotatus, 12-253 (B) nitidus, 5-206 (B) occidentalis, 5-207 (B) ornatipennis, 12-253 (B) plebeius, 12-257 (B) pulcher, 11-71 (B) ruficollis, 5-202 (B) satelles, 12-255 (B) secessus, 19-108 speculifer, 12-254 (B) speratus, 5-207 (B) subaustralis, 18-258 (B) subfusca, 5-205 (B) toowoombe, 12-254 (B) umbratus, 5-208 (B) Rhodea assimilis, 41-191 (B) callabonnensis, 16-205 (S) consanguinea, 41-194 (B) dubitans, 41-193 (B) hirtuosa, 23-63 (B) incognita, 41-195 (B) laticollis, 41-192 (B) magnicornis, 4-210 (S) morbillosa, 23- 64 (B) mussoni, 56-112 (B) pilosa, 41-191 (B) planiceps, 41-195 (S) rugulosa, 41-194 (B) soror, 56-112 (B) Rhomosternus minor, 58-207 (B) monticola, 58-206 (B) obscurus, 58-205 (B) pallidus, 58-206 (B) Rhyparida eneotincta, 47-1479 (S) amplicollis, 47- 1481 (S) discopunctulata, 47-1485 (8) herbacea, 47-1484 (S) interioris, 47-1486 (B) mastersi, 12-236 (B) mediopicta, 47-1480 (S) piceitarsis, 47-1483 (S) posticalis, 47-1482 (B) punctulata, 47-1482 (S) satelles, 47-1485 (S) uniformis, 47-1483 (S) Rhytiphora fasciata, 60-106 (B) frenchi, 18-225 (N) maculosella, 51-320 (B) simsoni, 28-41 (B) spenceri, 21-38 (B) uniformis, 28-40 (B) cardwellensis, 56-94 splendens, 56-93 (B) sulcatipes, 46-809 (B) XXXVI. Rupilia angulaticollis, 26-66 (B) approximans, 26-67 (B) brevipennis, 78-307 (B) excelsa, 19-85 (B) impressa, 47-1499 (B) rugulosa, 12-238 (B) Saprinus australasiee, 52-107 (B) tyrrhenus, 32- 106 (B) .: westraliensis, 32-106 (B) Saprosites mansuetus, 77-175 (B) tere 77-176 (B) Saprus, 77-1 ifthe 77-179 (B) Saragodinus tuberculatus, 46-873 (B) Saragus addendus, 78-275 (B) ineequalis, 46-867 (B) latus, 46-869 (S) lindi, 46-868 (B) macleayi, 46-871 (B) mediocris, 46- 870. (B) satelles, 46- 872 (B) tricarinatus, 44-43 (8S) Sarothrocrepis suavis, 49-711 (B) Sarothromerus, 37-237 Sarrotrium australe, 9-115 (B) Sarticus brevicornis, 44-23 (S) obscurus, 44-23 (5S) Sastra obscuricornis, 19-84 (B) Scaletomerus, 10-330 harpaloides, 10-330 (B) proximus, 10-331 (B) Scaphidiide, 9-90, 32-97 Scaphidium alpicola, 9-90 (B) Scaphisoma fernshawense, 32-99 (B) novicum, 9-91 (B) perelegans, 32-98 (B) queenslandicum, 32-98 (B) Scarabeeide, 1-15, 2-50, 4206, 7-83, 8- 159, 9-135, 10-293, 11- 34, 12- 208, 13-130, 15-139, 16- 204, LT-3t, | te 219, 20-234, °° 21- 28, 29.88, 25-18, 25-25, 26-36, 27-113, 28-21, 33-262, 354-281, 35-270, 36-263, 357-233, 38-363, 40-146, 41-173, 42-40, 4425, 46-842, 47-1393, 50-1251, 51-147, 52-305, 53-557, 55-481, 56-99, 57-283, 58-185, 59-245, 60-95, 76-211, 78-264 Sciatrophes, 32-100 latens, 352-100 (B) Scimbalium agreste, 43-8 (B) letum, 43-9 (B) Scirtes helmsi, 55-524 (B) Scitala ambigua, 37-253 (B male, §S female) celescens, 37-252 (B male, §S female) convexicollis, 57-248 (B) coxalis, 37-254 (B) hospes, 37-251 (B male, § female) ino, 37-249 (B) juvenis, 37-256 (B) nemesis, 37-250 (B male, §S female) ' Scitala nemoralis, 37-248 (B) subsericans, 37-256 (B) Sciton, 56-101 paullus, 23-47 (B) ruber, 56-102 (B) variicollis, 37-275 (B) Secleroecyphon, 55-523 maculatus, 55-523 (B) Scolecobrotus simplex, 47-1465 (B) validus, 58-199 (N) variegatus, 47-1466 Scoly ptus obscuripes, 50-1247 (B) Scopeeus dubius, 9-73 (B) femoralis, 11-22 (B S latebricola, 5-71 (B) obscuripennis, 9-73 (B) Scopodes flavipes, 16-202 (B) intermedius, 16-202 (B) intricatus, 18-202 (B) rugatus, 60-85 (B) simplex, 16-201 (B) Scraptia lunulata, 22-95 (B) Seymena australis, 4-270 (B) Seymnodes, 5-189 difficilis, 5-190 (B) eugeniz, 12-243 Var. of koebelei. fulvohirtus, 12-243 (B) immaculatus, 12-243 (B) koebelei, 11-69 (B) varipes, 12-243 Var. of koebelei. Seymnomorpha, 12-242 duplopunctata, 12-242 (B) Seymnus ambulans, 18-252 (B) aspersus, 5- 194 (B) aurugineus, 5-196 (B) australasiw, 12-243 (B) australis, 5-195 (B) brisbanensis, 18-246 (B) casuarine, 5-193 te cowleyi, 18-248 (B) cucullifer, 12-244 (B) ementitor, 18-248 (B) flavifrons, 5-195 (B) impictus, 18-247 (B) inaffectatus, 12-2460 (B) insidiosus, 5-191 (B) inusitatus, 5-191 (B) jocosus, 12-244 (B) kamerungensis, 18-249 (B) lubricus, 5-192 (B) mareebensis, 18-249 (B) meyricki, 5-192 (B) mitior, 18-251 (B) notescens, 5-196 (B) obumbratus, 18-247 (B) occidentalis, 5-196 Var. of flavifrous. operosus, 18-246 (B) oscillans, 5-197 as parallelus, 5-198 (B) planulatus, 18-251 (B) poonindiensis, 5-193 (B) pretiosus, 12-246 (B) queenslandicus, 12-247 (B) KXXV1. Seymnus sedani, 5-197 (B) simplex, 5-194 (B) styx, 18-249 (B) subclarus, 18-250 (B) subelongatulus, 12 245 (B) subevanidus, 18-250 (B) sublatus, 12- 246 (B) sydneyensis, 12 243 (B) terree-reginee, 15-247 (B) vagans, 12-248 (B) varipes, 18-252 (B) victorie, 5196 (B) victoriensis, 12 245 whittonensis, 12-247 (B) yarrensis, 18-253 (B) Seirotrana dispar, 55-542 (N) ¢ major, 12-228 (B) Sent as Adelium major. monticola, 55-541 (B) simplex, 55-540 (B) Selenurus fernshawensis, 27-115 (B) sydneyanus, 12-221 (B) variegatus, 12-220 (B) Semanopterus angustatus, 4-232 (B): carinatus, 17-43 (B) concentricus, 20-251 (B) dentatus, 17-43 (B) distributus, 20-252 (B) longicollis, 47-1412 (B) meridianus, 20-250 (B) minor, 4-235 (B) persimilis, 17-42 (B) rectangulus, 17-41 (B) tricostatus, 20-252 (B) i vigiheaione eat 5-209 bicolor, 18-255 (B) hirtuosum, 11-73 (B) | maculigerum, 11-73 (B) mysticum, 5-210 (B) | 18 Sericesthis dispar, 66-549 (B) 1¢'erosa, 66-551 . (B ‘male; S female) “micans, 66-546 (B) oi te parallels 66-545 (B) 16 narvipes, 66-549 (B) '7 planiceps, 66-547 (B) 16 nuncticollis, 66551 (B_ male, S female) Silis australis, 55-530 Name altered to Ananca boisduvali? and so sent to the British Museum. Silphide, 9-86, 11-25, 15-139, 31-288, 32-94 Silphomorpha boops, 46-807 (B) cordifer, 60-86 (B) difficilis, 28-17 (B) rufoguttata, 14-295 (B) spreta, 46-805 (S) Silvanus aridulus, 32-151 (B). armatulus, 9-118 (B) monticola, 9-118 (B) Simodontus murrayensis, 49-737 (B) 16 These species sent under Scit: sla. 17 These under Anodontonyx: XXXVili. Sisyrium fraternum, 11-58 (B) levigatum, 11-80 (N) sparsum, 11-60 (B) ventrale, 11-59 (B) vittatum, 11-58 (B) Solenia cowleyi, 19-88 (B) Soronia simulans, 9-105 (B) Sparactus costatus, 9-117 No specimen marked as type in collec- tion, but a named specimen marked as a synonym of productus, Meilter. elongatus, 9-116 (B) proximus, 9-116 (B) pustulosus, 9-116 (B) Spheroderma baldiensis, 19-77 (B) Sphyrocallus bicolor, 55-277 (B)e« Spilopyra olliffi, 55-544 (B) Staphylinide, 1- 13, 2-45, 5-66, 4-190, 9-68, 10-292, 11-21, 16-203, 18-202, 25-22, 30-16, 31-288, 32-93, 43-3, 54-788, 60-91, 78-262 Stenotarsus arithmeticus, 18-233 (B) commodus, 18-233 (B) Stenus australicus, 54-738 (B) Sternolophus ceruleus, 53-555 (B) tenebricosus, 46-813 (5S) Stethaspis monticola, 41-180 (B) sternalis, 42-48 (B) Stethomela caudata, 12-237 (B) Stigmatium bimaculatum, 22-91 (B) Stigmodera arborifera, 11-51 (S) campestris, 21-31 (B) canaliculata, 11-51 (N) capucina, 12-218 (N) cara, 12-216 (B) caroli, 15-141 (B) carpentaria, 11-53 (N) cincta, 8-157 (Sub. B) dawsonensis, 8-155 (B) dispar, 11-50 (N) dulcis, 26-41 (Sub) elderi, 44-36 (S) equina, 11-48 (B) eremita, 8-153 (B) erubescens, 28-23 filiformis, 12-217 (N) frenchi, 8-150 guttata, 8-158 (B) guttaticollis, 5-157 (B) euttigera, 28-24 (B) hostilis, 11-46 (B) ignea, 12-219 (B) insignicollis, 26-45 insignis, 12-217 (N) insularis, 21-30 (N) jubata, 8-150 (N) karattee, 8-149 (S) kerremansi, 8-147 (Sub) longula, 11-54 (N) macleayi, 11-48 (N) magnifica, 19-35 (N) > marcida, 11-52 (N) marmorea, 8-148 (S) minuta, 11-45 (B) Shemngens oleata, 15-142 (B) ornata, 11-53 (N) pallas, 28-22 (B) pallidipennis, 8-154 (B) pictipes, 15-140 (B) princeps, 9-157 (N) pulchripes, 21-31 (B) quadrinotata, 11-49 (N) rectipennis, 9-138 regia, 12-218 (N) rubriventris, 26-46 (B) septemmaculata, 11-45 (S) skusei, 11-46 Type in Australian Museum, sternalis, 11-47 (N) stillata, 8-148 (Sub) suberata, 26-41 (Sub) subpura, 3535-307 (B) terree-regine, 14-295 (N) tyrrhena, 33-307 (B) victoriensis, 8-152 (B) wimmere, 8-151 (N) Streneoderma, 27-157 contemptum, 27-158 (B) planatum, 27-157 (B) Strigoptera australis, 55-501 (B) frenchi, 55-500 (N) marmorata, 55-501 (B) Strongylurus minor, 58-199 (N) Styrus clathratus, 53-573 (B) Sunius equalis, 43-9 (B) Sutrea mastersi, 19-68 (B) speciosa, 19-69 (B) Sybra mastersi, 15-168 Syllitus heros, 76-231 ( microps, 76-232 (B unifermis, 45-197 ( Symbothinus, 53-582 nasutus, 15-151 (B) puer, 14-302 (B) squalidus, 53-583 (B) Symphyletes compos, 31-319 (B) dentipes, 58-202 (B) deserti, 78-301 (B) fasciatus, 28-39 (B) fraserensis, 45-198 (S) lentus, 28-38 (B) modestus, 8-151 (B) Syzeton letus, 10-337 (B) lateralis, 10-533 (B) ‘Syzetonellus, 10-340 alpicola, 10-340 (B) Syzetoninus, 10-339 inconspicuus, 10-330 (B) mundus, 10-339 (B) Tachinus novitius, 9-68 (B) Tachys adelaide, 2-40 (B) baldiensis, 54-782 (B) brightensis, 54-785 (B) captus, 2-42 (B) flindersi, 2-41 (B) infuscatus, 2-38 (B) lindi, 2-39 (B) ovensensis, 54-784 (B) semistriatus, 2-41 (B) similis, 2-39 (B) XXX1X. Tachys uniformis, 2-40 (B) yarrensis, 11-20 (B) Talaurinus imitator, 78-290 (B) ater 78 289 (B) rufipes, 78-290 (B) strangulatus, 17-56 (1B) Taromorpha, 60-85 alternata, 60-85 (B) Tarsotenodes, 27-159 simulator, 27-139 (B) Teinogenys inermis, 53-561 (B) Teispes frenchi, 12-234 (B) Telenica subfasciata, 59-261 (B) Telephorus andersoni, 4-261 (B) fusicornis, 55- 529 (B) galeatus, 55-529 (B) — palmerstoni, 47-1424 (S) pauxillus, 4-261 (B) proprius, 4-260 (B) tepperi, 47-1424 (S) vibex, 4-261 (B) victoriensis, 55-528 (B) Telmatophilus breviformis. 18-218 (B) cairnsensis, 18-217 (B) koebelei, 18-217 (B) sharpi, 18-216 (B) singularis, 18-218 (B) stygius, 18-218 (B) sublautus, 32-158 (B) Temnopalpus, 4-283 bicolor, 4-283 (B) Temnoplectron diversicolle, 16-204 (B) Tenebrionide, 4-269, 6-140, 7-91, 9-139, 12-224, 13-132, 14-297, 16-210, 17-51, 19-56, 21-34, -22-93, 20-50, 260-59, 27-140, 28-25, 31-319, 55-308, 37-286, 44-39, 46-863, 47-1450, 50-1266, 51-153, 52-3509, 43-564, 55-5335, 57,300, 59-252, 60-101, 78-273 Tentegia parva, 78 299 (B) spenceri, 78-298 (B) Teretriosoma gradile, 52-110 (B) sorellense, 32-111 (B) Teretrius doddi, 32-109 (B) Terillus carinatus, 47-1476 (S) micans, 47- 1475 (B) politus, 47-1476 (B) suturalis, 48-461 (B) Tessaromma nanum, 25-93 (B) Tetracha helmsi, 44- 16 (S) Tetralobus thoracicus, 52-309 (N) Tetrigus australicus, 19-35 (B) Thallis dentipes, 18 231 (B) femoralis, 18-230 (B) macleayi, 18-228 (B) perplexa, 18-228 (B) subvinula, 18-229 (B) venustula, 18-229 (B) Thalycrodes, 9-110 cylindricum, 9-112 (B) pulchrum, 9-111 (B) tenebrosum, 9-111 (B) Var. of australe, Germ. Thanasimomorpha, 10-304 intricata, 10-304 (B) Thyregis, 77-145 \Themelia, 15- -159 inconspicua, 15-160 (13) Thenarotes australis, 4-184 (B) discoidalis, 4-184 (B) metallicus, 4-185 (B) Sent as Notophilus metallicus. minor, 4-185, 29-115 (B) nigricornis, 54-780 (B) Thoris moerens, 76-229 (B) septemguttata, 76-228 (B) kershawi, 77-146 (B) Timareta concolor, 59 264 (B) lineata, 59-263 (B) - munda, 59-264 (B) pusilla, 59-265 (B) subfasciata, 59-266 (B) Titinia bicolor, 56-120 (B) brevicollis, 56-118 (B) eremita, 56-119 (B) leeta, 56-119 (B) Todima lateralis, 32-118 (B) Tomyris enea, 48-471 (B) antennata, 48-472 (B) difficilis, 48-473 (B) gracilis, 48-468 (B) impressicollis, 48-469 (B) leeta, 48-468 (B) longicornis, 48-470 (B) minor, 48-475 (B) negligens, 48-466 (B) obscura, 48-467 (B) paradoxa, 48-473 (B) rasa, 48-465 (B) Toxicum addendum, 47-1431 (S) curvicorne, 4-276 (B) spretum, 4.276 (S) Trechodes, 99-119 cibbipennis, 29-119 (B) Trechus baldiensis, 60-88 (B) simsoni, 60-90 (B) solidior, 29-118 (B) subornatellus, 29-117 (B) tasmanie, 29-118 (B) victoriz, 60-89 (B) Trichalus funereus, 26-51 (B) Trichananea, 10-341 victoriensis, 10-341 (B) Trichelasmus basalis. 57-236 (B) Trichocarenum, 44-20 elderi, 44-21 (S) Trichoreus, 11-73 cinctus, 11-73 (B) Trichosalpingus, 10 332 brunneus, 10-533 (B) obscurus, 13-134 (B) Trichosaragus, 50-1269 pilosellus, 50-1271 (8S) Trigonothops lindensis, 56-66 Var. of pacifica. occidentalis, 56-66 (B) Triphyllus intricatus, 9-123 (B) Tristaria labralis, 11-30 (B) Trogoderma adelaide, 9-125 (B) alpicola, 9-124 (B) antipodum, 9-128 (B) Trigoderma baldiense, 9-127 (1) debilius, 32-164 (B) difficile, 9-126 (B) exsul, 32-164 (B) eyrense, 9-124 (B) pear ne 11-54 (B) lindense, 9-125 (B) longius, 32.165 (B) macleayi, 9-126 (B) maurulum, 32-165 (B) meyricki, 9-128 (B ) occidentale, 9-127 (B) reitteri, 12-207 (B) singulare, 9-128 (B) tolarense, 52-163 (B) varipes, 12-208 (B) yorkense, 9-127 (B) Trogophleus paludicola, 2-49 (B) Trogositide, 9-112, 31-311 Tropideres evanescens, 27-150 (B) Trox august, 11-59 (B) elderi, 11-37 (B) Sent as Megalotrox elderi. eremita, 11-58 (B) euclensis, 11-39 (B) eyrensis, 34-293 (B) insignicollis, 78-265 mentitor, 78-266 (B) perhispidus, 34-296 (B) quadridens, 11-38 (B) setosipennis, 34-292 (B) strzleckensis, 17-33 (B) tasmanicus, 34-292 (B) Sent as Megalotrox tasmanicus. tatei, 34-291 (B) Sent as Megalotrox tatei. tricolor, 34-295 (B) velutinus, 11-40 (B) Tryphocharia frenchi, 12-233 (B) princeps, 47-1460 (S) punctipennis, 47-1462 (B) solida, 58-194 (N) uncinata, 47-1461 Tyvphosecis adspersa, 17-59 (B) xl. Ulomoides, 4-274 humeralis, 4.274 (B) | Ura acutus, 48-451 (B) froggatti, 60- 106 (B) | Reta. punctatus, 46-839 (B) | Xantholinus picticornis (see Lepta- cinus) | Xanthophezea concinna, 29-102 (B) cylindricollis, 29-103 (B) filiformis, 14-294 loweri, 52-504 (B) satelles, 14-294 (B) Xeda magistra, 15-153 (B) notabilis,. 15-153 (B) | Xenidia bizonata, 19-43 (B) melancholica, 19-43 (B) picticornis, 19-42 (B) | Xuthea formosa, 19-77 (B) | Xylopertha canina, 13-131 (B) | hirticollis, 22-92 (B) mystica, 50-1264 (B) vidua, 50-1265 (B) Xylophilidz, 10-536, 16-219 Xynedria, 58-185 interioris, 58-186 (B) Xynotropis, 27-152 micans, 27-152 (B) Yorkeica, 25-90 marmorata, 25-90 (B) Zietzia, 16-205 geologa, 16-206 (8S) Zonitis andersoni, 6-142 (B) aspericeps, 25-69 (B) brevicornis, 6-143 (B) carpentariz, 25-68 (B) cowleyi, 25-65 (B) gloriosa, 6-147 helmsi, 44-46 (S) longipalpis, 25-67 (S) murrayi, 6-146 (B) queenslandica, 25-66 (B) rustica, 6-145 (B) subrugata, 25-66 (B) yorkensis, 25-68 (B) Zygocera concinna, 28-56 (B) Zymaus inconspicuus, 47-1446 (B) Mr. Blackburn had also some types of Chrysomelidze named by Chapius, and these were sent to the British Museum. Following is a list of same, according to a list received from that institution: —Cadmus alternans, C. arro- gans, C. lutatus, C. ornatus, C. purpurascens. C. sculptilis, C. strigillatus, C. trispilus ; Cryptocephalus zeger, C. argent- atus, C. bihamatus, C. chrysomelinus, C. conjugatus, C. convexicollis, C. dichisus (no doubt dichrous), C. eumolpus, C. gracilior, C. iridipennis, C. perlongus; Edusa suturalis ; Loxopleurus zneolus, L. pauxillus ; Neocles sulcicollis ; corruscus, L. dzmoniacus, L. Paropsis irrorata, P. populosa. THE IONIZATION PRODUCED BY THE IMPACT OF SOLID BODIES IN AIR. By Kerr Grant, M.Sc., and G. E. M. Jauncey, B.Sc. [Read April 11, 1912.] yy INTRODUCTION. This paper contains an account of experimental investi- gations made by the authors on the phenomenon of the ionization which accompanies the impact of solid bodies in air. The magnitude of the efiect and of the total charge on the air, and the dependence of these magnitudes upon the nature of the surfaces of the impinging bodies and upon the ‘energy of impact, as well as the character of the ions pro- duced, have been more or less fully determined. Two different methods of investigation have been em- ployed, impact being produced in the one by a rifle bullet striking a metal target, and in the other by allowing a stream of shot or similar material to fall upon a plate. The paper is divided into three sections: —The first con- taining a brief historical review; the second a description of the methods and results of the experiments; the third a brief summary and discussion of the results. The second section is divided into two subdivisions—the first relating to experi- ments made with the air-gun, the second to those made with the stream of falling shot or beads. I. Historicat REvIEw. In 1892 Lenard discovered that the air at the foot of a waterfall was powerfully electrified, and showed by experi- ment that this was due to the splashing of the water on the rocks and consequent rupture of the water surface. This effect and other allied phenomena have since been studied in detail by many observers and shown to occur with many different liquids and solutions; but so far as we can find the corresponding effect for solids has not been observed, much less studied. The first observations of this effect were made in Sep- tember, 1910, for the case of a leaden bullet striking an iron target. The air in the vicinity of the target. was examined in the usual way by means of an insulated electrode of brass wire connected to an electrometer, an electric field being 2 applied across the space between target and electrode. On impact of the bullet on the target the electrometer indicated the reception of a considerable charge, and this independently of the direction of the field, showing that ions of both signs were present in the air between target and electrode. In the earlier experiments a Winchester rifle was employed, but in order to avoid effects due to exploded gases accompanying the bullet the Winchester was discarded in favour of an air-rifle, with which no such parasitic effects could be detected. The rifle was mounted with its muzzle at a distance of about 6 ft. from the target; it threw a leaden bullet weigh- ing 96 gram, with a velocity of about 700 ft. per second. The results of preliminary qualitative experiments were stated in a paper read by one of us before the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science at Sydney, January, 1911. II.a. METHODS AND RESULTS oF EXPERIMENTS WITH AIR-RIFLE. The method of investigation employed in the first in- stance, ¢.¢., when the ions are produced by the impact of a _ bullet on a target, will be understood best by reference to the accompanying diagram (fig. 1). The bullet fired from the air-gun perforates a thin sheet of paper, LV, and im- pinges upon the target, P, the nature of which can be varied at will. An annular metal electrode, Af, is supported in front of the target at a distance from it of about 1°5 cm. and insulated as shown with sulphur and guard-ring. Target and electrode are enclosed in hollow metal box, the lid, CD, of which is removable. This box with the target can be raised to any desired potential by means of a battery of 500 small accumulators and the charge driven on to the electrode measured by a Dolezalek electrometer of suitably arranged sensibility. In making measurements of the total ionization the electrometer reading (mean of two or three _ successive swings) was taken 15 seconds after impact of the bullet, in which time practically all ions of a given sign produced in the chamber were found to be collected. A number of measurements (usually five or six) were made in each experiment and the arithmetic mean of these taken. The amount of variation in the effect is indicated by the mean error of these measurements. Where necessary, correction was made for the natural leak of the instrument. The order 1) Notes on Tonization by Impact, by Kerr Grant, M.Se. To BATTERY To EARTH To ELECTROMETER Fic. | “ > x a. = | ps) 7p) Pie.c “06 05 8 Thickness in inches 03 02 0) So uoysayfap a QUOLIIZAAZ 4 of magnitude of the effect when a l-gram bullet strikes a metal target with a velocity of about 700 ft. per second is six E.S. units, and approximately the same for +ve and —ve ions, 7.€., one E.S. unit per 3x10’ ergs of kinetic energy destroyed. Little variation was produced by varying the material of the target so long as this is of metal. This is shown by the following table of measurements : — Material of Target. Reading. Lead (A) 16 = 3 i amen (1 69 + 4 | Iron (A) 3D 8 | ee (B) 60 + 3 Zine (A) S642 3 . Copper (A) 34 | Brass (B) 63 Two sets of observations (A) and (B) are tabulated, the sensi- bility of the electrometer being higher in the latter set. The lead target used in (A) had been battered by previous usage, that in (B) was a fresh plate. This is the probable cause of the anomalous behaviour of the lead in the first case. When a wooden target was used the deflection of the electrometer needle was very much smaller than in the above cases. In the above cases the target was not perforated by the bullet. When targets of lead-foil or sheet-lead were used the effect was found to vary with the thickness of the target, increasing with the thickness, but reaching a certain maximum value, while the target was still easily perforable. This is exhibited in the curve, 4 BC, shown in fig. 2. Other metals were found to behave similarly as shown in the curve, DEC, given for sheet-copper, the maximum ionization being the same in all cases, but the critical thickness decreasing with increasing density of the metal. The curve, YGO, is for sheet-zinc. When the bullet perforates a target of sheet-metal the air in front of the target is found to be ionized, but prac- tically no ionization could be detected in the air behind the target. For example, with the electrode and chamber in front a reading of 34 scale divs. was obtained, whereas the reading when both were transferred to the rear was only 0°32 scale divs. If two perforable targets were placed in series the total ionization was found to be equal to the sum of the ioniza- tions produced by each separately, provided the front target is not allowed to act as an electrostatic shield to the rear one. deflection Electrometer Time in seconds Fia. 4 =| 6 Cleaning the surface of the target produced little if any difference in the magnitude of the effect; neither was any variation observed when a light target was backed by a heavy metal plate. The mobility of the ions was roughly determined by a modification of Langevin’s method (J. J. Thomson, Conduction of Electricity through Gases, 2nd Ed., p. 64). The distance of electrode from target was 1°9 cm. and the P.D. 600 volts. The curve showing the number of ions collected when the electrometer circuit was closed at different intervals after impact of the bullet is shown in fig. 3. This curve, for — ve ions, shows three tolerably distinct kinks at A, B, CU, due to species of ions having mobilities 2x 10-4 cm./sec. per volt/em., 4x10-4 cm./sec. per volt/em., and =igeam em./sec. per volt/cm. The coefficient of recombination was found to be of the mean value 38 e. The dependence of the ionization produced on the velocity of the bullet was investigated by allowing the bullet to impinge after penetrating varying thicknesses of lead-foil, in doing which its velocity was, of course, reduced. The velocity was measured by the ballistic method. The following table exhibits the results: — Velocity. Ionization. V2 way v I I 126- 33 16013 485 382 106 26 11293 434 408 96 17 9271 545 565 69 lL 4888 444 627 The amount of ionization is seen to be, within the limits of experimental error, proportional to the square of velocity of impact, 2.¢., to the energy of impact. It was also sought to discover whether any radiations of a penetrating character akin to 8 or y radiations from radio- active substances were associated with the impact of the bullet. To test for this effect the target was separated from the ionization chamber by a cylinder made of metal near the » target and of wire-gauze covered with thin tissue-paper farther away (see fig. 4) to prevent any ions produced at the target from reaching the electrode. Under these conditions the charge received by the electrometer was so nearly equal to the natural leak that the existence of an ionizing radiation is made very improbable. Thus, with paper removed from wire-gauze the mean electrometer reading was 240, with paper covering gauze the reading was only 1°8, the natural leak being of the same order as this last. ie Cas SEALING WAX 8 Il.s. METHODS AND RESULTS OF EXPERIMENTS WITH STREAM oF FALLING SHOT oR BEADS. In all the above experiments the bullet was of lead. Attempts to make bullets for the air-rifle of other material were not successful, and since it was desirable to investigate fully the influence of the nature of the impinging material other methods of producing the effect were sought. After tentative experiments by firing an arrow tipped with different materials and dropping bodies from a height upon a plate, in all of which a slight ionization in the immediate vicinity of the target was detectable, we were finally led to the construc- tion of the apparatus sketched in fig. 5, by means of which a steady stream of shot or similar material was allowed to fall upon a solid plate. A steady stream of air drawn over the plate could then be examined, and was found to contain, under given conditions, a remarkably constant number of ions. The order of magnitude of the effect in the case of lead shot was such that one E.S. unit of charge was collected per 3x 108 ergs of kinetic energy destroyed. This, however, can be regarded only as a very rough approximation, owing to the difficulty of getting a sufficiently rapid current of air to prevent loss by recombination and for other obvious reasons. The shot is contained in a copper vessel, A, and falls freely, when a shutter covering the hole in its bottom is drawn aside, down a brass tube, B, from this into a wider tube, C’, at the base of which is the target inclined at 45° to the horizontal. The shot by an aperture at D escapes into the vessel #. A current of air is drawn by means of a filter pump over the target and either through a Zeleny tube, F, or through a Faraday tube (fig. 54), which serve respectively to measure the total ionization of a given sign or mobility of the ions and the total charge. The outline, P, in fig. 5a represents a plug of cotton wool. The height of the vessel, A, and Ete material of the target can be varied at will. The first experiments with this apparatus were dee to a confirmation of the law that the ionization is propor- tional to the energy of impact, ¢.e., in this case, to the height of fall. The accuracy with which this law holds for the impact of a stream of leaden shot on a brass target is shown by fig. 6. The mobility of the ions was determined by Zeleny’s method (J. J. Thomson, Conduction of Electricity through Gases, 2nd Ed., p. 58). The saturation curves for the positive and negative ions respectively are shown in fig. 7, A and B. The values of the mobilities when the abscisse of the points X and Y were used in calculating were 1°6 x 10-% cm. /sec. per volt/cm. for both positive and negative ions, but the wo 12) ee) uorjoajfap Layauosyra/F7 150 Height of fall in ems. 100 Voltage 10 nature of the curves shows that they are produced by a mix- ture of ions of varying mobility, the mean mobilities, how- ever, being the same for positive and negative ions. No point of inflexion could be found in the mobility curves, even when the field reached a value of 400 volts/cm. The shot used in these experiments and in the preceding weighed 0392 gm. per shot. When glass beads (diameter ‘036 in.) were substituted for the shot and allowed to fall through a glass tube on a glass target the saturation curves shown in fig. 8 were obtained. The character of these curves shows that the variety of ions is still greater than in the case of those produced by lead shot. Calculating for the points P and @ as the elbows of the curves the mobilities are found to be 1°0x 10-5 for both positive and negative ions. The sign of the total charge on the air drawn over the target was determined by drawing it through the Faraday tube. When lead shot fell upon a target of any metal the total charge on the air was small and of variable sign. On the other hand, when the shot fell upon an insulator (glass, ebonite, silk) the charge on the air was invariably positive. The following are typical measurements : — Target. Reading. Brass QO+ 2 Zinc aL =a oe ae Kbonite 2) Beaee Glass + 69 + 5 Silk +10°0 (q.p.) When glass beads are used the charge on the air is always negative :— Target. Reading. Brass 30-0071 Ebonite — 81+ 6 Glass ae Silk — 30 To test whether electrification incurred by the beads in touching the metal tube in their fall had any influence a glass tube was substituted for this, and was found to exert no important influence on the readings. The ionization pro- duced in the process of falling through the fall-tubes was also measured, and found to be less than 10 per cent. of the total ionization. In making experiments with the stream of lead shot fall- ing upon a metal target it was observed that if unused shot were allowed to fall upon a new target (say, of brass) the 11 amount of ionization in the air drawn off was at first very large, but decreased at first rapidly and then more slowly as the shot continued to fall, asymptoting, apparently, to a definite minimum value. A typical set of readings exhibit- ing this “fatigue” effect is as follows: —7°0, 62, 52, 4°9, 4°3, 41, 40, 3°9, 3°7, 3°5. For this reason it was found impos- sible to compare satisfactorily the magnitude of the effect with targets of different metal and also with shot of different Fic. 8 15 : = % | S | ‘C | ~ Sree aera -& 3] 3 : 10 “* r | v & . | aoe io o nee Beg)? } Sagan Jaane 0 150 200 250 300 350 100 Voltage diameters. When targets of glass or ebonite were employed the above effect was insignificant, a steady reading being obtained from the outset. Thus with a glass target the suc- cessive readings 1°9, 2°2, 2°2, 2°1 were obtained; with an ebonite one 3°1, 3°0, 3°05. Tonization is likewise found to occur whatever substance be allowed to fall on the target, ¢.g., with sugar, salt, caustic soda, etc., the effect with sugar being larger than for any other substance examined. 12 Ill. Summary anp Discussion oF THE EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS. The results of the experiments described above sufficiently establish— | (1) That ionization is a general consequence of the col- lision of solid bodies in air. The Lenard effect is thus produced both by solid and liquid bodies. (2) That for bodies of a given kind the amount of ionization is proportional to the energy of col- lision. (3) That the amount of ionization depends in general on the nature of the colliding bodies, or at least on the nature of their surfaces. The constancy of the effect when a leaden bullet strikes a metal target is perhaps explicable on the assumption that the ions are formed mainly, if not entirely, at the surface of the lead, invariably the softer metal. (4) That the number of positive ions produced when two metallic bodies collide is equal to the number of negative, but when one of the bodies is an insu- lator the numbers are unequal. (5) That the ions formed are of very small mobility, com- parable with that of the large ions in the air, those produced in the slow oxidation of phos- phorus, the splashing of liquids, etc. (6) That the ions are produced mainly, if not entirely, at those portions of the surface of the bodies where contact takes place in collision. The evidence for this last statement is to be found in the additive law for targets of thickness giving the maximum effect, when placed in series. Thus, if an ionization « be pro- duced by a target of thickness a, and an ionization y for a target of thickness 6, the bullet having already traversed a target of thickness a outside the chamber, then the total ionization due to both targets placed within the chamber is found to be x and y, whereas the effect due to a single target of thickness a and 6 is simply «. The “fatigue” effect ex- hibited when lead shot falls upon a metal target also finds ready explanation on the assumption that the ionization is a surface effect. (7) When a leaden bullet perforates a metal target the ionization increases with thickness of target up to a certain maximum, after which increasing the target, even to the point at which the bullet no longer pierces it, produces no further effect. } 13 The explanation of this fact may possibly be found in the existence of an electrical double layer on the surface of target or bullet, from which the ions are set free in propor- tion to the energy lost by the bullet on striking the surface. Thus, the number of ions formed will increase with the amount of kinetic energy destroyed up to the point at which the “double layer” in region of impact is entirely disin- tegrated. If this explanation hold, however, it is obvious that a critical velocity should also exist above which no fur- ther variation of ionization with velocity should occur. No evidence of such a limit was obtained with the speeds employed. In the present state of ignorance with regard to the causes and mechanism of ionization in general, no complete explanation can be offered of the above results. The cause is no doubt to be sought in the destruction of kinetic energy at the moment of impact, and the transformation of this energy into energy of intra-molecular vibration. It may plausibly be assumed that the internal energy of a certain number of molecules would be increased to the limit at witiels instability and consequent ionization result. It is more difficult, perhaps, to offer even a general ex- planation of the inequality in number of the positive and negative ions which occurs when one or both of the bodies is an insulator. Such an inequality might naturally be con- nected with the existence of an electric field, due to the electrification of the colliding bodies; but the fact that the total charge in the air when glass beads fall upon a target of any material, whether this latter be electro-positive or electro-negative to glass, is invariably negative, renders this mode of explanation improbable. The same inequality has, of course, been observed in the Lenard effect, and the same explanation will probably cover both cases. It may be suggested, in conclusion, that this effect plays a part in certain other phenomena, e.g. , in the luminescence of meteoric swarms, such as Saturn’s rings, and possibly in tribo-luminescence. An attempt was made to reproduce the well-known luminescence of a vacuum tube containing mer- cury by substituting glass beads. This was unsuccessful. Nevertheless, the apparent ease with which bodies electrify by friction in high vacua may be associated with the absence of such ionization as we have investigated above. . 14 ON AN OUTLIER OF OLDER CAINOZOIC ROCKS IN THE RIVER LIGHT NEAR MALLALA. By Water Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology, University of Adelaide. [Read April 11, 1912.] Puate I. The distribution of the older Cainozoic rocks in South Australia is such as to suggest that, at one time, there was a continuous sheet of these beds over the maritime districts, including much of the highlands, and extending inland to an unknown distance. The occurrence of these marine fossili- ferous rocks in their present positions give proof of a former lower level of the land which allowed an epicontinental ex- tension of the sea margins. They also tell of a subsequent elevation of the land, including the submerged continental shelf, amounting to many hundreds of feet, which made of South Australia an upland plateau. These elevatory move- ments exposed the marine sediments to severe weathering and erosion, by which they have been entirely denuded from large areas that they once occupied. It is only in the extreme western and eastern sides of the southern portion of South Australia that the older Cainozoic rocks have been preserved in extensive sheets—the one occupying the head of the Great Australian Bight and extending inland for a distance of, at least, 150 miles; the other includes the Murray Plains (extending northwards into New South Wales) and the South-East to the Victorian borders. Between these extreme localities, where the main outcrops occur, crust movements of great importance have transpired, which have broken up and removed the greater part of the beds referred to, leaving only isolated fragments as outliers of the main formation, some of which are so small that they would not yield sufficient material to make a good quarry. Of these outlying fragments the following groups may be indicated : — | 1. In southern Yorke Peninsula, resting on glacial clay of Permo-Carboniferous age:—Outcrops occur in the neigh- bourhood of Troubridge, on the south coast; along the south-eastern coast, from Edithburgh to near Black Point ; Point Turton, Hardwicke Bay; and several inland patches. 15 29. In northern Yorke Peninsula: —On the western side, cliffs at Wallaroo Bay, also at Tickera Bay, and extending inland to Boor’s Plains. On the eastern side there is a small capping resting on older rocks at Ardrossan, and outcrops occur, mostly in cultivated fields, around Kulpara. 3. Small occurrences on Kangaroo Island:—Along the shore at Queenscliffe ; resting on granite at Cape Willoughby ; and a small outlier, inland from Smith Bay, on the north coast. 4. On the eastern side of Gulf St. Vincent:—A_ high- level patch on the Hindmarsh Tiers; and another, at much lower level, at the railway bridge over the Finniss, on the eastern side of the ranges; a narrow fringe on the coast of Gulf St. Vincent, near Sellick’s Hill; on ploughed land on Mr. Oliver’s farm near Bellevue: along the sea cliffs at Port Willunga, and at Port Noarlunga; the beds have been proved in several well-sinkings, near Paradise, in the Torrens valley, as well as in the Kent Town bore; at a high level above Gawler; and in the deep bore at Croydon on the Ade- laide Plains. The small outcrop which forms the subject of the pre- sent paper was discovered in an unexpected situation, in the middle of the Adelaide Plains, where there is usually a great thickness of alluvium of recent age. It is also inter- esting from the fact that it is the most northerly exposure of these beds, at present known, on the eastern side of Gulf St. Vincent. The River Light is a juvenile river that pursues an erratic course, first, as a longitudinal stream taking its rise near Waterloo, and flowing north and south; it subse- quently takes an easterly direction but, instead of finding its way to the Murray flats, it suddenly turns and takes a wes- terly course, cutting through the low ranges, transversely, and loses itself on the plains. In its upper portions the river flows over an old Cambrian peneplain, consisting mainly of rotten aluminous rocks, which are well seen at Hamley Bridge. At a distance of about five miles below Hamley Bridge the river ceases to have a rocky bed and enters on the maritime plains, which, as flood plains of great extent, owe their existence to an antecedent system of drainage entirely distinct from the present. Here it has cut for itself a pas- sage through alluvial deposits, which, in places, form steep and high banks; the flow of water becomes sensibly dim- inished after leaving the rocky portion of its course, and, in summer, the lower portions of the river are either dry or 16 contain only a few small stagnant pools at distant intervals. The river fails to reach the sea, becoming lost in the absorbent soil near the township of Lower Light. The Red Banks, where the outlier of Lower Cainozoic rocks occurs, take their name from a series of large washouts on the left bank of the River Light (Section 5, Hundred of Grace), near the bridge on the main road to Mallala. At this point the river makes a remarkable bend to the south and then returns north by a course almost parallel with itself. The inside of the loop consists of alluvial deposits, somewhat lower than the normal banks, built up largely by flood waters. On the east side of the bend a few small and local streams (which only run when heavy rain occurs) have cut deeply into the banks by falling over the cliffs, and the latter have retreated, irregularly, from the river for nearly a quarter of a mile. The banks consist of red clay (which is sometimes white or mottled), loamy clay, sand, coarse grit to fine gravel. The walls are steep—in places perpendicular—and are undergoing rapid waste. Between the river level and the top of the retreating clay banks there is an extensive platform, or middle terrace, rising slightly in level towards the head of the washout and, opening out inwards, the banks are arranged around this middle plat- form in amphitheatre form. This middle platform, or terrace, owes its existence to a hard floor of Cainozoic limestone which underlies the alluvial cover, and has presented a greater resistance to the erosive action of the streams than the soft sediments. The following measurements were determined by aneroid : —From river level to limestone platform, 40 ft.; from top of limestone to highest point of adjacent cliffs, 40 ft. A complete section of the beds is as follows : — (a) Marly soil with nodules of surface travertine, 6 ft. (6) Light-reddish-coloured clay loam, 14 ft. (c) Dark-red and mottled clays and loam, 20 ft. (d) Fossiliferous Cainozoic limestone (thickness not proved), 20 ft. Near the head of the washout, the stratum (0) is replaced by light-coloured to reddish sand and fine gravel which occupy a gutter of erosion about 40 ft. in width. This gutter does not seem to pass down into stratum (c) and is covered un- conformably by the superficial bed (a). It has no accordance with the present lines of drainage. 17 The chief point of geological interest in this section is the occurrence of the marine Cainozoic beds, which form the surface of much of the middle terrace towards its upper limits. These beds occupy the entire width of the washout, which is at this point 68 yards, and are seen to pass under the alluvial banks on either side. They are apparently horizontal, and form a small scarp near their upper limits (plate i.). A small creek on the northern side of this area makes a series of small waterfalls by flowing over ledges of the Cainozoic limestone. This creek gives a section of about 16 ft. of these beds, and as they crop out again at the surface, about half- way between the main exposure and the river, it may be estimated that the beds in question must be, at least, 20 ft. in thickness. The beds, for the most part, are a fairly pure lime- stone, but they have been considerably leached, and from this cause the rock is open in texture and most of the gastropods, bivalves, and some other forms, are present only by casts and impressions. A thin siliceous layer proved to be excep- tionally rich in its fossil contents. The following paleontological determinations have been made : — FORAMINIFERA (seen only in section by fracture) :— Miliolina, sp.; Nodosaria, sp. ActTiInozoa: —Cast of an Aporose coral. EcCHINODERMATA:—Lovenia forbesi, Duncan; Mono- stychia australis, Laube; Fibularia gregata, Tate; Echinolampas posterocrassus, Gregory. PoLyzoa :—Letepora, sp. Bracuropopa: —Magellana pectoralis, Tate. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA: —Pecten hochstetteri, Zittel; Tri- goma semiundulata, McCoy; Pectunculus convexus, Tate; Venus (Chione), sp.; Dosinia, sp.; Leda, sp. (cast). Gastropopa:—Anedlaria ligata, Tate; Turritella aldinge, Tate; Conus, sp. (cast); Natica, sp. (cast). ScaPHopopa : —Dentaliwm, sp. (cast). The above list of fossils shows no peculiar features, the occurrences are such as are found in the contiguous outliers of the same age, at Aldinga, Adelaide, and Gawler. The Echinodermata are the most abundant of the forms present. Pecten hochstetteri is also very common. The siliceous band car- ries numerous examples of Pectunculus, Chione, Trigoma, 18 and Leda, while fragmentary Polyzoa make up the greater part of the finer material of the limestone. To what extent these marine Cainozoic beds occur in the district is unknown, as the country is uniformably covered with alluvium of considerable thickness. There is reason to believe, however, that the small outcrop at the Red Banks forms part of an extended sheet of these beds existing in the neighbourhood, but hid from sight by the newer deposits. The extensive development of travertine limestone in the district favours this view. A few miles out from Wasleys railway station, on the road to the River Light, the ground becomes distinctly calcareous and nodules of travertine are thickly strewn over the cultivated land and are gathered up and used for road metal. In several places this surface lime- stone is sufficiently thick to be quarried. All the stone buildings of Mallala and neighbourhood are constructed of travertine limestone, the stone being obtained from local quarries. Whilst it is not maintained that the marine lime- stones are concurrent with this surface-travertine limestone throughout the district, the very considerable development of the latter, locally, can be best explained by assuming that the extensive leaching of the older limestone has yielded the greater part of the travertine, which is always a secondary product. This small outlier of Lower Cainozoic rocks in the Light is of considerable interest as bearing on the ancient topography of the country, especially when studied in relation to other out- liers of similar beds in adjacent districts. The nearest locality for rocks of the same age is at Gawler, situated about 15 miles in a direction south-easterly from the Red Banks. The two outcrops are, however, of distinctly different lithological types. In the case of the Gawler beds, the fossils occur in a coarse grit, while the beds at Red Banks, on the Light, are true limestones. Such strong contrasts must be referred to different conditions of deposition. The Gawler beds give evi- dence of strong currents, probably a shore-line, while the Red Banks deposits were laid down at some distance from the shore and in a position that was protected from land wash. The material obtained from the Kent Town and Croydon bores was fine-grained and strongly calcareous with a greater likeness to the Red Banks outcrop than to the Gawler. The most interesting feature, however, is the remarkable discordance which these several outliers, although relatively adjacent, exhibit in relation to their respective elevations. In the Kent Town bore the Lower Cainozoic beds were proved, in their upper limits, at a depth from the surface of 127 ft., 19 or 12 ft. above sea-level. At the Croydon bore, two and a half miles west of Adelaide, the upper limit of the same beds occurs at about 700 ft. below sea-level. At Gawler, they have an elevation of about 400 ft. above sea-level; and at the Red Banks (as determined by aneroid) they are about 230 ft. above sea-level. This great discordance, within short geographical dis- tances, can only be reasonably explained by the occurrence of step-faulting, probably more or less influenced by differential erosion of the beds. It has been demonstrated “ that such step-faulting has occurred in localities, further south, since the period when the marine beds of this age were laid down, and it is highly probable that the effects of such earth- movements would be felt marginal to Gulf St. Vincent throughout its entire length. The results of step-faulting would be to produce a series of distinct shelvings of the older rocks at different depths. It is believed that the Red Banks Cainozoics rest on such a shelf or platform of Cambrian rocks. That is the usual order in which the geological formations mentioned occur in this part of the country. Moreover, about a mile to the north of the Red Banks, the Cambrian slates outcrop in a small gully near the middle of Section 1, Hundred of Grace. This is the first evidence of Cambrian outcrops in the Lower Light, but about two and a half miles further up the valley, to the north-east, in Sections 151 and 153, strong outcrops of these rocks occur in the bed of the river and continue from this point to Hamley Bridge. I was informed by Mr. Marsh- man, of Mallala, that in a well-sinking near the Woolsheds Methodist Church, at the five cross-roads, about three miles out from Wasleys, the old “blue-rock” (Cambrian) was struck at a depth of 40 ft., and no water tapped. It is therefore certain that each of the Cainozoic out- liers, included within the Adelaide and Red Banks groups, rests on Cambrian steps or platforms. The highest of these steps is that which carries the Gawler fragment, at an eleva- tion of about 400 ft., above present sea-level. The Red Banks platform is about 200 ft. above sea-level. The Kent Town ° bore proved the Cambrians at 221 ft. below sea-level; and at the Croydon bore at 2,206 ft. below sea-level. It is pos- sible that the Cainozoic sea-floor was uneven originally, which might account for some differences of level, but can scarcely account’ for the extraordinary disparity, within short dis- (1) Howchin, Trans., Proc., and Rep. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. eaey., A91h! p. 47. B2 20 tances, amounting to about 2,600 ft. These facts are set forth in the following Table: — LocaL SURFACE Upper LIMITS OF CAMBRIAN OUTLIER. LEVEL EocENE. PLATFORM. Above Below Above Below sea level. | sea level. | sea level. | sea level. Feet. Feet. Feet, Feet. Feet. 1. Gawier.... 415 400 = 360 — 2. Red Banks 270 230 a 210 — 3. Kent Town 139 1202) — — 221 4. Croydon ... 56 — 700 — 2,206 5. Dry Creek 16 — (2) — (?) 6. Smithfield... — (2) a (?) Bores have been put down at Dry Creek and Smithfield. In the first locality named, the bore penetrated to 410 ft., and at that depth touched the base of a Pliocene marine deposit. The same geological horizon was met with, at about the same depth, in the Smithfield bore, and also in the Croydon bore; and although the sinking at Dry Creek and Smithfield was not in either case carried down to bed-rock, it seems probable that these bores are within the deeply-sunken area revealed by the Croydon bore, and are shown in the above Table for comparison. The chief points of interest in the observations now sub- mitted are in extending the known area of the older Cainozoic sea limits, and also in the additional evidence it affords of the shelving-distribution of the remnants of these old marine deposits consequent on the sinking of the gulf area by suc- cessive steps. My acknowledgments are due to Mr. T. Nevin, late head teacher of Mallala public school; Rev. C. HE. Schafer, and Mr. Marshman, for supplying interesting local informaticn ; and to Mr. R. E. Stanley, an undergraduate at the Adelaide University, for calling my attention to this outcrop. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. View of washout in Red Banks, River Light. The ledge on which the bag and hammer rest is the upper limit of the Cainozoic outcrop. (2) When Tate described the Kent Town section he had not distinguished between the two lower marine series, but classed them all as ‘‘Miocene.’’ Guided by the nature of the material I have assumed that, in Tate’s section, the Miocene beds are in- cluded from Nos. 13 to 16; an interval of erosion is repre- sented by No. 17, and the Eocene from Nos. 18 to 24. The upper limit of No. 18 is 12 ft. above sea-level. Vol. XXXVI, «Plate I. The ledge where bag and hammer rest is upper limit of Cainozoic outcrop. Washout in Red Banks, River Light. Photo. by W. Howchin. Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adeiaide. - 21 ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By J. M. Brack. [Read May 9, 1912.] Piatss it, anp ITI. The subjoined list is mainly the result of botanical investigations carried out during the past year. The plants marked with an asterisk are aliens which have been found more or less well established in this State. DILLENIACEH.—Hibbertia sericea, Benth., var. nova major. Differt a forma typica sepalis et foliis majoribus (illis 10-15 mm., his 15-20 mm. longis), necnon numero staminum (20-25) et ovulorum (8 in quoque carpello). Near Port Lincoln (H. H. D. Griffith).—A stouter plant than the typical form, and larger in all its parts, the sepals densely villous with long silky hairs. Hibbertia acicularis, F. v. M., var. nova sessiliflora. Floribus sessilibus, sepalis glabris, staminibus 4 rarius 6, carpellis pubescentibus 3-4-ovulatis. Frequent in the Mount Lofty Ranges and often growing near H. stricta, R. Br. Mentioned in 1862 by Mueller in Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria, i., 17, where, after describing H. acicularis, he wrote: —‘‘On stony moun- tains at Glen Osmond, in the Bugle Ranges, and towards Mount Remarkable (within the colony of South Australia), occurs a closely allied species, of which the fruit is as yet unknown. It differs chiefly in higher erect growth and glab- rous sepals.” In Fragmenta, xi., H. acicularis with sessile flowers is mentioned as growing on the Loddon and at Stawell, as well as in South Australia, but the variety was not named by Mueller, as far as I know. This appears to be the only form of the species in South Australia. It is distinguished from HH. stricta by its narrow, pungent-pointed leaves, glossy on the upper surface. As forms with both sessile and pedi- cellate flowers are admitted under //. stricta there seems no reason why the definition of H. acicularis should not be widened in the same way. Linace#z.—* Linum strictum, lL. Maitland, Yorke Peninsula (A. G. Edquist). “Grew on rubbish tip and is spreading over uncultivated land.’’—Mediterranean region. 22 CistacEH.—*Cistus hirsutus, Lamk. Roadsides, Mount Lofty (H. H. D. Griffith).—Ornamental plant from the Mediterranean region. Rutacez.—Asterolasia muricata, sp. nova. Frutex humilis ramosus, ramulis stellato-pubescentibus, foliis breviter petiolatis late oblongis crassis rigidis 7-14 mm. longis superne tuberculato-muricatis glabris inferne concavis albo-tomentosis, floribus flavis subsessilibus solitarlis axillaribus vel 1-3 terminalibus, calyce minuto, petalis induplicato-valvatis externe stellato-pilosis, staminibus 10, ovario tomentoso bilobato, stigmate magno emarginato. Near Mount Thisbe, Kangaroo Island (H. H. D. Griffith, October, 1908). The only species of Asterolasia as yet found in South Australia. It belongs to Bentham’s section Urocarpus (Fl. Aust., i., 352), all the other species of which are Western Australian. (Plate ii.) Lecuminosa&. — *Vicia gracilis, Lois. Longwood. — Kurope. Note.—Pultencwa graveolens, Tate, has been found at Mount Remarkable (HE. C. Biack), leaves glabrous above and with margins much more revolute than in the specimens from the Mount Lofty Ranges. PP. trifida, Black (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxill., 224). This species is nearest to P. densi- folia, F. v. M., which it resembles in the spreading leaves with recurved tips, but in P. trifida they are hairy, larger, distinctly mucronate, and without the prominent lateral nerves below; bracteoles trifid and flowers lighter in colour. The Tate Herbarium contains a specimen of P. trifida in leaf only, labelled “Mount Pleasant Station, 6/3/86.” UMBELLIFERZ.—Carum Sioides, sp. nova. Herba perennis aquatica glabra, rhizomate stolonifero, caule erecto sulcato fistuloso ramoso, foliis pinnatisectis inferioribus 8-10-jugatis, foliolis ovato-oblongis sessilibus zqualiter serratis base truncatis, foliis superioribus paucijugatis, foliolis inzequaliter inciso-dentatis, floribus albis, umbellis pedunculatis 8-12-radiatis oppositifoliis et terminalibus, involucri et involucelli bracteis 4-8 lineari-lanceolatis seplus integris, calycis dentibus obsoletis, petalis albis emarginatis cum acumine inflexo, fructu parvulo sub- globoso (1? mm. longo) a latere compresso ad commis- suram constricto, mericarpii jugis angustis, vittis sub pericarpio sitis solitariis latis totam valleculam occu- pantibus, carpophoro bipartito cruribus mericarpio plus minus adnato. Growing in or close to running water at National Park, Belair, at Willunga, and beside North Para River, Nuriootpa. 23 In habit, carpophore, and petals this species might belong to Sium, but the absence of calyx-teeth and the solitary vittas are not characters of that genus. Specimens forwarded to two great botanical establishments have been determined variously as Siwm latifolium, L., and S. erectum, Huds. (S. angustifoliwm, L.), evidently without examination of the fruit. In the Naturalized Flora of S.A., p. 71, I described it under the name of Siwm latijugum, Clarke. This is an Indian species, for whose inclusion in Siwm Clarke altered one of the generic characters by making the furrows of the fruit univittate. Since then specimens have been sent from South Australia to Calcutta and carefully examined by the Director of the Royal Botanic Garden at Sibpur (Major Gage) and Mr. M. S. Ramaswami, who find that our plant differs from S. latuyjwgum in the narrow slender ridges of the carpels and in the shape of the leaflets. They advise placing it in A piwm and instance its resemblance to A. nodiflorum, Reichb. It seems to me, however, that the bipartite carpophore and the emarginate petals exclude it from that genus, and I have placed it in Carwm, with which it agrees very fairly, especially when the generic character is extended so as to include Petroselinum, Hofim. Although in our plant the branches of the carpophore usually remain united to the carpels and fall off with them, they are sometimes seen, in the ripe fruit, free from them for a considerable part of their length. It is only in specimens from Nuriootpa that I have found 1 or 2 pinnatifid bracts in the involucre, and of these specimens I have not been able to obtain fruits. The plant here described is very probably the Siwm latifolium, L., mentioned in FI. Aust., ii., 336, as an introduction. There can be little doubt that it is a native. (Plate iii.; 1, flower; 2, petals; 3, transverse section of fruit; 4, fruit.) Compositm.—Helipterum floribundum, D.C., var. nova tubu- lipappum. Corolle lobis inequalibus, uno profunde inciso, pappi setis planis 6-8, dimidio inferiore in tubulum connatis. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer). A variety with slightly woolly, rigid branches, the involucral bracts all pure white, as in the type, but pappus semitubular, as in H. Tredelu, F. v. M. Similar specimens from Mount Lyndhurst, labelled “7. floribundum,” are in the herbarium of the Museum of Econ- omic Botany. Differs not only in pappus, but in the larger leaves and stouter stems, from the slender form found in the mallee. country from Dublin northwards towards Port Augusta, with the outer bracts golden-brown and the appear- ance of an annual (? var. Sturtianum, Benth.). The flowers 24 in each head of var. tubulipappum number over 100. (Plate il.) Senecio odoratus, Hornem., var. nova obtusifolius. Differt a forma typica foliis obovatis glaucis crassiusculis flaccidis confertis, auriculis parvis parce dentatis, panicula densiore. Along the coast at Port Elliot. This low, leafy shrub seems to be a maritime form of S. odoratus. Although it has a very distinct aspect, I can see no difference in the floweér- heads which would justify raising it to the rank of a species. (Plate i1.; 1, flowerhead; 2, leaf of var. obtusifolius; 3, leaf of typical form.) STYLIDIACEH.—Leeuwenhoekia Sonderi, F. v. M. Tin- tinarra, in very poor soil among the scrub. Hitherto only recorded for Victoria. Distinguished from L. dubia, Sond., by the labellum with dark crimson hood, shorter corolla (2 mm. as against 4 mm.), and calyx-lobes glabrous, instead of glandular-hairy. EPACrIDACEH.—Leucopogon hirtellus, F. v. M., var. nova glabrifolius. Eyre Peninsula (S. A. White), exact locality not given. Differs from the type, which is only recorded from Victor Harbour, in its glabrous leaves, glossy-green on the upper side. In my specimen they are shorter than in the typical form (4-5 mm. as against 7-8 mm.). The Museum of Economic Botany contains specimens of var. glabrifolius from Kangaroo Island. PLUMBAGINACEH.—* Statice psiloclada, Boiss. Well es- tablished in places on Lefevre Peninsula (F. 8. Salisbury). —An ornamental plant from the Mediterranean region. BoraGInacEz.—* Anchusa capensis, Thunb. Robe (C. D. Black). A garden escape.—South Africa. LaBiatz.—*Calamintha Nepeta, Savi. (“Lesser Cala- mint”). Roadsides near Mitcham.—Europe. *Salvia_ hor- minoides, Pourr. This species may be very well separated from *S. Verbeneca, L. (“Wild Sage”), as is done by many botanists. It is distinguished by corolla only slightly exceed- ing the calyx and leaves less deeply cut. Both species are common here.—Southern Europe. CHENOPODIACERZ. — *Chenopodium ambrosioides, L. (“Mexican Tea’). Port Lincoln (H. H. D. Griffith). — Southern Europe, America. TLLECEBRACEH.—Scleranthus minusculus, F. v. M. Murray Bridge (H. H. D. Griffith). —Hitherto only recorded for Victoria. Vol. XXXVI., Plate II. a _ — slerolasia muricaka. s p-nova, 9 Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXVI., Plate III. ht Rw Sy NIH /\- N V4 : \\ Yj ras AN : o \ VA Sc ROR NE | SX Oro (7) QUES \ \ Y ps A 1) NRE WES ~~ IX) A Wwe <— Sen eCClO od oral US, Hornem.varuov. obtusifolius : Hussey & Gillingham Limited, Printers, Adelaide. be tate * 26 ScROPHULARIACEE.—* Linaria grweca, Chav. Common near Clarence Park.—Mediterranean region. PLANTAGINACEH.—*Plantago Bellardu, All. Bordertown (Miss Turner).-—-Mediterranean region. OROBANCHACE®H.—*Orobanche Mutelu, Schultz. Sands near Glenelg (S. Dixon).—Mediterranean region. ProTEacE2.—Note on Grevillea quinquenervis, Black (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxill., 325). This species seems to be most closely allied to the broad-leaved form of G. oleoides, Sieb., var. dimorpha, Benth. (G..dimorpha, F. v. M., var. latifolia), of Victoria and New South Wales. It is dis- tinguished from the eastern species by leaves shorter and 5-nerved, a shorter perianth-tube with whitish tomentum and the lower half bearded internally (instead of a _ reddish tomentum and the upper half of the tube bearded intern- ally). It has also a much shorter pistil. KuPHORBIACEZ.—* Huphorbia falcata, L. Reepham, near Adelaide (F. 8. Salisbury).—Mediterranean region. NatapacEz.—*A ponogeton distachyum, Thunb. (“Cape Pondweed”’). Creeks near Mount Lofty (H. H. D. Griffith). Probably a garden escape.—South Africa. LiLiacEz. —*Ornithogalum arabicum, L. Robe. A garden escape.—Mediterranean region. GRAMINEZ.—*Schismus fasciculatus, P. B. (iS. margin- atus, P. B.). Near Cockburn. — Mediterranean region and South Africa. Sporobolus indicus, R. Br. Banks of Tor- rens near Botanic Park (F. 8S. Salisbury) and Adelaide Park Lands.—Most warm countries, including the Eastern States of Australia and the Northern Territory. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Puate II. Helipterum floribundum, D.C., var. nova tubulipappum.— Flower, pappus, corolla, and involucral bracts. Asterolasia muricata, sp. nov.—F lower and section of pistil. Piarw, TT. , Carum sioides, sp. nova.—l, flower; 2, petals; 3, transverse section of fruit; 4, fruit. Senecio odoratus, Hornem., var. nov. obtusifolius.—l, flower- bead; 2, leaf of var. obtusifolius; 3, leaf of typical form. 26 OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS OF THE LARGE CENTRAL AUSTRALIAN MONITOR (VARANUS GIGANTEUS), WITH A NOTE ON THE ‘“‘FaT BODIES’’ OF THIS SPECIES. By KE. C. Stiruine, M.D., Sc.D., F.R.S. [Read June 13, 1912.] Puate IV. As the opportunity of observing, at close quarters, the large Central Australian Monitor lizard, Varanus giganteus —and for that matter the same may be said of many other of our native fauna—does not often occur, I have thought that a few notes respecting some of their habits may not be without interest to members of the Society. By the kindness of Mr. G. K. Grant Warren, of Bal- ariung, William Creek, the National Museum received on February 9 of this year two living specimens of this species, both males, as was subsequently ascertained by dissection. Unfortunately by the misapplication of terms which is so com- mon in Australia, the name “goanna” is commonly applied to this, as well as to some other species of Australian Varanide, the word being generally understood to be a corruption of iguana, which properly belongs to quite a different group of lizards that is unrepresented in Australia. The origin of the name Monitor, which constitutes the vernacular designation of the Varanide, is peculiar. The native name of the Egyptian representative of this group is “ouaran,’’ which is the Arabic term for lizards in general; this word written as “waran” has been confused with the German ‘‘Warnen,’’ to warn, hence these reptiles have been called Warn-eidechsen, or warning lizards, and it is this erroneously derived idea of warning, or admonition, which has found expression in the Latin term Monitor. The particular species, Varanus giganteus, is known locally in regions adjacent to Lake Eyre as “‘Perentie,” or by its variants ‘‘Perinthie,” or “Parenthie,’’ which words I believe have originated from a native name, though I am not aware of the tribe to which it belongs. Further north, in the MacDonnell Ranges, it is called Echunpa, in the Arunta language, and it gives its names to one of the most important totem divisions of that tribe. For some time we have been anxious to prepare for the Museum collection some properly-mounted specimens of this reptile, and, with that view, we were glad to have the oppor- tunity of keeping them under observation so that we might a (1) “Royal Natural History,’? R. Lydekker, Section ix., p. 150. 4 27 learn something of their habits and attitudes, of which very little appears to be known. With this view they were placed together in a large wire-netted cage, about 10 ft. long by 4 ft. wide by 3 ft. high, which gave them plenty of room to move about. Though, from what can be gleaned from books, there appears to be a general similarity as to habits in all the mem- bers of this well-marked and widely-spread group, I could find but the scantiest references to this Australian species, and, supplementing our own observations by the results of inquiries made from those who know the animal in its wild state, I am able to offer a few notes of a little-known reptile that may not be without interest. Incidentally our observations have enabled us now to mount specimens in natural attitudes and so to correct various errors into which even the most careful taxidermist can scarcely avoid falling if he has never seen the animal he deals with alive. In this connection one may express regret that so many reproductions of badly, or unnaturally, mounted specimens, or of inaccurately-drawn plates, have found their way into books of natural history purporting to give true representations of the animals in their natural state. These reproductions, re- peated as they so often are from book to book, or serving as models for other mounted specimens, léad to the perpetuation of very erroneous ideas as to the real attitudes and true appear- ance of the animals in life. It is hoped that the illustrations accompanying this paper, which are reproductions from photographs of the living animais, will, so far as the species is concerned, at least serve as faithful models, either for the taxidermist or zoological artist, of an animal not often observed at close quarters. I think it will also be acknow- ledged that the Museum taxidermists have in their recently mounted specimens very accurately reproduced some of the unsuspected yet, as it appears, very characteristic attitudes of these reptiles. The two monitors, received in a perfectly sound and healthy condition, and in process of shedding their skin in patches, were kept under observation in their cage for over three months. From what I had heard of their great voracity and comprehensive tastes in their wild state I anticipated that there would be no difficulty in feeding them, but though eggs, dead and live mice and sparrows, live guinea pigs, and a live rabbit were at different times placed in the cage, they voluntarily ate nothing, and, with the exception to be men- tioned directly, they did not attempt to interfere with any of these animals, nor did the latter show any fear of their formidable companions. Thinking the reptiles might at 28 length be feeling the effects of starvation, and it was evident that they were becoming emaciated and less active, they were on two occasions taken out of their cage and forcibly fed with strips of raw meat—a matter of some little difficulty in the case of the larger specimen on account of his size and strength. It was after the second of these feedings, when possibly ex- cited by the handling or by the taste of meat, that the larger reptile seized the live rabbit, then in the cage, by the loins, holding on to it with a bulldog grip that was never changed or relaxed until the victim died. But it made no attempt to eat the rabbit, though this was left dead in the cage for two days. The guinea pigs used to run over the reptiles, sometimes even perching on their heads in the most confiding way. The result of this abstinence from food was a progressive emaciation and dwindling vigour, though on being excited they showed themselves still capable of powerful and active move- ments. Even at the end of the starvation period of three months the larger specimen still retained, as was shown by dis- section, two solid masses of fat weighing a pound each. These will be subsequently described. In their wild state, Mr. Warren informs me, the Perentie is practically omnivorous as regards flesh foods, its diet mainly consisting of other lizards, snakes, birds. eggs, the smaller animals, and, of late years, the rabbit, the only animal of small size that is immune to its attacks being the echidna. The late Mr. Gillen told me he saw one catch and kill a one-third grown kangaroo, and then, placing his forefeet on the body, it tore out pieces of flesh like a dog. Everyone that has seen these reptiles in their wild state testifies to the extraordinary pace with which they can travel over the ground, and that agility was still manifest in our specimens under the limitations of their cage. In this, when moving quickly, their gait was‘ distinctly quadrupedal, the body, head, and tail being raised some inches above the ground, but, I am informed by Mr. P. Barbe Ayliffe, that when travel- ling at their topmost speed the forelimbs are raised from the ground, so that their gait then becomes bipedal. We had, however, no opportunity of observing this under the restricted space in which our specimens were confined. I have myself seen this mode of progression, which recalls that attributed to some of the extinct dinosaurs, to take place in the Frilled Lizard (Chlamydosaurus kingii), and it has also been noticed by Mr. J. Rau, one of our taxidermists, in the case of Amphibolurus cristatus under extreme speed. It is prob- able, I think, that closer observation would show a similar mode of progression for other of the more swiftly moving lizards. One feature of the Perentie became immediately apparent, 29 viz., the habitual use of the long and muscular tail as a weapon of offence. Whenever the animals became excited either by the suspicious movements of one another, or by being touched by a rod, or even by the too close presence of spectators, most vigorous blows that resounded against the sides of the cage were struck with this organ. The striking of the blow could generally be anticipated by the preparatory attitude in which the tail was held, that is to say, it was flexed well to one side m a curved position, the muscles being manifestly tense. To pre- vent any obstruction to the blow the thick proximal part and the end of the tail were held clear of the ground so that it touched only by a limited length of its middle portion. Mr. Gillen, who was well acquainted with these animals, in- formed me that he once saw a large Perentie knock down a native woman in this way by a blow on the legs, and Mr. Warren writes that he had known both forelegs of a dog to be broken im a similar manner. No one who has seen the force of these blows could have any difficulty im accepting such statements. This offensive use of the tail is described ‘@ im the case of Varanus salvator, apparently the largest member of this group, which inhabits Ceylon. the Malay Peninsula. and the islands of the Malay Archipelago, and extends, according to the British Museum Catalogue of Lizards (1885), to the Cape York Peninsula of Queensland, but I have not seen the habit noticed im the case of Varanus giganteus- Tt is, however, not unlikely a common feature of the larger members of the group. When alarmed the Peren- tHies have a habit of running up trees im thei efforts to escape, which they do with extraordinary swiftness: they have been known, also, to run up a man or a horse. probably. in their alarm, mistaking these vertical objects for trees. On one occasion, at Alice Springs, Mr. Gillen treated the lacerated breasts of a lubra who had been attacked by one. and, according to this informant, the blacks, who have a fear of ed animals. state that such attacks were not uncommon. It may be, how- ever, that the attacks are not deliberate, but that in their _ alarm and desire to escape they run up the first vertical object that presents itself, under which circumstances wounds would not unlikely result from the very sharp and strong claws or even from the teeth. Notwithstanding the fear of the natives for these reptiles their flesh is esteemed a great delicacy, and it is no doubt in uence of the appreciation of it by the adults that it is one of the foods (which, it may be observed, are generally of some gastronomic merit) that are forbidden to uninitiated boys (2) “Reptiles of the World,””’ R. L. Ditmars. 30 of the tribe.() I have also heard white men speak approvingly of the flesh of the tail of the Perentie, though in the case of one man who had often tried he stated that it always induced vomiting. The aspect of the head and neck is very snakelike, and it was noticed that in moving amongst the branches of a dead limb placed in the cage in imitation of a small tree that the Perentie was able, while holding on by the grasp of its hind limbs only and by utilizing the tail as a lever, to project the rest of the unsupported body into space while seeking for a hold for the fore paws. When excited or provoked they utter a sound which may be described as a combination of a hiss and of a continuous blowing sound like that of a blacksmith’s bellows, and under these cir- cumstances of provocation the throat is inflated into a large and conspicuous pouch, often to a more considerable degree than is shown in pl. iv., figs. 1 and 2; the long-forked tongue is also protruded and withdrawn with lightning-iike rapidity. They are stated to be capable of being readily tamed, and I have been told of one that used to appear regularly at stated times to be fed and to follow its adopted master about. In their native habitat they usually live in holes in the ground, and, according to Mr. Warren, they prefer a hole that enters under a rock to one in the open ground. In these holes they hibernate from May to August, living sometimes singly and sometimes male and female together. Distribution.—As is so often the case with many of our Australian animals, we have very little information as to the exact distribution of this species. Many, indeed, of our animals have already become extinct without our having been able to answer this question, and it will probably be the same with many others. Mr. Gillen told me that they occur in Cen- tral Australia from about Strangways Springs, in the south, to Hann’s Range, about 80 miles north of the MacDonnell Ranges, but as to its range east and west of this tract I have no information. Its favourite habitat being rough, stony country, its distribution is no doubt largely determined by these conditions. The late Mr. John Bagot used to speak of them as common and of large size on what was, then, his Peake Station, which comprised the country around Warrina, and Mr. Warren writes that they are only found on certain limited parts of the rough country on Anna Creek Station. So far these limits constitute Varanus giganteus a Central Australian species, but in the British Museum Catalogue of Lizards (1885) one, the type of the species, is stated as having come from the “North Coast of Australia,’ which seems to (3) Spencer and Gillen, ‘‘Native Tribes of Central Australia,” p. 471. 31 indicate that the species may have a more extended range than is indicated by its Central Australian distribution. Size.—In this respect, as might be anticipated of such relatively large lizards, one hears most exaggerated statements. The late Mr. John Bagot, however, assured me that he had seen specimens 7 ft. 6 in. in length, and I have it from Mr. Gillen that one killed by himself measured 7 ft. 2in. The total length of the largest of the few stuffed specimens recorded in the British Museum Catalogue of Lizards (1885) is given as’ 206 cm., or 6 ft. 9 in., but it is not stated whether this measurement referred to the actual animal, to the skin, or to the mounted specimen. A detailed statement of the dimen- sions of our own specimens will appear directly, but in the meantime it may be said that the total length of the larger of the two was 5 ft. 10$ in., and of the smaller 5 ft. 44 in., and that their weights, at the close of what was practically a starvation period of more than three months, during which they manifestly lost bulk, were respectively 17 tb. and 9 fb. It will thus be seen that though not differing greatly in length there was a very marked difference in the weight of these two specimens. Not long agowe received the skin of a specimen from William Creek, the length of which, when mounted, is identical with that of the larger of our two living specimens, but this skin may have been somewhat stretched in its removal, which is very liable to happen under the hands of an unskilled operator, who was in this case an aboriginal. Relatively large amongst other lizards as are these land reptiles, they are, never- theless, the dwarfed descendants of much larger lacertilian forms, for we have in the Museum a few vertebre of an extinct Monitor (Varanus priscus, Owen) obtained at the Warburton River which, if the size may be reckoned by crocodilian com- parisons, must have been 20 ft. in length, or possibly even larger. Table showing dimensions of two specimens of Varanus giganteus — Longest Speci- men in British Male A, Male B. Mus. Cat. of © em, em. Lizards (1885). Total length ... b aeey LGDS5 163 206 Head (maxm.) te Se Is yo) 12 14 (5) Neck _... ie a ps ae 3 15 22 wey. Bee ae 1 AS 42°5 53 Tail 94) ak Me 2/100 93°5 117 Fore limb i> af. .. 252 21 27 Hind limb ... ve 14 et 29 35 Weight, in ibs. (after 100 days’ starvation period) 17 9 — (4) This is the type specimen. (5) It is not stated whether this refers to the maximum length of the head or to that taken in the median line, which falls short of the former. In our own specimens the maximum length is given. 32 In the description of the conspicuous colour-markings of this species the British Museum Catalogue, while correctly stating the neck and throat to be marked with large blackish reticulations on a white ground, adds that the belly is immacu- late. In the larger of the two above-mentioned Museum speci- mens the chest was marked by four well-marked single, irregu- larly zig-zagging, but on the whole, transverse black bands, and the belly by six double bands of similar disposition, the reticular pattern appearing on the sides. A very little fore- and-aft approximation, however, of the ventral bands would have formed a reticular pattern by the meeting of the angles of the zig-zag lines. In the smaller specimen the belly was marked with a reticular pattern similar to that on the sides of the neck, only much fainter in colour. Fat-bodies (Corpora adiposa).—A median longitudinal incision through the front of the abdominal walls exposed on either side a large lobulated, dorsoventrally compressed mass of firm, bright-yellow fat, which, but for its slender vascular attachments at the posterior end, lay free in an apparently closed extra-peritoneal cavity. The inner or median wall of this cavity was formed by a smooth, tough membrane, which apparently constituted the parietal peritoneum of the abdomen, while on the outer side the fat mass lay in close contact with the glistening inner surface of the lower ribs and abdominal walls. The constituent lobules composing these fat masses were, for the most part, irregularly, transversely arranged, the length of the lobules being generally coincident with the width of the adipose mass, though some fell short of this, and, in consequence of their close and accurate coaptation, the body as a whole appeared as a more or less superficially lobulated, but otherwise compact, mass. The compactness was, however, only apparent, for the constituent lobules were very easily and naturally separable from one another, being held together only by a superficial connective tissue capsule of extreme tenuity and slight vascularity on the front and back of the organ, but of rather firmer texture at the ends of the lobules, where these together formed the lateral margins of the body. Thus, when the removed fat mass was held up by one end, the weight of the dependent lobules was sufficient to rupture to a great ex- tent the connective tissue attachments of the lobules on the front and back, so that these fell away from one another for the greater part of their length, remaining joined chiefly at their ends, that is to say, at the lateral edges of the body, where the inter-lobular attachments were strongest. The appear- ance under these circumstances was that of a thick pad or cushion of fat perforated by transversely disposed fenestre, B Vol. XXXVI., Plate IV. | | Drawings and Printing, Donald Taylor Collotype Co.. North Adelaide 33 these apertures being widest at points corresponding to the centres of the lobules and becoming narrower and more slit- like towards their ends, where they still remained attached. The combined weight of the two masses in the largest specimen at the close of a three and a half months’ starvation period was 2 hb. Concerning the full significance of these fat bodies our knowledge is still incomplete, but according to C. K. Hoff- mann (6 they correspond to the corpora adiposa of Amphi- bians and have some relation to the sexual activities, a view which is supported by their periodic increase and decrease of size. They reach, says this writer, their maximum of de- velopment in Spring. From the composition of these bodies it is also reasonable to suppose that they may serve as reser- voirs of fat to be utilized for nutritional purposes during the hybernation period, but if so it is remarkable that they should still have been so large (constituting 12 per cent. of the total body weight) at the close of the long fast, when all other obvious adipose tissue had disappeared from the body. As, however, the animals when killed had evidently shrunk in bulk, par- ticularly in respect to the region of the trunk, it is very prob- able that some amount of reduction in the fat masses had taken place. DESCRIPTION. OF PLATE IV. Varanus giganteus. The three figures, taken from life, represent the animals in characteristic attitudes. In figs. 1 and 2 the larger specimen shows the gular pouch inflated to a moderate degree; the latter figure also shows the body completely raised from the ground, and the tail, here concealed behind the body, was also similarly raised, as well as strongly flexed. The great length of the tail is shown in figs. 1 and 3, and the snake-like appearance of the head is seen in the case of the smaller animal in both these figures. (6) Bronn’s Thierleben Abt 3, Reptilien (Eidechsen und Was. serechsen, p. 994). 34 NOTES ON RECURRENT TRANSGRESSIONS OF THE SEA AT DRY CREEK. By Watrer Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology, University of Adelaide. [Read July 11, 1912.] By the courtesy of Mr. T. G. Ellery, Town Clerk of Ade- laide, my attention was called to an interesting section exposed by the sinking of a drainage tank connected with the City Abattoirs. The tank is situated in the south-east corner of Section 920 (Grand Junction), Hundred of Port Adelaide, at the five cross-roads, about a mile to the south of the Dry Creek Railway Station. I visited the spot in company with Mr. Filmore, an officer of the City Council, and was enabled to make a careful examination of the section, which proved to be as follows : — Toy 2 . Surface soil—loamy clay . Reddish sharp sand, slightly argillaceous . Very compact red clay 4 . Bluish, grey, to whitish clay, ‘thickly beset with fragmental shelly matter ae . Bed of Ostrea, Arca, etc., in great numbers .. . Blue clay of unknown depth - ee OO DO onmn~m NANOS DOD BOAF S> Or 20 0 The flats between Port Adelaide and Dry Creek Railway Station have been but recently elevated above sea-level. The railway at Dry Creek is, according to the official figures, 16 ft. above low-water mark, and as the average height of the tidal wave is estimated at 84 ft., it follows that the rail- way 1s only 74 ft. above high-water level. Indeed, the eleva- tion of the maritime plains is still incomplete, as is evidenced by the extensive estuarine area of the North Arm, with numerous reticulating creeks and swamps which occupy most of the area. The intervening land surfaces are mostly saline and covered with samphire growths. These flats have been built of estuarine mud containing shells characteristic of such a habitat. The shells can be found abundantly strewn over the surface of the ground and along the sides of the creeks, but especially on the artificial embankments that have been constructed by heaping up the adjoining mud. Among the commonest forms thus found are Chione corrugata, Ampul- larina quoyana, species of Risella, and Bittewm estuarium. 35 Several small creeks in the neighbourhood of Dry Creek arise from seepings from the higher ground, are moderately fresh, and flow north-westerly into the North Arm inlet—the tidal waters of the latter come up to within about a mile of Dry Creek. On the eastern side of Dry Creek Railway Station there is a gradual rise of the land, which is at once made evident by a change of herbage, but in some directions the marine shells can be traced on the eastern side of the railway as well as on the western. It is, however, difficult to draw the limits of the old estuarine area as, since the retreat of the sea, a cer- tain amount of land-wash and the accumulation of a humus soil have made a covering that obscures the estuarine silts. In constructing the new portion of the line to the Abattoirs, on the north-east side of the railway station, and at about a quarter of a mile from the latter, it was found necessary, in making an embankment, to excavate to a shallow depth the soil on either side of the permanent way, and in doing this the shelly marine clays that underlie the top soil became exposed. In this situation Ampullarina quoyana is very common, /fzsella is less so, and Chione is rare—at least so far as surface indications go. The elevation of this bed above present sea-level (tested by aneroid) appears to be about the same as that of the Dry Creek Railway Station. The slightly drier conditions at this point have permitted the growth of a travertine crust overlying the shelly bed, varying in thickness from 4 in. to 3 in. It is not a pure limestone, but the partial decomposition of the shells has yielded a cementing agent by which the immediately overlying soil has become consolidated into a crust. The material thrown out from recently dug post-holes, adjacent to the shelly bed, sup- plies evidence that much of the underlying red sands have also been hardened, probably from a like cause, into a sand- rock. Marine shells were rarely found thrown out from these post-holes, which suggests that the shelly bed is superficial and, in this position, of no great thickness. The occurrence of this raised sea-bed was recognized by the late Professor Ralph Tate soon after his arrival in South Australia, and in his Presidential Address before this Society (then known as the Adelaide Philosophical Society) in 1879, stated, “The estuarine limestone, which fringes the Dry Creek salt marsh, and which is of about 6 to 12 in. thick, and crowded with Amphibola |Ampullarina| quoyana, Risella melanostoma, and other littoral shells, is not more than 12 ft. above ordinary high-water mark. The limestone overlies the drift, but graduates into the estuarine muds and sands which occupy the salt marsh. The marsh is at rare intervals over- 36 flown, but extraordinary tides do not reach the estuarine limestone.” (1) The geological section exposed in the present excavation. at Dry Creek is of very great interest as showing alternations. of the height of the land in relation to the sea that has led to. repeated modifications of our coast-line. It has been a com- plex movement in which the sea has twice transgressed upon the land and twice retired during recent geological times. This conclusion is reached by a twofold testimony—(1) the. stratigraphical succession, and (2) the zoological evidence. With regard to the geological succession, there are two. fossiliferous horizons, one at or near the surface and the other at a depth of 18 ft. below the surface, and in between these. two marine horizons there are some 16 ft. or 18 ft. of allu- vial wash. The upper marine bed was not detected in the: sinking now under description, but its prevalence in the neighbourhood is abundantly evident. The bed of triturated shells (No. 4 in section) which immediately overlies the oyster bed, may have accumulated, at least in part, by the action of surface water acting on the fossiliferous material after: the retirement of the sea; but if we exclude this doubtful. bed, there remains 15 ft. of fresh-water deposits that mark. the interregnum between the two encroachments of the sea.. The blue clay (No. 6 in section) that underlies the oyster bed is no doubt the tenacious blue clay of the Adelaide plains,, probably of Pleistocene Age, which is met with in most sinkings. in Adelaide and neighbourhood, and forms the brick-earth of our local potteries and brick-making. It is a fresh-water deposit, and marked the base of the water-level in the present sinking at Dry Creek, as the oyster bed, which is immediately above it, carried a strong runner of water. There is a marked contrast in the organic facies of the two shell-bearing beds. The upper-bed carries just such mol- lusca as live in our estuaries to-day, and in about the same © relative proportions. It is essentially a present-day type of deposit. The lower marine bed, in addition to carrying such forms as still live in the Port Creek, contains others that do not exist there at the present day. The large oyster, Ostrea angasi, which is the most striking shell in the lower bed, although plentiful, in places, in Spencer Gulf, no longer occurs, or but rarely, in our local waters; and Arca trapezia, which is also a very common form in the Dry Creek lower marine bed, is no longer an inhabitant of South Australian: waters. These two shells do not occur in the superficial (1)Trans. Philosoph. Soc. of Adelaide [Roy. Soc., S.A.],. 1878-9, p. lxix. 37 marine bed, but they are the principal forms that make up the lower marine bed. The altered distribution of these two species in our local sea-areas marks an important interval of time—a measure of time that must have been sufficiently long to permit of a gradual change of conditions that led up to the total extinction of one species and local limitations of another species, in South Australian waters. A sample of the lower marine bed was washed and on examination the following foraminifera were noted : — Miliolina secans, d’Orb.; M. circularis, Bornem.; JM. undosa, Karrer; MM. boweana, d’Orb.; M. oblonga, Montagu. Triloculina trigonula, d’Orb.; 7. tricarinata, d’Orb. Spiroloculina grata, Terq. Pulvinulina repanda, Fichtel and Moll; P. punctulata, d’Orb. Rotalia beccariw, Linn. Polystomella crispa, Linn. The above are all shallow-water forms, but scarcely typical of estuarine conditions. Polystomella crispa is in great numbers, and TZ'riloculina trigonula and Rotalia beccari, although not so plentiful as the first named, are common forms in the material. All the species present are represented by strongly built examples and are more typical of open sea conditions than a brackish estuary. On the other hand there is a remarkable absence of some of the commonest species which occur in the shallow waters of our present seas, more especially Nwbecularia, which is the commonest foraminifer of our coasts and, in most gatherings, number more than all the other foraminifera together—yet not a single example of this form was observed in the Dry Creek material. In addi- tion to the foraminifera several species of Hntomostraca (Ostracoda) were noted. All the shells contained in this bed were honeycombed by boring organisms to an unusual degree. Many of the shells had been perforated to such an extent that scarcely any por- tion of the shell preserved its solid form—and every shell appeared to have been more or less attacked in this way. The parasitic intruder was probably the minute boring sponge, Cliona, which makes a host of any shell or calcareous rock that it may find handy to utilize for this purpose. The waters, at the locality referred to, must have supplied con- genial conditions for the development of this particular organism. The geological section at Dry Creek shows a close accord- ance with similar sections that have been exposed in excava- 38 tions near Port Adelaide. In 1886 I submitted to the Society a short paper ‘2) on one such an exposure, and therein stated that ‘“‘there are strong presumptive evidences, based on several collateral lines of proof, that the Post-Tertiary beds of the seaboard do not represent a regular succession of marine beds, but that there was a break in the continuity of their deposi- tion. In the view we have taken, there is an older and a newer bed of recent marine, with an intercalated formation of fresh-water origin dividing the same, and connected with the fresh-water bed two horizons representing dry-land con- ditions.” (5) The above conclusion, reached twenty-six years ago, has received its confirmation in the Dry Creek section. When allowance is made for the different situations and the natural thinning of the beds to landward, the two sections may be regarded, in their main geological features, as practically identical. In the Glanville section the upper marine bed was laid down on an open sea beach, consisting of white sand, littoral waste, and layers of sea-weed deposited by wave action ; while at Dry Creek the corresponding bed is an estuarine clay, laid down in a land-locked back-water, of which the present North Arm inlet is the shrunken remnant. The lower marine bed at Glanville is highly calcareous, in places almost a lime- stone, and was laid down probably under some depth of water, while the corresponding bed at Dry Creek is a silt that accumulated under shallower conditions. The range of life was much more restricted in the Dry Creek area than it was in the open sea conditions represented at Glanville. The large warm-sea foraminifer, Orbitolites complanta, which occurs plentifully in the Glanville section, is entirely absent from the Dry Creek bed, probably excluded by the shallowness of the waters and their more muddy condition, but the important time-indicator shell, Arca trapezia, is abundant in both localities. By the courtesy of the officers of the Engineer-in-Chief’s Department I am informed that the level-crossing at the railway, situated a short distance to the west of the excavation at Dry Creek, is 19°84 ft. above low-water mark. The difference of level between this crossing and the excavation is inappreciable, so that it may be said that the upper limits of the Ostrea-Arca bed is about 2 ft. above present low-water mark, and that, were it not for the land-wash that has dammed back the sea, the bed in question at Dry Creek would (2) “Remarks on a Geological Section at the new Graving Dock, Glanville, with Special Reference to a supposed Old Land Surface now Below Sea-level,’’ Trans Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. x., pp. 31-35. (3) foe. ctt-, p. 3d. 39 be submerged at high water to the extent of 64 ft. At Glan- ville the same bed, if relieved of the overburden, would be submerged at high water by about 25 ft. or 26 ft., which difference can be easily accounted for by the gradual slope of the old sea floor towards the west. In the Dry Creek section, 12 ft. to 15 ft. of fresh-water sands and clays separate the two marine deposits, while, at Glanville, the thickness of the alluvial wedge amounts to 11 ft., if we recognize the beach deposits as the base level of the upper marine bed, and 26 ft. if we take the full thickness between the lower marine and the fossiliferous estuarine clay at the top of the section, which seems to be the same horizon as that repre- sented in the upper marine at Dry Creek. At both Dry Creek and Glanville the lower marine bed rests on alluvium. The next marine horizon below those dealt with in this paper is that of the Lower Pliocene, proved in the boring for water put down by the Australian Smelting Company, at their works, at Dry Creek.) The site of the bore was at the margin of the recent marine sites, 14 ft. above sea-level. The Lower Pliocene marine sands were met with at a depth of 320 ft., so that a period sufficiently long to permit of the laying down of 300 ft. of alluvial material must have intervened between the withdrawal of the Pliocene sea and its return in Pleistocene times. It may be interesting to point out that we now have evidences of five distinct recur- rences of sea-intrusion in the neighbourhood of Adelaide, viz., Recent, Sub-Recent, Pliocene, Miocene, and Eocene, each of which intrusions was separated from the others in the succession by long periods of dry-land conditions. (4) Tate ‘‘On the Discovery of Marine Deposits of Pliocene Age in Australia,’’ Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xiii., p. 172, 1890. 40 FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. No. XLII. By the (late) Rev. Canon Biacksurn, B.A. (Communicated by Mr. A. M. Lea.) [Read August 8, 1912.] [Just prior to his death Mr. Blackburn had completed descriptions of numerous species of the genus Lepidota; he had also described a few species of other genera, and was preparing to systematically investigate the Dynastides. As his writings are quite ready for publication, and the types of the new species are marked as such, it appears very desirable that these, his final descriptions and notes, should be published.—A. M. Liza LAMELLICORNES. LiIPAROCHRUS. L. hackeri, sp. nov. Minus nitidus; piceo-niger, sat con- vexus; ovatus; supra glaber; clypeo subtiliter punctu- lato, antice late truncato, lateribus ante oculos subito fortiter dilatatis; prothorace fortiter transverso, antror- sum fortiter angustato, supra in disco sat levi latera versus subtiliter subobsolete punctulato, lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis posticis rotundato-obtusis, basi subtiliter marginata; elytris subtilius geminatim striatis, striis subtiliter punctulatis, interstitiis planis sparsim subtilissime punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus bidentatis. Long., 6 1.; lat., 3 1. Its larger size distinguishes this species from all its allies known to me. In my tabulation of characters of the known Australian Liparochri (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1905, p. 271) it falls beside L. sculptilis, Westw., from which it differs by, inter alia multa, its dorsal surface almost without punctura- tion, the elytral interstices (the alternate ones very wide) quite flat, the much stronger crenulation of the external margin of its front tibiz, its much longer tarsi. L. hackeri is probably nearer to some Liparochri described from New Guinea than to any previously known as Aus- tralian. From the descriptions of these it differs, anter aha, as follows:—From L. duxz, Arrow, by the very distinct punc- turation of its elytral strie; from L. ingens, Felsche, by the smooth non-tessellated interstices of its elytral strie; from L. papuus, Lansb., by its dark antennz (the flabellum, of paler colour, excepted) and quite evidently punctulate 41 elytral interstices; and from L. alternans, Macl., by its non- costulate elytra. The type seems to be a female. North Queensland (Little Mulgrave River) ; Mr. Hacker ; given to me by Mr. Lea. L. geminatus, Westw. This species is very variable in respect of sculpture—especially that of the pronotum. I have examples from various localities‘in South and Western Aus- tralia which I cannot regard as representing more than one species, but among which there are very definitely two quite distinct types of sculpture on the pronotum—in some speci- mens that segment bearing extremely fine short transverse scratches, while in others the scratches (similar in shape) are very much larger and deeper (quite twice as large). The specimens with finer puncturation have also the external teeth of the front tibiz smaller and blunter than those of the others and are on the average of smaller size. Both these forms occur near Adelaide. I observe similar differences among specimens all of which I have taken to be L. multi- striatus, Har., the only other Liparochrus of which I possess numerous specimens. I have hitheto regarded these differ- ences as sexual. JI cannot, however, discover any marked difference between the front claws of the two forms which, as pointed out by Mr. Arrow (Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1909) distinguishes the sexes of two Liparochri of which I do not possess a male. I notice that in the paper quoted Mr. Arrow describes a Liparochrus (timidus) allied to L. geminatus of which he had before him “a series of specimens’’ and does not refer to its sexual characters, from which I assume that in it the sexual difference of the claws is wanting. The species which I take to be stlphoides, Har., presents the sexual dis- tinction in the claws. Mr. Arrow’s two species mentioned above as having the claw distinction and the species which I take to be silphoides (probably=L. raucus, Fairm.)—also the species described above as L. hackeri, of which the type is probably a female—another species which I take to be //. sculptilis, Westw. (probably=H. ciliboides, Har.), and of which I believe my specimen to be a female—JZ. alternans, Macl. (not alternatus, as quoted by Arrow), and L. papuus, Har., are the only species known to me as having only two external teeth on the front tibize (I do not possesss the descrip- tion of L. sulcatus, Montrouz.). All of the above-mentioned species of which the male is known (and no others, so far as known) present a sexual distinction in the front claws, and all of them, so far as I know them, are of facies markedly different from the rest of the species attributed to Liparochrus (one of which, ZL. geminatus, Westw., is apparently the type species). If it should prove that the males of all of them have 42 asymmetrical claws it will probably be desirable to regard them as forming a genus distinct from Liparochrus. It may be added that Mr. Arrow, in the valuable memoir noted above, does not refer to the genus Antiochrus, Sharp, to the type of which he presumably has access, and on which I wrote some notes in Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1905, pp. 273-5, those notes being conjectural to the extent involved in my not having seen the typical species. PROCHELYNA. P. heterodoza, Burm. I have a specimen before me taken flying in the sunshine on Eyre Peninsula by Mr. J. S. Blackburn which there can be little doubt is this species. It agrees with Burmeister’s description in every respect except in the scarcely perceptible tendency to reddish colouring at the base of its elytra, its being a trifle smaller than the type, and (as far as I can see) its mentum not particularly narrow. It unfortunately died with its head much depressed towards the prosternum, so that the form of its mentum—which is densely pilose—cannot be examined satisfactorily without breaking the specimen—indeed, in any case, dissection would be necessary. But even if the form of the mentum does not quite square with Burmeister’s description, the close agree- ment with the decidedly unusual characters of sculpture, etc. (especially the elytra completely and quite strongly striate in their hinder half, but in front non-striate except close to the suture, the strongly pointed pygidium, the red bristles fring- ing the elytra), would certainly, I think, point to the pro- bability that Burmeister’s description of the mentum is defective rather than to the likelihood of two species occurring in South Australia so closely resembling each other and yet differing in the form of the mentum. I note some hairs about the margin of the pronotum suggestive of the pro- bability that my specimen is abraded (as was, in that case, probably Burmeister’s type), and that in a fresh specimen the pronotum is more or less pilose. P. rubella, Schauf. There is no mention in the brief de- scription of this species of any character indicative of its being rightly referred to Prochelyna, or even to the Systelloyid Group—nor, on the other hand, of any character inconsistent therewith. I have hitherto considered that the phrase “(yronoto) utringue medio tubere predito”’ rendered it un- likely to be a Systelloyid, but the examination of a specimen referred to below under “Atholerus’” has shaken that opinion, and there seems to be no definite ground left, apart from Schaufuss having called it a Prochelyna, for referring it to any particular genus. It is much to be desired that the type be examined and reported on. 43 ATHOLERUS. A specimen from the Swan River belonging to Mr. Lea is, | think, certainly a member of this genus, and I can find no reason to separate it generically from the specimen dis- cussed above as being probably Prochelyna, unless a dissection of the mouth organs of both species should serve the purpose. Even as species the two are decidedly close. The specimen from Swan River agrees very well with the description of the typical species (A. obscuwrus, Shp.)—also from Swan River— except in its elytra being wholly fuscous (the lateral margins excepted) and not at the base only. It seems, however, to be certainly distinct sexually from the specimen I refer to Prochelyna, its antennal flabellum being much shorter, its tarsi evidently shorter, its pygidium notably less vertical and much more convex, and its ventral segments distinctly longer. Its most remarkable character, however, consists in the pre- sence on the middle of the pronotum, a little behind the front, of a small deep fovea on the level of the general sur- face in its hinder part, but in its front part sinking into the general surface in such fashion that its front part has a semi- circular vertical wall, on either side of which there is a small but distinct tubercle. As the other characters of the speci- men are fairly conclusive of its being a female, and this prothoracic fovea seems like a male character, I should be disposed to regard it as an accidental abnormality, were it not for the reference mentioned above to the presence of two tubercles on the pronotum of a species which Schaufuss has referred to Prochelyna. Unfortunately the Systellopides are so rarely met with that I have never yet been able to examine two specimens that are unquestionably the sexes of a single species. It should perhaps be added that the present insect and that I have discussed under Prochelyna can scarcely be the sexes of a single species, on account of considerable differ- ence in elytral striation—which is not likely to be of a sexual character. LIPARETRUS. L. confusus, sp. nov., Mas. Sat breviter ovalis; parum nitidus; niger, antennis palpis tarsis et (basi excepta) elytris plus minusve rufis; corpore toto pilis erectis vestito, his in capite pronoto et elytris obscure fulvis alibi cinereis ; antennis 8-articulatis; clypeo subnitido, leviter subgrosse punctulato, antice late leviter emarginato; fronte confertim subtilius rugulosa; prothorace sat for- titer transverso, antice sat angustato, supra equali, con- fertim sat fortiter ruguloso, lateribus arcuatis; elytris crebre fortiter nec grosse vix seriatim punctulatis, haud striatis, costulis vix manifestis circiter 2 instructis; tibiis 44 anticis extus 3-dentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo 2° quam basalis sat longiori. Fem. latet. Long., 34.1; lat., 12 1. This species is a member of my 14th Group of Liparetri (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1905), and in the tabulation (Joc. cit.) must stand beside negrinus, Germ., from which it differs by, wnter alia, smaller size, bicolorous almost absolutely non- costulate elytra, darker pilosity of dorsal surface, and much more asperate pygidium and propygidium. It is perhaps nearest to the species I have treated as L. sylvicola, Fab., but differs from it by the very much less coarse sculpture of its dorsal surface (especially of the pronotum and propy- gidium), the much narrower black base of its elytra, etc. It differs from both the species just mentioned by the front of its clypeus widely emarginate. Victorian Alps; Buffalo Mountain. ANEUCOMIDES. With much reluctance I find it necessary to refer pro- visionally to Aneucomides, the insect to be described below, since, in spite of great difference in facies and in some struc- tural characters that would be generic in many groups of Coleoptera, I can find no structural distinction except in respect of characters that are certainly variable within the limits of some genera in the Sericoides. Unfortunately I have been unable to examine some of the mouth parts of the type-species of Aneucomides, as its specimen still remains unique, and it is not unlikely that the maxille might furnish a valid generic difference if they could be dissected in A. coloratus, but without such dissection the present insect must certainly be placed in Anewcomides. A. hirticollis, sp. nov., Mas. Sat elongatus, subparallelus ; sat nitidus; testaceus, capite antennis pedibusque nonnihil rufescentibus; capite sparsim, pronoto pygidio et corpore subtus dense, hirsutis; palpis maxillaribus valde elongatis, articulis 2° quam 34S multo longiori, 3° 4° que inter se sat equalibus; maxillarum lobo externo sat fortiter bidentato; mento et palpis labialibus fere ut A. colorati, Blackb.; labro fere ut A. colorats sed magis exstanti; antennis sat elongatis, 8-articulatis, laminis 4 instructis (his articulis basalibus 4 conjunctis longi- tudine sat equalibus, antennarum articulo 4° intus angulato; oculis sat magnis vix manifeste granulatis ; capite confertim subtiliter punctulato; clypeo antice rotundatum modice reflexo; prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, fere ut caput punctulato, antice parum angustato, lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat 45 rectis posticis leviter obtusis; elytris subtiliter gemin- atim striatis, sat sparsim vix subtiliter nec profunde punctulatis, interstitiis alternis quam cetera multo angustioribus obsolete convexis; pygidio abrupte ver- ticali, antice subtiliter leviter (postice vix manifeste) punctulato; abdomine brevi confertim subtiliter sat pro- funde punctulato (segmento apicali fere levi excepto) ; pedibus sat robustis, femoribus posticis sat fortiter tumidis, tibiis anticis extus tridentatis (posticis brevibus transversim unicarinatis a basi ad apicem fortiter dila- tatis), tarsis elongatis gracilibus quam tibie maulto longioribus; unguiculis gracilibus elongatis simplicibus. Fem. latet. Long., 7 1.; lat., 34 1. A much more elongate and narrow species than 4d. coloratus, Blackb., with the facies of a somewhat narrow Haplonycha. The antenne are structurally much like those of A. coloratus, but decidedly longer and more slender, the maxillary palpi very different, but not more so than is fre- quent between species of Haplonycha. The abdomen short, strongly punctulate, and with extremely strong ventral sutures is characteristic of both species. Western Australia (exact locality not known). Given me by Mr. French. HETERONYX. ff. cribripennis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dilatatus; subnitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice truncato, oculos in exteriorem partem haud super- anti; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales haud multo angustiori) ; fronte subgrosse vix crebre punctulata ; hac clypeoque ut plana vix disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 245 sat multo breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice minus angustato, vix crebre nec profunde punctu- lato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis parum productis posticis (superne visis) rectis vix retrorsum productis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris confertim subtiliter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 45); pygidio sat fortiter sat crebre punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 24™ sat longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2us parum breviori quam 3 paullo longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis, parte apicali parva. Long., 34 1.; lat., 12 1. 46 This is an easily recognizable species, the feebly impressed puncturation of its pronotum and elytra with the punctures of the latter very much finer and closer than of the former being unusual in Heteronyx. It is a member of my Group VI. (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1910, pp. 149, etc.), and in the tabulation of species of that group falls beside cygneus, Blackb., on account of its clypeus not extending laterally beyond the contour of the eyes. The two may be thus distinguished : — H. Punctures of pronotum deeply impressed and sparse (about 15 in the length) cygneus, Blackb. HH. Punctures of pronotum much smaller, fainter, and closer ... ... eribripennis, Blackb. South Australia (Cleve); taken by Mr. J. S. Blackburn. H. johannes, sp. nov. Ovatus, sat brevis; parum nitidus; ferrugineus, elytris nigro-fuscis; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus cinereis vestitus; clypeo subtilius minus crebre ruguloso, antice subtruncato, oculos in exteriorem partem haud superanti; labro clypei planum superanti; antice haud _ perpendiculari; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales fere duplo angustior1) ; fronte crebre sat subtiliter punctulata; hac clypeoque fere planum continuum efficientibus; antennis 9-articu- latis; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra subtiliter sat crebre nec profunde punctulato (puncturis circiter 26 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat rotundatis, angulis anticis manifeste productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato- obtusis, basi vix bisinuata, margine basali sat szquali; elytris subtiliter confertim nec profunde punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 55), obsolete striatis ; pygidio minus crebre minus subtiliter nec profunde punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 24¥™ multo longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2° longi- tudine sat equali; unguiculis posticis elongatis appendi- culatis, parte basali quam apicalis haud longiori. Long., 41.; lat., 22 1. The colouring of this species (entirely ferruginous except black-brown elytra) if constant distinguishes it from nearly all other Heteronyces. It is a member of my Group VIII., and in the tabulation of the species of that group (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1910, pp. 187, etc.) falls beside water- housei, Blackb., from which it differs (besides colour) by, inter alia, labrum (as in H. xanthotrichus, Blackb.) not hav- 47 ing the front face perpendicular, middle lobe of trilobed out- line of head much narrower, form shorter and wider, dorsal surface notably less nitid, prothorax more transverse, with sides more rounded, elytra quite visibly striate, basal two joints of hind tarsi scarcely different in length. It is to be noted that the punctures of the pygidium are very notably less close and less fine than those of the rest of the dorsal surface. South Australia (Cleve); taken by my son, Mr. John 8. Blackburn. H. difficilis, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis brevi- bus vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice emarginato, oculos in exteriorem partem haud superanti ; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales duplo angustiori); fronte subtilius sat crebre punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis ; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra crebre subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 35 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris confertim subtiliter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 50), obsolete substriatis; pygidio nitido piloso sparsius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2% multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2us multo (quam 3¥S parum) breviori; unguiculis posticis elongatis, appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis vix longiori. Long., 5 1.; lat., 22 1. A member of my Group VIII. In the tabulation of species of that group (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1910, pp. 187, etc.) stands next to H. scalptus, Blackb. Compared with scalptus the present species (which is really very close to it) is notably smaller, with sides of prothorax more rounded, punc- turation of pronotum and elytra distinctly a little less extremely fine, pygidium much more nitid and considerably less closely punctulate, etc. This insect is also near JH. waterhousei, Blackb., and H. johanns, Blackb., differing from the former by, inter alia, its substriate elytra; from the latter by, inter alia, very different colouring and conspicuously convex subsutural interstice; and from both by larger size and narrower form. South Australia (Cleve); taken by Mr. J. S. Blackburn. 48 STETHASPIS. Since I dealt with this genus (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1911) I have obtained specimens which enable me to supple- ment my former notes with some important additions. Mr. Carter has sent me a male of each of the two species that I regard as S. eucalypti, Boisd., and metrosiderit, Burm., and of which I had previously known only the females. Metro- sidert was described on a female. The examination of these males is conclusive as to the distinctness of the species which I have regarded as eucalypti, Boisd., from the species that I have called metrosideri. The male sent by Mr. Carter of the former species has an antennal flabellum of 6 lamine, while in the flabellum of the other male the lamine are only 5, and so there can remain no doubt that the species I have considered to be metrosidert and eucalyptc are distinct species. In my former memoir (loc. cit.) I expressed a doubt about my identification of metrosiderz, and the examination of the male does not throw fresh light directly upon the point. It, however, brings out the fact that the absence of erect hairs on the ventral segments, which Burmeister re- garded as a specific character, is only sexual, as this male has erect hairs like those of ewcalypti:. Indirectly, however, the study of this male tends to confirm my identification, inasmuch as the legs of the specimen in question are green, and that character (together with the presence of erect hairs on its ventral segments) removes practically all doubt about the identification of it with S. /etws, Blanch.—discussed in my former notes—and settles the point, I think, that /etus and metrosidert are, as conjectured in my former paper, one species—the latter being the female. The name /etus has priority. It should be added that the green colouring of the legs of the male is probably not a sexual character, since it appears also in a female of eucalypti sent by Mr. Carter with the male. The male /etus has in its elytral strie the double rows of short white sete which my former paper noted as pre- sent in the female, and that character is certainly a valid specific distinction from ewcalypti; also the punctures in the elytral striz are much closer in /@tus than in eucalypti, and the external teeth on the front tibie of the male are much stronger in the former than in the latter. Letus and eucaly pti differ from all the other Stethaspides known to me in their much longer metasternal process. S. sternalis, sp. nov., Mas. Supra viridis, capite pronoto elytrisque plus minusve_ testaceo-marginatis, sternis obscure ferrugineis, abdomine pygidioque obscuris, antennis palpis pedibusque rufis; pilis erectis sat elongatis albidis (in fronte pygidio femoribus et segmentis 49 ventralibus sat crebre, in pronoto elytrisque sparsissime, in sternis dense) vestitus ; capite fortiter sat crebre punc- tulato, clypeo antice truncato-vix-emarginato subtiliter marginato nec reflexo; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° valde elongato, flabello 6-laminato, laminis quam antennarum articuli ceteri conjuncti parum brevioribus, lamina basali quam cetere parum breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 10 ad 5% latiori, antice valde angustato, supra sparsim (ad latera magis crebre) punctulato, lateribus pone medium sinuatis, angulis anticis obtusis posticis acute rectis, basi piloso-fimbriata fortiter bisinuata ; scutello fere ut pronotum punctulato ; elytris, fere ut S. eucalypt, Boisd., fortiter punctulato-striatis, puncturis setz albidas perbreves uniseriatim ferentibus, interstitiis convexis levibus; pygidio crebre subtilius (quam S. ewcalypti multo minus subtiliter) aspero; pro- cessu sternali nullo, sterno antice declivi-carinato ; tibiis anticis extus modice bidentatis (quam S. eucalypti magis, quam §. Jeti, Blanch., minus, fortiter); tarsis elongatis sat gracilibus; segmentis ventralibus minus crebre minus subtiliter punctulatis. Fem. latet. Long., 103 1.; lat., 54 1. Five specimens (all males) of this insect occurred to me on the Buffalo and other mountains of the Victorian Alps, at a high elevation. The species resembles S. ewcalypti, Boisd., of same sex, in its 6-laminate antennal flabellum (the laminz, however, are distinctly longer, especially the basal one in proportion to the others), but differs strongly in the absence of a sternal process; the sternum ending at the level of the intermediate coxe as an obtuse carina vertically trun- cate. Other notable distinctions consist in the clypeus not reflexed in front, the much less fine asperity of the pygidium, the much less fine and less close puncturation of the ventral segments, the greater length and less robustness of the tarsi, the evidently more strongly developed external teeth of the front tibie. From the insect mentioned above as /etus, Blanch., this species differs by, inter alia multa, the 6- laminate antennal male flabellum and the absence of a sternal process; from S. monticola, Blackb., by the male antennal flabellum with 6 long laminz, the pronotum non- pilose and thinly punctulate, etc.; from piliger, Blanch., and nigrescens, Blanch., by, inter alia multa, its very much greater size. It should, perhaps, be added that I have taken a Stethasgis (female only) in the Dividing Range of Victoria which may possibly be the female of this species, but since its sternal process is distinctly less obsolete than in the males from the Alps (not, apparently, a sexual character in other Cc 50 species), and there are other minor differences, it is more likely to be the female of another species of which I have not seen the male. Victorian Alps. The additional material that is now before me enables me to supply a much more satisfactory statement in tabular form than my previous paper contained of the distinctive characters of the known Australian Stethaspides, as follows : — A. Sternal process elongate and acuminate, very strongly passing the middle COXe. B. Punctures of elytral striz small and close, and bearing white setz in a double row. Flabellum of male antenne with only 5 lamine ...._ letus, Blanch. BB. Punctures of elytral striz notably larger and less close; sets very sparse and not in double rows. Flabellum of male antennz with 6 laminge) ~ <.: eucalypti, Boisd. AA. Sternal process scarcely, or not, pass- ing the middle coxe. B. Pronotum non-pilose (except a few hairs about front and base) and thinly and _ finely punctulate. Flabellum of male antenne with 6 long laminz : oo ... sternalis, Blackb. BB. Pronotum entirely pilose. C. Pygidium confluently asperate. Colour not black. D. Punctures of elytral striz 1-3 similar. Flabellum of male antenne with only 5 long lamine (1) monticola, Blackb. DD. Punctures of 2nd elytral stria notably larger and_ sparser than of 1 and 3. Flabellum of male antenne with 6 long lamine ... piliger, Blanch. CC. Pygidium not nearly confluently sculptured. Colour black. Fla- bellum of male antenne with 6 very long laminz (much longer than joints 1-3 together) ... nigrescens, Blanch. RHOP HA. In the tabulated statement of the distinctive characters of species of this genus (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1911, p. 189) there is the following error to be noted, viz., against the letter “C.”’ the word “twice” is omitted. The lines should (1) Joint 4 of the antenne is scarcely more than dentiform , within. 5] read “Joint 3 of antenne not longer than twice its width at the apex,’’ corresponding to “Joint 3 of antenne much more than twice as long as wide”’ against “‘CC.” PARALEPIDIOTA. P. lepidoptera, sp. nov., Mas. Sat elongata, postice parum dilatata; rufotestacea, antennarum flabello dilutiori ; supra squamis parvis albidis vestita, his in capite pronoto pedibusque sparsis sat crassis in elytris sparsis subtilibus magis setiformibus in pygidio subtilibus sat confertis ; sternis et meso-thorace pallide fulvo-villosis; segmentis ventralibus squamis minimis albidis sat confertim vestitis; clypeo latera versus grosse sparsim punctulato, alte reflexo, antice emarginato; fronte in parte postica crebre minus grosse punctulata; palporum maxillarium articulis 2° modico 3° brevi 4° quam 24S 3us que con- juncti nonnihil longiori, hoc supra late profunde excavato; antennis 10-articulatis, articulis 3° quam 2us sat longiori 4° brevi intus spiniformi 5°-10° fortiter laminiformibus (lamina basali quam cetere paullo brevior1; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato, supra sparsim subfortiter punctulato, lateribus fortiter crenulatis mox pone medium subangulatis, angulis posticis acute rectis, basi subtiliter marginata; scutello sat crebre minus fortiter punctu- lato; elytris longitudinaliter leviter costulatis, sat crebre vix fortiter punctulatis; pygidio crebre subtilius punctu- lato; tibiis anticis extus fortiter tridentatis, posticis transversim vix manifeste carinatis; tarsis posticis quam tibie paullo brevioribus; unguiculis magnis, intus pone medium dente parvo instructis; segmento ventrali apicali postice late emarginato. Long., 11 1.; lat., 54 1. Feminz palpis maxillaribus quam maris brevioribus, anten- narum articulo 4° haud spiniformi flabello multo breviori, prothorace ad latera dilatato vix angulatim, elytris minus concinne punctulatis, tarsis brevioribus, segmento ven- trali, apicali haud emarginato. Long., 12 1.; lat., 541. In this species the prothorax is somewhat conspicuously small as compared with the elytra, and is very strongly con- vex. The lamelle of the antennal flabellum of the male are fully as long as joints 1-4 together. A thick fringe of long fulvous hairs protrudes over the base of the elytra from beneath the basal margin of the pronotum. ‘There is no apparent sternal projection behind the front coxe. I am fairly certain that the male and female described are specifically identical, since the only differences I find between c2 52 them are in respect of obviously sexual characters, with the exception of the slight difference in the lateral curve of the prothorax, which is perhaps a little puzzling; but the general agreement in non-sexual characters is too close to allow of their being considered two species. The male was given to me by Mr. Lea, labelled “Cairns”; the female by Mr. Per- kins, labelled “N. Queensland.’’ North Queensland. LEPIDODERMA. I have recently procured a type-written copy of Brenske’s treatise on this genus referred to in my previous paper (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1911, p. 197), and find that its author had not extended the limits of the genus to include species that, in my opinion, should not be placed there. It was his in- clusion of Antitrogus in Lepidiota which led to the thought that a similar extension of Lepidoderma might possibly bring into the number of the new species he described under that name the insect for which I founded the genus Para- lepidiota. I have now given to it a specific name and descrip- tion (vide supra). As Brenske’s treatise occurs in a publica- tion of the Societas Entomologica, which, I am informed, is out of print, a brief reswmé of its contents will probably be useful to Australian workers on the Coleoptera. The treatise is, on the whole, rather disappointing for the reason that, although it contains a lengthy note on the relation of Lepidoderma to the Leucopholides, there is no reference in it to the spurs of the hind tibiz, which in his former paper on the Leucopholides discussed by me (loc. cit.) Brenske regarded as of value higher than even generic; and that omission leaves one in doubt whether he had perhaps come to the con- clusion expressed by me that the importance he gave in his earlier paper to the character in question ought not to be accepted without hesitation. In his general remarks on Lepidoderma Brenske expresses the opinion which I also expressed (loc. cit.), that the ordin- arily accepted subdivision of the “True Melolonthides”’ cannot be satisfactorily applied to the Australian genera, and he states that although Lepidoderma under the ordinary classifi- cation would fall among the Polyphyllides, he thinks its true place is among the Leuwcopholides (where I placed it). He does not refer to the clypeal character which determined me in the matter, but bases his opinion on the facies and on the build of some of the mouth characters. He also mentions a character in Lepidoderma as distinguishing it from other Melolonthid genera known to him in the hind femora being A3 narrowed in the basal part (not, as in other genera, of evenly curved outline). I had not observed that character myself ; though it is not very strongly marked, the note of its pre- sence is certainly a valuable contribution to the diagnosis of the genus. Brenske finds a reason for the inapplicability to Australian genera of the ordinary classification in the theory that some primitive forms which have disappeared else- where have survived in Australia. Brenske then proceeds to add three new species to the genus, but does not give a formal description of them, merely placing them in a tabular statement of the distinctive char- acters of the Lejidodermata and stating their size and habitat. The habitat of only one of them (waterhouser, from Queens- land) is exactly known, lansbergei being attributed to “Aus- tralia’? and glaber apparently being of altogether doubtful habitat (“Cornwallis Island?’’). Without a formal descrip- tion it is, of course, impossible to identify these species confi- dently except by comparison with the types, but I have in my collection two species of the genus (both from Queens- land) which agree in respect of the characters mentioned in the tabulation with waterhousei and glaber. As Brenske’s memoir is not procurable I subjoin an extract from his tabu- lation (which includes species from New Guinea and Arou) showing how he differentiates Australian species : — A. Pronotum smooth, with small dispersed punctures. Elytra likewise nitid, with diffused shallow punctures in which are white scales. Long., 28-31 mm. is ae ons ... glaber, Brenske AA. Pronotum “smooth, with dispersed punctures larger. Elytra_ closely punctured with numerous raised smooth wrinkles interspersed. The scales are small, not covering the surtace. Long., 24.mm. .... waterhousei, Brenske AAA. Pronotum closely punctulate, with smooth raised spaces intermingled. B. Elytra very closely punctulate, with- out coarser punctures _ inter- mingled, but with some smooth spaces behind the middle. Scales very close. Long., 27-30 mm. ... albohirtum, Waterh. BB. Elytra very closely and _ finely punctured with numerous coarser punctures intermingled, with dis- persed feeble wrinkles, and a spot on either side behind the middle. The scales are strong but not covering the surface. The pygi- dium is coarsely wrinkled, svarecly scaled. Long., 32 mm. ... ... lansbergei, Brenske 54 LEPIDIOTA. L. bovilli, sp. nov., Mas.(?) Sat elongata, postice modice dilatata; obscure rufa, antennis tarsis elytrisque plus minusve dilutioribus; squamis albidis, his supra parvis nonnihil setiformibus subequaliter vix crebre dispositis (in pygidio magis crebre, apice glabro excepto), subtus. paullo majoribus magis crebre dispositis, vestita; meta- sterno haud piloso; capite crebre fortiter ruguloso, clypeo sat alte reflexo antice sat fortiter emarginato ; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali sat elongata sub- cylindrico, supra haud excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 2US quamque 4s manifeste longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus _basalis subbrevioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice haud marginato parum angustato, supra sat crebre (latera versus creberrime) sat fortiter punctu- lato, lateribus crenulatis paullo pone medium fortiter dilatato-rotundatis, angulis anticis parum _ productis obtuse rectis posticis (superne visis) acute rectis, basi haud marginata manifeste bisinuata; seutello fere ut pronotum punctulato; elytris crebre sat fortiter nonnihil rugulose punctulatis, costulis bene definitis instructis ; pygidio crebre minus fortiter punctulato, ad apicem subito declivi in hac’ parte nitido nec squamifero tibiis: anticis extus fortiter tridentatis; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus sat angustis modico elongatis; segmento ven- trali apicali transversim leviter impresso; tarsis posticis' quam tibiz sat brevioribus. Femina minus angustata, postice magis dilatata, calcaribus: posticis magis dilatatis, pronoti disco (exempli typici) paullo minus crebre magis grosse punctulato. Long., 84.1.; lat., 32-4 1. The sexual characters in this species are very slight. The stronger and less close puncturation of the pronotum of the female may be only an individual variation. In general appearance L. bovilli resembles L. rothei, Blackb., and koebelei, Blackb., differing from them both, however, by, inter alia, its pronotum scarcely narrowed in front and its: more strongly emarginate clypeus. Northern Territory (Port Darwin); sent by the late Dr. Bovill. L. koebelei, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata, postice sat dila- tata; obscure rufa, antennis dilutioribus; sat nitida; squamis albidis, his supra parvis nonnihil setiformibus v1x crebre sat equaliter dispositis, subtus paullo majoribus magis crebre dispositis, vestita; metasterno haud piloso ; 55 capite inequaliter subgrosse punctulato, clypeo minus fortiter retlexo antice leviter emarginato; palporum maxiilarium articulo apicali minus elongato subovali, supra haud excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 24s et quam 4"s nonnihil longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus basalis vix longioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 44 latiori, antice haud marginato leviter angustato, supra subinzqualiter sat crebre sat fortiter (latera versus confertim) punctulato, lateribus vix crenulatis postice vix marginatis paullo pone medium fortiter dilatato-rotundatis, angulis anticis minus pro- ductis sat rectis posticis (superne visis) acute rectis, basi subtilissime vix perspicue marginata leviter bisinuata ; scutello fere ut pronotum punctulato; elytris nisi circa scutellum magis crebre sat rugulose punctulatis manifeste leviter costulatis; pygidio subtilius sat crebre punctu- lato; tibiis anticis extus sat fortiter tridentatis ; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus angustis modice elongatis; seg- mento ventrali apicali sat equali; tarsis posticis quam tibie sat brevioribus. Long., 74 1.; lat., 42 1. North Queensland; sent to me by Mr. Koebele. L. rubrior, sp. nov., Fem. Minus elongata, postice sat dila- tata; obscure rubra, pedibus plus minusve piceis; sat nitida; supra squamis minutis subsetiformibus pallide fulvis sparsim (in pygidio magis crebre), subtus squamis manifeste majoribus vix setiformibus vix fulvescentibus (in medio abdomine et in pedibus sparsim, alibi crebre) vestita, metasterno haud piloso; capite crebre profunde subgrosse ruguloso, clypeo sat fortiter reflexo, antice pro- funde emarginato ; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali subcylindrico sat elongato, supra haud excavato; anten- narum articulo 3° quam 24 et quam 4S manifeste longiori, flabelli laminis antennarum aarticulo basali longitudine sat equalibus; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 43 latiori, antice marginato sat fortiter angustato, longitudinaliter inequaliter in medio levi subelevato, antice fere ut caput sed postice minus crebre punctulato, lateribus fortiter crenulatis paullo pone medium sat for- titer dilatato-rotundatis antice quam postice manifeste magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat pro- ductis posticis (superne visis) obtusis fere rectis, basi marginata vix bisinuata; scutello crebre sat fortiter punctulato; elytris manifeste costulatis (costula externa postice quam cetere multo magis perspicua), sat crebre sat rugulose quam pronotum manifeste subtilius punctu- latis; pygidio sat crebre subrugulose sat fortiter punctu- lato, apice emarginato tibiis anticis extus fortiter 56 tridentatis; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus sat brevibus sat dilatatis; segmento ventrali apicali postice late transversim impresso; tarsis posticis quam tibie sat brevioribus. Long., 84 1.; lat., 44 1. This species is easily recognizable by the characters cited in the tabulation. Queensland. I have no note of the exact lecality. L. suavior, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata, postice sat dila- tata; castanea, antennarum media parte, palpis, pedi- busque plus minusve obscurioribus; squamis ovalibus albidis crebre vestita, squamis in capite elytris pygidioque quam alibi manifeste minoribus; metasterno sparsim piloso; supra crebre minus fortiter punctulata; clypeo in media parte levi, antice minus fortiter emarginato, modice reflexo; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali breviter late ovali, supra fortiter excavato; antennarum articulo 3° 2° sat equali quam 4% manifeste longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus basalis sat longioribus ; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angustato haud marginato, longitudinaliter inequaliter in medio levi subelevato, lateribus leviter crenulatis sat longe pone medium modice dilatato- rotundatis antice quam postice vix magis alte reflexis, angulis omnibus rotundato-obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata haud marginata; scutello in media parte longitudinaliter levi; elytris subtiliter parum manifeste costulatis; tibiis anticis extus fortiter tridentatis; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus elongatis modice angustis; segmento ventrali apicali zquali; tarsis posticis tibiis longitudine sat equalibus. Feminz antennarum flabello quam maris sat brevior1; cal- caribus posticis magis dilatatis; segmento ventrali apicali antice foveis duabus profundis impresso; corpore subtus (exempli typici) minus perspicue squamifero; pygidio apicem versus nitido sparsim punctulato nec squamifero. Long., 10 1.; lat., 52 1. The puncturation and scaling of this species is very even, in the sense that there is very little difference in them in the different parts of the insect, beyond that the scales of the dorsal surface are quite evidently a little smaller than those of the ventral segments, legs, etc. North-West Australia (Roebuck Bay). L. perkinsi, sp. nov., Mas. Sat elongata, sat parallela; rufo- castanea, antennis dilutioribus; squamis parvis rotundis albidis vestita [in capite pronoto et elytris minus crebre, in pygidio magis crebre, in corpore subtus confertim, in 57 pedibus (in his squamis paullo majoribus) sparsim | ; metasterno sparsim fulvo-piloso; capite crebrius minus fortiter punctulato; clypeo in media parte levi, modice reflexo, antice sat fortiter emarginato; palporum maxil- larium articulo apicali subeylindrico, quam latiori triplo longiori ; supra haud excavato ; antennarum articulis 2°-4° longitudine sat zqualibus, flabelli laminis antennarum articulo. basali longitudine sat equalibus; prothorace> quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice subtiliter marginato leviter angustato, supra crebrius subfortiter punctulato, lateribus crenulatis mox pone medium fortiter dilatato- rotundatis antice quam postice vix magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis obtusis nullo modo prominulis posticis (superne visis) acute rectis, basi minus fortiter bisinuata haud continuatim marginata; scutello et elytris fere ut pronotum punctulatis (his suturam versus paullo magis crebre et magis rugulose), elytrorum costulis bene definitis; pygidio crebrius subtilius nonnihil acervatim punctulato; tibiis anticis extus minus fortiter tridentatis (dente summo parum definito) ; tibiarum posticarum cal- caribus angustis sat elongatis, subtus pernitidis; seg- mento ventrali apicali postice foveatim leviter impresso et ad apicem in medio anguste leviter emarginato; tarsis posticis quam tibiz parum brevioribus. Feminz antennarum flabello quam maris sat breviori; cal- caribus posticis dilatatis, subtus opacis ad apicem leviter concavis; segmento ventrali apicali postice profunde semicirculariter late impresso; corpore subtus (exempli typici) vix perspicue squamifero. Long., 10-11 1.; lat., -4¢ I. Differs from all the preceding by the raised edging of its pronotum being (where it margins the front of the front angles) an extremely fire line not raised above the general surface, together with those angles being quite blunt and not directed forward. North Queensland: Cairns (Mr. Lea—his No. 8900— and Mr. Perkins). L. lew, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongata, postice leviter dila- tata; minus nitida; picea, plus minusve_ rufescens, antennarum et femoribus dilutioribus flabello dilutiori ; squamis sat paruis albidis (nonnullis ochraceis inter- mixtis) crebre vestita (his in pygidio minoribus, in pedibus sparsioribus, in elytris oblongis setiformibus) ; supra crebre minus fortiter (pygidio subtilius) punctu- lata; metasterno sparsim fulvo-piloso; clypeo leviter reflexo, antice sat fortiter emarginato; palporum maxil- 58 larium articulo apicali sat breviter ovali, supra sat. fortiter excavato; antennarum articulo 3° basali longi- tudine sat equali quam 4%s paullo longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus basalis vix breviori- bus; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 64 latiori, antice haud marginato parum angustato, lateribus crenulatis sat longe pone medium leviter dilatato-rotundatis antice quam postice paullo magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis sat rectis posticis (superne visis) acutis retrorsum directis, basi modice bisinuata haud marginata; elytris vix perspicue costulatis; tibiis anticis extus minus fortiter tridentatis; tibiarum posticarum: calcaribus angustis elongatis; segmento ventrali apicali equali; tarsis. posticis quam tibize parum brevioribus. Fem. latet. Long., 12 1.; lat., 5¢ 1. The presence of ochraceous scales mixed with the white ones gives this species a very mottled appearance suggestive of the species that I take to be squwamulata, Waterh.; but in the latter that appearance is even more conspicuous, owing to the scales being notably larger, of rounded form, and those of ochraceous colour more numerous (especially on the elytra). On the ventral segments, however, the ochraceous scales are almost wanting in the latter, while in L. lea the lateral parts are almost entirely clothed with them. Western Australia. L. frenchi, sp. nov., Mas. Sat elongata, sat parallela;. obscure ferruginea, antennis palpisque dilutioribus ;. leviter pruinosa; squamis minutis albidis vestita [in capite pronoto et elytris sparsius, in pygidio magis crebre, in corpore subtus creberrime, in pedibus (in his squami paullo majoribus) sparsim]; metasterno coxisque posticis. fulvo-pilosis; capite crebre fortiter punctulato, clypeo leviter reflexo, antice sat fortiter emarginato; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali subcylindrico, quam latiori fere triplo longiori, supra haud excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 24S et quam 44S nonnihil longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus basalis vix longioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 6% latiori, antice marginato leviter angustato, supra sub- tiliter sat crebre nonnihil acervatim punctulato, lateribus crenulatis mox pone medium sat fortiter dilatato- rotundatis antice quam postice multomagis alte reflexis, angulis anticis sat rectis posticis (superne visis) subacutis nonnihil retrorsum directis, basi modice bisinuata haud continuatim marginata; scutello et elytris fere ut pro- notum punctulatis, his perspicue costulatis; pygidio crebre subtilisse punctulato; propygidio difformi; tibiis 59 anticis extus sat fortiter tridentatis; tibiarum _posti- carum calcaribus elongatis, minus angustis; segmento ventrali apicali equali; tarsis posticis quam tibize sat brevioribus. Long., 13 1.; lat., 52 1. v0 Femina quam mas minus parallela, magis lata; illius anten- narum flabello vix breviori, tarsis robustioribus et paullo brevioribus; pygidio postice in medio tuberculo parvo instructo et ad apicem dente minuto armato; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus brevioribus magis dilatatis, calcare longiori apicem versus subtus concavo. This species differs from all other Lepidiote known to me by the structure of its propygidium. Apart from that character it is near L. negatoria, Blackb., but differing from it by, eter alia, notably closer and finer puncturation of dorsal surface (pygidium very much more, instead of less, closely punctured than the elytra); prothorax much less nar- rowed in front with sides as viewed from above much less strongly arched. Differs from cawdata, Blackb., and decep- trix, Blackb., by base of pronotum not continuously mar- gined, and, inter alia, from the former by very much finer sculpture of dorsal surface, and from the latter by punctures of pronotum very much finer, punctures of elytra much closer, prothorax notably wider in front and having hind angles much less acute. The structure of the propygidium is very peculiar. That segment is very strongly and widely emarginate in the middle and is on two planes; its front part is not punctured and the hind edge of this front part is more or less reflexed and defined; behind the hind edge of the front part the segment becomes declivous—almost ver- tical— and this narrow declivous hind piece is punctured and furnished with very fine whitish scales. Queensland (Cairns); male from Mr. French; female from Mr. Lea (his No. 13011). L. deceptriz, sp. nov., Fem. Robusta, postice manifeste dilatata; rufo-ferruginea; supra squamis minutis albidis sparsim vestita; subtus squamis minutis albidis vestita (in media parte sparsim, latera versus confertim) ; meta- sterno et coxis posticis pilis elongatis pallide fulvis dense vestitis; capite crebre subfortiter punctulato; clypeo sat alte reflexo, antice sat fortiter emarginato; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali subcylindrico, quam latiori triplo longiori, supra haud excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 24S manifeste (quam 4¥S haud) longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus basalis vix longioribus ; prothorace quam longiori ut 23 ad 13 latiori, antice marginato sat fortiter angustato, supra minus 60 crebre sat fortiter mnonnihil acervatim punctulato, lateribus crenulatis mox pone medium fortiter dilatato- rotundatis antice quam postice multo magis reflexis, angulis anticis obtuse rectis posticis (superne visis) fortiter acutis divergentibus, basi marginata sat fortiter bisinuata; scutello fere ut pronotum punctulato; elytris sparsim subtilius punctulatis, obsolete costulatis; pygidio sparsius subtiliter punctulato, ad apicem in medio dentiformi; tibiis anticis extus sat fortiter tridentatis ; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus modice dilatatis opacis ; segmento ventrali apicali vix impresso. Long., 12 1.; lat., 62 1. This is the species that I formerly regarded as the female of 1. caudata, Blackb. (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1890, p. 85). The subsequent examination of more numerous speci- mens of Lepidiota has satisfied me that the type of caudata (which I regarded as a male) is a female, and consequently that the differences which I regarded as sexual are specific. Queensland. L. caudata, Biackb. Sat elongata, postice minus dilatata ; piceo-ferruginea, nonnihil] iridescens; supra squamis minutis albidis sparsim vestita; subtus squamis minutis albidis vestita (in media parte et in pedibus sparsim, latera versus confertim); metasterno pilis elongatis pallide fulvis dense vestitis; clypeo crebre fortiter punctulato, minus alte reflexo, antice sat fortiter emar- ginato; fronte subgrosse punctulato; palporum maxil- larium articulo apicali subcylindrico, quam latiori fere triplo longiori, supra haud excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 2S manifeste (quam 4S nonnihil) longiori, flabelli laminis antennarum articulo basali longitudine sat zqualibus; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice minus fortiter angustato mar- ginato, supra minus crebre sat fortiter vix acervatim punctulato, lateribus crenulatis mox pone medium sat fortiter dilatato-rotundatis antice quam postice multo magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis obtuse rectis posticis (superne visis) sat acute rectis nec divergentibus, basi marginata sat fortiter bisinuata; scutello fere ut pro- notum punctulato; elytris sparsius minus subtiliter punctulatis, sat manifeste costulatis; pygidio crebre rugulose nec grosse punctulato, ad apicem in medio denti- formi; tibiis anticis extus sat fortiter tridentatis ; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus modice dilatatis minus nitidis; segmento ventrali apicali pone apicem profunde semicirculariter impresso; tarsis posticis quam tibie harum tertia parte breviori. Long., 12 1.; lat., 6% 1. 61 Maris antennarum flabello quam feminz vix longiori; coxis posticis pilosis; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus nitidis sat angustis; pygidio quam femine paullo minus crebre punctulato, postice inermi; segmento ventrali apicali sat equali; forma magis angusta magis parallela. Long., 12 1.; lat., 52 1. When I described this species I erroneously believed the type to be a male and L. deceptrix to be its female. There is now no doubt of their being females of two species. I have therefore redescribed them both. A comparison of the descriptions will indicate numerous slight differences, but the most conspicuous differences are: the hind angles of pro- thorax divergent in deceptrix, together with, in that species, dorsal surface non-iridescent and of lighter colour, hind cox distinctly pilose in female, and elytra and pygidium distinctly more finely punctulate. The male described above was given to me some time ago by Mr. Lea (his No. 5535), and is cer- tainly the male of this species (Brenske’s notes on the spurs of the hind tibie being assumed correct). Queensland. L. townsvillensis, sp. nov., Mas. Modice elongata, postice minus dilatata; rubro-ferruginea; supra (pygidio excepta) haud squamosa; subtus et in pygidio squamis minutis albidis vestita (his in pygidio sparsis, in corpore subtus in media parte sparsissimis latera versus confertis ; sat nitida; metasterno coxisque posticis fulvo-pilosis ; capite grosse punctulato; clypeo sat alte reflexo, antice leviter emarginato; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali ovali, quam latiori circiter duplo longiori, supra profunde excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 21s vix quam 4S haud longiori, flabelli laminis quam anten- narum articulus basalis duplo longioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 54 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato marginato, supra coriaceo et sparsius subgrosse punctulato, utrinque pone medium fovea magna et fere ad medium altera minore impresso (his oblique positis), lateribus leviter crenulatis mox pone medium minus for- titer dilatato-rotundatis antice quam postice multo magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis rotundato-obtusis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi marginata sat fortiter bisinuata ; scutello fere ut pronotum punctulato; elytris fere ut pronotum sed multo magis leviter punctulatis, vix perspicue costulatis; pygidio minus fortiter sat crebre subrugulose punctulato; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis, dente summo subobsoleto; tibiarum posticarum (his ad apicem haud dilatatis) ecalcaribus nitidis sat gracilibus spiniformibus; segmento ventrali apicali sat anguste 62 minus perspicue emarginato; tarsis posticis quam tibize vix brevioribus. Long., 9-10 1.; lat., 42-43 1. This species is probably near L. crimta, Brenske, but is clearly distinct from it by numerous differences—among others, the quite strongly bisinuate base of its pronotum, the absence of hairs and scales on its dorsal surface, and its elytra with scarcely any indication of longitudinal coste, which are faintly traceable here and there only from certain points of view. The flabellum of the antennz is about equal in length to the five preceding joints together. The conspicuous fovee on the pronotum, being exactly similar in the two specimens before me, seem likely to be more than a merely accidental character. I do not think the specimens are abraded. It should be noted that the puncturation of the dorsal surface becomes distinctly finer near the lateral mar- gins than in the middle parts. Queensland (Townsville). From Mr. Perkins. L. gilesi, sp. nov., Mas. Elongata, sat' augusta, postice minus dilatata; rubro-ferruginea; minus nitida; supra pilis minutis albidis setiformibus in capite et elytris sparsim, in pronoto confertim, vestita ; pygidio ventreque pilis brevibus vestitis; metasterno coxis posticis et pedibus longe pallide fulvo-pilosis; femoribus _posticis autem squamis albis sat crassis sparsim vestitis; capite crebre inequaliter sat grosse ruguloso; clypeo modice reflexo, antice parum emarginato ; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali sat dilatato, supra excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 2s haud (quam 44S vix) longiori, Alabelli laminis quam antennarum articulus basalis fere triplo longioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 8 ad 5} latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato marginato, supra confertim subtilius ruguloso, areis nonnullis presertim in media parte glabris nitidis instructo, lateribus nonnihil crenulatis mox pone medium rotundatis parum dilatatis antice quam postice multo magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis rotundato-obtusis posticis (superne visis) fere rotundatis, basi subtiliter marginata minus fortiter bisinuata; scutello fere ut elytra punctulato; his sub- fortiter sat crebre ruguloso-punctulatis, parum mani- feste costulatis; pygidio crebre subtilius ruguloso; tibiis anticis extus fortiter tridentatis; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus modice angustis, nec a basi ad medium dila- tatis; segmento ventrali apicali simplici; tarsis posticis quam tibie vix brevioribus. Long., 9 1.; lat., 4 1. North-West Australia (Giles); sent by Mr. Carter (his No. 12). 63 L. negatoria, sp. nov., Mas. Elongata; sat parallela; ferruginea, nonnihil picescens, elytris antennis tarsisque dilutioribus ; sat pruinosa; supra squamis minutis albidis sparsim vestita; subtus squamis minus minutis albidis vestita (in media parte, et in pedibus, sparsim, latera versis. confertim); metasterno coxisque posticis pilis elongatis pallide fulvis dense vestitis; capite crebre fortiter punctulato ; clypeo minus alte reflexo, antice sat: fortiter emarginato; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali subcylindrico, quam latiori triplo longiori, supra. haud excavato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 2% et: quam 4S vix longiori, flabelli laminis quam antennarum: articulis basalis manifeste longioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 64 latiori, antice marginato fortiter angustato, supra sparsius subtilius nonnihil acervatim punctulato, lateribus leviter crenulatis mox pone medium fortiter dilatato-rotundatis antice quam postice multo magis alte reflexis, angulis anticis obtuse rectis posticis (superne visis) acutis retrorsum directis, basi modice bisinuata haud continuatim marginata; scutello et elytris fere ut pronotum punctulatis, his perspicue costu- latis; pygidio sparsius subtiliter punctulato; tibiis anticis extus sat fortiter tridentatis; tibiarum posticarum calcaribus nitidis angustis spiniformibus; segmento ventrali apicali equali; tarsis posticis quam tibie parum brevioribus. Long., 13 1.; lat., 52 1. This species is near L. deceptrix, Blackb., and caudata, Blackb., but differs from both by its pronotum not margined at the base. From caudata it differs also by, inter alia, the acute hind angles of its prothorax (which is much more strongly narrowed in front) and the very much finer and sparser puncturation of its pygidium. From deceptrix it differs by its prothorax very evidently more strongly narrowed in front and by the finer and much less close puncturation of its pronotum (about 20 instead of about 30 punctures in the length of the segment). Queensland (Port Mackay). A. Metasternum pilose. B. A_ well-defined nitid beading all across front of pronotum, and front part of lateral margins of pronotum strongly reflexed and with strong reflexed margins con- tinued round front of angles. C. Base of pronotum with a con- tinuous raised beading preceded by a distinct transverse stria. D. Front angles of pronotum strongly and sharply defined. E. Basal angles of pronotum sub- spiniform and divergent ... deceptrix, Blackb. 64 EE. Basal angles of pronotum not as in ‘KH. DD. Front angles of. pronotum ob- tusely rounded. EK. Pronotum sparsely punctured EE. Pronotum eS ae tured CC. Base of pronotum ‘not with a continuous distinct edging. D. Pronotum sparsely punctured (about 20 punctures in its length). Metasternum densely albido-pilose : DD. Pronotum notably more ‘closely punctured. Metasternum thinly pilose. EK. Propygidium as two planes EE. Propygidium normal BB. Front of pronotum not continuously margined, or not as B. (2)C. Middle tooth of front tibizee much ae to apical than to basal D. Clyy eus. feebly emarginate. Souteliis feebly punctured E. Hind angles of pronotum sharp ... EE. Hind angles “of pronotum roundly obtuse ip : AA. Metasternum not pilose. B. Pronotum quite strongly narrowed in front. C. Clypeus strongly emarginate (a line across clypeus at back of emar- gination at least no further from clypeal suture than from furthest front of clypeus). D. Pygidium very finely and con- fluently punctured (elytral costz well defined) ... DD. Pygidium much less finely and closely Ay, (elytral costee very feeble). E. Pronotum distinctly margined both at base and apex ... EE. Pronotum distinctly margined neither at base nor apex ... CC. Clypeus very feebly OT ALEMahey D. Elytra very closely punctured .. DD. Elytra less closely punctured. E. Pronotum very copseely, TUEHS ose EE. Pronotum not as EK. BB. Pronotum very wide in front caudata, Blackb. townsvillensis, Blackb. gilesi, Blackb. negatoria, Blackb. frenchi, Blackb. perkinsi, Blackb. darwini, Blackb. squamulata, Waterh. leai, Blackb. suavior, Blackb. grata, Blackb. rubrior, Blackb. degener, Blackb. rothei, Blackb. rufa, Blackb. koebelei, Blackb. bovilli, Blackb. (2)The table as drawn up by Mr. Blackburn was evidentl: intended to be rewritten, as many of the words were abbreviat some notes not intended for publication were on it, and there is no CC. to correspond with the present one, nor any DD. Still I think it will be found useful as now given.—A. M. Lara. 65 MACROPHYLLIDES. This aggregate stands in Lacordaire’s classification as the 7th “subtribe” of the Melolonthides, the Melolonthides being treated by him as the first “Tribe” of the second “Legion”? (Lamellicornes Pleurostictiques) of the “Family” Lamellicornes. As, however, a “‘subtribe” (Systellomdes ) has been added in the Tribe since the date of Lacordaire’s work, and is (rightly, I think) placed as its first member, the Macrophyllides become the 8th subtribe. Of the eight sub- tribes three are not as yet known to occur in Australia, and therefore this subtribe is the 5th as far as Australian MV elo- lonthides are concerned. I have already discussed this classi- fication more fully in former papers (e.g., Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1905, p. 276), and now merely summarize the outline for the sake of convenience. A tabular statement of the characters of the subtribes will be found in the memoir just referred to. It should be noted, however, that in the state- ment the Macrophyllides stand as the last of the subtribes known to be Australian, whereas in the following pages of this present memoir I am referring an Australian species to the 8th of Lacordaire’s subtribes (the 9th including the Systellopides )—viz., the Pachypodides, and that that sub- tribe should therefore be added after the Macrophyllides. Lacordaire distinguishes the Pachypodides from the other sub- tribes by its “mouth organs partly atrophied.’’ The Systello- pides also have mouth organs partly atrophied, but differ from the Pachypodides by, inter alia, their labrum on the plane of the clypeus projecting forward from that organ. Of known Australian Velolonthid species only one apper- tains to the Macrophyllides, viz., Othnonius batesi, Olliff. There can, however, be little doubt that the Australian insect on which Erichson founded his genus Holophylla (without naming the species) is a Macrophyllid, and is distinct from Othnomus batesi. I have discussed that genus in a former Papers( trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1911, pp. 181, etc.), removing it from the true Melolonthides, and have nothing fresh to be added now concerning it. PACHYPODIDES. ZIETZIA. When I described this genus (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1894, p. 205) I attributed it to the Macrophyllides, but my subsequent study of the Australian Melolonthides has made me very doubtful for some time past whether I was right in placing it there, on account of its simple claws and its facies. The fact is that at the time I described it I had the 66 misfortune to break my dissections of the mouth parts and’ was not able to furnish details of them, beyond such as I could gather from inspection of the fragments. A small frag- ment of a maxilla had a small tooth, and so I merely stated of the maxilla that it was “toothed,” and on that ground considered it excluded from the Pachypodides and excluded from that aggregate I could only regard it as a Macrophyllid aberrant in facies and in respect of its claws. I have now made a more successful dissection, with the result of con- sidering it an aberrant Pachypodid. The outer lobe of its maxillz is not altogether atrophied, as Lacordaire states those of the Pachypodides to be, but it is extremely feeble—a mere. short, straight, ciliated projection, which, however, becomes. corneous at the extreme apex, and is there bifid, so as to simulate two minute teeth, which in a fragmentary maxilla I took to be apices of a larger tooth. In all other respects the mouth parts agree well with those of the Pachypodides, the mentum being very small without a visible ligula and the labial palpi having their apical joint cylindric and about. three times as long as the preceding joints (which are ex- tremely minute) together. I feel no doubt that this very remarkable insect is a Pachypodid, aberrant to the extent of having the outer lobe of its maxille a little more developed than is usual in that aggregate. This seems to be the first true Pachypodid recorded from Australia, for although Erichson referred to the aggregate a. genus which he characterized under the name Prochelyna, Dr. Sharp has pointed out the probability that that genus. (of which, however, he had not seen a representative) ought. to be placed in his “‘Systellopides,”’ and in this I have no doubt of his correctness, as I have before me an insect recently taken. by my son, Mr. J. S. Blackburn (and also discussed in this: paper), which is almost certainly Prochelyna heterodozxa, Burm. (Erichson did not describe a species of the genus), and it is certainly a Systellopid. I have already referred to the characters and position. of the Pachypodides in this present memoir under the heading “Macrophyllides.’’ This is the last of the subtribes of Melo- lonthides known at present to inhabit Australia. RUTELIDES (Second Tribe of Melolonthides). The essential characters distinguishing this Tribe from. the other Tribes of Melolonthides are shown in a tabular state-. ment in a former paper of this series (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1905, p. 276). The Rutelides are fairly numerous in Australia, and include many of our largest and most beauti- fully coloured Melolonthid species. I do not, however, pro- 67 pose to deal with them in this Revision of the Australian Melolonthides, because an eminent European student (Dr. F. Ohaus, of Hamburg) has made them the special object of his investigation. He has published already (Stett. ent. Zeit., 1904, pp. 57, etc.) a most interesting “Revision der Anoplognathiden” (a subtribe of Rutelides to which nearly all the known Australian species of the Tribe appertain), and is at present—as he informs me—proceeding with his work on the remaining subtribes. I therefore gladly refer Aus- tralian students of this aggregate to his valuable treatises, and for the present, at any rate, abstain from dealing with the matter more particularly. DYNASTIDES. The classification of the Australian genera of this Tribe (which is the third of the Tribes into which Lacordaire divides his second “Legion” of Lamellicornes—vide Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1905, pp. 275, etc.) cannot be satisfactorily ordered in accordance with that set forth by Lacordaire. That author reduces below the level of even generic rank a character which, as far as the Australian Dynastides are concerned, appears to me to be the primary one by which the Tribe should be divided into two main aggregates, wiz., the structure of the apex of the posterior tibiz which is either (a) ciliate or (b) non-ciliate. In this Tribe it is particularly difficult to find available generic characters which are neither sexual nor such as involve the dissection of the mouth organs —hboth of them, no doubt, of great importance (especially the former), but both of them highly inconvenient for prac- tical purposes; the structure of the posterior tibie, how- ever, is easily observed, and divides the Australian genera into two aggregates, all in one of which resemble each other . in facies much more than they resemble any genus in the other aggregate. M. Lacordaire’s classification must be dis- cussed here, in order to show the objection to its use for Australian genera. He separates from all the rest of the Tribe two small subtribes characterized one by the structure of the mandibles, the other by the position of the base of the labial palpi. The former of those is not known to be Australian, and therefore need not be discussed here. To the latter he attributes Cryptodon and (conjecturally) Semanopterus of Hope (which he calls, probably by a clerical error, Sema- notus, making no remark on the change of name). I have dissected a number of species of Semanopterus, and find that the labial palpi are inserted as Lacordaire conjectures them to be, under the edge of the mentum, so that the basal joint is more or less concealed; but inasmuch as the subtribe 68 (Phileurides) to which this decidedly obscure character would refer Semanopterus is treated as containing genera both with ciliate and non-ciliate posterior tibie, it does not appear to me a natural arrangement in respect of the Australian Dynastides to regard Semanopterus (including Asemantus ) and ('ryptodus as representing an aggregate of equal rank with one containing all the other genera, as would have to be done if Lacordaire’s classification were strictly adhered to, especially since there is no other conspicuous character that I have been able to discover that would suggest Semanopterus being widely distinct from several other genera of those having the posterior tibie ciliate. As regards Oryptodus there is so little resemblance between its mouth organs and those of Semanopterus (beyond the bare fact that the labial palpi are not entirely exposed in either), and the two are so ultra-dissimilar in facies and in almost all characters that I have no doubt they ought to be placed in distinct primary divisions of the Tribe. My want of knowledge of Phileurides occurring in other countries than Australia disqualifies me for the task of criticising the contents of that aggregate in general, but I find it hard to believe that genera with pos- terior tibie truncate and ciliate ought to be associated with genera having those tibiz digitated and non-ciliate, and still harder to believe that species so differing from each other ought to be placed in the same genus, as Lacordaire places species which he attributes to the genus Phileurus. After distinguishing the two subtribes referred to above from the rest of the Dynastides, Lacordaire divides the remainder into subtribes founded on the structure of the front tibize of the male. It may well be, and probably is, the case that this is in reality of great importance in a natural classification, but (as Mr. Arrow has pointed out—Tr. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1908) characters appertaining to one sex only are objectionable—in the sense of “inconvenient,’’ no doubt, he means. The reason of that, I take it, is simply that it prevents generic apportionment of species of which only one sex 1s known; but there seems to be no reason for saying that it does not, in the scheme of Nature, represent a divergence as fundamental as that connected (say) with the form of the mentum. My limited knowledge (and I admit it is limited) of Dynastides outside Australian forms seems to point to the probability that the presence of sexual characters in the front tibiz is much more than a trivial character; but I agree that, so long as there are numerous species of which one sex only is known, the character is unworkable, and therefore that M. Lacordaire’s aggregates founded on it should be rejected for the present. In one of these aggregates M. 69 Lacordaire places three subtribes, only one of which (Oryctides) is known as Australian, and he distinguishes that subtribe from the other two by its presenting sexual char- acters in the head and prothorax. That particular character, so far as concerns Australian Dynastides known to me, need not be discussed here, inasmuch as the subtribes without sexual characters in either front tibie or head or prothorax are not known to occur in Australia, but its classificatory value is certainly discounted by the extraordinary variability of development in the sexual structure of the head and pro- thorax within the limits of a genus or even of a species (some males of Dasygnathus, for example, having head and _ pro- notum very little, and others enormously, different from those segments in the female). M. Lacordaire divides the Dynastides having sexual char- acters in the front tibiz into two subtribes (distinguished from each other by non-sexual characters), but as only one of these (the “true Dynastides’”) is known, or likely to be Australian, their differences need not be discussed in this memoir. The following, then, is M. Lacordaire’s arrangement of the Dynastides so far as concerns those of his subtribes known to be Australian : — A. Labial palpi inserted on the sides of the mentum. B. Front tibiz similar in the two sexes Oryctides ' BB. Front tibie tay elongate in the males __... . true Dynastides AA. Labial palpi inserted in “the ‘internal face of the mentum ... : .... Phileurides The first of the above hE ribes (Oryctides) includes in Lacordaire’s arrangement nearly all the Dynastid genera of Australia, and is subdivided into four “Groups” (all of them Australian). Here for the first time the structure of the pos- terior tibiz finds a place in the tabulations, three groups being distinguished from the other group (true Oryctides) by having those organs truncate and ciliate at their apex, though for some unaccountable reason he places in the true Oryctides Dasygnathus, which has posterior tibie strongly ciliate. The three groups with ciliate posterior tibie are distinguished by the presence of sexual characters in the antenne (Orycto- morphides) and the feebly (Pentodontides) or strong (Pime- lopides) triangular form of the basal joint of the hind tarsi. The antennal sexual character (though no doubt an extremely important one) is, like other sexual characters, unsatisfac- tory, at any rate for the present. As regards the distinction, imter se, of the two Groups not having sexual characters in the antenne by the more or less triangular form of the basal joint of the hind tarsi there are too great differences in that 70 respect within the limits of a genus to justify the importance that Lacordaire assigns to it. For example, Cheiroplatys is placed in the Group having that joint feebly triangular and Horonotus in the other Group, but there is really very little difference between the degree of triangularity in some species of Cheiroplatys and some of Horonotus. This same character moreover is variable with sex, the males (in at least some species) of Pimelopus, for instance, having the basal joint of the hind tarsi quite evidently less strongly dilated at the apex than their females. The result of all this is that a female Dynastid cannot be confidently referred to its Group by the use of Lacordaire’s subtribal or group characters, and the same remark may be applied to Burmeister’s classification, at any rate in respect of Australian species, that author also basing his main aggregates on sexual characters. . The classification of the Dynastides, excluding characters that either are sexual or cannot be ascertained without dis- section, is no doubt extremely difficult, and some characters that one would naturally turn to as hopeful are found to fail when a long series of species are examined. The form af the mandibles is one of those, the presence of teeth or notches on the external outline being very conspicuous in some mandibles and entirely wanting in others; but it is cer- tainly not strictly and invariably a generic character, the greatest possible diversity existing within the limits of Zsodon (for example) in the form of the external outline of those organs; in the species which I take to be J. pecwarius, Reiche (for instance), the external edge of the mandibles is strongly dentate, while in the species that I have no doubt is I. australasie, Hope, the external edge is not even distinctly sinuate, although there is an obtuse projection directed for- ward at the apex—not on the lateral margin—which is, no doubt, what Lacordaire refers to when he says “mandibules terminées en dehors par une dent seule large et obtuse.’ So again with the greater or less projection of the mandibles ; it varies either specificially or according to their attitude when the insect died. In Novapus a generic character is asserted “mandibule crasse porrecte,” which is the case with all my specimens of 1. crassus, Shp. (the typical species), but in the closely allied V. adelaide, Mihi, the appearance of the mandibles is scarcely different from that in Jsodon aus- tralasie, Hope. The presence and form of organs of stridulation again is not always generic. In Jsodon puncticollis, Macl., they are present as two short lines of a transverse ruge, in [. aus- tralasie they are wanting, in an undescribed species before me which [I hesitate to separate from Jsodon they are present 71 as two rugate carine running the whole length of the propygidium. If this and the last-mentioned character were insisted on as generic /sodon, as it now stands, would need to be broken up into four genera, and still further division would be necessary in it if the sexual characters of the tarsi were taken into account. The number of transverse carine on the posterior tibiz would suggest itself as likely to be a character of generic rank; but, again, it falls short of more than specific value, for in some genera (notably Pimelopus) species with posterior tibiz transversely bicarinate are quite closely allied with others in which those tibiz are only unicarinate. Even in the mouth organs there is similar uncertainty. M. Lacordaire records variation in the number of teeth in the external lobe of the maxille in genus after genus; in all the genera in which I have dissected the mouth organs of any considerable number of individuals I have found that the number of teeth in the outer lobe of the maxille varies. with the species. When all these difficulties in the way of classification have been considered there seem to be but few characters left from which a better result can be looked for, and I am obliged to acknowledge that the best scheme I can suggest for the arrangement of the Australian Dynastides is unsatisfac- tory to the extent of failing to associate together, in some: cases, species that probably ought to stand near each other in a natural arrangement, which, I believe, would be one that should treat sexual characters as of at least secondary importance. In the scheme that I propose to follow I have: excluded sexual characters as, for the present, unworkable ; but in some instances have added, in the tabulation of char- acters, ‘5) some sexual peculiarities in brackets (especially where they distinguish the female) that seem sufficiently marked and constant to be useful. As already indicated, I think the Australian Dynastides: should be divided into two main aggregates, in the former of which the hind margin of the posterior tibie is fringed with ciliz or (rarely) short spines, and is more or less widely truncate on its lower face, while in the latter it is non- ciliate and non-truncate. The former of these includes nearly all the Australian genera. The former of these aggregates I propose to divide into two secondary aggregates distinguished by the structure of the clypeus, which is best observed from a point obliquely in (S)This tabulation was not with the papers ready for publication.—A. M. Lea. (2 front of that organ. In the first of these secondary aggre- gates the free outline of the clypeus is seen to consist of three distinct lines (the sides and the front), of which the middle (front) line is usually shorter than the others and always notably uneven—either raised as a _ conspicuous lamina or notched in the middle or dentiform at its extremi- ties. In the genera that I regard as forming the other secondary aggregate the free outline of the clypeus is usually a continuous curve, the appearance of sides and front as three distinct lines being exceptional (scarcely existent outside Dasygnathus and Adoryphorus), but in either case the free outline in its front is level (or all but level, at most slightly sinuous) in the sense of not being raised in any part as a lamina (as in some Jsodontes) nor toothed (as in some Isodontes, etc.) nor arched upward (as in various Semanop- teri, etc.) nor notched in the middle (as in Horonott, etc.). In this secondary aggregate, moreover, the clypeus (when its outline is not a regular curve such that the front can hardly be considered distinct from the sides) is never con- spicuously narrowed in front, its front in no case being much narrower than its base, while in the former secondary aggre- gate the width of the clypeus in front exceeds that of half its width at its base in no genus, I think, except Horonotus, which genus, however, the conspicuous notch in the middle of the front of the clypeus assigns without doubt to the for- mer secondary aggregate. Mr. Arrow (Ann. Nat. Hist., 1911, p. 156) proposes a new generic name—V/etanastes—for two species, one of which is my Pentodon australis. BUPRESTID&. NEOSPADES. In his paper on the Classification of the Buprestidae, M. Kerremans placed this genus beside (/zssers—which is cer- tainly its right place—and distinguished it from the latter by its antennze dentate only from the fifth joint, adding a note that he had not seen a member of the genus, and therefore had taken the distinctive character as stated by the author. That character is not, however, the essential one, although the diagnosis of NV eospades perhaps justified M. Kerremans in his use of it. In the diagnosis it was stated as a second distinctive character that the 5th antennal joint is the first that is ‘distinctly’ dentate. At the time I had seen only one species of the genus, which I believed with hesitation to be Corebus chrysopygius, Germ. I have since seen other species (two of which I have described) and have increased 73 my doubt of the identity of chrysopygiws, Germ., with the type NVeospades, as the acceptance of that identity would in- volve a greater instability of markings than I have found in other species of the genus. I feel, however, no doubt about chrysopygius being a Veospades. In the type of the genus— which I may call chrysopygius, Blackb. (?Germ.)—the 4th antennal joint is decidedly triangular, intermediate in form between the 3rd and 5th (which I intended to express by calling it “not distinctly” of the serrate series); but with very much more numerous species of Czsseis before me than I had in 1887, I am satisfied that a satisfactory generic dis- tinction cannot be founded on that antennal character since the 4th antennal joint is certainly in some species of Cusseis not more serrate than in some of Weospades. Nevertheless the tendency in Veospades is distinctly to a less dilated 4th antennal joint [in one species V. (Buprestis) cruciatus, Fab., that joint is gwite simple] than in C%ssevs. It is, however, in respect of the characters mentioned first in the diagnosis (those of the tarsi and especially the claws) as distinctive from Cvssezs that the essential difference is to be found. Under Cissers there now stand species differ- ing from each other so much in their tarsal and claw charac- ters that I have no doubt other genera still remain to be cut out of that aggregate; but at any rate there is a wide differ- ence between NVeospades and Cisseis in respect of tarsi and claws. Apparently C. duodecimmaculata, Fab., is the type of Cissers. Compared with Veospades its tarsi are seen to be moderately elongate and but little compressed, with the basal two joints together much longer than the claw joint, and the claws are of the type which Lacordaire in dealing with the Lamudes calls “divaricate,’’ and are shortly bifid at the apex; while in WVeospades the tarsi are very short and very strongly compressed, with the claw joint not much shorter than the basal two joints together and the claws very strongly of the type which Lacordaire calls “divergent” (the two almost parallel with each other) and so deeply bifid that from a certain point of view the joint appears somewhat as if there were four almost equal and almost parallel claws. In facies, too, Neospades differs notably from Cvssers, especially in respect of colouring, all the species with tarsi as described above having elytra with at least two bright and well limited metallic colours, which is at most very feebly approximated in any Czssers known to me. Neospades, then, is thus differentiated from Cissets :— “Tarsi very short and very strongly compressed; claws of the divergent type, almost parallel with each other and very deeply bifid.”’ 74 As far as I know the following names are all that have been given to species of MNeospades, viz.:—(Buprestis) cruciatus, Fab.; (Corebus) chrysopygius, Germ.; (Cuissers) apicalis, Macl.; (Crsseis) dimidiata, Macl.; (Cisseis) cupri- fera, Gestro; WV. lateralis, Blackb., and semplex, Blackb. ; (Cisseis) splendida, Kerr. . It may be mentioned here that the claws of Hthon are like those of Veospades, but the tarsi of the former are longer and not, or but little, compressed, resembling those of Cissets. GERMARICA. Mr. Carter has stated (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1909, p. 122) of my G. casuarine:—“T have little doubt but that this is the insect described as Aphanisticus lilvputanus, ‘Thoms., but the entirely misleading and inadequate descrip- tion is a strong justification for Mr. Blackburn’s re- description.” If Mr. Carter has compared an authentic speci- men of G. casuarine with Thomson’s type, I suppose there is nothing more to be said in the matter; but if not it may be noted that Thomson’s description is misleading indeed if it was founded on a specimen of the insect I described. Thomson’s type was from New South Wales (mine from South Australia), has elytra at apex “‘swbtruncata et biacuta” (the elytra of my species are rounded at the apex), and is scarcely more than half the size of G. casuwarine; Thomson calls it “the smallest Buprestid known to us.’? I may add that I have numerous specimens of a Germarica from New South Wales of the size that Thomson attributes to liliputanus (with elytra, however, not at the apex agreeing with Thomson’s description), and differing from casuarine by, inter ala, its notably narrower and more elongate form. ELATERIDA. PARACREPIDOMENUS. In characterizing this genus Dr. Schwartz does not refer to the sexual characters of its species, nor does he mention the sex of the two species he describes, which are both known to me as occurring on the Dividing Range of Victoria. The sexes do not present any very noticeable external distinctions except in the antenne, which are shorter in the female (equalling in length about the first nine joints of those of the male in P. fasciculatus and in P. linearis about the first ten joints), and in the prothorax, which is (conspicuously in fasciculatus, less so in linearis) less sinuate on the sides, and carrying its width further forwards towards the apex. The tumidity and coarse sculpture of the apical ventral seg- 75 ment of fasciculatus is evidently a specific, not a sexual, char- acter. The specimens described by Dr. Schwartz appear to be males. Dr. Schwartz states that Crepidomenus filiformis, Cand., must be referred to this genus, but in describing his two new species mentioned above he does not differentiate them from filiformis. However, it may be inferred that they differ from that species by the third joint of their antennz longer than the fourth, for he attributes that character to them both in describing them, and in the diagnosis of the genus he states that the third antennal joint is either exactly equal to, or longer than, the fourth; and as he recognizes only the three species the third antennal joint must be exactly equal to the fourth in the species that he regards as filiformis. That is the case in respect of the insect that I have myself believed to be filiformis. Nevertheless, it now appears that my identification of Candéze’s species was, according to its author, not correct. Many years ago I sent to Dr. Candéze specimens of what I regarded as his VU. filiformis, on which he did not write me any remarks, confirmatory or otherwise. Lately, however, I have acquired the 6th part (1896) of Candéze’s “Elaterides nouveaux’ which I had not previously seen, and I find it stated there that the species I sent to the author is a new one closely allied to filiformis, and which he describes under the name sw/lcicollis. He erroneously attributes it to Adelaide, doubtless through that being my place of residence. Its habitat, however, is Victoria—the habitat of filiformis also. As I have a fairly extensive collection of Victorian Hlateride, including numerous Paracrepidomem, from various localities. in that State, and Candéze refers to his having seen filiformis from Victoria in four different collections, it is improbable that that species is not before me. Candéza differentiates sulevcollis from filiformis as being less pubescent, with the prothorax of the male more elongate and parallel, and with the median sulcus of the pronotum not abbreviated. As I find in the series of specimens which I have attributed to filiformis varying differences (in respect, sometimes of one, sometimes of another, sometimes of all, of those characters) ‘among individuals taken in.a single locality, I cannot accept suletcollis as even a well-marked variety of the older species. Dr. Schwartz, when he formed the genus Paracrepidomenus, seems to have overlooked sulczcollis—at any rate, he made no mention of it. 76 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDA, WITH NOTES ON PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED SPECIES. Part X. By Artuur M. Lgza. [Read September 12, 1912.] Subfamily OTIORH YNCHIDES. HACKERIA VIRIDIVARIA, Lea. Mr. H. Elgner has recently taken this beautiful weevil on Darnley Island, in Torres Straits. Subfamily LEPTOPSIDES. MANDALOTUS FOVEATUS, Nn. sp. ¢. Black; antenne, tarsi, and trochanters more or less red. Densely clothed in parts with muddy-grey scales, with fairly numerous and evenly distributed suberect sete. Head with dense, concealed punctures. Rostrum acutely carinate throughout. Antenne moderately long, first joint of funicle distinctly longer than second. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides almost evenly rounded, but base slightly wider than apex; with fairly large and round, somewhat flattened granules, each with a setiferous puncture. Hlytra with moderately-rounded shoulders, sides parallel to beyond the middle; with regular rows of large, more or less con- cealed punctures; alternate interstices feebly raised. Meta- sternum and basal segment of abdomen with a large deep fovea, common to both; abdomen with granules at sides. Legs rather long; front coxe moderately separated; femora stout; tibie with more or less distinct granules, the first pair denticulate on their lower edge. Length (excluding rostrum), 4-6 mm. Q. Differs in having the antenne shorter, prothorax not quite as long as wide, elytra slightly wider than pro- thorax instead of the exact width of same, metasternum and abdomen not foveate, the latter with more distinct and evenly- distributed granules, legs shorter and femora thinner. Hab.—New South Wales: Guyra (H. J. Carter). All the (seven) specimens before me appear to be abraded, so that the prothoracic granules are conspicuous. Should this character, however, be natural the species in my table would be associated with seticollis and reticulatus; 77 from the latter it is distinguished by its much larger size, different shape and colour, etc.; from the former by the much less distances between the coxe. But, regarding the granules as normally more or less obscured, then, as the front coxe are not widely although very distinctly separated, it would be associated with swhglaber, cellaris, and spurcus, from all of which it is readily distinguished by the abdomen. In size and outlines it approaches piliventris, but that species has the coxe more distant from each other, abdomen of male less excavated and prothoracic granules smaller. At the base of the elytra on one specimen there are two obscurely whitish spots of scales, so it is probable that on well-preserved specimens the clothing would be variegated. MANDALOTUS BICARINATUS, Nn. Sp. 3. Black; antennz and tarsi more or less red, femora and tibiz in parts obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-grey scales, feebly variegated in places with dingy-white. With rather short, semi-decumbent setz. Head wide, punctures normally concealed. Rostrum short and stout; scrobes extending backwards almost to eyes ; carina vaguely traceable through clothing. Antenne mod>r- ately long; first joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than second. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded; with dense, round, flattened, and normally partially-concealed granules. Hlytra rather short, at base as wide as widest part of prothorax, sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle, and then coarctate to apex ; with regular rows of rather large, but more or less concealed punctures; alternate interstices very feebly raised. Meta- sternum flat across middle. Abdomen with basal segment very feebly depressed in middle, a feebly-curved and shining carina occupying one-third of its apex, a second but smaller carina at apex of second segment. Legs rather short; front coxze moderately separated. Length, 3-34 mm. Q. Differs in being wider, elytra subcordate, abdomen without carinze, the basal segment gently convex, and the legs and antennze somewhat shorter. Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart, under logs (A. M. Lea). In general appearance like very small specimens of blackburm, but abdomen with two carine; the second one is certainly less distinct than the first, but, as it is traceable on the three males before me, I presume it is constant. In size, and to a certain extent in appearance, it is fairly close to brycphagus, but, apart from the carine, it differs in having the apex of the first abdominal segment incurved to the middle, and the front coxe not touching. 78 On each of three specimens before me there is a moder- ately distinct longitudinal patch of obscurely-whitish scales on each side of the prothorax, on two other specimens these patches are ochreous. The sides of the sterna and abdomen are sometimes supplied with rather distinct whitish patches. MANDALOTUS TENUICORNIS, Nn. Sp. A S. Blackish-brown; appendages more or less reddish. Densely clothed with pale dingy-greyish or subochreous scales, feebly mottled with whitish scales in places; with rather short, semi-decumbent sete. Head wide; sculpture normally entirely concealed. Rostrum short, carina scarcely traceable through clothing. Antennz decidedly longer and thinner than usual, passing middle of elytra; scape distinctly curved; funicle with two basal joints as long as the rest combined, first thicker, but not longer than second; club briefly ovate. Prothorax decidedly transverse, sides rather strongly dilated to near base; with large, round, flat, feebly-elevated granules, normally almost entirely concealed. Elytra oblong-cordate, widest at about middle; with regular rows of large, almost- concealed punctures; interstices just perceptibly alternately elevated, and of even width except towards sides. Meta- sternum shorter than usual. Abdomen long, basal segment: gently concave, its apex straight, fifth slightly longer than third and fourth combined, somewhat elevated but slightly impressed in middle. Legs rather long; front coxe touching ; femora stout; tibiz almost straight. Length, 23-3 mm. Q. Differs in being larger and wider, elytra widest. beyond the middie, abdomen nowhere concave, the apical segment not elevated, and the legs shorter. Hab.—Victoria: Warrnambool (H. W. Davey); Tas- mania: Ulverstone (A. M. Lea). Readily distinguished, from others of the genus, by the long thin antenne, with the combined lengths of the first. and second joints fully half the total length of the funicle. MANDALOTUS RUFIPES, N. Sp. Of a rather dingy reddish-brown, appendages paler. Rather lightly clothed with fine scales (almost sete) closely applied to derm, interspersed with some suberect and rather fine sete. ) Head with dense partially-concealed punctures. Rostrum moderately long; carina indistinct. Antenne moderately long; scape lightly curved; first joint of funicle stouter but scarcely longer than second. Prothoraz almost as wide as: 79 long, base wider than apex, but widest at about one-third from apex, where the sides are subangularly dilated ; surface very uneven. Zlytra at base as wide as widest part of pro- thorax, slightly and somewhat irregularly dilated to beyond the middle; with rows of large, but in places interrupted, punctures; suture thickened posteriorly; third interstice thickened about base, with a distinct tubercle about middle and another beyond same, and again thickened near apex ; fifth interstice with two small tubercles posteriorly ; some of the others somewhat thickened or subtuberculated in places. Metasternum gently concave. Abdomen moderately large, basal segment somewhat convex, its apex strongly incurved to middle. Legs moderately long; front coxze moderately separated ; femora stout; tibie rather short, near apex widely and gently emarginate. Length, 24 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Waratah, in moss (A. M. Lea). I am unaware as to the sex of the type, but its com- paratively narrow form, with emarginated tibie, would appear to be masculine features; although these seem nega- tived by the convexity of the abdomen. But, in any case, the species should be readily distinguished by its upper- surface. In my table it would be associated with coatesi, which is a larger species with elytral tubercles smaller and differently disposed, and front coxze more widely separated, etc. In general appearance it is not close to any previously described species. The surface of the pronotum appears to be covered with small tubercles and irregular granules, but I have not abraded the type to examine it more in detail. MANDALOTUS LATUS, 0. sp. Blackish-brown, antenne and tarsi more or less reddish. Very densely clothed with pale-greyish scales, variegated with ochreous; with rather numerous suberect sete. Head wide; derm entirely concealed. Eyes smaller and more prominent than usual. Rostrum moderately long; median carina scarcely traceable through clothing. Antenne moderately long; scape rather suddenly thickened at apex; first joint of funicle slightly longer and stouter than second. Prothorax almost twice as wide as long; sides strongly rounded, base not much wider than apex; surface uneven, and with dense, but normally-concealed punctures. EHlytra short and wide; base strongly and evenly arcuate; shoulders thickened, sides feebly dilated to about apical third, thence strongly narrowed to apex; with rows of large, but almost-concealed punctures; alternate 80 interstices irregular, the third with a rather large tubercle just before summit of posterior declivity, and another between it and apex, fifth with a rather large tubercle, so placed that with the two on the third they form an equilateral triangle; elsewhere with feeble tubercular swellings. Abdomen with basal segment feebly convex. Legs compara- tively short and stout; front coxe touching. Length, 5 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington, in moss (A. M. Lea). The type is probably a female. I have described it, however, as its unusually dense clothing, and conspicuous post-median tubercles, render it very distinct. The femora are distinctly ringed with whitish scales, and the tubercles about the summit of the posterior declivity are supplied with dark scales; but otherwise there are no distinct markings, the ochreous and grey obscurely running into each other. MaNDALOTUS INCISUS, Lea. Dr. Ferguson has taken at Blackheath (New South Wales) some specimens that are in better condition and larger (up to 64 mm.) than the types. They all have whitish rings on the legs, dull-white spots at the sides of the abdomen, and an ochreous spot at the middle of the base of the prothorax. MANDALOTUS SEVERINI, Lea. A well-marked specimen of this species was recently taken from under a chip near the springs on Mount Wel- lington. Its prothorax has several sooty spots on each side, so disposed as to cause an appearance as of longitudinal stripes, outside of which the clothing is more or less ochreous ; there is also a small round dark spot on each side of the middle. On the elytra many of the punctures are ringed with white. The head and rostrum are feebly striped. The apical half of the front tibiz (as also those of the type) are armed with some small teeth on their lower surface. MANDALOTUS SABULOSUS, Lea. Recently taken by Mr. Carter at Eden (New South Wales). MANDALOTUS NIGER, Lea. The male of this species has the inner edge of the hind tibie traversed by from 15 to 20 carine; rather feeble towards the apex, but very pronounced towards the base. From certain directions they are remarkably distinct; but from most directions they are quite invisible. 81 Subfamily CRYPTORH YNCHIDES. The new genera proposed here are all more or less closely allied to Poropterus. ‘ NEODECILAUS, n. g. Head large, convex, not at all concealed. Hyes de- pressed, almost circular, finely faceted. Rostrum moder- ately long and wide, curved; with a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antenne rather stout ; scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; basal joint of the latter elongate; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax transverse, sides moderately rounded, base very feebly bisinuate, constriction absent, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum absent. Kiytra subovate, outline almost con- tinuous with that of prothorax. Pectoral canal moderately deep and wide, terminated between intermediate cox. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, walls equal through- out, emargination semicircular; slightly cavernous. Metasternum less than half the length of the following segment; episterna narrow. Abdomen large, sutures dis- tinct; two basal segments large, first not much longer than second, its apex incurved, intercoxal process moderately wide ; third and fourth combined the length of fifth and slightly shorter than second. Jegs rather short; posterior coxe not touching elytra; femora sublinear, edentate, not grooved ; posterior terminated before apex of abdomen; tibize rather short, third joint wide and deeply bilobed. Ovate, convex, squamose, non-tuberculate, apterous. The mesosternal receptacle appears to be truly open, but on probing it is felt to be slightly cavernous. The genus is allied to Decilaus, from which it may be readily dis- tinguished by the finely-faceted eyes. It appears also to be allied to Coptomerus, but in that genus the posterior femora are said to be dentate. In general appearance both the species described below resemble the members of Aonychus, but the tarsi, metasternum, rostrum, etc., are utterly differ- ent. The sexes are easily distinguished; the ¢ has the rostrum clothed almost to apex, whilst in the Q it is shining and clothed only on each side at base; the eyes also are rather larger in the ¢ than in the 9. Clothing black and white _... Pee aos | PACUS) Me Spe Clothing of various shades of grey 2. Vegratis}i no sp: NEODECILAUS PICUS, 0. sp. Blackish-brown, antennze and tarsi somewhat paler. Closely covered with black scales, a stouter one in each elytral puncture; almost snowy-white scales condensed into small D 82 patches on each side at base of rostrum, each side of apex of prothorax and at base and apex along middle, four spots at base of elytra (on third and seventh interstices) and rather numerous small ones (often composed of but two or three scales) elsewhere, and especially beyond the middle; on the legs rather large patches at base and apex of femora, and at apex of tibiz; under-surface with white scales. Head regularly convex, with dense but rather small and concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides rather strongly incurved to middle, base once and one- half the width of apex; with rather strong but concealed punctures to apex in ¢; basal third only in Q strongly punctate, elsewhere finely punctate and shining. Funicle with first joint as long as second and third combined, third to seventh transverse. Prothorax moderately transverse ; with dense, rather small, round, clearly-cut but partially- concealed punctures. Hlytra scarcely twice the length of pro- thorax and at base scarcely wider, widest at about the middle, gently rounded and nowhere parallel-sided; with series of moderately large, distant punctures, each of which is almost filled by a scale; interstices not separately convex and considerably wider than punctures. Under-surface with rather smali, concealed, and not very dense punctures. Length, 42 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 2+ mm. Hab.--Queensland (J. Faust): Endeavour River (Mac- leay Museum). The scales are soft and round, and, with a little trouble, each is individually traceable. Several specimens under ex- amination are entirely without white scales except at base of rostrum; in others (males) almost the entire rostrum is clothed with white scales, and there is almost a continuous median line of white scales on the prothorax. The small postmedian spots on the elytra are very variable in number and disposition. NEODECILAUS GRATUS, Nn. sp. Blackish-brown, antenne and tarsi somewhat paler. Densely clothed with soft scales, varying from a dull-white to a dark smoky-grey; prothoracic scales larger (except than those in punctures) and looser than on elytra. Length, 4 mm.; rostrum, 1 mm.; width, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). I can find no structural differences whatever between this and the preceding species, except that the body of the present species is a trifle wider and that the eyes are slightly larger in both sexes. The clothing, however, is very different, both as regards colour and density. In gratus the paler scales 83 clothe the under-surface and legs (except at apex of femora and base of tibiz), form three lines on prothorax (the lateral ones sometimes indistinct), and cause the elytra to appear speckled. In picuws the prothoracic punctures, although covered by the scales, are very decidedly traceable; in gratus, on the contrary, they are entirely concealed by the scales, which there are larger and looser. The clothing of gratus is peculiarly soft and pretty, whilst that of picus is strongly contrasted black and white. CEDILAUS, n. g. Hlead large, partially concealed. Eyes small, convex, ovate, .widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather short, wide, sides incurved to middle, very feebly curved. Scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax convex, transverse, base truncate, sides rounded, apex feebly produced, constric- tion feeble; ocular lobes obtuse. Scutelluwm not traceable. Elytra briefly ovate, sides and apex rounded. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle strongly and suddenly raised in front, emargination strongly transverse, cavernous. Metasternum much shorter than the following segment; episterna not trace- able posteriorly, but the triangular inner projection very largely developed. Abdomen large, sutures straight and dis- tinct; first segment as long as the three following combined, intercoxal process very wide and truncate, third and fourth combined slightly longer than second or fifth. Legs moder- ately long; posterior coxe touching elytra; femora deeply grooved, edentate, almost equal in width throughout, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiz compressed, straight beneath, each with a large triangular projection near the base ; tarsi short, third joint wide and deeply bilobed, fourth long and thin. Ovate, convex, squamose, nontuberculate. The tibie are very remarkable, and would appear to denote an approach to Psepholax, whilst the polished sides and strongly-elevated mesosternal receptacle would seem to lead more towards /dotasia. I may, therefore, very likely be wrong in associating the genus with Poropterus, but, at any rate, most of the characters denote affinity with Decilaus. The metaster- nal episterna are also very remarkable, each posteriorly is not traceable, but its anterior inner projection becomes so largely developed that it is almost as long as the basal segment of the abdomen ; it is besides plated with shining yellowish scales, so that its extent is easily seen. D2 84 Having only one specimen under examination I have not been able to see whether the wings are present or not, but the species appears to be apterous. CEDILAUS AMBIGUUS, N. sp. Piceous-brown and shining through clothing, legs and antenne red. Moderately-densely clothed with loose scales, varying from dingy-yellow to sooty-brown, and interspersed with longer suberect scales; flanks of elytra glabrous; under- surface, legs, head, and rostrum rather sparsely clothed ; meta- sternal episterna densely clothed with shining yellowish scales. /lead convex; coarsely punctate; eyes prominent. Ros- trum as wide at apex as at base, sides incurved to middle; coarsely but subseriately punctate. First joint of funicle noticeably longer and stouter than second, the rest transverse. Prothorax rather widely transverse, apex more than half the width of base; with rather large, round, deep punctures; with a depressed and highly-polished median line, which disappears before apex. Hlytra wider than prothorax and about twice as long, widest before middle, not much longer than wide; punctate-striate, punctures oblong and not very distinct ; striz moderately deep ; interstices scarcely convex, the first narrower, the eighth wider than the others, all wider than strie. Under- surface with moderately dense and large punctures. /emora densely punctate; each of the tibiz with a large outer triangular extension, that of the anterior basal, of the inter- mediate at basal third, and of the posterior just before middle. Length, 23 mm.; rostrum, # mm. ; width, 14 mm. Hab.—New South Wales (Macleay Museum). Only one specimen of this remarkable weevil has been under observation. The club is slightly paler than the pre- ceding joints of the funicle, not darker, as is usually the case. HOPLODECILAUS, 0. g. Head rather large, convex, partially concealed. Eyes small, briefly ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather short and stout, feebly curved. Scape in- serted nearer apex than base of rostrum, shorter than funicle ; basal joint of the latter elongate; club large, its outline continuous with that of funicle. Prothorax convex, trans- verse, sides rounded, base truncate, apex produced, constric- tion feeble, lobes obtuse. Seutellum absent. Hlytra trun- cate at base, ovate, convex, shoulders, sides, and apex rounded. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between intermediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, walls narrow and semicircular; slightly cavernous. Meta- 85 sternum considerably shorter than the following segment ; episterna narrow but distinct and almost parallel-sided throughout, the anterior inner projection absent. 1 /domen moderately large, sutures distinct, that between first and second curved; first as long as the two following combined, intercoxal process wide ; third and fourth combined about equal in length to second or fifth. Legs rather short; pos- terior coxe touching elytra; femora distinctly grooved, dentate, posterior terminated before apex of abdomen; tibize compressed, straight or feebly bisinuate beneath ; tarsi rather short, third joint wide and deeply bilobed, fourth elongate. Ovate, convex, nontuberculate, apterous. In this genus, which is undoubtedly very close to Dect- laus, the shape of the metasternal episterna is very remark- able, each being almost parallel-sided throughout and with the anterior inner projection entirely absent. From Deci- laus it is distinguished by the shape of the metasternal epis- terna and by the dentate femora; from the preceding genus, to which it also appears to be close, it is distinguished by the mesosternal receptacle, metasternal episterna, and femora. HoPLODECILAUS MARMORATUS, Nh. Sp. Black, shining, more or less’ mottled with red or testa- ceous; antennze pale-red. Sparsely clothed with whitish scales, longer and denser on under-surface and legs than elsewhere. Head convex; densely and coarsely but equally punc- tate; ocular fovea not traceable. Rostrum shorter than pyro- thorax, increasing in width from base to apex; rather coarsely punctate, but along middle with an interrupted shining impunctate space. Basal joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, third to seventh transverse and closely united. Prothorax moderately transverse, with dense, moderately large, round punctures; with a feebly- impressed median line. Llytra not twice the length of pro- thorax, widest at about middle, the outline subcontinuous with that of prothorax ; with series of large, suboblong, deep, subapproximate punctures, of almost equal size throughout ; interstices the width of or slightly wider than punctures, themselves finely punctate. Under-surface moderately densely punctate. Femora stout, densely punctate, feebly but rather acutely dentate. Length, 3 mm. (vix.); rostrum, # mm. ; width, 14 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Albany (R. Helms). The head is dark-brown and darker than the rostrum; the prothorax is black, except at apex and along middle; the base, sides, and beyond middle of the elytra are more or 86 less mottled ; the abdomen and legs are stained in places with piceous. The clothing of the upper-surface is very sparse and indistinct. IMALIODES SCITULUS, 0. sp. ¢. Black, antenne almost black. Head and rostrum (almost to apex), prothorax and legs with dense whitish-grey scales, a few tufts of similar scales on elytra; elytra at base and a distinct subtriangular patch on each side of apex, and the greater part of the under-surface, with white scales. Head with rather small concealed punctures; eyes finely faceted. Rostrum moderately curved; apical fourth densely punctate, behind antennz coarsely punctate and with four grooves and three ridges, which, however, are more or less con- cealed. Antenne inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum ; second joint of funicle distinctly longer than first. Prothorax as long as wide, basal two-thirds subparallel, apex rounded, base feebly bisinuate; feebly impressed along middle; with small punctures which are concealed by clothing. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base, which is almost truncate, with the shoulders not produced, widest before middle; with series of large, subquadrate punctures, wider than the interstices ; these (especially the second) are in places subtuberculate; each separately rounded and produced at apex. Metasternum de- pressed along middle, the depression continued on to abdomen. Femora stout (but thinner than in subfasciatus or terreus), feebly dentate. Length, 65 mm.; rostrum, 2 mm.; width, 34+ mm. Q. Differs in having the rostrum smoother and shining, the punctures smaller, and the scales not continued beyond the middle, and the antennz inserted at a greater distance from the apex. Hab.—New South Wales: Illawarra, Kurrajong (Macleay Museum). | The prothorax as long as wide, with the sides subparallel for part of their length, and each elytron separately rounded at apex, render this a very distinct species. It appears to be close to nodulosus, which, however, is said to have a scutellum and the elytra sulcate-punctate. I have described the best- preserved specimen; two others have the scales of a uniform pale dingy-brown and almost without a trace of the very distinct basal and apical patches of white scales on the elytra of the type. IMALIODES OVIPENNIS, N. sp. Black, scapes and claws dingy-red. Densely clothed with suberect scales, confused amongst small mud-like ones, all of a uniform shade of dingy-brown. 87 Head with coarse concealed punctures ; eyes finely faceted. Rostrum the length of prothorax, feebly curved, sides incurved to middle, coarsely and irregularly punctate, a feeble shining impunctate line along middle. Scape inserted almost in exact middle of rostrum, the length of three basal joints of funicle ; of the latter the first joint is distinctly longer than the second, the others are transverse. Prothorax slightly transverse, base almost truncate; with moderately large but almost entirely- concealed punctures. Hlytra ovate, as deep as wide, rather suddenly elevated above prothorax, shoulders not projecting and no wider than prothorax, widest at about middle; seriate punctate or foveate, punctures subquadrate, close together, partially obscured by clothing. Punctures of wnder-surface concealed. Legs long; femora with dense partially-concealed punctures, finely but acutely dentate, posterior just passing apex of elytra. Length, 44 mm.; rostrum, 1} mm.; width, 22 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Barron Falls (A. Koebele), Cairns (Macleay Museum). In outline much like nigricornis, but the legs longer and thinner and the clothing very different. IMALIODES FRATER, 0. Sp. Dark blackish-brown, antenne and tarsi dull-red. Densely clothed with suberect stout ochreous-brown scales; a feeble but distinct median fascia of paler scales on the elytra, the convex side of which is directed towards the base; each elytral puncture containing a scale, and outlined by scales, except beneath the fascia and towards base. Funicle with the second joint longer but not much thinner than first. Length, 5? mm.; rostrum, 1? mm.; width, 23 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Dryander (type in Mr. A. Simson’s collection). Remarkably close in appearance to edentatus, but larger, the clothing paler and with a feeble elytral fascia. The prin- cipal difference, however, lies in the funicle. In this species the second joint is distinctly longer than the first and not much thinner, the two combined being as long as the rest combined ; in edentatws the second joint is shorter and much thinner than the first, and the two combined are shorter than the rest combined. I can find no other structural differences, but the punctures of the elytra are more clearly defined than in edentatus. 88 ANCHITHYRUS CALIGINOSUS, DN. sp. Piceous-brown, antennze dull-red. Not very densely (denser on legs than elsewhere) clothed with fawn-coloured scales. Head densely but indistinctly punctate. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides distinctly incurved to middle; with large, dense punctures, larger towards base and leaving an impunctate line along middle. Scape the length of three basal joints of funicle; of these the first is slightly longer than second, whilst none of the others are distinctly trans- verse. /Vrothorax with dense and rather strong punctures, except at apex, the interspaces feebly granulate. Hlytra ovate, fully twice the length of and at base no wider than base of prothorax, widest at about middle: with series of large subquadrate punctures, each separated by a rounded ridge: interstices narrower than punctures and with small clusters of small granules. Abdomen rather coarsely but in- distinctly punctate; imtercoxal process rather narrow, third and fourth segments combined about equal to second or fifth ; sutures of all deep. Legs densely punctate; posterior femora slightly passing elytra. Length, 6 mm.; rostrum, 2mm.; width, 34 mm. /fab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). In certain lights the elytra, when seen from behind, appear to be supphed with numerous transverse ridges; the interstices are much narrower than the punctures, and not continuously convex, but each is raised at the corner of and depressed in the middle of each puncture, the raised spaces being crowned with a few small granules (becoming very feeble towards the sides), so that each puncture is bounded on its four corners by clusters of feeble granules. ANCHITHYRUS RETICULATUS, Nn. Sp. Almost black, antenne dull-red. Rather densely (except on rostrum) clothed with stout, subspathulate, reddish fawn- coloured scales, becoming subsetose on legs; a few darker scales at apex of prothorax. /Tead with dense indistinct punctures. Rostrum almost the length of prothorax, sides distinctly incurved to middle ; basal third coarsely punctate, elsewhere shining and with scattered and comparatively small punctures. Scape the length of four basal joints of funicle; of these the first is considerably stouter but not much longer than second, the others are transverse. Prothorax with dense and large but almost-concealed punctures. Hlytra ovate, about twice the length of prothorax, but at base no wider; sides strongly 89 rounded; with series of large subquadrate deep punctures, each of which is separated by a rounded ridge; interstices much narrower than punctures. Abdomen indistinctly but rather coarsely punctate; third and fourth segments com- bined slightly longer than second or fifth; intercoxal process rather narrower; sutures of all the segments deep. Legs long; posterior femora passing elytra for about one-fourth their length. Length, 33 mm.; rostrum, 1 mm.; width, 2 mm. /1ab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). In appearance close to the preceding species; but besides being much smaller it may be readily distinguished by the entire absence of granules. Each elytral puncture appears to be surrounded by four ridges that are thickened at the intersecting corner; towards the sides, however, the trans- verse ridges become very feeble. The eyes are smaller and with larger facets, and the scales are considerably larger than in either the preceding species or in muticus. The specimen described appears to be 9. POROPTERELLUS, Nn. g. //ead rather large, partially concealed. Eyes small, ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum short, wide, and almost straight. Scape inserted nearer apex than base of ros- trum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club large and briefly ovate. Prothorax convex, base truncate, sides and apex rounded, apex produced, con- striction feeble; ocular lobes obtuse. Scute/lum not traceable. Elytra ovate. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated be- tween four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle wide, raised in front, emargination feebly semicircular; cavernous. J/eta- sternum much shorter than the following segment; episterna not traceable. Abdomen moderately large; two basal seg- ments large, the suture between them traceable at sides only, first as long as second and third combined, intercoxal process very wide (wider than third segment), third and fourth com- bined the length of second or fifth. Legs moderately long ; posterior cox touching elytra; femora moderately thin, feebly dentate, not grooved, posterior curved and passing elytra; tibiz compressed, almost straight; tarsi not very thin, third joint moderately wide, deeply bilobed, fourth elongate. Sub- elliptic, convex, squamose, apterous. Close to Poropterus, but the femora dentate, suture be- tween first and second abdominal segments not continuous and mesosternal receptacle differently shaped. The club is un- usually large. The specimen described below looks from above 90 very much like a small Poropterus; its head is flat, except the basal portion, which is glabrous and with a slight bluish iridiscence. PoROPTERELLUS INTERCOXALIS, N. sp. Black, opaque; antennz and tarsi dull-red. Not very densely clothed with stout, suberect, brown scales, on the prothorax confined to the punctures, except for four feeble fascicles across middle, and two still more feeble ones at apex ; elytra irregularly clothed, the sides almost naked, with feeble fascicles in places; each puncture of under-surface containing a scale; legs rather densely clothed. Head between eyes and base of rostrum feebly clothed. Head rather large, flattened and punctate between eyes, basal portion bald, lightly punctate and with a faint-bluish iridiscence, with a feeble median impression, and which is trace- able to base; eyes separated from head by a feeble groove pos- teriorly. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, apex as wide as: base, sides feebly incurved to middle, base and sides rather coarsely but not densely punctate, apex moderately-densely punctate; along middle smooth and shining. Prothorax as long as wide; with rather large, round, non-confluent punc- tures. Hlytra wider than and not twice the length of pro- thorax, base truncate, shoulders rounded, widest before middle; with series of large, round, deep punctures, of almost equal size throughout; interstices regular, convex, narrower than punctures. Metasternum with a shallow elliptic impres- sion on each side. Basal segment of abdomen with two curved series of punctures; those of the first very large and subbasal, but at sides curved round coxe, those of the second subapical and not continuous to sides; suture between first and second segments deep at sides, marked in middle by a large puncture or fovea, and not traceable elsewhere; second segment with a row of rather large punctures. Femora coarsely punctate, feebly dentate, posterior strongly curved and passing elytra for about one-fifth of their length ; fourth joint of tarsi notice- ably longer than first. Length, 4 mm.; rostrum, 1 mm.; width, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). The abdominal punctures are very remarkable. The ocular fovea is scarcely distinguishable amidst the surrounding punctures. On the middle of each elytron of the type there is a small and indefinite patch of pale scales. GLYPTOPOROPTERUS, N. g. Head large and partially concealed. Eyes ovate, widely separated, very finely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and 91 wide, almost straight. Scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, slightly shorter than funicle; two basal joints of the latter elongate ; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax subconical, base bisinuate, constriction shallow, ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutellum absent. Hlytra briefly subovate, base trisinuate. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle strongly and suddenly raised, emargination widely transverse; cavernous. J/etasternum very short; episterna somewhat curved and very narrow, widened and rounded but without an inner projection anteriorly. Abdomen not very large; basal segment as long as the three following combined, its suture with second deep at sides but fine across middle, intercoxal process wide; three apical segments depressed, the third and fourth combined shorter than second or fifth, second sloping and slightly longer than fifth. Legs long and thin; posterior coxe touching elytra; femora linear, not grooved, edentate, posterior passing elytra; tibie rounded and almost straight; tarsi rather short, third joint wide and deeply bilobed. Ovate, convex, squamose, tuberculate, apterous. Closely allied to Poropterus, but the eyes are very finely faceted, the mesosternal receptacle strongly raised, and the metasternal episterna traceable; from Jficroporopterus it is readily distinguished by the long legs, the posterior femora of which considerably pass the apex of the elytra. Poropterus sharg, Faust, and P. cucullata, Heller (for specimens of these species I am indebted to Dr. Heller), from New Guinea should be referred to this genus. GLYPTOPOROPTERUS ASPER, Nn. sp. Black, antennz and claw-joints almost black. Densely clothed with ‘small thin grey scales; under-surface and legs with longer and rather numerous scales scattered about. Head flat between eyes, but the ocular fovea rather deep ; with small and irregular granules; punctures indistinct. Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax, sides incurved to middle; densely but not very coarsely and almost regularly punctate. Scape inserted very slightly in advance of the middle, the length of six basal joints of funicle; of the latter the first joint is slightly shorter than the second, the fifth and sixth are feebly, whilst the seventh is moderately trans- verse. Prothorax about as long as wide, base slightly bisinuate, sides rather strongly rounded, apex produced, bluntly bifurcate and about one-third the width of base; with numerous smail shining granules scattered about and crown- 92 ing four tubercles that are transversely placed in middle ; punctures concealed. Hlytra considerably (but not suddenly), wider than prothorax, and much less than twice its length, not much longer than wide; punctures large but (except at sides) much obscured by granules and tubercles; with moderately small, numerous, shining granules scattered about and crowning tubercles; of these there are about thirty alto- gether. Abdomen indistinctly punctate. Memora indistinctly punctate and granulate, posterior passing elytra for about one-third their length. Length, 10 mm.; rostrum, 34 mm. ; width, 55 mm. Hab.—New South Wales (type in Macleay Museum). A short, broad species, which should be easily recognized by the number of tubercles and the shining and numerous granules: the elytral tubercles are sometimes of considerable size: three on the third interstice, one (postmedian) on the fifth, and one humeral, being the largest; others, however, almost approach them in size. The clothing is almost setose in character. In general appearance it is moderately close to. sharpt (from New Guinea), but differs in being shorter and broader, the elytral tubercles considerably larger, and the granules of both prothorax and elytra smaller and less crowded together. ILLIDGEA, n.g. Head large, partially concealed; ocular fovea distinct. Kyes ovate, widely separated, moderately faceted. Rostrum rather short and stout, curved. Antenne rather stout; scape inserted almost in exact middle of rostrum, shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club briefly ovate, its sutures more or less oblique. Prothoraxz convex, base- truncate, sides rounded, constriction deep, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum small. H/ytra not much wider than prothorax, pos- terior declivity abrupt. Pectoral canal deep and wide, ter- minated between four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle transverse, rather strongly raised in front, emargination widely transverse, cavernous. Metasternum much shorter than the following segment; episterna not traceable. Abdomen moder- ately large, sutures deep and straight ; first segment as long as second to fourth combined, intercoxal process rather narrow, second just perceptibly longer than third, third and fourth combined equal to fifth. Legs long; posterior coxe touching elytra; femora sublinear, neither grooved nor dentate, pos- terior passing elytra; tibiz scarcely compressed, almost straight; tarsi stout, third joint not much wider than long, bilobed to basal fourth, fourth elongate. Elliptic, strongly convex, squamose, fasciculate, tuberculate, apterous. 93 Allied to Poropterus, but the three intermediate segments of the abdomen equal or almost so, and with the sutures of the club oblique. //erymus, to which it is also allied, has distinct metathoracic episterna. ILLIDGEA 16-TUBERCULATA, N. sp. Black, subopaque, antennz and claws almost black. Upper-surface rather sparsely clothed with distinct reddish- brown adpressed scales, becoming more numerous and sub- fasciculate on tubercles; those of the two anterior and of two of the median prothoracic tubercles sooty ; legs rather densely squamose, on the femora sooty and brown scales intermingled, on apex of femora and on the tibie the scales are almost entirely sooty. Head large, base depressed, indistinctly punctate ; ocular fovea large. Sculpture of rostrum concealed by clothing but evidently coarsely punctate. Scape noticeably shorter than funicle ; first joint of the latter longer and stouter than second, third and fifth subglobular, sixth and especially the seventh strongly transverse. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides rounded, base narrowly depressed; each side of apex with a small fasciculate tubercle, four tubercles across middie, the lateral ones small, the median ones large, rounded, and almost double; along middle an opaque median carina, indistinctly terminated in front, but posteriorly forming a distinct scutellar lobe. Scutellum longer than wide. LHlytra scarcely wider than prothorax, and not twice as long; shoulders excavated to re- ceive the posterior angles of the prothorax; with two trans- verse series consisting of four large rounded tubercles, the first at about one-fourth from base, the second at summit of pos- terior declivity, a small tubercle on each side just below sum- mit; with a number of mixed, small, and moderately large, distant punctures, becoming very small posteriorly and larger and seriately arranged on the sides. Metasternwm and abdo- men with small sparse punctures, the apical segment, however, densely punctate. Posterior femora passing elytra for about one-third their length. Length, 9 mm.; rostrum, 3 mm.; width, 4 mm.; depth, 4 mm. /1ab.—Queensland: Brisbane (R. Ilhidge); New South Wales: Wentworth Falls (A. Simson). The clothing of the specimen described appears to be in perfect preservation, it is dense only on the scutellum, tubercles, legs, and apical segment of abdomen. The tubercles in the middle of the prothorax are impressed in the middle so that they appear to be double; this appearance is enhanced by the clothing of the anterior portion being darker than that 94 of the posterior. The elytral tubercles appear to be on the third and fifth interstices, the largest being on the third at the summit of the posterior declivity (this part is fully as long as the part preceding it); the tubercles entirely inter- rupt the sequence of the punctures, so that these are seriate in arrangement only on the sides and posteriorly. OmyYDAUS SUBFASCICULATUS, Nl. Sp. Moderately densely clothed with ochreous-brown scales, the elytra with sooty scales subfasciculate in arrangement. Head coarsely punctate; with a narrow median carina ; eyes not very finely faceted. Rostrum inflated near (but not at) base; basal half coarsely punctate, and with a distinct median carina, apical half shining and with small punctures. Scape the length of funicle; first joint of the latter dis- tinctly longer than second. Prothorax feebly convex, sides very feebly rounded, base bisinuate but apparently widely and rather deeply emarginate; with a moderately distinct median carina; with dense large and round but somewhat irregular punctures; posterior angles produced beyond the median lobe. Hlytra somewhat angular, shoulders produced ; with series of large, deep, oblong punctures, becoming smaller towards sides and much smaller towards apex; interstices punctate, the alternate ones distinctly raised, except pos- teriorly. Under-surface with large punctures. Second abdominal segment very decidedly elevated above third. Tibie striated, the -anterior strongly trisinuate beneath. Length, 8 mm.; rostrum, 2 mm. (vix.); width, 34 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Galston (A. M. Lea). In appearance nearer fuliginosus than any here described, but this is in consequence of the raised elytral interstices ; otherwise they are very distinctly separated by the rostrum, abdomen, base of prothorax, tibiz, etc. The rostrum is thinner and less parallel-sided than in any of the others except of the following species. The fascicles on the elytra are confined to the third and fifth interstices except at sum- mit of posterior declivity. In consequence of the subapical tooth of the anterior tibiz being rather large, and the tibiz themselves feebly dentate in the middle, they are strongly trisinuate beneath. | OMYDAUS CONTRACTUS, 0. sp. Moderately-densely clothed with stoutish scales, varying from a dingy-grey to sooty-black, and subfasciculate on elytra. Head rather coarsely punctate; with a distinct median carina; eyes comparatively coarsely faceted. Rostrum sud- 95 denly bent near base, much wider near (but not at) base tham elsewhere; basal third coarsely punctate, apical two-thirds highly polished and almost impunctate. Antenne rather thin; scape the length of funicle. Prothorax feebly convex, sides moderately rounded, suddenly decreasing to apex and rather strongly to base, base feebly sinuate ; with a moderately distinct median carina not continuous to base; disc with three distinct subcircular impressions: one on each side of middle, the other in middle of base; with rather large, round, shallow punctures; posterior angles about rectangular. UH/ytra -elongate-subcordate, base trisinuate, median sinus very feeble,, the others small and semicircular; with series of large, deep, oblong punctures, becoming smaller towards the sides, and much smaller posteriorly ; alternate interstices scarcely visibly raised. Under-surface, coarsely punctate. Second abdominal segment decidedly raised above third. Tvbie indistinctly striated, the anterior not very distinctly bisinuate beneath, subapical tooth rather indistinct; tarsi thinner than usual. Length, 7 mm.; rostrum, 2 mm.; width, 34 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Richmond River (A. M. Lea). ce outline of this species is strongly suggestive of Exithius cariosus; the sides of the prothorax and elytra. rather rapidly decrease to their junction; the elytra at their base are considerably narrower than the widest part of the prothorax, whilst in all the other species they are at least as wide. OMYDAUS IMPRESSICOLLIS, 0. sp. Clothing much as in the preceding species. Head coarsely and irregularly punctate; median carina not traceable; eyes rather finely faceted. Rostrum coarsely and irregularly punctate, punctures dense but finer in front of antennz than elsewhere. Antennz stout; scape noticeably shorter than funicle. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, feebly convex, base strongly bisinuate, basal two-thirds sub- parallel ; with a distinct median carina on apical three-fourths ; disc with shallow but distinct depressions; with dense, large, round, somewhat irregular punctures. JHlytra with the sides subparallel from basal fifth to apical third; with series of large, deep, suboblong punctures, becoming smaller, rounder, and deeper at sides, and much smaller posteriorly ; alternate interstices irregularly elevated and feebly granulate. Under- surface coarsely punctate. Tibie striated, each much wider at than close to apex, anterior feebly bisinuate beneath, the subapical tooth rather small, the terminal hook unusually long. Length, 9 mm.; rostrum, 24 mm.; width, 3? mm. 96 Hab.—New South Wales (Macleay Museum). The narrowest of the genus. I cannot find the least trace of a carina on the head of the specimen described, but this is probably a character that is not to be too strictly relied upon, as in oblongopunctatus one specimen has the head carinate, whilst another has not. The depressions on the prothorax, although not very deep, are sufficiently distinct; there are three subbasal ones, and a semicircular one (at its posterior end rather deeper than elsewhere) on each side of the carina. OMYDAUS CONFUSUS, N. sp. Clothing somewhat as in oblongopunctatus. Head coarsely punctate; with a feeble median carina; eyes moderately faceted. Rostrum almost _ parallel-sided ; coarsely punctate on basal half, not very coarsely on apical. Antenne rather stout; scape noticeably shorter than funicle. Shape much as in oblongopunctatus, but rather narrower ; the prothorar with larger and deeper punctures and the median carina more pronounced ; the elytra with smaller punctures, much less clearly defined and more or less confluent. Length, 74 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 24 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Tamworth (A. M. Lea). Close to oblongopunctatus but smaller and narrower, and with different punctures. The elytral interstices are feebly connected in places, causing feeble transverse subtubercular spaces; the anterior tibiz are not very strongly bisinuate, and are without the median tooth of oblongopunctatus, the sub- apical tooth, however, is rather distinct. PSEUDOMYDAUS, Nn. g. Hyes rather small, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather stout. Scape much shorter than funicle, inserted almost in middle. Prothoraw longer than wide. Hlytra more than twice the length of prothorax. Abdomen with the second segment almost as long as the two following combined, its suture with first deep at sides only and curved across middle. Legs moderately long; femora stout, edentate. Other characters as in Omydaus. The species described below is not unlike a small variety of Omydaus wmpressicollis, but the characters given above are so much at variance with those of Omydaus that it certainly should not be placed in that genus. PSEUDOMYDAUS TENUIS, 0. sp. Black, antennze and tarsi of a dingy-red. Moderately- densely clothed with reddish-brown and rather elongate scales, on the prothorax one in each puncture; elytra in addition 97 with minute scales on the interstices, a distinct oblique fascia of whitish scales at summit of posterior declivity, and a small round spot of similar scales on third interstice at one-third from base; under-surface and legs with denser and longer clothing than on upper-surface. Long, thin, and subparallel. //¢ad moderately large, some- what coarsely and irregularly punctate; ocular fovea wide, but shallow and indistinct. Rostrum rather stout, the length of prothorax, moderately curved, sides feebly incurved to middle, base (but not extreme base) wider than apex ; coarsely punctate throughout, but behind antenne the punctures sub- seriate in arrangement. Antenne rather stout; scape inserted just perceptibly nearer apex than base, the length of the three following joints; first joint of funicle slightly stouter and longer than second, third to seventh subcylindrical and feebly transverse ; club briefly ovate. Prothora slightly longer than wide, base strongly bisinuate, basal four-fifths subparallel, towards apex suddenly but not largely narrowed; with dense and moderately large and round but rather shallow punctures ; surface somewhat uneven; with a feeble median carina; walls slightly inwardly oblique. /lytra not much wider than and about twice and one-half the length of prothorax, sides sub- parallel, apex widely rounded and not much narrower than base, base strongly trisinuate, shoulders produced ; with series of large, round, deep, subapproximate punctures, not much smaller posteriorly than elsewhere; interstices punctate, indis- tinctly and very feebly granulate, narrower than series of punctures, the alternate ones slightly raised. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated at base of anterior coxe. Jeso- sternal receptacle raised in front, sides oblique, apex much wider than base and almost truncate; cavernous. Meta- sternum moderately large, but considerably shorter than the following segment; densely punctate; episterna rather narrow, each with a series of punctures. Abdomen long and coarsely punctate, two basal segments depressed in middle in d , feebly convex in Q, first as long as second and third com- bined, intercoxal process wide and almost truncate, second almost as long as third and fourth combined and considerably longer than fifth. MFemora stout, edentate, indistinctly (the anterior not at all) grooved, posterior scarcely extending to apical segment, densely punctate; tibie rather short, in addi- tion to the terminal hook each with a small subapical tooth ; tarsi rather narrow, third joint not much wider than second and bilobed for scarcely half its length, fourth long, thin, and setose. Length, 65 mm.; rostrum, 1}mm.; width, 2} mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Burrawang (T. G. Sloane), Illawarra (Macleay Museum). 98 A long, thin species, somewhat like the European Plinthus caliginosus. The prothorax is flattened, but is rendered un- even by rather feeble depressions: at the base three of these are distinct, the median one divides on each side of the median line and is continued on each side to near apex, the lateral ones are traceable to about the middle. The subapical tooth of the anterior tibiez in the ¢ is rather large. I have described the clothing of the most distinctly marked specimen ; of two others under examination one has the elytra almost uniformly clothed, whilst the other has the small whitish spots absent and the postmedian fascia just traceable. POROPTERINUS, 0. g. Head almost concealed by prothorax. Eyes ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and not very stout, curved. Scape inserted closer to apex than base of rostrum, shorter than funicle; second joint of funicle elongate, the first joined to the scrobe by a small lateral node at the base; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Pro- thorax transverse, constriction deep and continuous across summit, ocular lobes obtuse, base bisinuate. Scutellum dis- tinct. Hlytra wider than prothorax, shoulders produced, sides strongly arcuate towards apex. Pectoral canal deep, terminated between four anterior coxe, encroached upon by the anterior pair. Mesosternal receptacle V-shaped, de- pressed in front; open. Jetasternum shorter than the fol- lowing segment; episterna rather narrow. Abdomen large; two basal segments large, first scarcely as long as second and third combined, its suture with second curved at middle, third and fourth combined longer than second or fifth, their sutures deep and wide. Legs moderately long; femora moderately stout, neither grooved nor dentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibie slightly compressed, bisinuate beneath ; tarsi slender, almost glabrous above, third jot not much wider than second but deeply bilobed, fourth elongate; claws rather long and thin. Subovate, depressed, Squamose, apterous. A remarkable genus, which belongs to the Poropterus group; it is not close to any with which I am acquainted. The mesosternal receptacle sloping downwards (instead of up- wards) to the front is a most unusual feature; the first joint of the funicle is also remarkable. PoROPTERINUS TRILOBUS, 0. sp. Blackish-brown, antennez and tarsi of a rather pale-red. Very densely clothed with muddy-grey and sooty scales (which entirely conceal the punctures), interspersed with stouter and 99 suberect scales, which form feeble fascicles on the alternate interstices of the elytra. Head with dense but concealed punctures. Rostrum densely punctate but punctures concealed except in front of antenne ; scrobes deep in front but abruptly turned beneath, at sides scarcely traceable to eyes. Funicle with the first joint stouter and considerably shorter than second, third to seventh transverse. Prothorax transverse; divided into three lobes by the deep anterior constriction, and a still deeper and wider median depression, basal lobes larger than the anterior one; with dense, deep, and rather large punc- tures, which are entirely concealed, as is also a feeble carina along the middle of the median depression. 4lytra con- siderably wider than prothorax and more than twice as long, widest near base, then slightly diminishing in width to apical two-thirds, which are strongly arcuate; seriate-punctate, punctures large, subquadrate, entirely concealed, third, fifth, and seventh interstices decidedly elevated and causing the base to appear multisinuate, the third and fifth broken up into feeble tubercles beyond the middle. Under-surface evi- dently with large punctures, but which are entirely concealed, as are also the sutures of the metasternal episterna. Posterior femora (although somewhat longer than the others) not ex- tending to apex of penultimate segment. Length, 6? mm. ; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 3} mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Cootamundra, Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). The strong impressions on the prothorax (dividing it into three distinct lobes) and the peculiar shape and sculpture of the elytra give this species a remarkable appearance, so that, although the derm and punctures are hidden, the species is a very distinct one. The four specimens under examina- tion were taken from under very old logs. POROPTERCULUS, N. g. Head convex, not concealed. Eyes rather large, ovate, not very widely separated, rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and rather wide, feebly curved; a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antennz moderately stout ; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; basal joint of the latter rather long; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax transverse, sides rounded, base almost truncate, constriction not traceable, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum small. EHlytra ovate, shoulders rounded. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between front and intermediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, crescent-shaped, emargination widely transverse ; 106 cavernous. J/etasternum short; episterna narrow but trace- able throughout. Abdomen with straight sutures; first seg- ment as long as second and third combined, intercoxal process rather narrow, third and fourth combined slightly longer than second and fifth. Legs moderately long ; posterior coxe almost touching elytra; femora not stout, grooved, edentate, posterior terminated before apex of abdomen; tibiz rather long and almost straight; tarsi moderately long, third joint wide and deeply bilobed, fourth elongate. Elongate-ovate, strongly convex, striate, squamose, winged. Evidently belongs to the Poropterus group, but I know of no closely related genus. PoROPTERCULUS SUBNITIDUS, Nl. Sp. Piceous-brown and somewhat shining, antenne and tarsi paler. Not densely clothed with depressed and suberect sooty scales, intermingled with a few white ones, and which are more numerous on the under-surface than elsewhere. /Tead convex ; indistinctly punctate. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides very feebly incurved to middle; basal half with coarse, partially-concealed punctures ; apical half shining and moderately punctate, an impunctate line along middle. First joint of funicle obconical, the length of second and third combined and much wider, third to seventh transverse. Pro- thorax lightly transverse, base not much wider than apex; with dense, round, deep, clearly cut, non-confluent punctures, suddenly becoming much smaller on apical fourth. Hlytra not much wider than, about once and two-thirds the length of, and outline subcontinuous with, that of prothorax; punctate-striate, punctures indistinct, although rather large; interstices regular, convex, shining, slightly narrower than strie. Abdomen with dense, round, deep, clearly-cut, scarcely- concealed punctures. Femora with dense but rather small punctures, posterior extending to apical segment. Length, 2+ mm.; rostrum, # mm.; width, 1 mm. /1ab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (Aus- tralian Museum). The elytral punctures are indistinct, except towards the sides, but are not concealed by the clothing, which is almost absent, except posteriorly. PTEROPOROPTERUS, Nn. g. Head convex, partially concealed. Eyes ovate, very finely faceted. Rostrum not very long and rather wide, lightly curved, a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antennz moderately stout; scape shorter than funicle, inserted nearer a 10} apex than base of rostrum ; two basal joints of funicle moder- ately long; club ovate. Prothorar as long as wide, sides rounded, base bisinuate, constriction slight, ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutellwm minute. lytra ovate, con- vex, each separately rounded at base. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between four anterior coxe. A/esos- ternal receptacle raised, almost crescent-shaped, emargination rather widely transverse; cavernous. Metasternuwm short ; episterna not traceable. Abdomen with distinct sutures ; first segment rather large, as long as second and third com- bined, apex incurved, intercoxal process rounded and rather narrow; third and fourth combined the length of fifth and slightly shorter than second. Legs rather long; posterior coxz touching elytra; femora feebly grooved, edentate, pos- terior just passing elytra; tibie rounded, almost straight ; tarsi rather short, third joint wide and deeply bilobed. Elongate-ovate; strongly convex, squamose, nontuberculate, winged. Allied to Poropterus, but winged, the elytra separately rounded at the base, the eyes very finely faceted, and the femora feebly grooved. PTEROPOROPTERUS LACUNOSUS, Nn. Sp. Of a rather dark reddish-brown. Moderately-densely (dense on legs and rostrum) clothed with large, soft, dingy, whitish scales; prothorax and elytra, in addition, with stout, suberect, sooty sete. . f Head and rostrum coarsely punctate, but punctures scarcely traceable. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides incurved to middle: punctures unconcealed only at extreme apex. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum, the length of six basal joints of funicle; first joint of funicle stouter and almost twice the length of second, fourth to sixth feebly, seventh strongly transverse. Prothorax convex, base lightly bisinuate, apex produced and rounded; with dense, round, and rather large, but shallow punctures. Elytra elongate-ovate, not much wider than and about twice the length of prothorax; with regular series of large, sub- quadrate, clearly-defined and crowded, but not confluent, punctures; interstices much narrower than punctures, each appearing as a series of feeble granules (a granule at each corner of a puncture). Under-surface coarsely but not clearly punctate. Length, 6 mm.; rostrum, 12 mm.; width, 22 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). On the elytra the clothing (except on shoulders and pos- terior declivity) is almost confined to the interstices, on the 102 prothorax it forms a feeble (but distinct) median line and a much more feeble line on each side. The dark sete are con- fined to the upper-surface, but (except those at apex of pro- thorax) are almost invisible elsewhere than from the side. The sides of the prothorax appear granulate through the clothing, but this appearance is caused by the sides of the punctures being partially exposed; on the elytra, however, there are true granules, each of which bears a seta; the inter- stices between puncture and puncture (on the elytra) are actually wider (though less pronounced) than between row and row. TENTEGIA QUADRISERIATA, Nl. Sp. Black, legs piceous-brown, antenne paler. Clothing as in anopla. Head with irregular punctures. Rostrum with large round punctures, arranged in four regular series behind antenne, but without leaving elevated ridges. Prothoraz with dense, round, large, shallow punctures; apex more pro- duced than usual, with the extreme apex feebly notched and the constriction less pronounced ; a feeble median carina from apex to behind middle. Hlytra subcordate; subtuberculately produced behind shoulders ; with series of very large punctures or fovex, becoming larger at sides and smaller towards apex ; interstices with shining somewhat distant granules, largest in vicinity of shoulders, third, fifth, and seventh scarcely visibly raised but with more distinct granules than the others. Sterna densely and irregularly punctate. Two basal segments of abdomen with round shallow fovee, those on the second forming two complete rows. Memora edentate, with large shallow punctures, posterior just passing apex of elytra; tibize grooved, lower subapical tooth distinct but upper obsolete ; third tarsal joint noticeably wider than second and rather deeply bilobed. Length, 5 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 34+ mm. /Tab.—Queensland: Cairns, Rockhampton (Macleay Museum). The shape (in consequence of the feeble notch at apex of prothorax) resembles that of the species belonging to Micro- poropterus; the femora are stouter with the third tarsal joint wider than usual. TENTEGIA TORTIPES, N. sp. Black, legs and antennz piceous. Clothed with yellowish stout sete or setose scales, very sparse on elytra, where, how- ever, there are small and obscure patches of small white scales, and which are sparsely and irregularly distributed. 103 Head with dense and round but (for the genus) small punctures. Rostrum densely punctate between antenne and apex, without distinct punctures behind antennz, but with five very distinct carine, the median one of which is perfectly straight, but the others slightly waved. Prothorax with dense, short, shining ridges of unequal lengths; the sides punctate. Elytra subcordate, base almost perfectly straight, sides scarcely inflated behind shoulders ; punctate-striate, the striz wide and rather shallow, the punctures (except towards sides, where they are rather large) small, distant, and comparatively indistinct ; interstices feebly shining and with small (almost seriate) punc- tures, the second and fourth not quite continuous to base, but the second feebly raised near base and the fourth very dis- tinctly raised about summit of posterior declivity, the others there being but little raised ; declivity itself abrupt and almost inwardly oblique. Sterna irregularly and not coarsely punc- tate. Mcesosternal receptacle with very thin walls. Two basal segments of abdomen with (for the genus) small and not at all foveate punctures, those on the second in two very irregular series. Legs (especially the posterior) longer and thinner than usual ; femora edentate, with shallow punctures, the posterior strongly arcuate; tibie with eight distinct grooves, with a feeble subapical tooth below but a very distinct one above, posterior very decidedly curved both longitudinally and out- wardly ; third tarsal joint wider than second and rather deeply bilobed. Length, 74 mm.; rostrum, 24 mm.; width, 5 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin (type in Macleay Museum). A remarkable species: the elytra without granules, the fourth interstice very decidedly raised, the posterior declivity very abrupt, the punctures of the two basal segments of abdo- men comparatively small, long and crooked hindlegs, etc. Only the sides of the prothorax are distinctly punctate, the disc being covered with numerous short shining ridges of unequal lengths (becoming granules towards apex), but with a more or less inwardly oblique trend, the whole being reminiscent of Neomelanterwus carinicollis. The length given is that of a straight line from apex of prothorax to apex of elytra, but along the curve of the back the distance between the same points is 134 mm. ANILAUS COSTIROSTRIS, nN. sp. d. Reddish-brown, antenne and tarsi paler. Moder- ately densely and uniformly clothed with short, stout scales, interspersed with longer and suberect ones, varying from dingy-grey to sooty, but giving the surface a dingy-brown appearance. 104 Head with dense but almost concealed punctures. Rostrum coarsely punctate throughout, but especially at base, behind antennz with three very distinct, shining, slightly- waved ridges; wider at apex than at base. Funicle with the first joint stouter and slightly longer than second. Pro- thorax almost twice as wide as long; with coarse, deep, partially concealed punctures ; with a narrow (slightly dilated in middle), shining median carina. //ytra not much longer than wide; with series of rather large, rounded punctures ; interstices gently convex, wider than punctures near suture, but not as wide as sides. Under-surface and legs coarsety punctate. Length, 34 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 23 mm. " Q. Differs in having the rostrum longer and thinner, wider at base than at apex, less coarsely punctate but punc- tures more distinct, the three basal coste wider and much less distinct, and the antenne slightly nearer the middle. Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River, Cairns (Macleay Museum). Differs from sordidus in being differently and much less densely clothed, prothorax wider and more suddenly con- tracted anteriorly; elytral interstices regular, and the whole body rather more depressed. The teeth of the four posterior femora are slightly larger, whilst those of the posterior are not quite so large as in sordidus. MyRTESIS NASUTA, 0. Sp. Q. Dingy-black, rostrum piceous-brown, antenne red. Clothing as in caligata but much sparser, except on the legs and metasternal episterna. [lead densely punctate. Rostrum very long and thin, terminated considerably beyond posterior cox, its apex scarcely dilated; with distinct but rather small punctures and which are evenly and sparsely distributed, except that they become coarse on the flanks near apex. Antenne very thin; scape inserted slightly nearer base than apex; two basal joints of funicle equal in length. Prothorar as in caligata except that the tubercular elevations are less pro- nounced, more numerous and irregular, and the excavated portion of each larger, so that they frequently look like small elevated rings; with a median carina which is elevated in front and traceable to base. H/ytra as wide as long, depressed along suture; with almost regular series of large punctures, the interstices with a few feeble hollow tubercles, appearing like shightly-raised rings, and few of which are seta-bearing. Pectoral canal extending to apex of basal segment of abdomen. 105 Abdomen with fovee as in ealigata, but of larger size. Length, 7 mm.; rostrum, 44 mm.; width, 4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Dryander (type in Mr. A. Simson’s collection). This species differs from cadigata in having the rostrum longer (it is actually longer than the greatest elytral width), thinner, less dilated at apex, and with smaller punctures, the antenne inserted nearer base than apex (all possibly sexual characters) with the two basal joints of the funicle equal in length, prothorax differently sculptured, elytra with smaller, much sparser, and hollower tubercles, very few of which are seta-bearing; but in particular by the pectoral canal extending to the apex of the basal segment of the abdomen instead of terminating before its middle. The species strongly resembles caligata, and I may be wrong in regarding it as new; if it is a female of caligata, then the two speci- mens of that species that are known to me must be males, although they have every appearance of being females. MyRrRTESIS PULLATA, N. sp. ¢. Dingy-black, rostrum piceous-brown, antenne red. Densely clothed with pale muddy-brown sctose scales, mingled (especially on prothorax) with ochreous ones. Head densely punctate. Rostrum comparatively stout, terminated just before abdomen, parallel-sided except near apex; with large punctures close together, in four series behind antenne, in front more crowded and _ irregular. Antenne thin ; scape inserted two-fifths from apex, two basal joints of funicle equal. Prothorar densely and coarsely punctate, with numerous feeble and hollow tubercular eleva- tions; with a distinct and slightly shining carina, which is continuous to base and apex. //ytra as wide as long, not depressed along suture; with series of large punctures or fovee, which are sometimes almost hidden by the clothing ; interstices with almost regular series of small hollow shining granules; across the median half with feeble and feebly fasciculate tubercles. Pectoral canal terminated at abdomen. Two basal segments of abdomen with very large punctures or fovere, forming three irregular rows on the first and two on the second. Length, 54 mm.; rostrum, 2 mm.; width, 33 mm. Q. Differs in having the rostrum much longer (24 mm.) and thinner, terminated at abdomen, punctures much smaller and crowded together; antennz thinner, scape inserted in exact middle of rostrum and club more elongate. //ab.—Queensland: Mount Dryander, Burdekin River (types in Mr. A. Simson’s collection). 106 This is the only species in which I am acquainted with both sexes. The clothing and tubercles are different to those of nasuta and caiigata, and the pectoral canal is shorter ; the most readily seen difference, however, is the absence of a sutural depression. The type male and female have been returned to Mr. Simson, a second female being retained by myself. TETENGIA, n. g. Head rather large, partially concealed. Eyes ovate, not very widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather short and stout, feebly curved. Antenne stout, scape shorter than funicle, inserted nearer base than apex; two basal joints of funicle elongate, the others transverse and increasing in width ; club stout, continuous with funicle. Prothorax widely trans- verse, base truncate, sides at base excavated to receive femora, constriction absent; ocular lobes very obtuse. Scwtellum ab- sent. Hlytra closely applied to, with the outline continuous with, that of prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and wide, ter- minated between intermediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle very feebly raised in front and depressed at the sides, walls equal throughout, emargination semicircular; cavernous. Metasternum much shorter than the following segment; epis- terna rather narrow but distinct throughout. Abdomen moderately large; first segment as long as the three fol- lowing combined, second depressed below first, its sutures straight, third and fourth combined distinctly longer than second or fifth, their sutures deep and wide. Legs short and stout; femora deeply grooved to receive tibie, edentate, posterior terminated before apex of abdomen; tibiz very wide, outer edge strongly rounded and thin, inwardly excavated to receive tarsi; tarsi rather short and stout, third joint not much wider than second and not bilobed to base, fourth long and very thin; claws feeble. Briefly ovate, feebly convex, nontuberculate, apterous. The shape of the prothorax, abdomen, and legs render this a highly remarkable genus; its true position I am very doubtful of, but it appears to approach Tentegia. TETENGIA SOLENOPA, N. sp. Blackish-brown or dark-brown; prothorax pale, antennz red. Prothorax moderately-densely clothed with ochreous scales, with a few white ones in small spots; elytra with whitish scales, not very densely distributed, and frequently condensed into small spots, second interstice at apex with similar scales to those on prothorax. 107 - Head with dense, regular and not very large punctures ; each eye encircled by a narrow impression. Rostrum coarsely punctate in ¢, moderately coarsely in Q. Prothorax almost twice as wide as long, sides strongly but not suddenly rounded, apex less than half the width of base; with dense, round, uniform, clearly-defined punctures; a very feeble impunctate space along middle. //ytra not much longer than wide, very little wider than prothorax, widest immediately behind base, thence gently and continuously rounded to apex; striate- punctate, punctures deep oblong and feebly connected ; inter- stices flat, wider than striz, rather densely punctate, third to seventh terminating separately instead of the third and seventh and fourth and sixth being conjoined ; flanks of basal half inwardly oblique curved and polished. Under-surface with punctures increasing in size, from rather small on the mesosternal receptacle, to large on the first segment of ab- domen; second segment of the latter strongly and suddenly depressed below first, with a series of very large punctures becoming fovez (four) in the middle; third and fourth each with a row of small punctures, fifth densely punctate. Legs densely punctate; femora oblong, thin at base, their grooves running out at the base, posterior not extending to apical segment; tibie lightly striated. Length, 4 mm.; rostrum, 1mm.; width, 3 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (Austra- lian Museum), Bridgetown (A. M. Lea). The punctuation of the under-surface is remarkable. Owing to the peculiar interstices each elytron appears to be supplied with a preapical callus, although such is not the case. The ciliation of the ocular lobes is silvery and remarkably short. The clothing appears to be easily abraded. TEPALICUS, n. g. Head excavated towards base, partially concealed. Hyes' rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum long, thin, and curved. Antenne moderately thin; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of the latter elongate; club elongate-ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax transverse, sides lightly rounded, base bisinuate, walls vertical, constriction slight, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum minute. Hlytra subcordate, considerably wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, terminated be- tween intermediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle scarcely raised, walls not stout and of equal thickness throughout, emargination U-shaped; cavernous. Metasteruwm short; epis- terna narrow but distinct throughout and divided from the 108 middle by deep sutures. Abdomen moderately large, sutures distinct, that between first and second segments feeble but traceable across middle, first as long as second and third com- bined, intercoxal process not very wide; third and fourth com- bined longer than second or fifth. Legs moderately long; posterior coxe touching elytra; femora not stout, feebly grooved, edentate, posterior just passing elytra; tibize feebly compressed, almost straight; tarsi long, thin, and shining, third joint very little wider than second and bilobed for about half its length, fourth elongate. Ovate, moderately convex, squamose, nontuberculate, apterous. Closely allied to Paleticus, but the femora feebly grooved and edentate, the mesosternal receptacle U-shaped; the ab- domen with the apical segments not suddenly narrowed by elytra, the suture between first and second traceable across middle, and the combined length of the third and fourth greater than that of the second or fifth. TEPALICUS SEMICALVUS, Ni. sp. Black, antenne and tarsi of a rather pale-red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, thickly interspersed with dark fawn-coloured erect scales that form feeble fascicles on the prothorax and elytra. Hlead slightly convex, semicircularly depressed towards and naked at base; ocular fovea not traceable. Rostrum long, rather strongly curved, parallel-sided; with strong punctures in grooves on basal half, apical half polished and minutely punctate. Scape inserted at apical third ; second joint of funicle considerably longer than first, the others transverse. Prothorazx moderately transverse, base strongly bisinuate ; punctures small, sparse, and entirely concealed; from middle to apex a distinctly elevated but narrow and squamose carina. Elytra subcordate, about once and one-half the width and twice and one-half the length of prothorax, base trisinuate, shoulders rounded, behind shoulders subparallel to apical third; with rather large round punctures, ‘not very close together, and subgeminate in arrangement, becoming very small posteriorly; alternate interstices irregularly and very feebly raised. Metasternum with a transverse median 1m- pression, notched in the middle anteriorly. Intercoxal pro- cess of abdomen with a semicircular impression on each side; punctures (if present) entirely concealed. Length, 7 mm. ; rostrum, 2} mm.; width, 4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). In appearance this species rather strongly resembles Paleticus frontalis. The prothorax could scarcely be called 109 fasciculate, as the erect scales, though thickly distributed, are nowhere in small patches; on the elytra the fascicles are almost confined to the third, fifth, and seventh interstices ; the stout scales are very thickly distributed on the legs. OUROPOROPTERUS, Nn. g. ‘lead moderately large, not visible from above. Eyes ovate, widely separated, finely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and rather thin, moderately curved; a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antenne thin; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. /Prothorax transverse, subconical, sides rounded, base bisinuate, constriction feeble, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum smali. SHlytra subovate, base very little under than base of prothorax and trisinuate. Pectoral canal deep and moderately wide, terminated between four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle U-shaped, walls of equal thickness throughout but rather strongly raised posteriorly; feebly cavernous. Metasternum considerably shorter than the fol- lowing segment; episterna narrow. Abdomen rather large; sutures distinct; first segment not much longer than second, its suture with it curved, intercoxal process rather narrow, second slightly longer than third and fourth combined and considerably longer than fifth. Legs not very long; femora not grooved, indistinctly dentate, posterior terminated before apex of abdomen; tibiz compressed, feebly bisinuate ; tarsi moderate, third joint wide and deeply bilobed, fourth moderately long but not thin. Elliptic, convex, squamose, tuberculate, apterous. Very close to Wmethylus, from which it differs, especially in the shoulders and absence of wings; the ocular lobes are also much less prominent, and the mesosternal receptacle is differently shaped. The latter organ is decidedly raised, but slopes down to the front instead of wp, as is usually the case ; seen from behind (or when probed) it appears to be cavernous, but when viewed from in front it appears to be almost open. OUROPOROPTERUS DIURUS, Nn. sp. 3. Dark reddish-brown, antenne and claw-joints some- what paler. Very densely and almost uniformly clothed, with rather stout, dark fawn-coloured scales, subfasciculate at apex of prothorax, and absent only at extreme apex of rostrum. Head with dense, small, entirely-concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of prothorax, base noticeably wider than apex, sides incurved to middle; densely and rather coarsely 110 punctate, punctures concealed except at apex. Scape inserted at apical third; first joint of funicle as long as second and — third combined. Prothorax moderately transverse, apex pro- duced and bluntly bifurcate; with small and rather sparse and dense and minute punctures, all of which are concealed. ' Hlytra about thrice the length of prothorax and at base very little wider, widest before middle, base lightly trisinuate, sides strongly rounded, towards apex strongly arcuate, each separately produced at apex; with series of rather large and rounded, or subquadrate punctures, becoming smaller pos- teriorly ; interstices in places subtuberculate, the alternate ones feebly raised; suture on basal half with small, shining granules. Under-surface with minute, concealed punctures. Femora densely punctate, minutely dentate, posterior just passing apex of third abdominal segment. Length, 8 mm. ; rostrum, 2 mm.; width, 44 mm. Q. Differs in having the rostrum rather longer and thinner, squamose at base only, shining and lightly punctate elsewhere, and the scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum. Hab.—New South Wales: Illawarra (Macleay Museum). ‘There are about eighteen small tubercles on the elytra, nearly all of which are placed about the middle. The femoral teeth are acute, but very smali, and are invisible from all directions until the clothing is removed. BRACHYPOROPTERUS VERMICULATUS, Nn. Sp. Black, apex of rostrum almost black, antenne and claw- joints pale-red. Very densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales, paler on posterior declivity and darker on three apical segments of abdomen than elsewhere; elongate stout scales scattered about (rather thickly on the under-surface and legs) and forming numerous feeble fascicles on prothorax and elytra. Head very feebly convex; punctures concealed ; forehead feebly bisinuate. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides feebly incurved to middle; basal half with coarse concealed punctures, apical half shining and with moderately strong punctures. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum, not much shorter than funicle; first joint of funicle slightly longer than second, seventh transverse. Prothorax lightly transverse ; with a number of tubercular elevations all of the same height near apex forming a feeble O, at base forming a feeble M (but the median V very distinct), a small tubercle on each side of middle and three moderately long ones on each flank; punctures concealed except a few on flanks. H#lytra not much wider than prothorax and not twice as long, deeper than wide; posterior declivity steep and longer 111 than the rest of elytra, crowned on each side with an obtuse transverse tubercle; third and fifth interstices distinctly raised from base to basal third (less distinctly raised near apex); with several feeble tubercles about middle, a distinct oblique one on fifth interstice; with series of rather large round punctures, not very close together, and more or less interrupted by tubercles; a few small, shining, sutural granules on basal half. Punctures of wnder-surface entirely concealed. Posterior femora extending almost to apex of abdomen. Length, 6% mm.; rostrum, 24 mm.; width, 3% mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Clarence River (Macleay Museum). The elongate tubercular elevations and short deep elytra give this species a most peculiar appearance. It differs from apicigriseus in having much paler and more uniform cloth- ing. The rostrum longer, eyes smaller and rather more coarsely faceted, posterior declivity considerably longer, pec- toral canal longer and terminating at hindmargin of middle coxe instead of in a somewhat more advanced position, mesos- ternal receptacle narrower and second segment of abdomen not transversely impressed, etc. HURYPOROPTERUS TENUIFASCIATUS, N Sp. Black, antennz (club infuscate) and claw-joints of a rather pale-red. Moderately densely clothed with small, round, brown scales; on prothorax a few elongate ones scat- tered about and moderately dense at sides and apex, each side of middle with a small, round, whitish spot; each elytral puncture with a moderately large scale, longer and paler scales scattered about, and, to the naked eye, appearing to form an oblique row of three small dots on each elytron; a distinct and very narrow white oblique fascia on each side, at summit of posterior declivity, extending from sixth interstice almost to suture. Under-surface, head, and basal half of rostrum sparsely squamose, pectoral canal moderately squamose; legs feebly ringed. Ciliation silvery and un- usually minute. | Head very feebly convex; forehead widely and shallowly but distinctly bisinuate; indistinctly punctate; ocular fovea small and round. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides lightly incurved to middle; with very feeble series of rather small punctures; apical half shining. Funicle with the second joint distinctly longer than the first, none of the others transverse. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, pos- terior angles produced; surface uneven from rather large scattered punctures; feebly (more distinctly at base) de- 112 pressed along the middle: across middle with several very feeble tubercular elevations. Hlytra wider than prothorax and (along middle) about twice as long, not much longer than wide; shoulders oblique and produced on to prothorax; with several feeble tubercular elevations, more noticeable on third interstice than elsewhere; suture towards base with a few depressed shining granules; with series of large (moderately small posteriorly), round, rather deep, and distant punc- tures: interstices not separately convex. Mesosternal recep- tacle as long as wide, each side strongly emarginate (or foveate). Abdomen with small sparse punctures; first seg- ment as long as the three following combined, intercoxal pro- cess with a foveate impression on each side; suture between first and second segments deep at sides, in middle with a large transverse fovea; second as long as third and fourth com- bined. Femora distinctiy grooved, the four anterior with a thin but acute and distinct tooth, posterior just passing apex of elytra. Length, 6 mm.; rostrum, 1}? mm.; width, 34 mm. Hab.--New South Wales (A. M. Lea). The mesosternal receptacle and abdomen are at variance with the other species of the genus, but the insect is so evi- dently allied to annulipes that it was thought advisable not to generically separate it. The specimen described (probably a female) is from the Tweed or Richmond River; it was put aside in spirits with some duplicates for over four years without apparent injury to the remarkable clothing. Near the base of the elytra there is a short groove, formed by punc- tures, such as is often seen behind the posterior coxe. EXITHIUS FERRUGINEUS, n. sp. Very densely clothed with ochreous-brown scales of a uniform tint throughout, except that the scutellum bears whitish scales. Fascicles on each of the elytral tubercles and six on prothorax. flead densely and somewhat rugosely punctate; forehead very distinctly but not deeply trisinuate. Rostrum shining ; coarsely punctate at base, densely but not coarsely elsewhere. Antenne inserted almost in exact middle. Prothorazx feebly transverse, sides moderately rounded, towards apex rather suddenly and strongly narrowed; with dense concealed punc- tures. L/ytra not twice the length of prothorax; shoulders strongly projecting; posterior declivity abrupt, its summit crowned by four rather large tubercles placed in a line; else- where (but especially on the third and fifth interstices) with a few small tubercles; with series of concealed punctures. Two basal segments of abdomen with dense, round punctures. 113 All the femora very acutely and distinctly dentate. Length, 58 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 3 mm. Hab.—Tasmania (type in Mr. A. Simson’s collection). The specimen described appears to be a female. The species resembles the preceding one, especially as regards the shoulders, but the clothing is very different, the prothorax is less transverse, the elytra are much shorter (in consequence of the posterior declivity being very abrupt), and the tubercles are differently disposed and less uniform in size; the femoral teeth are also considerably larger and more acute. EXITHIUS CONSPICIENDUS, Nn. sp. Densely clothed with dingy-brown scales; prothorax with a very distinct patch of large, soft, pale, rounded scales, commencing at the middle of the base, curved round and ter- minating in the median fascicle on each side of the middle. Prothorax with six fascicles, each elytral tubercle feebly fasciculate. Head coarsely punctate but not at base; forehead very distinctly and moderately deeply trisinuate. Rostrum shin- ing; densely but not very coarsely punctate (except at base) in ¢, almost impunctate (except at base) in 9. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rounded, with dense concealed punctures. lytra almost truncate at base; the alternate interstices with small tubercular elevations; with series of large (almost concealed) punctures. Two basal segments of abdomen with dense round punctures. /emora not very dis- tinctly punctate. Length, 5 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 24 mm. Hab.—Tasmania (Macleay Museum): Hobart (L. Rod- way, H. H. D. Griffith, R. A. Black, and A. M. Lea); Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea). The shape of the patch of pale scales on the prothorax is remarkable. Two specimens differ in being smaller (4 mm.), in having the patch of scales on the prothorax snowy-white, and (very feebly) narrowly continued to apex, each side with a narrow pale stripe; the scutellum is white; each shoulder is white, the whole of the posterior declivity for the width of three interstices on each side with a triangular lateral extension near the summit is white, and the femora are very decidedly ringed. I cannot regard these specimens, however, as repre- senting more than a variety. EXITHIUS LOCULOSUS, n. sp. Densely clothed with soft, sooty scales. Prothorax and elytra with the usual fascicles. E 114 Head densely punctate ; forehead not trisinuate. Rostrum wider at base than at apex; base coarsely punctate, elsewhere (except at sides) rather sparsely and finely punctate. Antennz inserted nearer base than apex. Pro- thorax moderately transverse, subtriangular, owing to the sides decreasing in width from near base; with rather larger punctures than usual. Hlytra not much wider than pro- thorax, just perceptibly widest about middle, thence arcuate to apex, which is truncate; base feebly trisinuate; each with about ten small tubercular elevations, most of which are beyond the middle; with series of large subquadrate punctures or fovee, wider than the interstices and in places only slightly obscured. 'Two basal segments of abdomen with dense, round, deep punctures. Femora scarcely visibly den- tate. Length, 54 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 24 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Galston (D. Dumbrell). The build of this species is suggestive of Microporopterus, the femoral teeth are traceable with great difficulty and only from behind; the punctures of the abdomen are unusually deep and those of the elytra large. EXITHIUS SCULPTILIS, n. sp. 3. Sparsely clothed with dingy-brownish scales, with pale scales along the middle of the prothorax and rather denser there than elsewhere. Prothorax with six fascicles (the two median ones white); elytra scarcely fasciculate. Head coarsely punctate between eyes; forehead shallowly but distinctly trisinuate. Rostrum slightly wider at apex than at base; with unusually large punctures, subseriately arranged behind antennz, in front of antennz the punctures are larger than usual but much smaller than those behind them. Antennz inserted one-third from apex of rostrum; scape shorter (but not by much) than funicle. Prothorax as long as wide, with large but not very numerous punctures or fovee; with a moderately distinct, but short, median carina. EHlytra strongly convex, subovate, widest just beyond middle, apex feebly rounded; with large punctures or foveze, becoming small posteriorly but much larger (and also more distinct) on the sides; third and fifth interstices each with two feeble tubercular elevations: one at basal third and one at summit of posterior declivity. Two basal segments of abdomen with very large round punctures. /Femora eden- tate; narrowly grooved. Length, 44 mm.; rostrum, 1 mm.; width, 2 mm. — Hab.—New South Wales (Macleay Museum). The clothing and punctures are very different to those 115 of the other species here described, the scape is unusually long, the body is strongly convex and comparatively narrow, and the femora are edentate; so that I may be wrong in referring it to Haithiws—it is, at any rate, very closely allied to that genus. EXITHIUS INAMABILIS, N. sp. Moderately densely clothed with sooty and muddy-grey scales, irregularly distributed, and forming feeble fascicles on elytra, but not on prothorax. Head densely punctate; forehead not trisinuate. Ros- trum subopaque in <, shining in 9, rather thinner than usual; base and sides with coarse punctures, elsewhere not coarsely or densely punctate. Antenne inserted almost in exact middle. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded; with dense, round, shallow, partially-concealed punctures. JLlytra briefly subovate, widest just beyond middle, base feebly trisinuate; all the interstices slightly con- vex and each feebly produced at base; with series of large punctures, becoming not much smaller posteriorly. Meso- sternal recéptacle very feebly and not suddenly elevated ; densely punctate. Abdomen with dense, round punctures. Femora stouter than usual; rather feebly dentate. Length, 4 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 2 mm.; variation in length, 34-44 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). A short broad species, having the rostrum rather longer than usual and the prothorax without fascicles; on one specimen that has been entirely abraded each elytral punc- ture appears to be bounded by four minute granules, and which give the elytra a curious appearance, but these granules are usually not traceable. EXITHIUS BREVIS, Nn. sp. Black, antenne and tarsi dull-red. Densely clothed with large, soft, sooty-brown scales, that on the prothorax and elytra form feeble fascicles. Head densely and confusedly punctate; forehead not tri- sinuate. Rostrum the length of prothorax; sides feebly in- curved to middle; densely and coarsely punctate, punctures concealed except on apical fourth. Scape inserted in exact middle of rostrum; first joint of funicle stouter but scarcely longer than second. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, apex about half the width of base; with dense, round punctures, becoming smaller anteriorly. Hlytra about once and one-third the width and about twice the length of prothorax, slightly longer than wide; with series of E2 116 large, suboblong punctures, which are more or less concealed ; interstices narrower than punctures, themselves lightly punc- tate. Under-surface with dense, round, regular punctures. Mesosternal receptacle not suddenly raised. Femora stout, very feebly dentate. Length, 44 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 24 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). A short, broad species, closely allied to the preceding one, from which it may be distinguished by its greater width, denser clothing, much more irregular punctures of head, and stouter and more coarsely punctured rostrum. EXXITHIOIDES, Nn. g. Head large, feebly convex, partially concealed. Eyes ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum compara- tively short and wide, feebly curved; a shallow groove on each side above the scrobe. Scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of the latter elongate; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax subquadrate, constriction slight; ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum small. LHlytra oblong-ovate. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated immediately behind anterior coxe. MMesosternal receptacle raised, almost as long as wide, sides incurved to base, ridged along middle, emargination widely transverse; cavernous. MJetasternuwm rather short; episterna not traceable. Abdomen moderately large, sutures straight; basal segment as long as the three following com- bined, intercoxal process rather narrow; third and fourth depressed below, and their combined length slightly less than that of second or fifth. Legs moderately long; posterior coxe touching elytra; femora feebly grooved, edentate, pos- terior terminated before apex of abdomen; tibize lightly com- pressed, almost straight; tarsi rather thick, third joint very little wider than second and deeply bilobed, fourth rather long and thin. Oblong-elliptic, convex, squamose, non- tuberculate, winged. Allied to Haithius, but the abdominal sutures straight and the body winged. EXITHIOIDES PUNCTATUS, Nl. Sp. Black, opaque, antennez and tarsi dull-red. Sparsely (the legs moderately densely) clothed with sooty-brown scales; base and posterior declivity of elytra with dense pale scales; under-surface with a few pale scales. Prothorax with four very feeble fascicles, elytra with several feeble fascicles and with four distinct (but still feeble) ones crown- ing the summit of posterior declivity. 117 Head feebly convex; densely punctate throughout ; basal portion scaleless but opaque, separated from the scaly portion by a very feeble semicircular impression. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, sides incurved to middle; densely and rather coarsely punctate and opaque throughout, punctures larger and arranged in four feeble rows behind antennez, with a very feeble median ridge on basal half. Scape inserted at apical third ; first joint of funicle slightly longer than second, the others transverse. Prothorax moderately convex, almost as long as wide, sides moderately rounded, base truncate and not much wider than apex; with dense, large, round, deep punctures; with a short and very indistinct median carina. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax and about once and one-half its length; parallel-sided and cylindrical from near base to apical third; with dense, large (twice the size of those on prothorax), round, deep, closely approximate, but non- confluent punctures or fovez, becoming smaller posteriorly; a few small feebly-shining granules on suture near base. Two basal segments of abdomen with large, round, deep punc- tures, larger on second than on first; fifth densely punctate. Length, 445 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 2 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Glen Innes (A. M. Lea). The punctures on both prothorax and elytra are per- fectly regular, but on the latter they are so large and close together that the interspaces between them do not form regular interstices (except towards the sides), each being sur- rounded by a ring of more or less even thickness. EKUFAUSTIA, 0. g. Head rather large, strongly convex, not concealed. Eyes large, briefly ovate, widely separated, finely faceted. Ros- trum wide, dilated at apex, curved throughout; scrobes shallow, continuous to but very feeble at lower edge of eyes, anterior portion visible from above. Antenne moderately stout; scape inserted slightly before base of scrobe and slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum, shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club ovate, rather large, much wider than funicle. Prothorax obcordate, apex and sides rounded, base feebly bisinuate; constriction scarcely traceable; ocular lobes very feeble. Scutellwm small but convex and distinct. Hlytra subtriangular, base trun- cate except for the shoulders. Pectoral canal wide, termin- ated between intermediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle transverse, walls thin and abruptly vertical throughout ; open. Metasternum large, slightly longer than basal segment of abdomen; episterna rather narrow. Abdomen moderately 118 large, first segment just perceptibly longer than fifth but considerably longer than second, its suture with second moder- ately distinct at sides only; third and fourth with distinct and moderately deep sutures, their combined length slightly more than that of second and less than that of fifth. Legs (especially the anterior) long; coxe large, the posterior touching elytra; femora stout, subclavate, not grooved, dentate, posterior passing elytra; tibiz compressed, arched at base, feebly bisinuate beneath, in addition to the terminal hook with an obtuse subapical tooth; tarsi feebly clothed, basal joint considerably longer than second and third com- bined, third short, wide, and deeply bilobed, fourth long and thin; claws moderate. Elliptic, moderately convex, feebly clothed, winged. This remarkable and extremely distinct genus is dedicated to the memory of the late Herr Johannes Faust, of Libau, Russia, the well-known specialist on Curculionda. In a tabulation the genus should be placed near Onidistus, which, indeed, appears to be its nearest ally, although the shape of the rostrum, mesosternal receptacle, prothorax, and elytra are utterly different. The most notice- able features of the only known species are the long anterior legs, acutely dentate femora, long basal joint of tarsi, very wide (especially at apex) rostrum, with apex of scrobes visible and the peculiarly-distributed highly-polished granules. EUFAUSTIA MIRABILIS, 0. Sp. Black, subopaque; rostrum and legs brownish-red, antennz (club excepted) paler. Sparsely clothed with thin white scales, sparser on disc of prothorax and elytra than elsewhere ; in addition the sides are clothed with flat, indis- tinct scales; ciliation of ocular lobes unusually long. Head densely punctate, flat between eyes; ocular fovea deep but smaller than many of the surrounding punctures. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, sides dilated to base and apex, at the middle allowing scrobes to be seen from above; densely but not coarsely punctate, each side of apex with a shallow impression. Mandibles large and strong but not pro- jecting. Scape the length of five basal joints of funicle; of these the first is almost as long as second and third com- bined, the second almost as long as third and fourth. com- bined, the third is longer than the fourth, the fifth and sixth are feebly, the seventh strongly transverse; club narrowly joined to funicle. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, middle of base with a shining scutellar lobe; with minute shining granules scattered about, except along middle; 119 densely punctate, the punctures rather small and towards the base and sides concealed. Zlytra not more than twice the length of prothorax; shoulders produced and shining; near base and scutellum with about fourteen highly-polished granules or small tubercles of irregular size; with series of small and distinct punctures, behind nearly every one of which is a small shining granule, the first row is straight, the second slightly, and the third decidedly curved about the middle; interstices with very small punctures and with small, shining, irregularly and sparsely distributed granules. Metasternum slightly concave. Abdomen with the first seg- ment feebly concave, raised above, and its suture with second concealed across the middle, except when viewed directly from behind, fifth, and the third and fourth at sides, rather densely punctate. Each of the four posterior femora with a small and acute tooth, of the anterior with a large and very acute tooth, all transversely rugulose; apical half of anterior tibie obsoletely dentate or serrate beneath, basal half of inter- mediate with a very narrow compressed space above. Length, 7mm.; rostrum, 1? mm.; width, 34 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Richmond River (A. M. Lea). At a glance the surface appears to be almost glabrous. The shining granules and small tubercles at the base of the elytra are usually different on each elytron and are not alike in the three specimens under examination; the largest, how- ever, is always on the third interstice. From certain direc- tions the abdomen appears to be supplied with a feeble plate hke in Amydala and its allies. The rostrum is not twice as long as its width at the apex. ONIDISTUS SUBFORNICATUS, Nl. Sp. Dark blackish-brown, antennz (club excepted) and tarsi pale-red. Densely clothed with minute muddy-grey scales which entirely conceal the derm; prothorax with stout, brown, curved, setose scales, each arising from a puncture; elytra with similar scales on the interstices, but which are often scarcely traceable when viewed from above. Head very distinctly quadri-impressed; excavated between eyes. Rostrum comparatively stout; rather coarsely (for the genus) punctate at base and leaving a distinct shin- ing carina behind the antennze (punctures and carina less noticeable in 9 than in ¢). Antenne as in araneus, except that they are rather stouter. Prothorax with rather strong and rather dense, equally distributed punctures, which, how- ever, are entirely concealed. Hlytra striate-punctate, punc- tures very large (almost foveate) on basal third, becoming 120 smaller and compressed posteriorly, but still distinctly trace- able through clothing, with, or without, small, shining, sutural granules. Mesosternal receptacle U-shaped, slightly cavernous. Metasternum slightly more than half the length of the following segment. Wings present. Length, 64 mm. ; rostrum, 12 mm.; width, 3 mm.; variation in length, 53-65 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). Appears to be an abundant species, judging by the num- ber of specimens in the Macleay Museum. It is abundantly distinct from nodipennis and araneus by the shape of the mesosternal receptacle and the strong (although concealed) prothoracic punctures; in shape it is intermediate. The clothing is much denser, and of a slightly different shade of colour to that of araneus. This species agrees fairly well with Mr. Pascoe’s descrip- tion of odiosus, except that the elytra are not callose towards the base, and that the punctures are not distinct, being in fact closer together than usual. But if the locality given for odiosus (King George Sound) is correct (a subject, however, that appears to me to be doubtful judging by the distribu- tion of Onidistus and its allies) there should be no liability to confound the two species. PSEUDONIDISTUS, n. g. Head partially concealed, forehead trisinuate. Eyes large, ovate, moderately faceted. Rostrum moderately long and rather thin, each side with a shallow groove above the scrobe. Antenne thin; scape in- serted nearer apex than base of rostrum, longer than funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club ovate, moderately large. Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate, sides rounded, apex feebly produced, constriction slight, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellwm not traceable. Hlytra cordate. Pectoral canal rather shallow and not very wide, wider between coxe than in front, terminated between intermediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle transverse, sides produced, hinder margin semicircular; open. Metasternum much shorter than the following segment; episterna narrow but distinct throughout. Abdomen moderately large, sutures distinct, first segment as long as the two following combined, intercoxal process wide; third and fourth combined slightly longer than second and considerably longer than fifth. Legs long; posterior coxze touching elytra; femora stout, sub- pedunculate, acutely dentate, not grooved, posterior passing elytra; tibiz somewhat compressed, thin, bisinuate beneath ; 121 tarsi long and very thin, third joint longer than wide and not much wider than second, bilobed to basal fourth. Convex, squamose, fasciculate, apterous. Closely allied to Onidistus, from which it differs in the forehead being tri- instead of quadri-sinuate, the scutellum absent, and the shape of the mesosternal receptacle; the out- line of the latter is much the same as that of the copper-plates that decorate the breasts of many aboriginal kings. PSEUDONIDISTUS CORDATUS, Ni. sp. Black, antennz, tarsi, and tibial hooks of a rather pale- red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, which are more or less thickly interspersed with stout, suberect, paler (sometimes darker) scales; prothorax with four dark fascicles across middle; clothing of under-surface and legs much the same, but the stout scales more elongate. Head between eyes and basal half of rostrum densely clothed. flead bald, shining and impunctate except between eyes, forehead trisinuate, the median excavation deeper and more distinct, but not as wide as the lateral ones; these narrowly margin the eyes. Rostrum slightly longer than prothorax, moderately curved, feebly decreasing in width from base to middle; basal half evidently coarsely punctate, but punc- tures concealed; with a distinct, shining, median carina; apical half polished and impunctate. Antenne inserted two- fifths from apex of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle sub- equal in length, third to sixth subglobular, seventh trans- verse. Prothorax moderately transverse, convex; with rather dense and large, round punctures; base feebly bisinuate. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and about twice the length of prothorax; shoulders, sides, and apex rounded ; with series of large, round, deep, somewhat irregular punc- tures, very large on basal half of disc, and becoming smaller on the sides and posteriorly; alternate interstices irregularly thickened and feebly raised; four or five granules on each side of suture towards the base. Metasternum with an irregular series of rather large punctures on each side, a sub- cariniform process behind each side of the receptacle. Basal segment of abdomen with a semicircular row of large punc- tures (the inner one on each side decidedly foveate) margin- ing the coxe; second depressed below first, its basal half (except at sides) with moderately large, irregular punctures, apical segment with dense and rather large punctures. Femora with large curvilinearly triangular teeth, those of the anterior largest. Length, 5 mm. (vix.) ; rostrum, 14 mm. ; width, 24 mm. ‘ 122 Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum), Mul- grave River (Henry Hacker). The punctures (except on sides of elytra), fovee, and granules are entirely concealed by the clothing. On abrasion the derm of the prothorax is seen to be opaque, whilst that of the elytra is shining; the punctures of the latter, though smaller posteriorly than elsewhere, are still of considerable size there, fully as large as those of the prothorax. PALETONIDISTUS, n. g. Head moderately large; forehead trisinuate; ocular fovea deep. Eyes moderately large, subovate, rather finely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and rather thin, curved, with a shallow groove on each side above the scrobe. Scape not the length of funicle, inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club briefly ovate. Prothorax moderately convex, walls almost vertical, base bisinuate, sides and apex moderately rounded. Scutellum absent. Hlytra subovate, much wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and rather narrow, terminated between four anterior cox. J/esosternal receptacle raised, longer than wide, ridged along middle, emargination semicircular; cavernous. Meta- sternum very short; episterna narrow but traceable through- — out. Abdomen rather large; two basal segments large, suture between them rather feeble but traceable throughout; first as long as second and third combined, intercoxal process wide, third and fourth combined the length of fifth and slightly shorter than second. Legs rather long; posterior coxe not touching elytra; femora subclavate, acutely dentate, not grooved, posterior not extending to apex of body; tibie thin and compressed, bisinuate beneath, tarsi long, thin, and polished above, third joint not much wider than second but deeply bilobed, claws thin. Elliptic-ovate, convex, squamose, tuberculate, apterous. Allied to Paleticus and Onidistus, from both of which it may be distinguished by the shape of the mesosternal receptacle. PALETONIDISTUS TRISINUATUS, Nl. Sp. Black, opaque; antennz and tarsi red and shining. Densely clothed with muddy scales, interspersed with longer and stouter but almost unicolourous scales, becoming sub- fasciculate on tubercles ; under-surface sparsely clothed. Head and basal half of rostrum with large and moderately-dense scales. Head moderately convex, basal portion visibly punctate ; forehead distinctly but not deeply trisinuate; ocular fovea 123 rather deep and narrow. Rostrum almost the length of pro- thorax; basal half coarsely punctate and along middle feebly carinate; apical half shining and finely punctate. Scape noticeably shorter than funicle ; of the latter the first joint is slightly longer and thicker than the second, the second to sixth are almost cylindrical, and the seventh is as long as wide. Prothorax as long as wide, apex not suddenly narrowed, sides rather feebly rounded, depressed along middle, the depression more distinct on apical third than eleswhere; with dense, round, and deep but not very large punctures, and which are more or less concealed. Hlytra about twice and one-half the length of prothorax and at base considerably wider, widest just beyond middle; each side strongly lessened on apical third, each feebly separately rounded at apex; shoulders produced ; each with about nine, small, rounded tubercles; three sub- basal and six about summit of posterior declivity; a small shining elevation on each side of the scutellar region; with series of large, round, deep, more or less distant punctures, which become small posteriorly, and are more or less concealed. Under-surface almost without punctures, except for a row of rather large ones across metasternum and a similar row on basal segment of abdomen. Legs rather long; femora each with a large, triangular, acute tooth (equal in all), posterior extending almost to apex of abdomen. Length, 7 mm.; rostrum, 12 mm. (vix.); width, 34 mm. Hab.—New South Wales (A. M. Lea). There appears to be a feeble inpunctate space along the middle of the prothorax. The clothing on the specimen described appears to be partially abraded, but the species is so distinct that I have not hesitated to describe it. KCILDAUS, n. g. Head moderately large, partially concealed; forehead trisinuate. Eyes small, ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather short and thick, strongly bent at base; scrobes wide, shallow, and highly polished; a shallow groove on each side above them. Antenne stout; scape in- serted nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle ; two basal joints of the latter subelongate, the others transverse; club ovate. Prothorax moderately or not at all transverse, sides rounded, base almost truncate, disc flattened, constriction shallow, ocular lobes obtuse. Scwtellum absent. Elytra subovate, base lightly trisinuate and suddenly (but not by much) wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between hinder part of anterior coxe. Meso- sternal receptacle raised, longer than wide, emargination widely 124 transverse; cavernous. Metasternum less than half the length of the following segment; episterna rather narrow. Abdomen with straight sutures; two basal segments rather large; first as long as second and third combined, intercoxal process moderately wide; third and fourth combined slightly longer than second or fifth. Legs short; posterior coxze touching elytra; femora stout, outwardly curved on apical half, grooved, edentate, posterior terminated before apex of abdo- men; tibiz short, curved at base only; tarsi rather short, moderately wide or rather narrow, feebly or not at all clothed above and shining, third joint very little wider than, or about once and one-half the width of second, fourth thin and rather long. Hlliptic-ovate, moderately convex, squamose, non- tuberculate, apterous. One of the few genera in which the tarsi are variable, in glabricorms they are almost as in Methidrysis, whilst in the others they are feebly (but very decidedly) clothed above, with the third joint distinctly wider than the second. The forehead is trisinuate, the median sinus being very wide; the lateral ones rather deeply margin the eyes; the polished base of the head looks as if an iron cap had been drawn over that portion of it, this is especially noticeable in personatus. Although four specimens are under examination, the metasternal epis- terna cannot be distinctly seen in any (on account of the cloth- ing), they appear, however, to be rather narrow. The three species described below are closely allied in general appearance. Tarsi glabrous on upper surface, head feebly carinate ... glabricornis Tarsi not entirely glabrous, ‘head not carinate. Emargination of forehead enrropon ce upon by punctures ... ... Mmelancholicus Emargination of forehead not en- croached upon ws lig bas) A soe) leg alts ooh OL SOM eraaam ECILDAUS PERSONATUS, N. sp. Black, antenne and tarsi red. Densely clothed with large, soft, sooty-brown scales, obscurely spotted with scales of a lighter shade of brown, more. noticeable on shoulders than elsewhere; tarsi distinctly clothed. Head convex, shining, and lightly punctate, except on anterior two-fifths; forehead trisinuate, the median sinus much wider than the lateral ones. Rostrum shorter than pro- thorax, base wider than apex, sides incurved to middle; basal half with coarse, concealed punctures, apical half shining, but rather strongly punctate. Second joint of funicle just per- ceptibly longer than first. Prothorax feebly transverse; with 125 dense, round, partially-concealed punctures. Hlytra about once and one-half the length of prothorax ; striate-punctate, punctures rather large but concealed ; interstices regular and wider than strie. Punctures of wnder-surface concealed ; basal segments of abdomen slightly concave in middle. /emora widely grooved, posterior not extending to apical segment. Length, 4 mm.; rostrum, 1 mm.; width, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cape Upstart (A. Simson). Two specimens under examination, each of which appears to be c. EcILDAUS MELANCHOLICUS, n. sp. Black, antennez and tarsi dull-red. Densely clothed with moderately large, soft, sooty-brown scales, very obscurely speckled with lighter brown ones; tarsi distinctly clothed. Head shining and lightly punctate on basal third; else- where coarsely punctate; forehead trisinuate, but the sinua- tions slightly interrupted by punctures. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, base wider than apex, sides incurved to middle; coarsely punctate throughout (except for a median space between antennz) but punctures concealed on basal half, apical half shining. First joint of funicle slightly longer than second. Prothorax moderately transverse; with dense (but not confluent), round, shallow, clearly-cut punc- tures; with a short and very feeble median carina. EHlytra as in the preceding species. Under-surface (except that the abdomen is flat) and legs as in the preceding species. Length, 4+ mm.; rostrum, 1 mm. (vix.); width, 2 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). EcCILDAUS GLABRICORNIS, Nn. Sp. Black, antenne and tarsi red and shining. Clothing much as in the preceding species, except that the tarsi are glabrous above. Head glabrous but rather coarsely punctate on basal third, punctures elsewhere concealed; forehead trisinuate, the sinuations slightly encroached upon by punctures; with a very feeble median carina. Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax, base considerably wider than apex, sides incurved to middle; coarsely punctured throughout, punctures on basal third concealed, but leaving a feeble median carina visible ; elsewhere shining. First joint of funicle longer than second. Prothoraz as long as wide, with dense (but not confluent), round, shallow, clearly-cut punctures; with a narrow, waved, median carina, traceable from near base to near apex. Hlytra as in the two preceding species. Abdomen with dense, round, concealed punctures; basal segments feebly concave in 126 middle. Femora densely punctate; posterior extending to apical segment. Length, 4? mm.; rostrum, 1 mm. (vix.); width, 2 mm. (vix.). | Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). In appearance close to the preceding species, but at once distinguished by the prothorax being as long as wide, and by the tarsi. The antennz, except the apical joints of the club, are glabrous and polished. The median prothoracic carina is sufficiently distinct; in the preceding species it is much shorter and traceable with difficulty. Where the elytral clothing has been removed the interstices are seen to be narrow and waved, although they are evidently regular throughout. NOTOCALVICEPS, n. g. Head of moderate size, not concealed ; forehead strongly quadrisinuate ; bald and highly polished except between eyes. Eyes large, ovate, rather widely separated, finely faceted. Rostrum long, thin, and curved, each side with a rather deep groove above the scrobe. Antennz rather thin ; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club elongate-ovate, its joints oblique. Prothorax transverse, sides rounded, base bisinuate, constriction feeble but continued across summit; ocular lobes obtusely rounded. Scutellum transversely oblong, distinct. Elytra much wider than prothorax, base lightly trisinuate. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, terminated between inter- mediate coxe. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, U-shaped, walls equal throughout; cavernous. Metasternum slightly but noticeably shorter than the following segment; episterna distinct throughout. Abdomen moderately large, sutures deep ; first segment not as long as second and third combined, its suture with second curved, intercoxal process rather narrow ; third and fourth rather large, their combined length consider- ably more than that of second or fifth. Legs long and rather thin ; posterior cox not touching elytra; femora dentate, not grooved, posterior passing elytra or not; tibie feebly com- pressed, almost straight; tarsi thin, first and fourth joints equal in length, third moderately wide and deeply bilobed ; claws long and very thin. Subovate, convex, squamose, punctate, nontuberculate, apterous. Allied, but not very closely so, to Methidrysis; indeed, but for the sinuation of the forehead, I should have imagined it as being widely removed from Paleticus. There are a number of species, belonging to allied genera, in which the hinder part of the head is more or less shining, but in the two species 127 described below the base of the head is highly polished and entirely bald. Posterior femora passing elytra; prothor- | acic punctures more or less confluent . punctipennis, n. sp. Posterior femora not extending to apex of abdomen ; su uenccahabied hie not confluent ... ... . dtl tae FP BEMG, Te SD. NoTOCALVICEPS PUNCTIPENNIS, n. sp. Black, subopaque; antenne, tarsi, and tibial hooks dull- red. Not very densely clothed with stout reddish-brown scales ; on the prothorax one in each puncture, on the elytra forming feeble decumbent clusters on the interstices, suture with minute scales, each puncture with a small scale, a distinct patch of pale scales on each side at apex; abdomen with sparse elongate scales; legs rather densely clothed. Head between eyes (elsewhere perfectly bald) and basal half of rostrum sparsely squamose. Head highly polished (except between eyes) and finely but distinctly punctate; forehead strongly quadrisinuate, the median excavations deeper and narrower than the lateral ones, and separated by a distinct ridge, the lateral excavations mar- gining the eyes; between eyes rather coarsely punctate; the ocular fovea rather deep and large. Rostrum long and thin, feebly decreasing in width from base to apex ; basal third sub- opaque, subseriately punctate and with a very distinct, narrow, shining, median carina; apical two-thirds polished and finely punctate. Scape inserted at about two-fifths from apex of rostrum ; two basal joints of funicle subequal, none of the others transverse. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded, base moderately bisinuate; coarsely foveate-punctate, punctures more or less confluent, the inter- spaces subtuberculate; along middle of apical half a feeble waved carina. LHlytra subcordate, about once and one-fourth the width, and not thrice the length of prothorax; seriate- punctate or foveate, punctures large, deep, distant, triangular or conical, and largest along suture and base, becoming smaller at sides and much smaller posteriorly. Metasternuwm and basal segment of abdomen each with a curved row of large punc- tures. Legs densely punctate; femora acutely dentate, pos- terior passing elytra. Length, 9 mm.; rostrum, 2? mm.; width, 44 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mossman River (type in Macleay Museum). The scales on the unique specimen under examination are condensed into small clusters on the elytra, and some of these clusters are paler than the others. The elytral punctures are 128 very peculiar, they are shining, those of the first row are almost triangular (the basal and deepest end directed. towards the base of the elytra), those of the second row are more conical, whilst towards the sides they become ovate, the spaces between the punctures and between the rows are on the same general level. NOTOCALVICEPS RARUS, 0. Sp. Black, subopaque; antennez, tarsi, and tibial hooks dull- red. Not very densely clothed with moderately stout, sub- erect, brownish scales, on the prothorax confined to the punc- tures, on the elytra on the interstices as well; elytra in addi- tion with a distinct oblique patch of whitish scales on each side, at about basal third and extending from the third to the seventh interstices; under-surface and tibize with long, thin scales; femora rather densely clothed. Head between eyes (elsewhere perfectly bald) and base of rostrum with a few elongate scales. Head highly polished (except between eyes) and very finely punctate; forehead strongly quadrisinuate; coarsely punctate between eyes, the ocular fovea not traceable. Ros- trum and antennez as in the preceding species, except that the median carina of the rostrum is continued on the head almost to its middle. /Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded, base moderately trisinuate; with large, round, clearly-defined punctures, somewhat variable in size but nowhere confluent; with a feeble median carina, not traceable to base or apex. Hlytra oblong-cordate, about once and one-third the width and almost thrice the length of prothorax, shoulders rounded, each feebly separately rounded at apex; seriate-punctate or foveate, punctures large, deep, distant, subconical, becoming smaller and more rounded towards sides, and very small posteriorly. Metasternum and basal segment of abdomen each with a curved impression containing large punctures. Legs densely punctate; femora rather feebly dentate, posterior scarcely extending to apex of abdomen. Length, 8 mm.; rostrum, 24+ mm.; width, 4 mm. Hab.—New South Wales (J. Faust). The white oblique patches of scales on the elytra are very distinct, the general scales are rather longer and thinner than in the preceding. The median sinuations of the fore- head are fully as wide and just about as deep as the lateral ones; they are slightly interrupted by punctures. The elytral punctures, though similar in character, are rather more elongate than in the preceding species, whilst those of the prothorax are not at all confluent; the femoral teeth are considerably smaller; the elytra are wider at the base and more decidedly arcuate posteriorly. 129 TERPOROPUS, N. g. Head partially concealed, forehead lightly sinuous. Eyes rather large, ovate, rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather long and thin, moderately curved, with a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antennz thin; scape inserted at about middle of rostrum, shorter than funicle; all the joints of the latter elongate; club ovate, twice the width of funicle. Prothorax subquadrate, constriction slight; ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum absent. Hlytra rather long and deep, almost parallel-sided. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, ter- minated immediately behind anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle raised, longer than wide; sides incurved to base, emargination widely transverse; cavernous. Metasternum about half the length of the following segment; episterna narrow and depressed. Abdomen rather small, narrow, and nowhere suddenly lessened, sutures deep, straight, and dis- tinct; first segment moderately large, as long as the three following combined, intercoxal process narrow; second very little longer than third; third and fourth combined slightly longer than fifth. Legs long and thin; posterior cox touching elytra; femora not grooved, acutely dentate, pos- terior passing elytra; tibie thin and lightly compressed, diminishing from base to apex; tarsi long, thin, shining, and very sparsely clothed above, third joint not much wider than second, deeply bilobed, but not to base, fourth long and thin. EKlongate-elliptic, strongly convex, squamose, tuberculate, apterous. The nearest ally of this genus appears to be Stenoporop- terus, from which it can be readily distinguished by the legs, antenne, and frontal excavations. TERPOROPUS TENUICORNIS, n. sp. Black, antennez pale-red, the tarsi darker. Moderately- densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with longer and suberect scales, that on the prothorax and elytra form feeble fascicles. Head feebly convex; basal half rather coarsely punctate, subopaque, and scaleless; forehead lightly quadrisinuate ; an- terior half with moderately-dense concealed punctures; a very feeble elevation on each side of middle. Rostrum slightly longer than prothorax, sides feebly incurved to middle; basal third with strong punctures in feeble rows, separated by feeble ridges, elsewhere polished with moderately small and rather dense punctures. Scape the length of five following joints; first joint of funicle slightly shorter than second and slightly longer than third, third slightly longer than fourth, the others 130 feebly decreasing in length but none transverse. Prothorax as long as wide, sides moderately rounded, base truncate and not much wider than apex; with large but not very dense punctures, and which are more or less concealed except on flanks, feebly depressed along middle; towards each side with several very obtuse elevations. Hlytra scarcely twice the length of prothorax and very little wider, as deep as wide, sides very feebly rounded except towards apex; seriate-punctate (or foveate), punctures very large and deep, becoming smaller pos- teriorly, much obscured by clothing (less so on sides); third and fifth interstices each with three obtuse tubercles, the largest on third at summit of posterior declivity. Under- surface with large, concealed punctures. Femora with dis- tinct but rather thin, triangular, acute teeth, subequal on all; posterior passing elytra for about one-third their length; pos- terior tibis gently arched throughout, the others at base only. Length, 6 mm.; rostrum, 2mm.; width, 2? mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). A narrow species, with more or less concealed but very coarse punctures. The flanks of the elytra commence from the fifth interstice. The funicle is unusually thin. AUSTRECTOPSIS, nN. g. Head moderately large and partially concealed, forehead sinuous. Eyes moderately large, ovate, widely separated, moderately faceted. Rostrum moderately long and curved, with a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antenne moderately thin; scape inserted nearer apex than base of ros- trum, the length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate ; club elongate-ovate, its outline continuous with that of funicle, the joints oblique. Prothorax transversely sub- oblong, base bisinuate, ocular lobes slightly obtuse. Scuwtellum distinct. Zlytra suboblong, base trisinuate, shoulders rounded. Pectoral canal deep and rather wide, terminated between inter- mediate cox. Mesosternal receptacle not raised, base slightly wider than sides, emargination briefly U-shaped; cavernous. Metasternum rather long, but shorter than the following seg- ment; episterna rather wide. Abdomen with distinct sutures ; two basal segments rather large, first the length of second and third combined, its apex incurved, intercoxal process rather narrow and rounded ; third and fourth rather large, their com- bined length rather more than that of second, second longer than fifth. Legs rather long; posterior coxe not touching elytra; femora moderately stout, not grooved, dentate, pos- terior passing elytra; tibiz compressed, rather strongly arched at base; tarsi rather long, thin, and feebly clothed, third joint 131 moderately wide and deeply bilobed, fourth the length of first. Subelliptic, convex, squamose, nontuberculate. The affinities of this genus are not very obvious. It is placed in the Poropterus group on account of the sinuated forehead, narrow tarsi, sutural granules and rostrum approach- ing those of Paleticus and many allied genera, but some of its characters appear to denote affinity with the Chetectetorus group, whilst the long club is not in harmony with either. Since this description was written I have examined a speci- men of the New Zealand genus /ctopsis (for a specimen—Ff. ferrugalis—of which I am indebted to Major Broun). Ata glance the two species—ferrugalis and oblongus—appear to be congeneric, but comparing them in detail Hctopsis is seen to differ in having smaller eyes, club not at all ovate, mesosternal receptacle raised, the canal terminated before the middle coxe, the base narrower than the sides, but in particular by the femora being very distinctly grooved and the posterior ter- minated considerably before apex of abdomen. AUSTRECTOPSIS OBLONGUS, 0. sp. Of a very dark-brown, rostrum (except at apex) black, antenne and tarsi pale-red. Very densely clothed (apical two-thirds of rostrum nude) with fawn-coloured scales, paler before, and darker on, posterior declivity; apical segments of abdomen with darker scales except at sides; a distinct stripe of dark scales on flanks of meso- and meta-sternum and continued on flanks of prothorax almost to apex. Prothorax with stout, suberect scales, thickly but evenly scattered about and not forming fascicles; elytra with similar scales but condensed into feeble fascicles on the suture and alternate interstices, each elytral puncture with a scale that is white except posteriorly ; elsewhere with stout scales, rather thickly distributed. Head feebly compressed, forehead 5-sinuate. Rostrum longer than prothorax, sides almost parallel; basal third with coarse concealed punctures; elsewhere polished and lightly punctate. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex; first joint of funicle slightly shorter than second, fourth to sixth slightly the seventh strongly transverse; club the length of six preceding joints combined. Prothorax rather flat, strongly transverse, basal three-fourths almost perfectly parallel-sided, base lightly bisinuate, but the scutellar lobe distinct, posterior angles rectangular; surface feebly and irregularly elevated; punctures entirely concealed. Hlytra fully thrice the length of prothorax and at base once and 132 one-third the width, parallel-sided to near apex; with series of rather large, round, distant punctures; interstices wider than punctures, the third with three, the fifth with four feeble elongate tubercles; suture thickened from before to about middle of posterior declivity; each side of suture towards base with small, shining granules. Punctures of under-surface entirely concealed. Femora with triangular teeth, those of the posterior large, of the four anterior con- siderably smaller, but still large. Length, 64 mm.; ros- trum, 2 mm.; width, 3 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum), Kuranda (G. E. Bryant). The forehead is very distinctly sinuate, but each emar- gination is slight. From some directions the third and fourth abdominal segments are seen to be drawn slightly backwards at the sides. RopToPERUS TERRA-REGINA, 0. sp. 3. Dark-brown, antennz and tarsi of a rather pale-red. Very densely clothed with loose fawn-coloured scales, forming ten fascicles on prothorax and about twenty on elytra. Head and base of rostrum and the legs very densely clothed, the latter in addition with elongate scales. Head moderately convex, depressed towards base; punc- tures concealed. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, noticeably wider at base than at apex; punctures of basal two-thirds coarse and concealed, apical third shining but rather strongly punctate. First joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than second, the others feebly transverse. Prothorax dis- tinctly transverse, punctures nowhere traceable. Hlytra more than twice the length of prothorax; apparently rather strongly tuberculate beneath fascicles; punctures everywhere concealed. Two basal segments of abdomen with rather large and not entirely concealed punctures. Posterior femora ex- tending to apical segment of abdomen. Length, 4 mm.; rostrum, 1 mm.; width, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). The clothing is much the same as in tasmaniensis, except that it is considerably denser (except on the two basal seg- ments of abdomen, where it is sparser) and that the legs (at least in the unique specimen under examination) are not at all ringed. It may be at once distinguished, however, by the decidedly transverse prothorax. The base of the head is as in the following species, but the clothing, especially of the rostrum, is very different. 133 RoproPeRuUSs OCCIDENTALIS, 0. Sp. Almost black, antenne and tarsi of a rather pale-red. Moderately-densely clothed with scales, varying on different individuals, from a muddy-brown to black, and forming ten fascicles on prothorax and about twenty on elytra. Head, base of rostrum, and legs densely squamose, the latter in addition with obscure whitish rings and long setz. Head moderately convex ; base depressed and with a shin- ing impunctate ring; punctures elsewhere concealed. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, shorter and wider in ¢ than in Q ; in ¢ coarsely punctate (the punctures concealed on basal half), shining and moderately coarsely punctate on apical half; in @ coarsely punctate on basal third, lightly punctate and shining elsewhere. Scape in ¢ inserted just before middle of rostrum, in Q at basal third; first joint of funicle the length of second and third combined, third to seventh transverse. Prothorax as long as wide, subobcordate, feebly impressed along the middle; with dense, round, concealed punctures; subtuber- culate beneath fascicles. Hlytra about twice the length and once and one-third the width of prothorax ; striate-punctate, punctures oblong; striz rather deep and narrow, interstices wider than striz, and subtuberculate beneath fascicles; suture with a few small shining granules towards base. Under- surface and legs as in tasmamensis. Length, 44 mm.; ros- trum, #mm.; width, 2 mm.; variation in length 33-4} mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River, Rottnest Island (A. M. Lea). In both sexes the rostrum is almost parallel-sided in front of the antenne, and increases in width behind them. The granules of the elytral suture are usually concealed. The clothing is more like that of tasmaniensis than of the preceding species, but is sparser and apparently very easily abraded; some of the elytral fascicles are crowned with dingy-whitish scales. All the specimens under examination (two of which were taken im cop.) were obtained under loose blocks of lime- stone. CAIRNSICIS, n. g. Head moderately large, not concealed. Eyes ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and curved, comparatively wide. Antennz moderately thin ; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum and the length of funicle; two basal joints of the latter elongate; club ovate, wider than funicle. Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate, constriction feeble, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellwm absent. Elytra elongate-subovate, not much (and not suddenly) wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated be- 134 tween four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle raised, sides incurved to base, emargination semicircular; cavernous. Metasternum much shorter than the following segment; epis- terna very narrow. Abdomen moderately large, sutures (ex- cept between first and second segments in middle) deep and distinct ; first as long as second and third combined ; third and fourth combined slightly longer than second or fifth. Legs moderately long; femora comparatively thin, feebly grooved, edentate, posterior terminating before apex of abdomen; tibie compressed and feebly bisinuate beneath, in addition to the terminal hook with a very feeble subapical tooth; tarsi moderately thin, not shining, third joint moderately wide and deeply bilobed, fourth elongate. Elliptic, convex, squamose, fasciculate, apterous. Very close to Hoptoperus, but the scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum and the length of funicle, the abdo- men convex, the femora thinner and grooved, the tarsi (though rather thin) not shining, and with the third joint rather wide and deeply bilobed. CAIRNSICIS OPALESCENS, Nn. sp. Black, antenne and claw joints of a rather pale-red. Very densely clothed (except on under-surface) with fawn-coloured scales, denser on prothorax than on elytra; on the former they are large, circular, and condensed into numerous small fascicles, on the latter they are smaller and less rounded and the scales of the (rather numerous) fascicles are shining. Head (except at base) and base of rostrum moderately-densely clothed. Head feebly convex; base impunctate and shining; near base a circular line formed by dense, small, and confluent punc- tures, before this line shining, elsewhere with coarse, concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of prothorax, almost parallel- sided throughout ; basal third with coarse, concealed punctures, elsewhere polished and lightly punctate. Scape inserted at apical third; two basal joints of funicle equal in length, the others transverse. Prothorax slightly transverse; punctures concealed ; subtuberculate beneath fascicles, with a very feeble shining median carina. Llytra slightly wider than prothorax and about once and one-half as long; shoulders emarginate to receive posterior angles of prothorax; with series of large, round, partially-concealed punctures; subtuberculate beneath fascicles; a small, shining, conical granule on each side of scutellar region. Under-surface, except third and fourth abdo- minal segments, with moderately large and dense but partially- concealed punctures. Posterior femora extending almost to 135 apex of abdomen. Length, 5 mm.; rostrum, 14 mm.; width, 24 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). The prothoracic scales, and a few along suture of elytra, of the unique specimen under observation, have a greenish- opalescent gloss; but unless closely examined this gloss is not seen, although here and there a scale may show up green; on the sides and apex of the elytra some of the scales have a rosy gloss, but it is rather indistinct. ZENOPOROPTERUS, Nn. g. Head rather large, not concealed. Eyes small, ovate, widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum not very long, wide and feebly curved. Antenne moderately stout; scape inserted closer to base than apex and shorter than funicle ; two basal joints of the latter elongate; club elliptic-ovate and rather large. Prothorax subquadrate, base bisinuate, constriction feeble, ocular lobes very obtuse. Scuwtellwm absent. Hlytra subovate, at base very little wider than pro- thorax, widest at about middle. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between four anterior coxe. Mesosternal receptacle flat between cox, but raised in front, emargina- tion semicircular; cavernous. Metasternum much shorter than the following segment; episterna rather narrow. Abdomen large, sutures straight and distinct, first segment as long as second and third combined, intercoxal process wide ; third and fourth combined slightly longer than second or fifth, fifth slightly longer than second. Legs moder- ately long; posterior coxe almost touching elytra; femora stout, edentate, very feebly grooved, posterior termin- ated before apex of abdomen; tibie feebly compressed, bisinuate beneath, in addition to terminal hook with a small subapical tooth; tarsi thin and somewhat shining, third joint moderately wide, fourth long and thin. Elliptic ovate, | moderately convex, squamose, tuberculate, apterous. Very close to Roptoperus, but the third and fourth abdominal segments with very narrow (though distinct) sutures. This does not appear to be a very satisfactory character to separate two genera, but in the species described below the flanks of the elytra are inwardly oblique and highly polished, a character rendering it exceedingly distinct. The head is depressed at the base, and at the extreme base is shining. ZENOPOROPTERUS MIRUS, 0. sp. Black, rostrum and legs brownish-red, antenne pale-red. Moderately-densely clothed with muddy-brown or ocherous- 136 red scales, on prothorax and elytra condensed into feeble fascicles; legs with elongate scales. Head depressed and shining at base; in middle convex and with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, sides very feebly incurved to middle, wider at base than at apex; wider and shorter in ¢ than in Q ; basal third with coarse concealed punctures, which, however, leave a short distinct median carina (very indistinct in Q); elsewhere polished and lightly punctate. First joint of funicle longer than second. Prothorax feebly convex; basal three-fourths subparallel, base distinctly trisinuate, not much wider than apex, walls almost vertical; with dense, not very small, and somewhat irregular punctures; surface nowhere level nor dis- tinctly tuberculate ; with a narrow, distinct median carina con- tinuous from base to apex. Hlytra about once and one-half the length of prothorax and at base very little wider, sides not rounded but considerably increasing in width to middle, thence strongly diminishing to apex; seriate-punctate punc- tures oblong, neither very large nor close together ; third, fifth, and seventh interstices raised in places, but especially at base, the seventh with a somewhat sinuous outline; below the seventh the flanks from base to apical third are inwardly oblique highly polished and with three distinct rows of small, distant punctures. Abdomen with dense concealed punctures. Posterior femora extending to apical segment. Length, 34 mm.; rostrum, # mm.; width, 1¢ mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Richmond River (A. M. Lea). In one of the (two) specimens under examination the upper-surface has been considerably abraded, and it is from this one that the sculpture has been described; the punctures of the other specimen are almost concealed except on the glabrous portion of the elytra. The sutures between the meta- sternum and its episterna are rather indistinct. GYMNOPOROPTERUS, DN. g. Head large, convex, not concealed. Eyes small; elongate- ovate, widely separated, moderately coarsely faceted. Rostrum short, wide and feebly curved, a shallow groove on each side above scrobe. Antenne stout; scape inserted in middle of rostrum, shorter than funicle; basal joint of the latter elongate; club large, ovate, much wider than funicle. Pro- thorax convex, transverse, sides rounded, base truncate, con- striction lightly impressed, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellwm absent. Hlytra ovate, base truncate, shoulders rounded. Pec- toral canal wide and deep, terminated between four anterior cox. Mesosternal receptacle rather suddenly elevated, emar- 137 gination widely transverse; cavernous. Metasternwm short ; episterna not traceable. Abdomen with distinct sutures; two basal segments large, first as long as second and third com- bined, apex rather strongly incurved, intercoxal process widely truneate; third and fourth narrow, with deep sutures, their combined length equal to that of fifth and slightly shorter than that of second. Legs rather long; posterior coxe touch- ing elytra; femora linear, feebly grooved, edentate, posterior passing elytra; tibie compressed and (except at base) straight, tarsi moderately long, third joint wide and deeply bilobed, fourth elongate. Ovate, strongly convex, feebly squamose, non-tuberculate, apterous. Placed amongst the allies of Poropterus, although per- haps not very close to any of them. The small size and shining body of the only known species is suggestive of affinity with Idotasia, but the abdomen and femora are utterly different to those of that genus. It is perhaps a connecting-link between the two groups. GYMNOPOROPTERUS PICTIPES, Nn. sp. Black, shining, antenne and tarsi red. Upper-surface glabrous except for a few indistinct scales contained in punc- tures; sides of rostrum, under-surface and legs, with white, stout, round scales, usually in feeble clusters. Head with rather large punctures, base impunctate and slightly iridiscent. Rostrum not much longer than head, about twice as long as wide, sides incurved to middle; with large, round punctures. Prothorax moderately transverse ; with moderately large but irregularly, and not very thickly, distributed punctures. Hlytra not twice the length of and at base no wider than prothorax, widest at basal third, nowhere parallel-sided; with series of rather small and dis- tant, but round and deep punctures, with series of much smailer punctures intervening; interstices between the punc- tures not separately convex. Two basal segments of abdomen with large, round, sparse punctures; apical segment rather densely punctate. Yemora densely punctate. Length, 3 mm.; rostrum, 4 mm.; width, 14 mm. Hab.—Queensland (Rev. T. Blackburn, No. 4685), Endeavour River (Macleay Museum). The elytra are absolutely without strie. The patches of white scales are very distinct on the legs and sides of rostrum. MICROCRYPTORHYNCHUS ECHINATUS, N. sp. Brownish-red, antenne and tarsi paler. Very densely clothed with muddy-grey scales, which entirely conceal the 138 derm, except the apical half of rostrum (which is smooth and shining). Upper-surface and legs with numerous long, dark, more or less erect, stout scales or sete: these project forward from the front of the prothorax, on the elytra are confined to the alternate interstices, and condensed into a loose fascicle on the third interstice at summit of posterior declivity ; they are as numerous on the femora as on the tibie. Rostrum moderately coarsely punctate in front of antenne; sculpture concealed behind them. Prothorax not much longer than wide, sides rounded near base, slightly constricted near apex; with dense and rather large but entirely concealed punctures. Hlytra raised above, not twice as long as prothorax and not much wider; from basal fifth to apical third subparallel; with series of large, round and deep, but entirely concealed punctures; alternate interstices feebly raised. Length, 14 mm.; rostrum, 4 mm.; width, 2 mm. : Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, Gosford (A. M. Lea). ‘the size varies to a slight extent, but there is not half a millimetre difference between the largest and smallest speci- mens under examination. I have been unable to abrade the under-surface, but the punctures there (or at least on the metasternum and two following segments) are evidently of large size. The postmedian fascicles of the elytra are very distinct, although each is seldom composed of more than six or seven of the elongate scales; and will readily distinguish the species from pygmeus, than which it is also slightly larger. MicROCRYPTORHYNCHUS CYLINDRICOLLIS, 0. sp. Reddish-brown, antenne paler. Densely clothed with muddy-grey scales, which entirely conceal the derm, except the apical half of the rostrum (which is smooth and shining). Upper-surface and legs with stout, suberect, moderately long (but much shorter than in the preceding species) and rather pale scales. Prothorax about once and one-fourth as long as wide, sides almost perfectly parallel, apex as wide as base. EHlytra slightly wider than, not twice the length of and slightly raised above prothorax. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker (A. M. Lea). The figure“ of the Japanese Catabonops monachus will give a very good idea of the appearance of this minute weevil. The punctures are evidently much the same as in the pre- ceding species, the clothing is rather less dense, the stout (1): A. Si -E. Belg., xvii., 1875; pli neee 139 erect scales are paler, much shorter, and less (though still very) distinct; the most noticeable differences, however, are the shape of the prothorax and non-elevation of the elytra. Only having one specimen under examination it has not been abraded. Subfamily COSSONIDES. Cossonus rIncrisus, Pasc. (2) Two specimens of this species were sent to me by Dr. Gestro, of the Genoa Museum. One from Celebes (the type locality) and one from Somerset (Queensland); the latter locality was not recorded by Pascoe in dealing with the in- sects collected by D’Albertis. The species may be readily distinguished by the shape of the prothoracic impression ; this is in the form of an elongate triangle, with a carina across the middle, so that it resembles the letter A. (2) Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., 1885, p. 317. 140 SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. By Wittiam G. Torr, M.A., B.C.L. (Oxon.), LL.D. (Dublin and Adelaide). [Read September 12, 1912.] Puates V. to VII. I have been invited by the President of the Royal Society of South Australia, Dr. J. C. Verco, to write a paper on the Polyplacophora, or multivalve-molluscs, of South Australia. Since the publication of Mr. W. T. Bednall’s paper on “South Australian Polyplacophora” in the Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, vol. 11., part 4, April, 1897, a great impetus has been given to this interesting study in South Australia, and numbers of collectors have been at work, the following having written papers on the subject : — W. G. Torr and Edwin Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1898;. Edwin Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A.,- 19005 iam: Maughan, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1900; W. T. Bednall and E. H. Matthews, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. vii., part 2, June, 1906; Tom Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, June, 1910, and September, 1910. To these writers I make my acknowledgments, as well as to the publishers of Tryon’s Man. Conch., vols. xiv. and xv.; HE. R. Sykes, on Victorian Polyplacophora, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 2, July, 1896; A. F. Basset Hull, Australian Naturalist, April, 1908; W. G. Torr, Wes- tern Australian Polyplacophora, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxv., 1511; Torr and May, Proc. Royal Society of Tasmania, 1912; Henry Suter, New Zealand Polyplacophora, Journ. Mal., 1905, vol. xii., part 4; C. Hedley and A. F. Basset Huli, Records Australian Museum, vol. vii., No. 4, 1909; and Prof. J. Thiele (Berlin), Die Fauna Siidwest- Australiens, Band i11., Lieferung u., 1911. There are other numerous references to Polyplacophora in various papers which I have examined : — G. F. Angas’ list, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, January, 1865, consisted of fourteen species; of these four have been omitted as uncertain. D. J. Adcock’s list, published in 1893, contained eighteen species, of which eight have not been identified. Mr. Bednall, in the Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1897, published thirty-seven species, of which one has been omitted. 141 Messrs. Maughan, Torr and Ashby, and Bednall and Matthews have brought up the list to fifty-two species, and this paper will raise the number to sixty-one identified species. Some of the names have had to be changed owing to Dr. Thiele and Mr. Tom Iredale’s observations of the original specimens of Blainville and others. My collection of chitons extends over practically the whole of the South Australian coastline from Port MacDonnell to Nuyt Archipelago in the Australian Bight. The South Australian Polyplacophora include the follow- ing families: —Lepidopleuride, Pilsbry; Lschnochitondea, Pilsbry; Mopalude, Pilsbry; Acanthochitide, Pilsbry ; Cryptoplacide, Dall; and Chitomde, Pilsbry. The order of exposure of South Australian Polyplacop- hora, mutatis mutandis, is P. albida, Blainville, on exposed rocks at or near high-water mark, sometimes accompanied by P. costata, Blainville, with P. matthews, Iredale, under rocks in deeper water. J. erispus is in abundance almost everywhere a foot or two below high-water mark, sometimes accompanied by J. thomas: or I. vergatus. The Acantho- chites are found in sheltered pools on sandy weed - covered rocks. In deeper pools 7. contractus, I. cariosus, I. ustulatus, I. sulcatus, and other Ischnochitonide are found, and deeper still Z. smaragdinus, I. ptychius, Lorica volvax, Loricella angast, I. yilsbryz, and most of the true chitons, jugosus, tricostalis, exoptandus, calliozona, and torrianus. On the west side of St. Vincent Gulf I have found true chitons on exposed rocks in shallow pools at low water. J. tateanus, C. vercons, A. verconis, and C. bednalli are, as a rule, obtained only by dredging. Fam. LEPIDOPLEURID, Pilsbry. 1. Lepidopleurus inquinatus, Reeve, 1847. Chiton inquinatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 154. Ischnochiton inquinatus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser iJ) owolyy xiv... \ p. Lepidopleurus liratus, H. Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 192; Angas, loc. ‘cit.., 1865; p.' 187';' Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ger: i., vol, Xv., p. 101. Ee inquinatus, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897, p. 141; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. 1l., part 2, July, 1896, p. 86. Specimens of this diminutive chiton have been found all along the coast of South Australia extending from Port MacDonnell to St. Francis Island, Nuyt Archipelago. The writer has specimens from Corney Point, Wool Bay, Marino, 142 Noarlunga, Robe, Cape Jaffa, Minlacowie, and St. Francis Island. Large specimens, 20 mm. long and 8 mm. broad, have been dredged in St. Vincent Gulf by Dr. Verco. . Lepidopleurus matthewsianus, Bednall, 1906. ee matthewsianus, Bednall, Proc. vee Soc., Lon- don, vol. vii., part 2, June, 1906. stent have been obtained from Port MacDonnell, Encounter Bay, Normanville, Noarlunga, Marino, Wool Bay, Corney Point, Hardwicke Bay, and St. Francis Island. I have also taken it at Burnie and Devonport, on the north- west coast of Tasmania. The sanguineous appearance of the foot of this animal is peculiar. Fam. ISCHNOCHITONIDA, Pilsbry. 3. Callochiton platessa, Gould, 1846. Callochiton platessa (Gould): Haddon, ‘‘Challenger’’ Report, p. 15; Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, "vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897, 141; Proc. Acad. Nat. ei: Philad., 1894, p. 71; Sykes, Proc. ita Soc., London, vol. ii. , part 2, July, 1896, p. 86. Chiton platessa, Goitid: Pras. Bhston: Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 192 1846, p. 148; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i, Vek: xiv. p. 4 Gould, ls: Explor. Exped., p. 320, atlas, figs. 434, 434a. Lepidoplewrus platessa, Gould, Otia (Rectiseguionens 1862, p. , Chiton crocinus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. xxii., fig. 146, 1847. Callochiton crocinus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., Vol)*sxav.5p 503 Lvoltxve; p67) Lapioahiton on icelor: A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 92, May, 1854; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 223. Lispadeal caries empleurus, Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Insts, vol, ae, p. 178; Man. N.Z; Moll... p. 118, 1880 ; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. x WOl.. XV., 0p. 00: Common in New South Wales, but rare in South Aus- tralia. | Specimens have been obtained from Cape Jaffa, Second Valley, Aldinga, Marino, Corney Point, and valves have been dredged in Spencer Gulf. A very fine specimen, measuring 24x13 mm., was found by Mr. F. L. Saunders at Marino. 4. Callochiton rufus, Ashby, 1910. Callochiton rufus, Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1900, p. 87; Ts Fauna Siidwest- Australien, Thiele, Band. 1i1., Lieferung ii., One specimen only of this beautiful chiton was dredged by Dr. Verco in St. Vincent Gulf. It has been found by Dr. Thiele in Shark Bay, Western Australia. 143 5. Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) juloides, Adams and Angas, 1865. Stenochiton juloides, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 198; op. cit., 1865; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. Rivig pci 65, Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) juloides, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897, p. 142; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 2, July, 1896, p. 87. Hab.—Holdfast Bay (Angas), Largs Bay (Adcock), Yorke Peninsula (Matthews). I have specimens (whole or valves) from St. Francis Island (dredging and shore), Port MacDonnell, Carrowa (West Coast), Hardwicke Bay, Spencer Gulf (dredging), Kangaroo Island, Troubridge Reef, Glenelg, Brighton, Largs Bay, and Fowler Bay. Valves are frequently found in shell sand. Mr. A. R. Riddle informs me that he has found them on Pinna inermis, old boots and bottles, and especially near the roots of Zostera at an extremely low tide, by dredging or with a grappling-iron. They are rarely found in shallow water. 6. Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) pilsbryanus, Bednall, 1896. Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) pilsbryanus, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897, p. 142. Type specimens found on seaweed, Troubridge Shoal, St. Vincent Gulf. I have specimens from Tapley Shoal living in Zostera (seaweed), dredged specimens from Spencer Gulf and off St. Francis Island, live specimens and numerous valves in from 6 to 20 fathoms of water. Two large specimens were found by Mr. F. L. Saunders on seaweed at Aldinga; they mea- sured 95x3 mm. A number of very fine variegated speci- mens of this chiton have been found near the roots of Zostera at Wool Bay and other places by Mr. A. R. Riddle. The largest specimen measures 17 x5 mm. 7. Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) pallens, Ashby, 1900, nee a (Stenochiton) pallens, Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., Dredged in St. Vincent Gulf by Dr. Verco. I found one specimen in shell sand at Aldinga, and Mr. Zietz col- lected a pretty buff specimen from Largs Bay. This species differs from J. pilsbryanus in the rapid tapering of the tail valves. As I have not had access to the type specimens of either pilsbryanus or pallens, it may be that my specimens may have to be reconsidered. 144 8. Ischnochiton (Heterozona) cariosus, Carpenter, MS, : Pilsbry, 1873. Heterozona cariosa, Carpenter, oe Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Ser: 1p wok: XiVv.,,\ pi. 65; vol. XV!; p. 82: Ischnochiton (Heterozona) carvosus, Pilsbry: Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., ae 4, April, 1897, p. 143; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vo , part 2, July, 1896, D. oy. This shell is widely distributed. It is abundant in Spen- cer and St. Vincent Gulfs, and the writer has collected it on St. Francis Island and all around the coast of Western Australia as far as Fremantle. It is often covered with Serpularia and has a carious appearance, hence its name. 9. Ischnochiton pilsbryi, ~Bednall, 1896. Ischnochiton pilsbryt, Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, 1897, p. 143. Found at Sultana Bay (Bednall) and at Hickey Point, Y.P., and St. Francis Island by the writer. Most of the specimens were found on rocks embedded in the sand. At first sight it might be mistaken for crispus or cariosus, but markings and girdle scales are very distinct, and all the specimens are “uniform ochraceous-yellow.”’ 10. Ischnochiton ustulatus, Reeve, 1847. Chiton ustulatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 102; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 96. Focnaeeniter ustulatus, Ohepentee MS.: Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. 11., part 4, April, 1897; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. i1., part 2, July, 1896, p. 88. Lepidopleurus ustulatus, Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 222. When alive this shell is very brilliant, almost crimson ; but it loses its colour in formalin, methylated spirits, or when dry, and retains its singed appearance from which it derives its name. The writer has traced it all around the coast from Cape Jaffa to St. Francis Island. He also found it in Wes- tern Australia. An abnormal specimen was found by Mr. F. L. Saunders at Second Valley. It is much broader fais the usual types; it measures 37x18 mm. This chiton easily changes its habitat. Scores of specimens seen by Mr. Matthews on Yorke Peninsula one week were not able to be discovered the week following. 11. Ischnochiton crispus, Reeve, 1847. Chiton crispus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 120; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. KIV sp. Oe: alschnochiton iedonn Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 145 Ischnochiton crispus, Reeve: Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soc., Lon- don, vol. ii., a 4, April, 1897, 145 ; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. , part 2 , July, 1896, pm Gr. Chiton Bako niba. Blainville : ie et Conch. Illus., fig. 67 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. =ziv., fig. 168 (non Blainville).. Maa saision longicymba, Miainville: Hutton, ‘‘Challenger’’ Report, p. 17 (non Blainville) This very variable shell is found abundantly on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, and South Aus- tralia. The writer has specimens from almost every part of the South Australian coast from Port MacDonnell to St. Francis Island in the Australian Bight. It is not found in Western Australia. I collected a five-valved specimen at Ulverstone, Tasmania. | No chiton varies so much in colouration as /. crespus. I have pale emerald-green, black with a white stripe on the dorsal area, and white with a black stripe, brown and yellow. The commonest kind is a pale-yellow ochre colour. A very beautiful species has been called var. decoratus. It has a milky-white ground with regular green or brown longitudinal markings continued throughout the valves. The description given by Pilsbry, Joc. cot., of I. haddom agrees with the shell better than any other I have seen. 12. Ischnochiton fruticosus, Gould, 1846. Chiton fruticosus, Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. ae Hist., 1. 142; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., he i, VOL, xiv... OL: Bednall, Pos Mal. Soc., London, vol. ii., part 4, April, "i897, p. 145. Ischnochiton Pe eae. aie PAIaBEy Proc. eng: Nat. Soc., Philad., 1894, p. 72. This common New South Wales species is very rare in South Australian waters. The writer has examined hun- dreds of specimens similar to fruwticosus and has only found one in South Australia with the striations on the girdle scales. One specimen only was found by Mr. E. H. Matthews on Southern Yorke Peninsula. 13. Ischnochiton contractus, Reeve, 1847. Chiton contractus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 78; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. i., vol. xiv., p. 93. Ischnochiton contractus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. Evol. x figs. }-3) 1825, Cyprewa umbilicata, Sowerby, G. B., Catalogue of Shells in collection of Earl of Tankerville, Appendix, pixxx; No 2280, pl. iv. and v.: Type locality unknown. 1826, ceed umbilicata, Sowerby, G. B., Zool. Jour., 1826, vol. 11., p. 494. 1828, Wood, Supp. Index, Test., 1828, p. 9, pl. i11., fig. 13, hab. unknown. 1828, Cyprea wmbilicata, Sowerby, Gray, Zool. Jour., vol. iv., p. 77, and Sowerby, G. B., p. 221. 1837, Cyprea pantherina, Solander MSS., var. wmbilicata, Sowerby, Conch. Illus. Cyprea, p. 2, No. 5, fig. 169. 1844, Cyprea tigrina, Lamarck, Deshayes, Anim. S. Vert. (2nd Edition, Deshayes, etc.), vol. x., p. 504. __ 1845, Cyprea pantherina, Lamarck, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. Mi op. fs 1848, Cyprovula umbilicata, Sowerby, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 124, 125. 1867, Cyprovula wmbilicata, Sowerby, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 205. 1872, Cypreovula ee: Sowerby, Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soe., London, 1872, p. 1880, ee Pi. Sowerby, Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1879, p. 386. 1880, Awe umbilicata, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. iv., Peep ol pl! vit., figs. 42-44, 1883, Luponia MAU iicct. Sowerby, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., INC SW eivol:, vil. ip. 117. 1885, Cyprea wmbilicata, Sowerby, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. Wid, up. bei. 1898, Cypraa wmbilicata, Sowerby, Beddome, Proc. Linn. Soc. _N.S.W., vol. xxii. , 1897, pp. 564-568, pl. xx., figs. 1, 2. 1900, Opies nat biléca ta, Sowerby, Pritchwnd and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, vol. xii. (New Series), part 2, p. 187. 1901, i reavitla umbilicata, Sowerby, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., Ne WL WOR xX VI 1901, p. 374 Cyprza umbilicata, Sowerby This species was erected upon a shell in the collection of the Earl of Tankerville, and was described and figured in H2 212 the Appendix to the Sale Catalogue of the Earl’s collection by G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., in 1825. Only two specimens were known—the type and one in the cabinet of Mr. Sowerby. The type came into the possession of the British Museum. Its habitat was unknown. He remarked its resemblance to CU. tigris, but in the Zoological Journal of 1826 indicated its diagnostics. The name C. wmbilicata had been previously attached to a shell by Solander, which Gray thinks was C. pyrwm; but as Solander’s name was only in manuscript, and was never published, Sowerby’s specific name stands. In 1828 Dr. Gray discussed it, and suggested that as only one specimen was known it might be merely a mostrosity, a deformed (’. tigris; but if a good species, it should be placed in his newly created genus Cyprovula. G. B. Sowerby replied that two specimens were known which were quite alike; this supported the probability of its being a good species, allied rather to C. pantherina than to C. tagris. In 1837, however, Mr. Sowerby, in his Conchological Illus- trations, registered his species as a variety of C. pantherina, Solander MSS., having evidently accepted the suggestion that it was only a variant or a monstrosity of this variable and well-known shell. Deshayes, in his 2nd Edition of Lamarck’s Anim. S. Vert., 1844, enters it among the synonyms of C. tegrina, Lamarck; and Reeve, in his Conch. Icon. of 1845, under C. pantherina, Lamarck, says “C. uwmbilicata has been ack- nowledged a monstrosity.” This degradation of the species to the position of a monstrosity was doubtless due to the peculiar deformed appearance of the shell and to the fact that for more than twenty years no other specimens had been found and its habitat was still unknown. But in 1848 Mr. Roland Gunn wrote to Dr. Gray about a collection of cowries he had found on ‘“‘the east shore of Barren Island, one of Hunter’s islands, north-west of Van Diemen Land,” and he sent one fine speci- men to the British Museum. This Dr. Gray recognized as C. umbilicata, Sowerby, and placed definitely among his Cyprovule as “the giant of the genus,’’ removed the reproach of monstrosity from it, and established it as a true and very remarkable species, the home of which had at last been dis- covered. It immediately leaped into notoriety and became valuable, for the second specimen sent to England by Mr. Gunn realized the handsome sum of £30; whereas in my Tankerville Catalogue, in which have been written the prices 213 paid at the sale of his shells, the sum of £3 3s. is entered against C. wmbilicata, Sowerby. Angas in 1867 recorded the dredging, in deep water 2 miles off the coast of New South Wales, a little south of Wollongong, of several living specimens, somewhat smaller and paler in colour than the ordinary Tasmanian examples. Sowerby in his Thesaurus gives figures of Miss Saul’s specimen, which is possibly the before-mentioned individual, offered to her by Mr. Gunn for £30, and which subsequently realized that sum: and also of one of those mentioned by Mr. Angas as being dredged by Admiral Loring off Wol- longong. Dr. Cox in 1880 created a variety, a/ba, for a shell obtained at Circular Head, Tasmania, pure white, and quite devoid of all the usual characteristic spots and colour- ation. John Brazier in 1883 recorded typical examples found by Mr. Bailey at Cape Schanck and Portland, on the Vic- torian coast. C. E. Beddome, in an exhaustive note, refers to an individual found by Dr. A. E. Cox at Port Stephens, New South Wales, only 24 in. long, lighter in colour than the Tasmanian shells, covered with light chestnut spots, base white, but not so highly enamelled as the southern forms found here (in Tasmania). He reproduces it (fig. 2, pl. xx.). When out in the Federal trawler ‘““Endeavour”’ in March, 1912, three large cowries, with a deep umbilicus, were obtained. Two of them were immature and very slightly coloured, but the third was mature, and resembled somewhat Cyprea umbilicata, Sowerby. I have regarded it as a variety of this species, and named it Cypraa armeniaca (from armeniaca, an apricot), because of the beautiful apricot-yellow colour of its base. Should other examples be found and establish its right to a specific distinction its name will stand, as I know oi no other species so called. Cyprza umbilicata, Sowerby ; var. armeniaca, ». v. Shell solid, globular, very smooth and glazed. It has a well-marked umbilicus in which the volutions are plain; obsolete, narrow, flat, spiral bands occur on the right side of the dorsum. The base is convex. The aperture moderately wide, slightly dilated anteriorly, and then narrowing into a canal 8 mm. long; posteriorly very curved round the posterior part of the whorl and turning up behind and ending in a well-marked notch. The outer lip is bent in at a right angle, slightly convexly flattened, thick, with 38 rather small teeth, 214 almost confined to the inner edge. The teeth along the inner- margin are 29, narrow and very short, ending rather abruptly at their inner ends and rapidly becoming obsolete at their outer. The base is prolonged, thickened, and expanded on each side in front, especially on the left, and also at the back, where there is a considerable thickening round the notch, which is projected by it 8 mm. from the umbilicus, and some distance to the left of the centre of the spire. The colour is whitish, but except along the line of union of the mantle-folds and just above the margins the white is obscured by clouds and blotches of light yellowish-brown and scattered chestnut spots, an irregular line of which bounds the upper edge of the right mantle lobe. The top of the anterior beak is painted blackish-brown, as is also the right side of the callus of the outer lip behind at its junction with the body-whorl. The whole of the base and outer lip is of a rich apricot colour, deepest outside the columellar teeth, which it tinges, and on the callus forming the anterior and posterior projections of the inner lip; it extends to both lateral mar- gins and covers the dorsal surface of the anterior beak and the callus round the posterior notch. The left side of the body-whorl is of a delicate faint lilac tint, which fades insen- sibly into the yellow, white, and chestnut around. The interior 1s a creamy-white. The animal is white, but the margin of its mouth is of a deep apricot colour, as is also the somewhat expanded semi- circular anterior end of the foot. The tentacles, about half an inch long, are of a paler tint, and so are their bases, which are about one-third as long and twice as stout, and bear the black eyes on their summits, outside the tentacles. Dimensions.—Length, 3°9 in.; breadth, 2°5 in.; height, 2°2 in. Locality.--100 fathoms, Great Australian Bight, 60 miles from shore, 80 miles west of Eucla, with 2 immature shells. The trawl worked over the sea bottom from 75 to 120 fathoms, so that they might have come from any inter- mediate depth. The youngest example, taken at 80 fathoms in the Great Australian Bight 80 miles west of Eucla, is light and papery. It is 3 in. long by 2°2 in. wide and 1°9 in. high. Its outer lip is formed and bent in, and has 33 teeth, and there are 28 on the inner side of the aperture. The posterior notch touches the last whorl in the sunken spire, the anterior canal is smooth for 6 mm. beyond the teeth. There are faint axial growth- lines and numerous spiral flat bands. The ground-colour is white with a spiral disposition of brown smudges and streaks, which on the left side of the shell are united by a lighter 215 general brownish colouring. The base is of a faint apricot tint, which also tinges the columellar teeth. Near the base is a band of deep brown spots of varying size, which are found also on the base of the body-whorl; the anterior end and the lower third of the depressed spire and the adjacent part of the outer lip are of a dark walnut-brown. | A slightly older specimen, from 100 fathoms, is 3°5 in. long, 2°5 in. wide, and 2°2 in. high, has fewer brown spirals, with 36 outer and 26 inner and 4 intermediate teeth, the outer lip is rather more thickened, and the flat ea spirals are slightly more conspicuous. I have had five examples of the Tasmanian form to com- pare it with, as well as the figures given by all the above- mentioned authors. Mine differs in shape, being more globu- lar, higher, and wider, not only relatively, but absolutely. Mr. May kindly lent me two very diverse examples, which respectively measured 4°4, 2°3, 1°9 in. and 3°4, 2°1, 18 in. in length, breadth, and height, whereas mine is 3°9, 2°5, 2°2 in. Allowing, therefore, for the greater length of the anterior and posterior prolongations in Mr. May’s large specimen, which is probably a senile change, mine is still more globular. It is interesting to notice the greater similarity between my speci- men and the type, whose dimensions are: Length, 3'8 in. ; and breadth, 2°3 in., which is different from that of most specimens. ‘Sowerby does not give the height of his shell, nor a figure in profile, and it is difficult to estimate this from his figure, but it seems less elevated than mine. The concave depression on the under-surface of the forward projection is much less in mine, and the posterior curve of the aperture, its upward bending and the twist to the left are more marked. The colour is very different. The fairly uniform peppering with dark spots, the white base, the brown wide blotch over the middle third of the base of the body-whorl are wanting in mine, while the apricot base and the lilac side are absent from the typical shells. It may be that the shape is due to its habitat in the quiet waters of 100 fathoms, and that though mature it is not senile, and its colouring to its having been taken alive instead of being washed up and partially bleached on the shore. But we will hope other specimens may be secured which will determine its right to be called a good species. Type in my collection. Trivia australis, Lamarck. Cyprea australis, Lamarck, Anim. S. Vert., 1822, vol. vii. p. 404, and 1844 (Edition Deshayes), vol. x., p. 545, “The seas of New Holland” (M. Macleay) ; Sowerby, Conch. Tllus., 1832, 216 fig. 29, p. 12 (1841), No. 112, ‘New South Wales’; Quoy and Gaimard, 1834, Voy. “Astrolabe,” Zool.,.. vol. iu1., .pligexivi., figs. 19-26; Menke, 1843, Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 30, Cyprea (Trivia), ‘Western shore of Australia’’ Kiener, Coq. Viv., 1845, p. 138, Sp. 125, pl. xlviii., 2 bis; Reeve, ‘Conch. Icon., 1846, vol. iii. 2 pl. xxiv. fig. 138 ; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1867, p. 206; also 1878, p. "867, “Wowler Bay and Cape Nee et herlaud, 4 South Australia ; Sowerby, Cyprea (Trivia), 1870, Thes. Conch., vol. iv. , p. 45, pl. 325, figs. 489, 440 (Cyprea, pl. xxxiv.); Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1872, p. 86; Weinkauff, ‘1881, Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), Band. vil Abt. ill., p. 142, pl. xlix. , figs. 14, 15; Tryon (Trivia), 1885, Man. Conch., vol. vai. p. 206, pl. XXiii. figs. 53, 54; Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. ix. Die 29 : Beddome, 1898 (Trivia), Proc. Linn. Soc., NSW. vol. xxiil. pl. B64 MG TAs Po Pritchard and Gatliff (1899), 1900, vol. xit, (New Series), p. 187, Victorian Rae Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S:W., 1901, vol. xxvi. . 374, Tasmania; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., 1908, vol. vip. Lite eNios, 25.100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar.’’ Taken in 80 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla, 2 alive, without dorsai colour-blotches. Ovula philippinarum, Sowerby. Ovula philippinarum, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1848, p. 186; also Thes. Conch., 1855, Vol.udl aA De 481, Sp. 44) pl. G., figs. 57, 58, “Philippines”’ Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1865, Sp. 46, plscx: , figs. 46a, 46b ; Tryon Man. Conch., 1885, vol. vii. ren, 252, pl. iv. figs. 100-9: He gives among its synonyms 0. angasi, A. Adams (from Port Curtis, Australia), etc. One example, dredged in 72 fathoms 40 miles west of Eucla, 18°5 mm. in length, not quite so solid as the figures in the above plates seem to show. Tonna variegata, Lamarck. Dolium variegatum, Lamarck, 1822, fean S. Vert., vol. vii. p. 261; also 1844 (Edition Deshayes), vol. az 143, No. 6, “The seas of New Holland, in the Bay of Dogs’’ ; rAd Proc. Zool. Soon U1S67, pst £O7+ recorded for New South Wales; ‘also by Hed- ley, "Mem. Austr. Mus., 1903, vol. iv., p. 341; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1885, vol. vii., D. 262, pl. ai. he 13: Dagan variegata, Tereneeks Hedley Austr. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1909, p. 361, recorded for Queensland. A fresh shell, 85 mm. by 65 mm., was taken in 100 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla. This is the easterly limit on the southern Australian coast for the species to my knowledge. Its absence from South Australian, Victorian, and Tasmanian waters makes it probable it has come from the north round Cape Leuwin. Cassis fimbriata, Quoy and Gaimard. Cassis ee Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘‘Astrolabe,’’ 1833, Lool., vol. p. 596, pls; sahiia, ,'. fiers. ra 8; Angas, Proc. Zool. 217 Soc., 1865, recorded for South Australia; Pritchard and Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900, vol. xii. (New Series), part 2, p. 188, recorded for Victoria. One individual, 83 mm. long by 52 mm. broad and 46 mm. high, with three spiral rows of tubercles on the body-whorl, was taken alive in 100 fathoms, quite typical in form and colour, and a second one dead. Cassidea adcocki, Sowerby. Cassis adcocki, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., 1896, vol. ii., p. 14, text figure: Type locality—Y ankalilla Bay, South Australia ; Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1912 (New Series), part 1, p. 170; recorded for Bass Straits. One example was taken dead in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla. Cassidea pyrum, Lamarck. Cassis pyrum, Lamarck, Anim. S. Vert., 1844 (Kdition Deshayes), vol. X., p. 33, “New Holland’ Angas, Proc. Roy. Soc., 1867, p. 197, recorded for New South Wales ; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900, vol. xii. (New Series), part 2, p. 189; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S.W.., 1901, vol. XXVi., p. 373 (Semicassis), recorded for Tasmania. Cassis nibeas Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 616, pl. shiviy -fig..<1. Cassis tuwmida, Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1886 (1885), p. 321. Cassis thomsonit, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1875, vol. 1., p. 8; Hedley (Cassidea pyrum, Lamarck, var. thomsoni, Brazier), Mem. Austr. Mus., 1903, vol. LY, part 6, p. 341, pl. xxxv., figs. 2, 3 Dredged in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 4; in 75 to 120 fathoms 120 miles west of Eucla, 1; in 95 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 3. All were well coronated, with moderately exserted spires and with more or less marked axial plice on the inflation of the body-whorl, a little below the coronation. The colour when fresh was a pink-flesh tint, with a biackish-purple on the varix of the canal, and about seven blotches of black-purple on the outside of the recurved labrum, fading away towards the dorsum as vanishing spiral flames. Some have two spiral bands of orange blotches on the body-whorl. One quite fresh shell was taken in 140 fathoms, 34 mm. 22°5 mm., without angle or tubercles or plice, with a thick- ened reflected lip, with seven purplish-black spots on it, a micromorph of the variety found to the east of Bass Straits. Cassidea semigranosa, Lamarck. Cassis semigranosa, Lamarck, 1822, Anim. S. Vert., vol. vii. p. 228, No. 23: Type locality_—‘‘The seas of New Holland”: 218 Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 168 (Semicassis), recorded for : South Australia; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic- toria, 1900, vol. xii. (New Series), part 9, p. 190, recorded for Victoria ; Tate and May, 1901, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. xxvi., p. 373 (Semicassis), “South and east coasts of Tasmania.”’ aac dead shell, taken in 80 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla. Ficus tessellatus, Kobelt. Ficula tessellata, Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1881, Band. iii., Abt. 3.B., p. 12, Sp. 6, Taf. i., fig. 3: Type locality— Australia. Pyrula_ tessellata, Kobelt, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1885, vol. Wats) ps 260, “pls we: fig. 31, Rosemary Island, Australia. One fragment, ikea in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla. This is a new genus for the southern coast of Australia. Cymatium rubicundum, Perry. Septa rubicunda, Perry, 1811, pl. xiv., fig. 4; Gatliff, Vict. Naturalist, 1902, vol. xix., No. 5, p. 76; (Lotorvum) Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, "1905, vol. xviil. (New Series), part 2, p. 41; (Septa, Gatliff ‘and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1908; ( Cymatum) Hedley, 1909, Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., p. 360, “Queensland.” Pion australe, Lamarck, Anim. S. Vert. (Edition Deshayes), LS43,° «ol. ,,.1%5) ps "625. Triton nodiferus, Lamarck, Anim. S. Vert. (Edition Des- hayes), 1843, vol. ix., p. 624. Triton saulia, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1844, pl. v., fig. 17, ‘‘Philippines.”’ Examples were taken along the 100-fathom line. Three were only 40 mm. and 30 mm. in length. Each of these retained the protoconch, which was conical, and consisted of four quite smooth, sloping, slightly conical whorls. The extreme tip, however, in each example was absent. Three large ones were obtained alive up to 21 cm. long by 11 cm. broad, including the everted lip. These were somewhat more elongate and narrow than those found on the shore at Albany and Wedge Island and less solid, and were less deeply coloured than those taken on the beach on the west coast of Australia. Cymatium verrucosum, Reeve. Triton verrucosus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1844. is) haol(r)* Conch. Icon. 1844, vol. ii., pl. XVii., fic. Woke Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1878, Band. iii., Abt. 2; p. 188, pl. liii., figs. 6, 7; Tryon, Man. ’Conch., 1881, vol. ‘iil., p. 24. pl. xiii. , fig. 117; Pritchard and Gatliff, Lotorium verru- cosum, Reeve, ’ Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1898 (1897), vol. x. (New ’Series), p. 266, recorded "for Victoria ; Tate and May, Lampusia, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. W., 1901, ‘vol. xxvi. -» (ps 3d0, for Tasmania. 219 Triton quoyi, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1844, p. 118; ©onch. Icon., 1844, vol. ii., pl. xix., fig. 93 Taken in 75 fathoms 80 miles, and in 100 fathoms 90 miles, west of Eucla. It has the ordinary characters of the T. quoye form. Cymatium vespaceum, Lamarck. Triton vespacewm, Lamarck, 1822, also Lamarck, Anim, 5%. Vert. (Kdition Deshayes, etc.), 1848, vol. ix., p. 6386, hab. (?), 14 lines long; Kiener Spee. ‘Coq. Viv., vol. vii., 1842, p. 18, Mo. 18; pl. ui.,. fig. 2, “Indian Ocean” ; Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl., 1843, p. 95, “West coast of Australia” Tryon, Man. Conch. 1881, ot iin PD. 22, pl. xi1., figs. b4. 100; Hedley (Cymatium), ‘Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1909, p. 360, “Queensland.” Two examples, taken in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 23°5 mm. long and 20 mm. broad. Gyrineum ranelloides, Reeve. Triton ranelloides, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. lll; ‘Conch. Icon., 1844, No. 10, pl. iii., figs. 10a, 10b, hab. ‘‘Matnog, Province of ‘Albay, Island of Luzon, Philippines (found on the reefs), Cuming”; Tryon, Man. Conch., 188i vyol--tir., pri 26, gives it as a synonym of Ranella cruentata, Sowerby. Gyrinewm ranelioides, Reeve, Hedley, Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1909, p. 361, ‘‘Queensland.”’ One living specimen was dredged in 101 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla. The operculum is shown in pl. xvi., fig. 7, and the radula in pl. xvi., fig. 6. The shell is 50 mm. long by 24 mm. at its widest part, including the varix, with a shortly conical protoconch of five whorls. The first three are very depressed, scarcely rounded ; the last two are convex, and rather rapidly increasing. The first four have two erect, sharp, hair-like spiral threads, at about equal distances from the sutures and each other, and numerous though not closely erowded, oblique similar axial threads. These gradually vanish towards the beginning of the last whorl; this ends abruptly where the ordinary sculpture of the spire-whorls begins. This consists of a row of large tubercles on the median angle, three rows of tiny tubercles above these and one below. On the body-whorl the last become successively larger, and another row succeeds them further forward, and several rows of large granules are intercalated. The tubercles are deeper yellowish-brown than the ground-colour, and there are stray axial flames of darker brown and articulated spirals of broken lines or tiny spots of brown. The reflected lip just beyond the varix is very daintily spotted on its inner margin with dark-brown, which clouds also the upper part of the inner lip between its white plice. The lower half of the columella is white, bordered above by the yellow of the back of the pre- 220 ceding snout. The round gutter at the back of the aperture is very marked. The varices do not run continuously from spire to spire as in Ranella, but stand one-fourth of the cir- . cumference behind that in the spire below. An identical specimen was sent to me some years ago as from Japan by Mr. Sowerby under the name T'riton ranel- loides, Reeve. Argobuccinum australasia, Perry. Biplex australasia, Perry, 1811, Conchology, pl. iv., figs. 2, 4, ‘‘New Holland and Van Diemen’s Land.”’ sper tae leucostoma, Lamarck, 1822, Anim. S. Vert., vol. vii., p. 150. Dredged in 101 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla, 1 imma- ture, 50 mm. by 27 mm., with a conical protoconch of four sloping convex whorls, the minute extreme apex appears to be absent ; colour of shell, ight bluish-grey, covered with a thin epidermis, like coarse muslin, with a minute erect hair at each intersection. Aperture quite white. Also, a mature shell 90 mm. by 43 mm., solid, and lighter in colour than those from Tasmania. Nassaria torri, Verco. Pl. xii, figs 3, 4. Cominella torri, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909, vol. xXkxny.. p” 271, pl xx hssriouk, The species was founded on several examples collected on St. Francis Island thrown up among the rocks, but none of them were full grown, and all of them were more or less rolled and damaged. But on May 27, 1912, the Federal trawler “Endeavour” obtained a perfect specimen from a depth vary- ing from 77 to 105 fathoms, about 40 miles west of the meridian of Eucla. It was inhabited by a hermit crab. It has nine whorls. The protoconch, comprising one and a quarter turns, is blunt, slightly excentric and smooth. The suture ascends for about a sixth of the circumference on the last whorl, and forms with a curved callosity on the inner lip, a narrow gutter at the back of the aperture. The aperture is obliquely axially ovate, narrowed pos- teriorly to a gutter and anteriorly to a short, wide, oblique canal. The outer lp is thin, simple, uniformly convex, slightiy reflected, smooth within. The inner lip is an expanded glaze on the body-whorl, thickened internally into a curved callus, extending slightly above the back of the aperture at the suture; anteriorly the labium is thick, detached from the base of the whorl, and carried forward over the very valid varix of the canal to form a false, well-marked umbilicus, and to join almost at a right angle with the left margin of the 22] canal, which is dorsally curved to run almost vertically for about half an inch. The varix of the notch projects as a very faint oblique prominence on the columella. The columella is sigmoidally concave above and convex below. The bent canal removes it from the genus Vominella and separates it from Phos and places it in Nassaria. If this loca- tion prove correct it is a gigantic member of the genus, measuring 69 mm. in length by 29 mm. in breadth. A second example, not full grown and not in very good condition, was taken in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla. Siphonalia dilatata, Quoy and Gaimard Fusus dilatatus, Quoy and Gaimard, 1833, Voy. ‘‘Astrolabe,”’ Zool., vol. ii., p. 498, pl. xxxiv., figs. 15, 16; Pritchard and Gat- liff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1898 (1897), vol. x. (New Series), part 2, p. 272. Fusus tasmaniensis, Adams and Angas, 18638, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 421, pl. xxxvii., fig. 1. Siphonalia maxima, Tryon, 1881, Man. Conch., vol. iii., p. 135, pl. liv., fig. 335 Siphonalia oligostira, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1891, vol. ive p200, pl. xi,, fig. 6. Taken in 105 fathoms 30 miles west of Eucla, with marked angulation, valid sharp transverse coronating tubercles, with numerous crowded fine deep-brown spiral cords, the colour deepest in a rather broad band revolving over the middle of the body-whorl, the interior a beautiful vivid salmon-tint or white, two examples. Taken in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 2 much longer and narrower examples, one with a more rounded shoulder, with rounder and more pliciform tubercles, fewer broader spiral cords, pure white both outside and in; the second from this station comes midway between this and the first two in its colouring and sculpture. One immature, 48 mm. long, taken in 72 fathoms 40 miles west of Eucla. Fusus nove hollandiz, Reeve. Fusus nove hollandie, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1847, vol. iv., p. 197, pl. xvin., fig. (0; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc:, 1877, ‘p. 179, recorded for New South Wales; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi., recorded for Tasmania; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1898, vol. x. (New Series), part 2, p. 269, recorded for Victoria; in vol. xviii., 1906, p. 48, they state that the type is in the National Museum, Victoria. One example was dredged in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, with the mouth somewhat broken, 67 mm. long by 22 mm. wide, spire 24 mm. long. Its shoulder is median and sharply angled, with nine pliciform axial ribs, more 222 marked below the angle than above, much narrower than their interspaces; the four spiral threads above the shoulder very fine, those below it very fine but slightly larger; those on the body-whorl finer than in Tasmanian specimens. A bright reddish-brown spot between the cost at the angle. Fasciolaria australasia, Pervy. Pyrula australasia, Perry, 1811, Conchology, pl. liv., fig. 4,° ‘‘New Holland and Van Diemen’s Land.”’ Fasciolaria coronata, Lamarck, 1822, Anim. S. Vert, vol. vii., p. 120. One individual, dredged in 72 fathoms 60 miles west of Eucla, is rather a marked variant. It is 143 mm. long by 55 mm. at its widest part. The protoconch of two rounded smooth whorls is less eccentric and pulloid than usual. The spire is unusually long, 62 mm., of six whorls, very sharply shouldered just above the middle and markedly contracted at the sutures, with about eleven pliciform tubercles with sharp transverse summits, corded with a spiral thread. A very thin horny epidermis. Colour, first three spire-whorls brownish, all the rest quite white; interior pure white. Another individual, taken in 100 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla, was, as to pro- toconch, shape, and colouration, one of the common coronated forms. Scaphella undulata, Lamarck. Voluta undulata, Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. vio L804. pl hors pl. xii, hee: la) 1b: Four examples, taken 80 miles and 90 miles west of Eucla from 72 to 105 fathoms, all immature and dead and quite typical. Scaphella fulgetrum, Sowerby. PI. xi. and xii. Voluta fulgetrum, Sowerby, Tankerville Catalogue, 1825, p. $1, No. 2149; Appendix, p. xxvili., pl.. iv., v.: Type tocatity unknown; Broderip, Zool. Jour., 1826, vol. u., p. 85; Wood, Index. Test. Supp., 1828, p. 59, pl. i., fig. 3; Anim. S. Vert., 1844 (2nd Edition, Deshayes, etc.), vol. x., p. 414; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 1847, vol. i., p. 207, Sp. 35, pl. xlviii., figs. 33, 34; Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1849, pl. vi., figs. 13a, 18b; Chenu, Man. de Conch., 1859, vol. 1., p. 191, fig. 973; W. F. Petterd, Journ. Conch., 1879, p. 344; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1882, vol. iv., p. 96, pl. xxvill., figs. 104, 105. This species was described by G. B. Sowerby, sen., in the Sale Catalogue of the Earl of Tankerville’s collection— the only specimen he had ever seen. It was a fine individual, and two excellent full-sized coloured figures are given of it. Its habitat was unknown. Broderip reproduced the descrip- tion of it about a year later in the Zool. Jour., attributing 223 it to Sowerby. In 1849 Reeve says, “It was first described by Mr. Broderip from a specimen of rather large size in the celebrated Tankerville Collection, now in the _ British Museum,” and places Broderip’s name before Sowerby’s in his references. This strange mistake evidently misled Pet- terd, who cites Broderip as the author of the species; but later writers correctly give Sowerby his due. Reeve is the first to give the habitat of the species, namely, South Aus- tralia. In my copy of the Tankerville Catalogue the price against the type specimen is £31 10s. Variations.—It is very variable; one from Adcock’s col- lection, not quite mature, is 7 in. long by 177 cm. by 83 cm. The type is described as 6 in. by 3in. Mr. Mathews tells me in a letter that the largest he has seen was 8 in. by 34 in., taken on Troubridge Island. But a mature shell, with ascending suture and fully-formed lip, may be only 3 in. by 1°55 in. Another example is 43 in. by 17 in., so that if it were 6 in. long it would be only 2°4 wide—more than 4 in. less in diameter than the type. The shoulder, too, may be more marked than in the type, which is rather high-shouldered, and may be somewhat more concave below the suture. When senile the inner lip may have a thick axial pad of callus extending a full inch beyond the aperture. The glaze of the inner lip not only extends very far laterally over the body- whorl, but towards the spire for half an inch or more above the suture, and in shells with rusty-brown staining this covers the stain over and leaves a broad, wavy, whitish band above the suture throughout the last spire-whorl. Tryon says, “V. fulgetrum, in fact, is intermediate between J’. fusiformis and V. papillosa, and very probably the three are merely diverse forms of one species.” I think the three species are distinct, the protoconch of S. fulgetrum is a sufficient diagnostic from either of the other species. Sowerby, in the Thes. Conch., refers to one variety (S. dictua, n. var., Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909, vol. XXxlil., p. 274, pl. xxi., fig. 7) which has only a delicate reticulate lace-like colouration, and a second which has two rows of chestnut spots on the jiast volution. But the colour variations are quite numerous. 1. There is the typical shell with the axial zizag brown dashes from which the shell derives its name. It will be noticed these tend to have two spiral rows of blotches, one just below the shoulder and the other over the lower part of the body-whorl. The blotches are roughtly crescentic or arrow-headed, with their concavity towards the outer lip. - At the suture the markings are flame-like. 224 2. There may be two spirals of large crescentic or arrow- headed spots, with flames at the suture; var. lunulisligata. 3. These may be reduced to two spirals of small spots the size of peppercorns; var. punctisligata. 4. There may be no spots except a few small ones on the first and second spire-whorls, the surface being more or less deeply and densely reticulated with brown; var. dictua, Verco. 5. The axial lightning zigzags may be crossed by two continuous deep purple-brown bands, one below the shoulder, the other over the lower part of the volution; var. con- nectens. 6. The only colour ornament may be these two bands and some small flames at the suture, all the axial markings being absent; var. bicencta. 7. The subsutural flames may unite to form a third spiral band; var. tricincta. 8. Only the lower spiral band may be present, but this quite valid; var. wnicincta. 9. There may be no colour-markings, the shell being pure white; var. alba. I have had several of these colour varieties reproduced in pl. xi. and xu. The habitat of the species is very restricted. It has been taken in both Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, and at some points is a fairly common shell. Mr. Mathews says the blacks tell him the animal lives on sandbanks nine or ten chains from the shore, which are covered by about 18 in. of water at low spring tide. He has taken them crawling ashore. It has been collected as far to the east as Kingston, in Lace- pede Bay. I found none on the beaches from Sceales Bay to Point Sinclair, nor on St. Francis Island nor at Esperance, Hopetoun, King George Sound, nor on the west coast of Aus- tralia. It has not been recorded from Victoria. Its bathymetrical distribution is interesting. Taken alive, of large size and beautifully painted, in all its varieties in the shallow water of the gulfs, and with only the lace-like reticulations, from the lobster-pots at Port Victor, and in 75 to 120 fathoms of water from 40 to 120 miles west of Eucla, 9 examples. The shells from these greater depths were all dead, mostly the home of hermit crabs, and all had the faint reticulated ornament except two, which showed the single deep band; none had the axial lightning markings. caphella verconis, Tate. Voluta verconis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1892, vol. xv; p. 125, pl. i., fig. 5: Type locality—Gulf St. Vincent (Verco). 225 Taken in 75 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla, | dead, immature; in 80 fathoms same locality, 1 dead, mature; in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 3 dead, immature. Scaphella translucida, Verco Voluta translucida, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1896, vol. Repel. pl. vi., figs. 4, 4a. In 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla a large lump of coral was taken, and in a cavity of this when chopped open lay a perfect specimen dead, with a deciduous thin white smooth epidermis, 35 mm. long by 14 mm. broad, somewhat smaller than the type. Scaphella dannevigi, n. sp. PI. xiii, figs. 1, 2. A large, thin, brown, polished, elliptical shell. Proto- conch absent, the line of separation thin and jagged; the exposed pillar very oblique, thick, smooth, and rounded, concealing the projecting hemispherical apex of the shell. Whorls three, shouldered below the suture, at the upper fourth of the intersutural space. Shoulder coronated with tubercies, eleven on a whorl, none on the first whorl, the earlier tubercles pointed, the later becoming broad until about half as wide as the interspaces, shortly pliciform, but ex- panding, and vanishing before reaching the lower suture. Whorls sloping, concavely sub-gradate above the shoulder, sloping slightly convex below. Suture distinct, minutely channelled. Body-whorl large, oval, narrowed anteriorly. Aperture axially narrowly elliptical. Inner lip a thin exten- sive glaze over the whorl; outer lip immature, thin, uniformly convex, and (as the growth-lines show) curving roundly to a wide, rather shallow, anterior notch. Columella subconcave, three very oblique plaits, the lowest forming the margin of the canal. Sculpture.—There are crowded, fine, wavy, spiral lire, about twenty above the shoulder, less valid over this and soon becoming obsolete below it. Accremental strie granulate these and become ruder towards the aperture. Colour, dark chestnut-brown, obscurely minutely spirally crowdedly flecked with white, with scattered darker-brown blotches, the tips of the tubercles a deep blackish-brown. A narrow creamy band, distinct on its under margin, indistinct along its upper border, starts just within the back of the aperture and winds round the body-whorl to the middle of the outer lip. Dimensions.—Length, 163 cm., of the aperture 11°3 cm. ; width, 833 cm., of the aperture 4°77 cm.; diameter of the protoconchal base, 18 mm. 226 Locality.—Type specimen taken in the trawl at 105 to 77 fathoms 90 miles west of the meridian of Eucla. In 1896 off Newland Head, outside Backstairs Passage, I dredged a dilapidated broken specimen lacking the whole of its last whorl, but measuring 23°5 cm. in length, so that in life it must have been a very large shell. No others were taken by me till I secured the type and eight other examples from the material brought up by the trawl of the ““Endeavour’’ in water ranging from 75 to 105 fathoms, and extending from 40 to 120 miles west of Eucla. The protoconch was absent from every example. Appar- ently it is normally deciduous, and must be shed early, as it is absent from a well-preserved specimen 11 cm. long. It must be large, and probably resembles that of S. mamilla, which, however, is almost always intact. The whitish band may be centrally well marked and fade away at both margins. The species is named after Mr. Dannevig, the Common- wealth Director of Fisheries, to whom I was indebted for much help in securing the material obtained during my short voyage on the “Endeavour.”’ Type in my collection. Scaphella roadnightz, McCoy. PI. xvi., figs. 1, 2. Voluta roadnighte, McCoy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vol. vill., Sth Series, p. 89, pl. vii., figs. 1, 2: Type locality—N inety- mile Beach, Gippsland, Victoria ; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1882, vol. 1¥2 40D. 90, pl. xR, , fig. 128 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. 1887, p. 298, Sp. /5, pl. 573 (V oluta, pl. xiv.), fig. 143; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1897, vol. x. (New Series), part 2 p. 282, “Portland (Nat. Mus.)” ; A. Kenyon, Proc., Mal. Soc., London, 1899, p. 267; Baldwin-Spencer, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1901, vol. iv., EDs 184 : Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., "N. S.W., 1LOGIs sal’ xacyat part 3, p. 360, Maria Island (May), east coast, near Swansea (Mrs. Irvine), Tasmania; Pritchard and Gatliff, op. cit., 1906 (1905), vol. xviii., part 2, p. 45. This species was found by Baron von Mueller when on a visit to the Gippsland Lake District at his -hotel, where it was in use to prop open his bedroom window. It had been found on the Ninety-mile Beach by Mrs. Roadnight, his landlord’s mother, after whom it is named. It was given by Mueller to Sir Frederick McCoy, who described it in 1881. In 1899 some seven specimens were known, two of them from the eastern coast of Tasmania. Later, several were obtained from lobster-pots on the Victorian coast, and Mr. Bastow kindly sent me one. Mr. Dannevig, the Director of Fisheries, tells me he has taken several specimens when trawling off the coasts of Victoria and Tasmania, east of Bass Strait, all dead ; and occasionally off the South Australian coast, but the first living examples were brought up from about si fathoms 227 some 40 miles west of Eucla. They were of medium size, mature, and almost destitute of the zigzag colour-markings. When the trawler was in the Great Australian Bight in 1912 several examples were taken along the 100-fathom line in various stages of preservation. All were inhabited by hermit crabs but one; from this a radula was obtained. From the material thus provided the following information is supplied: —The shell when mature may measure only 4 in. long by 24 in. broad, or it may reach 9 in. by 4} in. One example is 7 in. by 44 in., proportionately much more ventricose, with a shorter spire, though with the same number of whorls. The protoconch is very conspicuous and is never absent, which is remarkable, since fully three-fourths of a large hemisphere projects. It is set obliquely, so that the nuclear spheroid has its flattened pole on one side. The initial point is deep blackish- brown, and this colour runs along the nuclear suture, and gradually spreads and fades out. There is no defined inner lip, except in one example, a micromorph, which has a detectible glaze spreading over the base of the body-whorl. In mature shells the outer lip ascends well and rapidly at the suture for a full inch in larger examples, and is here markedly everted, and the whole of the outer lip is somewhat curved out. There is a well-marked anterior notch ? in. deep by 1 in. wide, and the low wide rounded varix of the notch winding round to _ the upper plait on the columella forms a low furrow, which in senile shells become filled up and even convex. The plaits are normally three, and remain unchanged in senile shells; but often another plait arises between the lowest two, some- times between the highest two, and once above all the rest. When senile the shell becomes very heavy, thickened especially on the inner side of the everted lip and along the columella. Colour: the typical tint is pale-yellowish, but it may be a rich chestnut-brown. The ornament consists typically of axial series of oblique lines in zigzag arrangement; these oblique lines may be very long, going one-third round the shell, con- cealing any axial disposition, or they may be short and close set and blotchy at their junction, so as to exaggerate it. Some- times they are altogether absent, leaving only the ground-tint, almost an albino variety, as in the two examples taken alive by Mr. Dannevig in 100 fathoms west of Eucla. In some specimens a white spiral band, starting from the aperture just below the suture, winds round the shell and interrupts all the colour-markings. The radula (pl. xvi., figs. 1, 2) from a living individual of 21 cm. in length measures 21 mm. by 1 mm., and consists of a single line of seventy imbricating, tricuspidate, rachidian teeth only. The old teeth have their cusps completely worn away, and are reduced to the crescent- shaped bases. 228 Scaphella papillosa, Swainson. PI. xiv., figs. 1-3. Voluta papillosa, Swainson. Appendix, Bligh Catalogue. Voluta papillaris (papillosa), Swainson, Sowerby, Genera of Shells, 1820-1825, pl. ccli., no locality. According to a note by W. J. B., “the slight alteration here given in the trivial name is only to be considered in the light of a correction of the press.’ Mr. Sowerby, sen., or Mr. Broderip is, therefore, responsible for the change in the specific name. Kiener, in Coq. Viv., 1889, under the name of Voluta sowerbyt nobis, pho? figs.., » gives figures of V. fusiformis, Swainson, and refers to them in mistake as V. papillaris, Sower by, and changes the name to V. sowerbyt. Swainson, in Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia, Natural His- tory, Malacology, 1840, p. 108, calls his shell Scaphella pagnl- laris, and figures it in the text 12a, and on page 318 refers to it as Scaphella papillosa, Sowerby, Gen., as though uncer- tain which name to retain. Sowerby, in Thes. Conch., vol. i., 1847, p. 207, Sp. 36, pl. xlvii., fig. 30, cites its habitat as “Fijee Islands.’’ Reeve, Conch Icon., 1849, vol. vi., pl. iv., fig. 10, gives Port Lincoln as a habitat, under the name V oluta papillaris. He writes, “Mr. Swainson named this species papiliosa, with the view of drawing attention to the remark- able papillary structure of the apex, but as the word signifies ‘full of papille’ it is better rendered pagillaris. Taking it to refer to the painting, and confounding the species with V. fusiformis, M. Kiener has changed the name to do honour to Mr. Sowerby (calling it V. sowerbyi, Kiener), because the spots have so rarely the appearance of papille.” Mr. Sowerby acknowledges the compliment in language severe but not the less true, by calling it “an absurdity.’”’ Gray, in Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 63, calls it Volutella papillosa, Gray. Crosse, Jour. de Conch., 1871, vol. xix., p. 297, refers to it as Voluta (Alcithoe) papillosa. Petterd, in Jour. of Conch., 1879, p. 343, as Voluta papillosa, Swainson, cites it as from the north coast of Tasmania and incounter Bay, South Australia, and off the coast of New South Wales, between Montague Island and Twofold Bay, dredged in 1,900 fathoms (Brazier). He creates and describes a variety macquariensis, of a uniform yellowish colour without bands or reticulate markings, from Macquarie Harbour, west coast of Tasmania. Tryon, Man. Conch., 1882, vol. iv., p. 96, pl. xxviil., fig. 106, as Voluta (Alcithoe). Brazier, in Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1897, vol. xxll., p. 779, describes Voluta kenyonmana, from Cape Everard, Victoria, a form with 19-20 axial obtuse ribs, which in Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1906-7, vol. vii., p. 6, was recog- nized as only a variety of Voluta papillosa, Swainson. Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1898 (1897), vol. x. (New Series), p. 282, give “Phillip Island, Western Port, Portland:” Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., N:S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 360. Ee 229 Between 40 and 120 miles west of Eucla, about the 100- fathom line, 4 examples were taken. Two, which were mature, measured only 80 mm. in length by 32 mm. in breadth and 71 mm. by 30 mm. One nearly mature, 65 mm. by 29 mm., and one immature, 53 mm. by 22 mm. A specimen from Port Victor measures 105°2 mm. by 50 mm., and one from Victoria 124 mm. by 59 mm.; so that the deep-sea examples are much smaller and proportionately narrower. But their colour is typical, though faint (all were dead shells). They all show the typical proximity and heaping up of three plaits, with a very small plait behind these, and a distinct anterior plait close to and almost forming the border of the canal, though this last was absent from the juvenile example. One of the mature individuals showed obsolete axial costz on the base of the body-whorl, just beyond the inner lip, so approxi- mating to var. kenyoniana, Brazier. Further east the trawler “Endeavour” had taken several examples of this variety, pro- bably to the east of Bass Straits, all dead. A mature micro- morph was 65 mm. long by 32°5 mm. broad, the largest was 112 mm. long by 49 mm. broad. The costz are more numerous than in the type of the variety described by Brazier (19 to 20), 54 being counted in the penultimate whorl. But their validity and their number vary in the examples examined. In the micromorph they are less crowded, and in another specimen they are almost absent from the body-whorl. The protoconch and ornament resemble those of the specific type. I have had one of these figured on pl. xiv., figs. 2, 3. Since writing the above Mrs. Agnes Kenyon has kindly lent me the type specimen of Brazier’s species for comparison. This can scarcely be said to have 19-20 obtuse ribs, as he describes it. On the body-whorl 44 axial coste can be counted, and none in the last inch from the aperture. These are rather sharp at their summits, but broad at their bases, and vary very greatly in their size and proximity. In the penultimate there are about 50, but they are so irregular in size and nearness that it is difficult to count them, and they scarcely can be called ribs, but are rather irregular axial costule. The figs. 2 and 3 on pl. xiv. are an almost exact reproduction of the type, though taken from an “Endeavour” specimen in my collection. Cymbium flammeum, Bolten. Cymbium flammeum, Bolten, Mus. Boltenianum, 1798, p. 151, No. 1899, No. 3 re Voluta diadema, Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., vol. xvii., p. 57, rea 230 Var. Cymbium miltonis, Gray. Voluta miltonis, Gray, 1833, Griffith’s Cuvier’s Animal King- dom, ; vol. xi1., Mollusca, 1834, pl. xxix. (1833); Kiener, Coq. Viv., 1839, ». LO, Sp; 6, pl. x. Cymbium niteonie Cy Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), 1841, Bandy.) * Abt! 2. po 21S) at > xii ae ee Voluta taupe Gray, Deshayes, Anim. S. Vert., 1844 (2nd Edition), vol. x., p. 406, Sp. 46. Melo miltonts, Co Broderip, Thes. Conch., 1847, vol. 1. p. 415, Sp. 7, pl. Ixxxiil. , figs. 24, 25. . Gain ua miltonis, Gait, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1861, pl. xvi. Melo miltonis, Cane Angas, Proce. Zool. Soc., London, 1878, p. 865. Melo Grade nity glamanels var. miltonis, Gray, Tryon, Man. Conch... 1882, vol. 1V5, \p; 02, DL XXils, . hen. or It is well pa ed in Griffiths’ Edition of Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, but no description is given, and its name does not appear in the letterpress. Reeve says it was named in honour of Lord Milton, afterwards Earl Fitzwilliam. Its habitat was unknown, and is first recorded in Thes. Conch. as from Swan River, Australia. Later Mr. Angas cited it from Fowler Bay, on the South Australian coast, and Mr. Bednall gave me a specimen labelled Streaky Bay, a little distance further east. Three specimens were taken by the Federal trawler “Endeavour,” all dead, one in 95 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, measuring 11 cm. by 6'2 cm., with four distinct columellar plaits; a second in 88 to 100 fathoms in the same locality, of 173 cm. by 9°7 cm., also with four distinct plaits ; and a third 192 cm. long, with only three plaits, correspond- ing with the anterior three of the other specimens. It has a much more prominent protoconch and a more elate spire than the second, but otherwise they are quite similar. Two individuals, from Fowler Bay, obtained from Mr. W. Reed, were taken alive. They have the typical narrow elliptic form, somewhat elate spire, the incurved spines, and four columeliar plaits, with abundant white triangles in the ornament. Their walls are of medium thickness. One has in the body-whorl six well-marked axial costations, corresponding with similar axial gutters within, and running down from the spines, showing that the animal curved its shell outwards as it proceeded to form the scale of the spine, and curved it in as it completed the spine. b) Ancilla oblonga, Sowerby. Ancillaria oblonga, ee En Spec. Conch., 1830, part 1, B. a: figs. 38, 39; Kiener, Coq. Viv., 1843-44, p. 15, No. 10, pl. fig. 2, “The shores of New Holland” : Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1864’ vol. xv. , pl. viii., figs. 24a, 24b; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 1866, vol. 11: Dp, 65 (Ancillaria, p. 9), No. 38, pl. cexiil. (Ancillaria, pl. iii.), figs. 57, 58; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, yol;. V., ps 20; pl. EKXINS 231 fig. 47, as a synonym of A. marginata, Lamarck; Watson (Ancilla), 1886, ‘‘Chall.,’’ Zool., vol. xv., p. 281, ‘'38 fathoms, off Bass Strait’’; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 365, ‘‘Tasmania’’=‘‘A. fusiformis, Petterd’ ; Hedley (Ancillariay, Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1903, vol. iv., part 6, p. 364, “New South Wales’; Hedley (Ancilla), 1909, Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., p. 363, ‘‘Queensiand.”’ Taken in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla. Mr. Gab- riel has sent me two examples dredged in Western Port. Victoria. Ancilla mucronata, Sowerby. Anciilaria mucronata, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 11., 1866, p. 63, No. 30, pl. 211, figs. 11, 12, ‘‘Australia’’; Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1864, Sp. 10, pl. iv., figs. 10a, 10b, ‘‘Tasmania”’ ; Kiener, Coq. Viv., 1848-44, Ancillaria, p. 7, Sp. 4, pl. iii., fig. 3, ‘‘The shores of New Holland.’’ This figure is most lke our shell in colouring. Taken in 75 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla, 1; in 80 fathoms 80 miles west of Eucla, 3; in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 1; in 105 fathoms, 3; in 140 fathoms, 2. They were all dead, but several in very good condition, of a cinnamon or salmon colour, palest in the upper part of the spire and deepest between the lowest white band and the white columella, not quite so deep in the wide space between the two narrow white bands on the body-whorl. Kiener’s figure is a fair representation of it. It is quite unlike A. beachportensis, Verco. Hemipleurotoma quoyi, Desmoulins. Pleurotoma quoyi, Desmoulins, Actes. Soc. Linn., Bordeaux, 1842, p. 61. Hemipleurotoma, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909, vol. XXXlli., p. 294. Taken in 100 fathoms 90 miles west of Eucla, 2. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Pratt X. Fig, 1. Cyprea armeniaca, Verco, dorsal view. an ees a: 5 a ventral view. aN Wek $s ie % side view. Puate XI. Fig. 1. Scaphella fulgetrum, Sowerby. Me cate y, | ss ie var. /unulishigata. BES a se $5 var. connectens. Puate XII. Fig. 1. Scaphella fulgetrum, Sowerby, var. tricincta. ge i a = var. wnicincta. eat) a. a A os var. punctisligata. Noe NO OUR CON eR Teepe sek i) 232 PuatE XIII. Scaphella dannevigi, Verco, Dee HERS 99 apex. Nassaria torri, Verco, side view. is - », ventral view. PuateE XIV. Scaphella papillosa, Swainson, micromorph. As 3 Q var. kenyomana, Brazier, ventral view. ms Os var. kenyomana, Brazier, side view. PuatE XV. Acmea calamus, Crosse and Fischer, var. polyactina, Verco. py) Slee 5) be) eee, pe) variety. Patella axiaerata, Verco, dorsal view. Ms g », Side view. Acmea patellavecta, Verco, dorsal view. > »” », Interior. 3 * », side view. Pratt XVI. Scaphella roadnighte, McCoy, radula. 7 e is », worn down. Acmea alticostata, Angas, radula. $ : ,, lateral tooth. 54 patellavecta, Verco, radula. Gyrineum ranelloides, Reeve, radula. fs F » operculum. a Ole 4 ’ Drawings and Printing, Donald Taylor Collotype Co., North Adelaide. XI , Plate XXXV ol \ Vol. XXXVI., Plate XII Drawings and Printing, Donald Taylor Collotype Co., North Adelaide. ‘ i / . | | | P . ; i | | = a. 7 i - i an : * ‘ : a Oe ; py he. ce ee 3 | 4 | | 2 4 ’ | ; | ; / . e ews “an y | | | ay | 4 A\j | | oe oe - nd | 7 | pig vs | | ive Da, | | | 7 es . , ' fi ‘ é, , | ‘ 7 3 ; | | re , ( : | | | | : &% ; é | | ; — - " ws S " | | | ere ie | 4 " r : ' 7 ; | . ‘ a F ' 1 ' a q 3 | : y 7 } | | a : 3 : : | Soy h, : | € ' 2 ay x y = : a : , . , | 2 1 | | | | = ; / i s f fas 9 = , u : | Fi : voy ‘ ‘ J , - P i ‘ 7 J J - ¥ © a“ = ; ‘i foe. 3 ; A ; | | | | ‘ ; 5 F i | wae 7 | ( a i ie, XXXVI., Plate XVI. iC > Drawings and Printing, North Adelaide Donald Taylor Collotype Co., 233 NEW AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA FROM ANTS' NESTS. By Freperick Knap and J. R. Mattocnu, Bureau of Ento- mology, U.S. Department Agriculture, Washington, D.C. Communicated by A. M. Lza. [Read October 10, 1912.] The Diptera described in the following are an inter- esting addition to the myrmecophilous fauna, particularly the two Syrphide here described as species of Muzcrodon. While the Microdontine are believed to be generally myrme- cophilous in the larva state, but very few species have been actually bred from ant nests. There has particularly been some doubt as to the habits of the more anomalous forms, such as these here described; it will thus be seen that differ- ences in the organization of the imago bear no relation to the larval habits. All the species of Microdontine so far reported from Aus- tralia show the pedunculate wasp-like abdomen, quite unlike the typical species of Microdon. We were, therefore, at first inclined to put the species from Victoria (M. daveyi) in a separate genus, but a rejiew of the literature and examina- tion of material from remote parts of the world has led us to a more conservative course. It was found that the genus JJ/ixogaster, to which one of the Australian species has been wrongly referred, is quite a distinct concept, and apparently confined to America; Ceratophya was poorly defined, and it is extremely doubtful that the Australian species should be referred to it. A last objection arose in the fact that species occur elsewhere which intergrade with the Australian ones in the shape of the abdomen. Microdon daveyi, n. sp. Q. Dull-black, finely granulose, ornamented with golden pubescence. Frons at vertex at least one-third as wide as head, widening towards the antennz, covered with golden pubescence except on a transverse patch at lower extremity of ocellar triangle; face projecting immediately below antennz, flattened and nearly straight, perpendicular in pro- file, descending to slightly below lowest level of eyes, thickly covered with golden pubescence; postocular cilia yellow. Antenne long, the two basal joints ferruginous, the third black, proportions 6-1-12; arista as long as basal joint (6), bare, ferruginous; third joint subcylindrical, very slightly 234 narrowed towards base, the apical half thickened, apex bluntly pointed. Thorax with a band of golden pubescence imme- diately in front of the suture, narrowed or broadly inter- rupted in the middle; lateral and posterior margins sparingly golden pubescent; the presutural band is carried down over the pleure. Scutellum transverse, rounded, unarmed, with distinct golden pubescence on disc. Abdomen petiolate, first and second segments about half as broad as thorax, the first short and thickened basally, the third to fifth segments together elongate ovate, but slightly broader than thorax ; first segment with a group of yellowish white hairs at the sides; second segment shining and only granulose on apical half, ridged in the middle, broadly yellowish laterally at middle and narrowly on posterior margin, posterior margin especially laterally, with golden pubescence ; third and fourth segments with scattered golden hairs and broad apical, trans- verse, golden fascize formed of thickly-placed golden hairs, but imperfectly interrupted at middle; fifth segment with golden pubescence becoming denser towards apex; ovipositor bifid, pale-ferruginous, slightly hairy. Legs pale-ferru- ginous tinged with brown, femora mostly black, the apices pale-ferruginous; tibiz thickened on apical half and some- what curved, medianly more or less darkened; tarsi broader than tibiz, the joints very short; all the legs with dense, short, yellowish white hairs; mid femora with long pubes- cence on posterior surface. Wings infuscated from base to middle of first posterior cell above fourth vein, beyond this point above third vein, broad infuscations along fifth vein, cross-veins, and particularly the veins closing first posterior and. discal cells; veins black; venation typical for Microdon, the stump of third vein projecting about half-way across first posterior cell, last section of fourth vein straight, nearly rectangular with third vein, a minute stump at angulation ; anterior cross-vein but slightly more than its own length from base of discal. Halteres ferruginous. Length, 7-9 mm. Ararat, Victoria, Australia (H. W. Davey), five specimens reared from larve in ants’ nest. The puparium is of the shape usual in J/icrodon, elongate- elliptical, nearly straight-sided with very slight indications of constrictions near the middle, strongly convex, the ventral surface (by which it is attached) perfectly flat; colour ferruginous-yellow, the margin slightly darker, thoracic horns ferruginous-brown, posterior respiratory horn reddish-brown, pruinose; the dorsal surface shows a median longitudinal crease extending the entire length to the posterior respiratory tubercle; on each side of this the surface is broken into reticulations, larger and forming fairly regular rows towards 235 the middle, somewhat smaller and more irregular towards the sides, there being about ten longitudinal rows on each half; the surface is granular and the reticulations are pro- duced by rows of closely approximated minute, white, tuber- culate spines; the surface between the reticulations is some- what depressed; the posterior respiratory tube is somewhat thickened at the base, with a dorsal basal swelling, bluntly rounded at tip, the surface coarsely granular. Length, 85 mm.; width, 5 mm.; height, 3 mm. Microdon brachycerus, n. sp. ¢. Black and ferruginous, ornamented with pale- golden pubescence. Frontal stripe at vertex one-fifth ag wide as head, at frons half as wide as at vertex, with long hairs which are yellow at sides; face convex, prominent, slightly retreating towards mouth, polished; frons and face with whitish-yellow pubescence. Antennz short and stout, ferruginous, comparative lengths 3-1-16; third joint thick, hardly compressed, bluntly pointed; arista thick, shorter than third joint: the two basal joints with numerous short hairs. Thorax black, margined with golden-yellow, long pubescence, most conspicuous on posterior margin; a trans- verse, arcuate fascia of golden hairs before the middle; pleurze with long yellowish-white hairs on anterior half; scutellum prominent, with two short, stout teeth, black with short black pubescence similar to that on dorsum of thorax. Abdomen longer than broad, broadest at apex of second segment, ferruginous and black; first segment black, second dark basally and along apical margin, third darkened on apical half, the very long fourth segment with two large, indistinct, dark, lateral patches; all the segments with short golden pubescence, most conspicuous on posterior margin of third segment. Legs ferruginous, the femora darker, fore and mid femora with rather noticeable white pubescence pos- teriorly; all the tarsi thickened; fore tarsi shorter than tibie, the joints decreasing in length, except the last, fourth very short, twice as broad as long; hind tarsi similar but the first joint broader than tibie. Wing with the outer half grey above the third vein, and broadly tinged with grey along the cross-veins and the fourth and fifth veins, the darkening produced by dense, microscopic, downy hair; stump of the third vein well developed, extending more than half-way across first posterior cell; vein closing the discal cell bent strongly inward at first but finally joining the fourth vein at nearly a right angle. Length, 8 mm. One male. Hobart, Tasmania, from ants’ nest (A. M. Lea). 236 The puparium is of the shape usual in this genus: ellip- tical, strongly convex, flattened beneath where it is attached to a stone or other surface. The colour is dull yellowish- brown, obscured by irregularly attached particles of earth ; the anterior pupal respiratory horns and the posterior larval ones are ferruginous; posterior respiratory tubercle bifid at tip. The dorsal surface is nearly smooth and shows none of the usual reticulations, but instead is studded with scattered prominent brown tubercles (somewhat obscured by the attached particles of earth). Length, 7 mm.; width, 5°5 mm.; height, about 3 mm. Microdon brachycerus appears to be related to the Tas- manian species described by Macquart as Aphritis vittatus and A. pictepennis. The figure of the wing given by Mac- quart for the latter species (Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 4, pl. xii., fig. 12) agrees very well with the wing of our species; how- ever, there are too many other differences (even allowing for Macquart’s notorious inaccuracies) to admit the identity of the specimen before us with pictepennis. Furthermore, Mac- quart himself had some doubt that the male he described under pictipennis is correctly associated, and there is nothing to indicate whether the figure of the wing was taken from the female or male. In WM. brachycerus the antenne are un- usually short and _ stout. Limosina mrymecophila, n. sp @. Shining black. Frons brown, shining, devoid of hairs, only the strong bristles present; these consist of two upwardly divergent central rows of three each, which are slightly incurved, of almost equal strength, and equidistant serially ; a pair of closely-placed, nearly equal-sized bristles at above the middle near to eye margin, one near lateral posterior angle, one post-vertical on each side and one pair on ocellar triangle; antennz clear yellow, first joint as long as third (the apparent second), first joint with several black bristles on inner surface, third joint slightly pubescent ; arista very long and thin, slightly pubescent; face yellow, darker towards antennz, one very long and strong and 2-3 very small bristles on jowls; palpi small, yellow. Thorax shining black, bare in front, the usual pubescent hairs in- creasing in number and length towards posterior margin, two distinct pairs of dorso-central bristles; scutellum large and broad, regularly rounded on posterior margin. Abdomen highly polished, bare except on posterior margin of last two and lateral margins of all segments; third segment with a raised transverse ridge at close to posterior margin. Legs 237 black, only the trochanters, extreme bases of tibiw, and tarsi yellowish; fore femora with 2-3 strong bristles near tip on antero-ventral surface; fore tibiz pubescent; mid femora with two antero-dorsal bristles at near tip; mid tibie with one strong dorsal bristle at slightly beyond basal third and two at about apical fourth—one each on antero—and postero-dorsal surfaces, besides these strong bristles there are several weaker hair-like ones, two of which are at basal third and one at apical third, as well as many strong hairs; hind femora and tibie with numerous hairs but no bristles. Wings with costa spined, more numerously and weaker beyond first vein; first costal division about twice longer than second, third four times as long as second and distinctly longer than fourth; second vein twice curved, nearer to costa on basal half than on apical half, striking costa at right angles; third vein only slightly bent upward and reaching margin at close to tip; fourth vein reaching fully half-way to wing margin ; fifth vein distinct to mid-way to margin; cross-veins nearly upright; first costal cell brown, second clear, third dark at base, middle, and tip; second submarginal cell brown at tip; a brown streak from front margin to near hind margin at middle, and a large rounded spot at near basal third ; first posterior cell with the tip brown and a rounded spot beyond and one before middle; the entire hind margin of wing brown, with only an inverted U-shaped clear patch in second posterior cell and two clear spots near anal angle; discal cell with a rather triangular patch of brown on lower margin at middle. NHalteres black. Length, 2 mm. One female. Otford, New South Wales, Australia (A. M. Lea). With the ant Hctotomma metallicum. 238 ABSTRACT. OF RPROCEEDINGS OF THE Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated) FoR 1911-12. OrDINARY MEETING, NovEmBER 9, 1911. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Nominations.—T. 8S. Poole, B.A., LL.B., solicitor, Ade- laide, as Fellow, and Miss R. Stenhouse as Associate. Exuipits.—Mr. A. M. Lua, F.E.S., exhibited weevils. of the genus JM/andalotus, and also Frenchia, which he said was the most extraordinary insect in the world, infesting Banksias and Casuarinas. The young are viviparous, and resemble the larve of the ordinary scale insects, but the metamorphosis is stranger than that of many insects. Mr. J. G. O. Tepper remarked that when parrots were abundant the /renchia galls were rare, and that he had seen the young issuing from the tubes. Dr VeErRco exhibited Hdentellina typica, recently described by Pritchard and Gatliff, which he had met with while dredging in South Australia. The umbo is only on one valve, and remarkable in shape, like a tiny nautilus shell. Discussion.—Mr. 8. Dixon initiated a discussion on “The Influence of Metallic Minerals on Vegetation.” Mr. A. M. Lea thought that the Agricultural Department was the right body to take up this subject. Professor Rennie said that it was a complex matter, requiring prolonged biological and chemical investigation. Messrs. Edquist and Tepper also joined in the discussion. ORDINARY MereEtTInNG, APRIL 11, 1912. Tue PresipEnT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Exection.—T. 8S. Poole, B.A., LL.B., solicitor, Ade- laide, was elected a Fellow. Nominations.—F. R. Zietz, ornithologist, South Aus- tralian Museum; L. K. Ward, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist, Adelaide; and R. L. Jack, B.E., Assistant Government Geologist, Adelaide, were nominated as Fellows. ee eee .— 239 Exursits.—Mr. W. Howcuin, for Mr. C. E. Broughton, exhibited specimens of turquoise discovered by Mr. Green- wood, jun., at Mount Painter, South Australia. Turquoise is a hydrous phosphate of alumina. The determination was made at the Technological College, Sydney. This is its first recorded appearance in South Australia, and Mr. Howchin, in view of the value of the mineral, recommended that the locality be searched for better specimens. Mr. Dixon said that he had found turquoise on the Murchison goldfield, Western Australia. Mr. E. Asusy exhibited birds of the Swift family, including Salangana esculenta, from New Guinea, which has also been recorded from South Australia, and which constructs the so-called edible birds’ nests; the Australian spine-tailed swift (Chetura caudacuta); and the Javanese swallow (//irwndo javanica), also recorded from Australia. THe Presipent exhibited a series of eight per- fect adult specimens of “Scaphella roadmghtie.” This re- markable mollusc was first obtained on the Ninety-mile Beach, Victoria, by Baron von Mueller, who discovered the first specimen propping up a hotel window, and gave it to Mr. McCoy, who described it in 1881. None had _ been obtained alive until two were taken by the “Endeavour” off Eucla in 100 fathoms. This shell varies extremely in size, the micromorphs and macromorphs being respectively smaller and larger than the type. The apex or protoconch is always pre- sent and exceedingly adherent, while in many other species of Voluta it is invariably absent in adult specimens. . Paprers.—“The Ionization produced by the Impact of Solid Bodies in Air,” by Professor Kerr Grant, M.Sc. He described the experiments carried out by himself and Mr. G. E. M. Jauncey, B.Sc. ‘The occurrence cf an Outlier of Lower Cainozoic Rocks, in the River Light, near Mallala,’’ by Water Howcuain, F.G.S. OrpDINARY MEETING, May 9, 1912. Tue Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Evections.—F. R. Zietz, ornithologist, South Aus- tralian Museum; L. K. Ward, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist, Adelaide; and R. L. Jack, B.E., Assistant Gov- ernment Geologist, Adelaide, were elected Fellows. Nominations.—-J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., Norwood, as an Honorary Member, and A. C. Broughton, undergraduate, Adelaide University, as a Fellow. Exurpits.—Mr. W. Howcuin exhibited a fine example of geological ripple marks on a face of Lower Cambrian 240 quartzite, obtained near Laura by Mr. M. H. Thiele, head teacher of Laura Public School, who had forwarded it to the University. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited an insect-catching grass (Cenchrus australis) gathered by him near Cairns, Queensland. ‘The outer glumes of the spikelets were armed with barbed hairs or bristles, on which numerous insects were impaled. The plant does not appear to draw nourish- ment from these. Mr. F. R. Zietz exhibited anchovies brought by Mr. W. B. Poole from the Glenelg River, where they appear to be the prey of bream. Others from Port Willunga had been secured by Mr. A. H. C. Zietz. He also exhibited an Aplysca brought from Port Lincoln by Mr. Randell. THe Presipent exhibited a large new volute found off Newland Head, and more recently in the Aus- tralian Bight, in 100 fathoms; also a beautifully perfect specimen of Cominella torri, fragments of which he had pre- viously found on St. Francis Island. This specimen was trawled in 100 fathoms. It locates the species in the genus Nassaria. Paprer.-—‘‘Additions to the Flora of South Australia,” by J. M. Brack, ORDINARY MEETING, JuNE 13, 1912. THe PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.8.) in the chair. DeatH or Canon BLackBuRN.—THE PRESIDENT said : — “As President I have this evening with sincere regret to formally notify the Society of the death of our esteemed Fellow, the Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A. This furnishes an opportunity not to be missed of publicly expressing our high appreciation of him and our sense of the great loss we have sustained. He graduated Bachelor of Arts at the London University in 1868, and leaving England about eight years later, was in Honolulu for some six years, then in Port Lin- coln for about four years, and finally he settled at Wood- ville, where he was Rector of St. Margaret’s Church. This was in 1886, the same year that his name first appears on our list of Fellows. He must, therefore, have come into touch with our Society directly after his arrival, and this immediate alliance with a scientific body is evidence of the keenness and energy of his scientific instincts. He has con- sequently been associated with us for rather more than a quarter of a century. He was no nominal member. In our Transactions for 1886-1887 are to be found five papers written by him, totalling together no fewer that 184 pages of printed matter; and as the whole volume contained only 303 pages, 241 the Society must have felt it had struck a rich lode when it discovered Mr. Blackburn. That was in the first year of his membership, and from then until he died not a volume of our Transactions has been issued which does not contain one or more of his valuable contributions. 28g BI6T ‘0g tequezdeg ‘eourleg © OL OL OZI “" puny jueWMOpU 0F JojsuvLy, Peecledo- 42, 5 7 0 One." es sonreyp qunoovoy yurg O° Oreo Ba SUISTZIOAPW ““ ZL PL oxsvqsog pur i ie 2 ‘sulguteg Geet abe Sulqysry pue suryeqorvy © 8 61 12 ee “ 9dooso1orpy Jo osvyoing “ OLB «6ST SS aoa >. 0S fics = — soroquy YUE sdurarg S130 SULUGOTVIVD 0 70 Se <= “40099 0 0 “IP syo0g Epona pur SULATOYG MON a FUOUUIEACH “WS uo 4so10qUy —-ATCIGET O20~ OF uolyeuog 0 ¢ 244 ——— | —jso10jUT puv suOoTyeUuOg (ian Oe Ras UOTZDIG [BVOIBO[OOL]| VI, 9-9 2 es SUOTJOVSULIT, JO 9[VG 09 ~ “ “7 WoTZEg [eordooso10T I] 8 9 98% 0 0 06 ~" UoTqoog SsTTBVIngeN PPA D&O 08 eae ee es BIpSrpsny —$} UR.) | YNog UI SUOIZVSIysoAUT OTT Gee, eS “WOI0g t uo syiodey SuryuIig 10,7 Cee. = “Be a surystiqud fomeey = oy suotdtsosqng ug (Ole = ae gi pete —JUOWIUIOAOKH) TOIT SPUR —sitomeyy * () aCe its ““* MOIZoog [vordooso.10r py 0 I